5 files changed, 15178 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/7182-8.txt b/7182-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..205cee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7182-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15162 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Principal Navigations, Voyages,
+Traffiques and Discoveries of the English Nation, v. 1, by Richard Hakluyt
+#4 in our series by Richard Hakluyt
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques and Discoveries
+       of the English Nation, v. 1, Northern Europe
+
+Author: Richard Hakluyt
+
+Release Date: January, 2005 [EBook #7182]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on March 23, 2003]
+[Date last updated: October 25, 2005]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-Latin-1
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRINCIPAL NAVIGATION ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Karl Hagen, Juliet Sutherland,
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+** Transcriber's Notes **
+
+The printed edition from which this e-text has been produced retains the
+spelling and abreviations of Hakluyt's 16th-century original. In this
+version, the spelling has been retained, but the following manuscript
+abbreviations have been silently expanded:
+
+- vowels with macrons = vowel + 'n' or 'm'
+- q; = -que (in the Latin)
+- y[e] = the; y[t] = that; w[t] = with
+
+This edition contains footnotes and two types of sidenotes. Most footnotes
+are added by the editor. They follow modern (19th-century) spelling
+conventions. Those that don't are Hakluyt's (and are not always
+systematically marked as such by the editor). The sidenotes are Hakluyt's
+own. Summarizing sidenotes are labelled [Sidenote: ] and placed before the
+sentence to which they apply. Sidenotes that are keyed with a symbol are
+labeled [Marginal note: ] and placed at the point of the symbol, except in
+poetry, where they are moved to the nearest convenient break in the text.
+
+** End Transcriber's Notes **
+
+
+THE PRINCIPAL
+Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques and Discoveries
+OF THE ENGLISH NATION.
+
+Collected by
+RICHARD HAKLUYT, PREACHER
+
+AND
+Edited by
+EDMUND GOLDSMIDT, F.R.H.S.
+
+NORTHERN EUROPE
+
+VOL. I.
+
+
+
+
+EDITORS PREFACE
+
+"This elaborate and excellent Collection, which redounds as much to the
+glory of the English Nation as any book that ever was published, has
+already had sufficient complaints made in its behalf against our suffering
+it to become so scarce and obscure, by neglecting to _republish_ it in a
+fair impression, with proper illustrations and especially an _Index_. But
+there may still be room left for a favourable construction of such neglect,
+and the hope that nothing but the casual scarcity of a work so long since
+out of print may have prevented its falling into those able hands that
+might, by such an edition, have rewarded the eminent _Examples_ preserved
+therein, the _Collector_ thereof and _themselves_ according to their
+deserts."
+
+Thus wrote Oldys (The British Librarian, No III, March, 1737, page 137),
+nearly 150. years ago, and what has been done to remove this, reproach? The
+work has become so rare that even a reckless expenditure of money cannot
+procure a copy [Footnote: Mr. Quantch, the eminent Bibliopole, is now
+asking Ł42 for a copy of the 1598-1600 edition.]
+
+It has indeed long been felt that a handy edition of the celebrated
+"Collection of the Early Voyages, Travels and Discoveries of the English
+Nation," published by Richard Hakluyt 1598, 1599, 1600, was one of the
+greatest desiderata of all interested in History, Travel, or Adventure. The
+labour and cost involved have however hitherto deterred publishers from
+attempting to meet the want except in the case of the very limited reprint
+of 1809-12. [Footnote: Of this edition 250 copies were printed on royal
+paper, and 75 copies on imperial paper.] As regards the labour involved,
+the following brief summary of the contents of the Second Edition will give
+the reader some idea of its extent. I refer those who desire a complete
+analysis to Oldys.
+
+Volume I. (1598) deals with Voyages to the North and North East, and
+contains _One hundred and nine_ separate narratives, from Arthur's
+Expedition to Norway in 517 to the celebrated Expedition to Cadiz, in the
+reign of good Queen Bess. Amongst the chief voyages may be mentioned:
+Edgar's voyage round Britain in 973; an account of the Knights of
+Jerusalem; Cabot's voyages; Chancellor's voyages to Russia; Elizabeth's
+Embassies, to Russia, Persia, &c.; the Destruction of the Armada; &c., &c.
+
+Volume II. (1599) treats of Voyages to the South and South East, beginning
+with that of the Empress Helena to Jerusalem in 337. The chief narratives
+are those of Edward the Confessor's Embassy to Constantinople; The History
+of the English Guard in that City; Richard Coeur de Lion's travels; Anthony
+Beck's voyage to Tartary in 1330; The English in Algiers and Tunis (1400);
+Solyman's Conquest of Rhodes; Foxe's narrative of his captivity; Voyages to
+India, China, Guinea, the Canaries; the account of the Levant Company; and
+the travels of Raleigh, Frobisher, Grenville, &c. It contains _One hundred
+and sixty-five_ separate pieces.
+
+Volume III. (1600) has _Two hundred and forty-three different narratives_,
+commencing with the fabulous Discovery of the West Indies in 1170, by
+Madoc, Prince of Wales. It contains the voyages of Columbus; of Cabot and
+his Sons; of Davis, Smith, Frobisher, Drake, Hawkins; the Discoveries of
+Newfoundland, Virginia, Florida, the Antilles, &c.; Raleigh's voyages to
+Guiana; Drake's great Voyage; travels in South America, China, Japan, and
+all countries in the West; an account of the Empire of El Dorado, &c.
+
+The three volumes of the Second Edition therefore together contain _Five
+hundred and seventeen_ separate narratives. When to this we add those
+narratives included in the First Edition, but omitted in the Second, all
+the voyages printed by Hakluyt or at his suggestion, such as "Divers
+Voyages touching the Discoverie of America," "The Conquest of Terra
+Florida," "The Historie of the West Indies," &c., &c., and many of the
+publications of the Hakluyt Society, some idea may be formed of the
+magnitude of the undertaking. I trust the notes and illustrations I have
+appended may prove useful to students and ordinary readers; I can assure
+any who may be disposed to cavil at their brevity that many a _line_ has
+cost me hours of research. In conclusion, a short account of the previous
+editions of Hakluyt's Voyages may be found useful.
+
+The _First_ Edition (London: G. Bishop and R. Newberie) 1589, was in one
+volume folio. It contains, besides the Dedication to Sir Francis Walsingham
+(see page 3), a preface (see page 9), tables and index, 825 pages of
+matter. The map referred to in the preface was one which Hakluyt
+substituted for the one engraved by Molyneux, which was not ready in time
+and which was used for the Second Edition.
+
+The _Second_ Edition (London, G. Bishop, R. Newberie, and R, Barker), 1598,
+1599, 1600, folio, 3 vols. in 2, is the basis of our present edition. The
+celebrated voyage to Cadiz (pages 607-19 of first volume) is wanting in
+many copies. It was suppressed by order of Elizabeth, on the disgrace of
+the Earl of Essex. The first volume sometimes bears the date of 1598.
+Prefixed is an Epistle Dedicatorie, a preface, complimentary verses, &c.
+(twelve leaves). It contains 619 pages. Volume II. has eight leaves of
+prefatory matter, 312 pages for _Part I_., and 204 pages for _Part II_. For
+Volume III. there are also eight leaves for title, dedication, &c., and 868
+pages.
+
+The _Third_ Edition (London, printed by G. Woodfall), 1809-12, royal 410, 5
+vols., is an excellent reprint of the two early editions. It is very
+scarce, a poor copy fetching Ł17 to Ł18. Since this edition, there has been
+no reprint of the Collection.
+
+I have taken upon myself to alter the order of the different voyages. I
+have grouped together those voyages which relate to the same parts of the
+globe, instead of adopting the somewhat haphazard arrangement of the
+original edition. This, and the indices I have added to each volume, will,
+I hope, greatly assist the student. The maps, with the exception of the
+facsimile ones, are modern; on them I have traced the presumed course of
+the journey or journeys they refer to. The illustrations I have taken from
+a variety of sources, which are always indicated.
+
+EDMUND GOLDSMID.
+
+EDINBURGH, _August 23rd_, 1884.
+
+
+
+
+THE PRINCIPAL
+
+NAVIGATIONS, VOYAGES, TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOVERIES
+
+OF
+
+THE ENGLISH NATION,
+
+MADE BY SEA OR OUER-LAND TO
+
+THE REMOTE AND FARTHEST DISTANT QUARTERS OF THE EARTH,
+
+AT ANY TIME WITHIN THE COMPASSE OF THESE 1600 YERES:
+
+DIUIDED INTO THREE SEUERALL VOLUMES, ACCORDING TO THE POSITIONS OF THE
+REGIONS WHEREUNTO THEY WERE DIRECTED.
+
+THE FIRST VOLUME CONTAINETH
+
+The Worthy Discoueries, &c. of the English toward the North and Northeast
+by Sea,
+
+AS OF
+
+LAPLAND, SCRIKFINIA, CORELIA, THE BAIE OF S. NICOLAS, THE ISLES OF
+COLGOEVE, VAIGATZ, AND NOUA ZEMBLE, TOWARD THE GREAT RIUER OB, THE MIGHTY
+EMPIRE OF RUSSIA, THE CASPIAN SEA, GEORGIA, ARMENIA, MEDIA, PERSIA, BOGHAR
+IN BACTRIA, AND DIUERS KINGDOMES OF TARTARIA:
+
+TOGETHER WITH MANY
+
+NOTABLE MONUMENTS AND TESTIMONIES OF THE ANCIENT FORREN TRADES, AND OF THE
+WARRELIKE AND OTHER SHIPPING OF THIS REALME OF ENGLAND IN FORMER AGES,
+
+WHEREUNTO IS ANNEXED
+
+A Briefe Commentary of the True State of Island and of the Northern Seas
+and Lands Situate that Way:
+
+AS ALSO
+
+The Memorable Defeat of the Spanish Huge Armada, Anno 1588.
+
+THE SECOND VOLUME COMPREHENDETH
+
+The Principall Nauigations, Voyages, Traffiques, and Discoueries of the
+English Nation made by Sea or Ouer-land,
+
+TO
+
+THE SOUTH AND SOUTH-EAST PARTS OF THE WORLD, AS WELL WITHIN AS WITHOUT THE
+STREIGHT OF GIBRALTAR AT ANY TIME WITHIN THE COMPASSE OF THESE 1600 YERES:
+
+DIVIDED INTO TWO SEUERAL PARTS, &c.
+
+By Richard Hakluyt PREACHER,
+AND SOMETIME STUDENT OF CHRIST-CHVRCH IN OXFORD
+
+IMPRINTED AT LONDON BY GEORGE BISHOP, RALPH
+NEWBERIE, AND ROBERT BARKER.
+
+ANNO 1599.
+
+
+
+
+DEDICATION TO THE FIRST EDITION
+
+TO THE
+
+RIGHT HONORABLE
+
+SIR FRANCIS WALSINGHAM KNIGHT, [Footnote: Born at Chislehurst, Kent, in
+1536 He was educated at King's College Cambridge, where he specialty
+devoted himself to the study of languages in which he became proficient.
+Appointed Ambassador to Paris in 1570, he distinguished himself by the
+extensive system of "secret police," or spies which he established. He was
+present at the Massacre of St. Bartholomew, which did not excite in his
+cold diplomatic mind the horror it created in England. On his return in
+1573 he became Secretary of State. Ten years later he was Ambassador to
+James VI of Scotland and in 1586 he sat as one of the commissioners on the
+trial of Mary, Queen of Scots. In the matter of the Rabbington Conspiracy,
+he is said to have "outdone the Jesuits in their own Low, and overreached
+them in their equivocation." He died in 1590, in comparative disgrace with
+his mistress.]
+
+PRINCIPALL SECRETARIE TO HER MAIESTIE, CHANCELLOR OF THE DUCHIE OF
+LANCASTER, AND ONE OF HER MAIESTIES MOST HONOURABLE PRIUIE COUNCELL.
+
+Right Honorable, I do remember that being a youth, and one of her Maiesties
+scholars at Westminster [Footnote: We know little of Richard Hakluyt beyond
+what we can gather from his writings. He was born at Eyton, in
+Herefordshire in 1553; was educated, as we here learn, at Westminster
+School and afterward, at Christ Church, Oxford, where geography was his
+favourite study; In 1584 he went to Paris as Chaplain to the English
+Embassy and, during his absence, was made Prebendary of Bristol. On his
+return he published several works, Leo's "Geographical History of Africa,"
+translated from the Spanish, and Peter Martyr's "History of the West
+Indies" In 1605 he became Prebendary of Westminster, and Rector of
+Wetherogset in Suffolk. He died in 1616. In compiling the present work,
+Hakluyt had the assistance of Sir Walter Raleigh.] that fruitfull nurserie,
+it was my happe to visit the chamber of M. Richard Hakluyt, my cosin, a
+Gentleman of the Middle Temple, well knowen vnto you, at a time when I
+found lying open vpon his boord certeine bookes of Cosmographie, with an
+vniuersall Mappe: he seeing me somewhat curious in the view therof, began
+to instruct my ignorance, by shewing me the diuision of the earth into
+three parts after the olde account, and then according to the latter, &
+better distribution, into more: he pointed with his wand to all the knowen
+Seas, Gulfs, Bayes, Straights, Capes, Riuers, Empires, Kingdomes,
+Dukedomes, and Territories of ech part, with declaration also of their
+speciall commodities, & particular wants, which by the benefit of traffike,
+& entercourse of merchants, are plentifully supplied. From the Mappe he
+brought me to the Bible, and turning to the 107. Psalme, directed mee to
+the 23 & 24 verses, where I read, that they which go downe to the sea in
+ships, and occupy by the great waters, they see the works of the Lord, and
+his woonders in the deepe, &c. Which words of the Prophet together with my
+cousins discourse (things of high and rare delight to my yong nature) tooke
+in me so deepe an impression, that I constantly resolued, if euer I were
+preferred to the Vniuersity, where better time, and more conuenient place
+might be ministred for these studies, I would by Gods assistance prosecute
+that knowledge and kinde of literature, the doores whereof (after a sort)
+were so happily opened before me.
+
+According to which my resolution, when, not long after, I was remoued to
+Christ-church in Oxford, my exercises of duety first performed, I fell to
+my intended course, and by degrees read ouer whatsoeuer printed or written
+discoueries and voyages I found extant either in the Greeke, Latine,
+Italian, Spanish, Portugall, French, or English languages, and, in my
+publike lectures was the first, that produced and shewed both the olde
+imperfectly composed, and the new lately reformed Mappes, Globes, Spheares,
+[Footnote: "Ortelius, in his 'Theatrum Orbis Terrarum,' the first edition
+of which was in 1570, gives a list of about 150 geographical
+treatises."--Hallam's "Literature of Europe," c. xvii. § 53.] and other
+instruments of this Art for demonstration in the common schooles, to the
+singular pleasure, and generall contentment of my auditory. In continuance
+of time, and by reason principally of my insight in this study, I grew
+familiarly acquainted with the chiefest Captaines at sea, the greatest
+Merchants, and the best Manners of our nation: by which meanes hauing
+gotten somewhat more then common knowledge, I passed at length the narrow
+seas into France with sir Edward Stafford, her Maiesties carefull and
+discreet Ligier, where during my fiue yeeres abroad with him in his
+dangerous and chargeable residencie in her Highnes seruice, I both heard in
+speech, and read in books other nations miraculously extolled for their
+discoueries and notable enterprises by sea, but the English of all others
+for their sluggish security, and continuall neglect of the like attempts
+especially in so long and happy a time of peace, either ignominiously
+reported, or exceedingly condemned: which singular opportunity, if some
+other people our neighbors had beene blessed with, their protestations are
+often and vehement, they would farre otherwise haue vsed. And that the
+trueth and euidence heerof may better appeare, these are the very words of
+Popiliniere in his booke called L'Admiral de France, and printed at Paris.
+Fol. 73. pag 1, 2. The occasion of his speech is the commendation of the
+Rhodnais, who being (as we are) Islanders, were excellent in nauigation,
+whereupon he woondereth much that the English should not surpasse in that
+qualitie, in this sort: Ce qui m'a fait autresfois rechercher les
+occasions, qui empeschent, que les Anglois, qui ont d'esprit, de moyens &
+valeur assez, pour s'aquerir vn grand honeur parmi tous les Chrestiens, ne
+se font plus valoir sur l'element qui leur est, & doit estre plus naturel
+qu' ŕ autres peuples: qui leur doiuent ceder en la structure, accommodement
+& police de nauires: comme i' ay veu en plusieurs endroits parmi eux.
+[Footnote: _Translation_ "This made me inquire into the reasons which
+prevent the English, who have sufficient intelligence, means, and courage
+to acquire great honour amongst all Christians, from shining more on the
+element which is and ought to be more natural to them than to other
+nations, who must needs yield to them in the building, fitting out, and
+management of ships, as I have my self often witnessed when amongst them."]
+Thus both hearing, and reading the obloquie of our nation, and finding few
+or none of our owne men able to replie heerin: and further, not seeing any
+man to haue care to recommend to the world, the industrious labors, and
+painefull trauels of our countrey men: for stopping the mouthes of the
+reprochers, my selfe being the last winter returned from France with the
+honorable the Lady Sheffield, for her passing good behauior highly esteemed
+in all the French court, determined notwithstanding all difficulties, to
+vndertake the burden of that worke wherin all others pretended either
+ignorance, or lacke of leasure, or want of sufficient argument, whereas (to
+speake truely) the huge toile, and the small profit to insue, were the
+chiefe causes of the refusall. I call the worke a burden, in consideration
+that these voyages lay so dispersed, scattered, and hidden in seuerall
+hucksters hands, that I now woonder at my selfe, to see how I was able to
+endure the delayes, curiosity, and backwardnesse of many from whom I was to
+receiue my originals: so that I haue iust cause to make that complaint of
+the maliciousnes of diuers in our time, which Plinie [Footnote: Plinius.
+lib. 25. cap. 1. Naturalis historić.] made of the men of his age: At nos
+elaborata ijs abscondere átque supprimere cupimus, & fraudare vitam etiam
+alienis bonis, &c.
+
+To harpe no longer vpon this string, & to speake a word of that iust
+commendation which our nation doe indeed deserue: it can not be denied, but
+as in all former ages, they haue bene men full of actiuity, stirrers
+abroad, and searchers of the remote parts of the world, so in this most
+famous and peerlesse gouernement of her most excellent Maiesty, her
+subiects through the speciall assistance, and blessing of God, in searching
+the most opposite corners and quarters of the world, and to speake plainly,
+in compassing the vaste globe of the earth more then once, haue excelled
+all the nations and people of the earth. For, which of the kings of this
+land before her Maiesty, had theyr banners euer beene in the Caspian sea?
+which of them hath euer dealt with the Emperor of Persia, as her Maiesty
+hath done, and obteined for her merchants large & louing; priuileges? who
+euer saw before this regiment, an English Ligier in the stately porch of
+the Grand Signor at Constantinople? who euer found English Consuls & Agents
+at Tripolis in Syria, at Aleppo, at Babylon, at Balsara, and which is more,
+who euer heard of Englishman at Goa before now? what English shippes did
+heeretofore euer anker in the mighty riuer of Plate? passe and repasse the
+vnpassable (in former opinion) straight of Magellan, range along the coast
+of Chili, Peru, and all the backside of Noua Hispania, further then any
+Christian euer passed, trauers the mighty bredth of the South sea, land
+vpon the Luzones in despight of the enemy, enter into alliance, amity, and
+traffike with the princes of the Moluccaes, & the Isle of Iaua, double the
+famous Cape of Bona Speranza, ariue at the Isle of Santa Helena, & last of
+al ruturne home most richly laden with the commodities of China, as the
+subiects of this now florishing monarchy haue done?
+
+Lucius Florus in the very end of his historie de gestis Romanorum recordeth
+as a wonderfull miracle, that the Seres, (which I take to be the people of
+Cathay, or China) sent ambassadors to Rome, to intreate friedship, as moued
+with the fame of the maiesty of the Romane Empire. And haue not we as good
+cause to admire, that the Kings of the Moluccćs and Iaua maior, haue
+desired the fauour of her maiestie, and the commerce & traffike of her
+people? Is it not as strange that the borne naturalles of Iapan, and the
+Philippinćs are here to be seene, agreeing with our climate, speaking our
+language, and informing vs of the state of their Easterne habitations? For
+mine owne part, I take it as a pledge of Gods further fauour both vnto vs
+and them: to them especially, vnto whose doors I doubt not in time shall be
+by vs caried the incomparable treasure of the truth of Christianity, and of
+the Gospell, while we vse and exercise common trade with their marchants. I
+must confesse to haue read in the excellent history intituled Origines of
+Ioannes Goropius, a testimonie of king Henrie the viij, a prince of noble
+memory, whose intention was once, if death had not preuented him, to haue
+done some singular thing in this case: whose words speaking of his dealing
+to that end with himselfe, he being a stranger, & his history rare, I
+thought good in this place verbatim to record: Ante viginti & plus eo annos
+ab Henrico Kneuetto Equite Anglo nomine Regis Henrici arram accepi, qua
+conuenerat, Regio sumptu me totam Asiam, quoad Turcorum & Persarum Regum
+commendationes, & legationes admitterentur, peragraturum. Ab his enim
+duobus Asić principibus facile se impetraturum sperabat, vt non solům tutň
+mihi per ipsorum fines liceret ire, sed vt commendatione etiam ipsorum ad
+confinia quoque daretur penetrare. Sumptus quidem non exiguus erat futurus,
+sed tanta erat principi cognoscendi auiditas, vt nullis pecunijs ad hoc
+iter necessarijs se diceret parsurum. O Dignum Regia Maiestate animum, O me
+foelicem, si Deus non antč & Kneuettum & Regem abstulisset, quŕm reuersus
+ab hac peregrinatione fuissem, &c. [Footnote: Ioannis Goropij Becari
+originum lib. 5 pag 494. _Translation_: "More than twenty years before I
+received from Henry Knevett, an English knight, in the name of King Henry,
+a retaining fee, it being agreed that I should travel at the king's expense
+throughout Asia, so far as the letters of introduction or embassies of the
+Turkish and Persian monarchs would enable me. For he (the king) hoped
+easily to obtain from these two Asiatic monarchs not only permission for me
+to travel through their territories, but also, by their influence, through
+the frontier states of their kingdoms. The cost was not to be light, but
+such was that prince's eagerness, after knowledge that he declared he would
+spare no expense for this journey. O mind worthy of regal dignity! O happy
+me if God had not called away both Knevett and the king before I had
+returned from that journey!"] But as the purpose of Dauid the king to
+builde a house and temple to God was accepted, although Salomon performed
+it: so I make no question, but that the zeale in this matter of the
+aforesaid most renowmed prince may seeme no lesse worthy (in his kinde) of
+acceptation, although reserued for the person of our Salomon her gratious
+Maiesty, whome I feare not to pronounce to haue receiued the same Heroicall
+spirit, and most honorable disposition, as an inheritance from her famous
+father.
+
+Now wheras I haue alwayes noted your wisdome to haue had a speciall care of
+the honor of her Maiesty, the good reputation of our country, & the
+aduancing of nauigation, the very walles of this our Island, as the oracle
+is reported to haue spoken of the sea forces of Athens: [Footnote: Plutarch
+in the life of Themistocles.] and whereas I acknowledge in all dutifull
+sort how honorably both by your letter and speech I haue bene animated in
+this and other my trauels, I see my selfe bound to make presentment of this
+worke to your selfe, as the fruits of your owne incouragements, & the
+manifestation both of my vnfained seruice to my prince and country, and of
+my particular duty to your honour: which I haue done with the lesse
+suspition either of not satisfying the world, or of not answering your owne
+expectation, in that according to your order, it hath passed the sight, and
+partly also the censure of the learned phisitian M. Doctor Iames, a man
+many wayes very notably qualified.
+
+And thus beseeching God, the giuer of all true honor & wisdome to increase
+both these blessings in you, with continuance of health, strength,
+happinesse, and whatsoeuer good thing els your selfe can wish, I humbly
+take my leaue.
+
+London the 17. of Nouember.
+
+Your honors most humble alwayes to be commanded
+
+RICHARD HAKLUYT.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
+
+RICHARD HAKLUYT TO THE FAVOURABLE READER
+
+I haue thought it very requisite for thy further instruction and direction
+in this historie (Good Reader) to acquaint thee brieflie with the Methode
+and order which I haue vsed in the whole course thereof: and by the way
+also to let thee vnderstand by whose friendly aide in this my trauell I
+haue bene furthered: acknowledging that ancient speach to be no lesse true
+then inenious, that the offence is great, Non agnoscere per quos
+profeceris, not to speake of them by whom a man in his indeuours is
+assisted.
+
+Concerning my proceeding therefore in this present worke, it hath bene
+this. Whatsoeuer testimonie I haue found in any author of authoritie
+appertaining to my argument, either stranger or naturall, I haue recorded
+the same word for word, with his particular name and page of booke where it
+is extant. If the same were not reduced into our common language, I haue
+first expressed it in the same termes wherein it is originally written
+whether it were a Latine, Italian, Spanish or Portugall discourse, or
+whatsoeuer els, and thereunto in the next roome haue annexed the
+signification and translation of the wordes in English. And to the ende
+that those men which were the paynefull and personall trauellers might
+reape that good opinion, and iust commendation which they haue deserued,
+and further that euery man might answere for himselfe, iustifie his
+reports, and stand accountable for his owne doings, I haue referred euery
+voyage to his Author, which both in person hath performed, and in writing
+hath left the same: for I am not ignorant of Ptolomies assertion, that
+Peregrinationis historia, and not those wearie volumes bearing the titles
+of vniuersall Cosmographie which some men that I could name haue published
+as their owne, beyng in deed most vntruly and vnprofitablie ramassed and
+hurled together, is that which must bring vs to the certayne and full
+discouerie of the world.
+
+Moreouer, I meddle in this worke with the Nauigations onely of our owne
+nation: And albeit I alleage in a few places (as the matter and occasion
+required) some strangers as witnesses of the things done yet are they none
+but such as either faithfully remember, or sufficiently confirme the
+trauels of our owne people: of whom (to speake trueth) I haue receiued more
+light in some respects then all our owne Historians could affoord me in
+this case, Bale, Foxe, and Eden onely excepted.
+
+And it is a thing withall principally to be considered that I stand not
+vpon any action perfourmed neere home, nor in any part of Europe commonly
+frequented by our shipping, as for example: Not vpon that victorious
+exploit not long since atchieued in our narow Seas agaynst that monstrous
+Spanish army vnder the valiant and prouident conduct of the right
+honourable the lord Charles Howard high Admirall of England: Not vpon the
+good seruices of our two woorthie Generals in their late Portugall
+expedition: Not vpon the two most fortunate attempts of our famous
+Chieftaine Sir Frauncis Drake, the one in the Baie of Cales vpon a great
+part of the enimies chiefest shippes the other neere the Islands vpon the
+great Carrack of the East India, the first (though peraduenture not the
+last) of that employment, that euer discharged Molucca spices in English
+portes: these (albeit singular and happy voyages of our renowmed
+countrymen) I omit, as things distinct and without the compasse of my
+prescribed limites, beyng neither of remote length and spaciousnesse,
+neither of search and discouerie of strange coasts, the chiefe subiect of
+this my labour. [Footnote: Halkuyt afterwards, in his second edition, did
+not omit these remarkable adventures.]
+
+Thus much in breuitie shall serue thee for the generall order. Particularhe
+I haue disposed and digested the whole worke into 3. partes, or as it were
+Classes, not without my reasons. In the first I haue martialled all our
+voyages of any moment that haue bene performed to the South and Southeast
+parts of the world, by which I chiefly meane that part of Asia which is
+neerest, and of the rest hithermost towards vs: For I find that the oldest
+trauels as well of the ancient Britains, as of the English, were ordinarie
+to Iudea which is in Asia, termed by them the Holy land, principally for
+deuotions sake according to the time, although I read in Ioseph Bengorion a
+very authenticall Hebrew author, a testimonie of the passing of 20000.
+Britains valiant souldiours, to the siege and fearefull sacking of
+Ierusalem vnder the conduct of Vespasian and Titus the Romane Emperour, a
+thing in deed of all the rest most ancient. But of latter dayes I see our
+men haue pierced further into the East, haue passed downe the mightie riuer
+Euphrates, haue sayled from Balsara through the Persian gulfe to the Citie
+of Ormuz, and from thence to Chaul and Goa in the East India, which
+passages written by the parties themselues are herein to be read. To these
+I haue added the Nauigations of the English made for the parts of Africa,
+and either within or without the streights of Gibraltar: within to
+Constantinople in Romania, to Alexandria, and Cayro in Egypt, to Tunez, to
+Goletta, to Malta, to Algier, and to Tripolis in Barbary: without, to Santa
+Cruz, to Asafi, to the Citie of Marocco, to the riuer of Senega, to the
+Isles of Cape Verde, to Guynea, to Benyn, and round about the dreadfull
+Cape of Bona Speranza, as farre as Goa.
+
+The north, and Northeasterne voyages of our nation I haue produced in the
+second place, because our accesse to those quarters of the world is later
+and not so auncient as the former: and yet some of our trauailes that way
+be of more antiquitie by many hundred yeeres, then those that haue bene
+made to the westerne coastes of America. Vnder this title thou shalt first
+finde the old northerne Nauigations of our Brittish Kings as of Arthur, of
+Malgo, of Edgar Pacificus the Saxon Monarch, with that also of Nicholaus de
+Linna vnder the North pole: next to them in consequence, the discoueries of
+the bay of Saint Nicholas, of Colgoieue, of Pechora, of the Isles of
+Vaigats, of Noua Zembla, and of the Sea eastwards towardes the riuer of Ob:
+after this, the opening by sea of the great Dukedome and Empire of Russia,
+with the notable and strange iourney of Master Ienkinson to Boghar in
+Bactria. Whereunto thou maist adde sixe of our voyages eleuen hundred
+verstes vp against the streame of Dwina to the towne of Vologhda thence one
+hundred and fourescore verstes by land to Yeraslaue standing vpon the
+mighty riuer of Volga: there hence aboue two thousand and fiue hundred
+versts downe the streame to the ancient marte Towne of Astracan, and so to
+the manifolde mouthes of Volga, and from thence also by ship ouer the
+Caspian sea into Media, and further then that also with Camels vnto
+Georgia, Armenia, Hyrcania, Gillan, and the cheefest Cities of the Empire
+of Persia: wherein the Companie of Moscouie Marchants to the perpetual
+honor of their Citie, and societie, haue performed more then any one, yea
+then all the nations of Europe besides: which thing is also acknowledged by
+the most learned Cosmographers and Historiographers of Christendome, with
+whose honorable testimonies of the action not many for number, but
+sufficient for authoritie I haue concluded this second part.
+
+Touching the westerne Nauigations, and trauailes of ours, they succeede
+naturallie in the third and last roome, for asmuch as in order and course
+those coastes, and quarters came last of all to our knowledge and
+experience. Herein thou shall reade the attempt by Sea of the sonne of one
+of the Princes of Northwales in saylng and searching towards the west more
+then 400. yeeres since: the offer made by Christopher Columbus that
+renowned Genouoys to the most sage Prince of noble memoire King Henrie the
+7. with his prompt and cheerefull acceptation thereof, and the occasion
+whereupon it became fruitlesse, and at that time of no great effect to this
+kingdome: then followe the letters Patentes of the foresaid noble Prince
+giuen to Iohn Cabot a Venetian and his 3. sonnes, to discouer & conquer in
+his name, and vnder his Banners vnknowen Regions who with that royall
+incouragement & contribution of the king himselfe, and some assistance in
+charges of English Marchants departed [Footnote: Robert Fabian] with 5.
+sailes from the Port of Bristoll accompanied with 300. Englishmen, and
+first of any Christians found out that mightie and large tract of lande and
+Sea, from the circle Arcticke as farre as Florida, as appeareth in the
+discourse thereof. The triumphant reigne of King Henry the 8. yelded some
+prosecution of this discouerie for the 3. voyages performed, and the 4.
+intended for all Asia by his Maiesties selfe, do approoue and confirme the
+same. Then in processe of yeeres ariseth the first English trade to
+Brasill, the first passing of some of our nation in the ordinarie Spanish
+fleetes to the west Indies, and the huge Citie of Mexico in Noua Hispania.
+Then immediately ensue 3. voyages made by M. Iohn Hawkins now Knight, then
+Esquire, to Hispaniola, and the gulfe of Mexico: vpon which depende sixe
+verie excellent discourses of our men, whereof some for 15. or 16. whole
+yeeres inhabited in New Spaine, and ranged the whole Countrie, wherein are
+disclosed the cheefest secretes of the west India, which may in time turne
+to our no smal aduantage. The next leaues thou turnest, do yeelde thee the
+first valiant enterprise of Sir Francis Drake vpon Nombre de Dios, the
+mules laden with treasure which he surprised, and the house called the
+Cruzes, which his fire consumed: and therewith is ioyned an action more
+venterous then happie of Iohn Oxnam of Plimmouth written, and confessed by
+a Spaniard, which with his companie passed ouer the streight Istme of
+Darien, and building certaine pinnesses on the west shoare, was the first
+Englishman that entered the South sea. To passe ouer Master Frobisher, and
+his actions which I haue also newly though briefely printed, and as it were
+reuiued, whatsoeuer Master Iohn Dauis hath performed in continuing that
+discouery, which Master Frobisher began for the northwest passage, I haue
+faithfully at large communicated it with thee, that so the great good hope,
+& singular probabilities & almost certaintie therof, which by his industry
+haue risen, may be knowen generally of all men, that some may yet still
+proscute so noble an action. Sir Humfrey Gilbert, that couragious Knight,
+and very expert in the mysteries of Nauigation amongst the rest is not
+forgotten: his learned reasons & arguments for the proofe of the passage
+before named, together with his last more commendable resolution then
+fortunate successe, are here both to be read. The continuance of the
+historie, produceth the beginnings, and proceedings of the two English
+Colonies planted in Virginia at the charges of sir Walter Raleigh, whose
+entrance vpon those newe inhabitations had bene happie, if it had ben as
+seruiously followed, as it was cheerefuly vndertaken. I could not omit in
+this parte the two voyages made not long since to the Southwest, whereof I
+thinke the Spanyard hath had some knowledge, and felt some blowes: the one
+of Master Edward Fenton, and his consort Master Luke Warde: the other of
+Master Robert Withrington, and his hardie consort Master Christopher Lister
+as farre as 44. degrees of southerly latitude, set out at the direction and
+charge of the right honorable the Earle of Cumberland, both which in diuers
+respectes may yelde both profite and pleasure to the reader, being
+carefully perused.
+
+For the conclusion of all, the memorable voyage of Master Thomas Candish
+into the South sea, and from thence about the globe of the earth doth
+satisfie mee, and I doubt not but will fully content thee: which as in time
+it is later then that of Sir Franncis Drake, so in relation of the
+Philippinćs, Iapan, China and the Isle of S. Helena it is more particular,
+and exact: and therfore the want of the first made by Sir Frauncis Drake
+will be the lesse: wherein I must confesse to haue taken more then
+ordinarie paines, meaning to haue inserted it in this worke but being of
+late (contrary to my expectation) seriously delt withall, not to anticipate
+or preuent another mans paines and charge in drawing all the seruices of
+that worthie Knight into one volume, I haue yeelded vnto those my freindes
+which pressed me in the matter, referring the further knowledge of his
+proceedings to those intended discourses. [Footnote: This, however, he
+printed privately.]
+
+Now for the other part of my promise, I must craue thy further patience
+friendly reader, and some longer suspence from the worke it selfe, in
+acquainting thee with those vertuous gentlemen and others which partly for
+their priuate affection to my selfe, but chiefely for their deuotion to the
+furtherance of this my trauaile, haue yelded me their seuerall good
+assistances: for I accompt him vnworthy of future fauours, that is not
+thankefull for former benefites. In respect of a generall incouragement in
+this laborious trauaile, it were grosse ingratitude in me to forget and
+wilfull maliciousnes not to confesse that man, whose onely name doth carrie
+with it sufficient estimation and loue, and that is Master Edward Dier, of
+whom I will speake thus much in few wordes, that both my selfe and my
+intentions herein by his friendly meanes haue bene made knowne to those,
+who in sundrie particulars haue much steeded me. More specially in my first
+part, Master Richard Staper Marchant of London, hath furnished me with
+diuers thinges touching the trade of Turkie, and other places in the East.
+Master William Burrowgh, Clarke of her Maiesties nauie and Master Anthonie
+Ienkinson, both gentlemen of great experience, and obseruations in the
+north Regions, haue much pleasured me in the second part. In the third and
+last besides myne owne extreeme trauaile in the histories of the Spanyards,
+my cheefest light hath bene receiued from Sir Iohn Hawkins, Sir Walter
+Raleigh, and my kinseman Master Richard Hakluyt of the middle Temple.
+
+And whereas in the course of this history often mention is made of many
+beastes, birds, fishes, serpents, plants, fruits, hearbes, rootes,
+apparell, armour, boates, and such other rare and strange curiosities,
+which wise men take great pleasure to reade of, but much more contentment
+to see: herein I my selfe to my singular delight haue bene as it were
+rauished in beholding all the premisses gathered together with no small
+cost, and preserued with no litle diligence, in the excellent Cabinets of
+my very worshipfull and learned friends M. Richard Garthe, one of the
+Clearkes of the pettie Bags, and M. William Cope Gentleman Vssier to the
+right Honourable and most prudent Counseller (the Seneca of our common
+wealth,) the Lord Burleigh, high Treasourer of England.
+
+Nowe, because peraduenture it would bee expected as necessarie, that the
+descriptions of so many parts of the world would farre more easily be
+conceiued of the Readers, by adding Geographicall, and Hydrographicall
+tables thereuuto, thou art by the way to be admonished that I haue
+contented my selfe with inserting into the worke one of the best generall
+mappes of the world onely, vntill the comming out of a very large and most
+exact terrestriall Globe, collected and reformed according to the newest,
+secretest, and latest discoueries, both Spanish Portugall, and English,
+composed by M. Emmerie Mollineux of Lambeth, a rare Gentleman in his
+profession, being therein for diuers yeeres, greatly supported by the purse
+and liberalitie of the worshipfull marchant M. William Sanderson.
+[Footnote: This map it has been found impossible to reproduce in facsimile,
+though every effort has been made, a facsimile of Ziegler's Map of 1532 has
+been substituted as a Frontispiece to this Volume.]
+
+This being the summe of those things which I thought good to admonish thee
+of (good Reader) it remaineth that thou take the profite and pleasure of
+the worke: which I wish to bee as great to thee, as my paines and labour
+haue bene in bringing these rawe fruits vnto this ripenesse, and in
+reducing these loose papers into this order. Farewell.
+
+
+
+
+DEDICATION TO THE SECOND EDITION,
+
+TO THE
+
+RIGHT HONORABLE MY SINGULAR GOOD LORD
+
+THE LORD CHARLES HOWARD,
+[Footnote: He was the grandson of Thomas, second Duke of Norfolk and was
+born in 1536. He entered the army early, and distinguished himself in
+suppressing the rebellion of the Earls of Northumberland and Westmorland in
+1568 (for full particulars of which see Froude, "History of England," vol
+IX, p 96). He became Lord High Admiral in 1585, and rendered great service
+in 1588 against the Invincible Armada. In 1596 he was created Earl of
+Nottingham for his Expedition against Cadiz in conjunction with the Earl of
+Essex. In 1601 he suppressed the revolt of the latter and made him
+prisoner. He was present at Elizabeth's death in 1603, and the following
+year went as ambassador to Spain. He died in 1624, never having forfeited
+in any way the confidence of his sovereign or the esteem of his
+countrymen.]
+
+EARLE OF NOTINGHAM, BARON OF EFFINGHAM, KNIGHT OF THE NOBLE ORDER OF THE
+GARTER, LORD HIGH ADMIRALL OF ENGLAND, IRELAND, AND WALES, &c, ONE OF HER
+MAIESTIES MOST HONOURABLE PRIVIE COUNSELL.
+
+Right Honourable and my very good Lord, after I had long since published in
+Print many Nauigations and Discoueries of strangers in diuers languages, as
+well here at London, as in the citie of Paris, during my fiue yeeres abode
+in France, with the woorthie Knight Sir Edward Stafford your brother in
+lawe, her maiesties most prudent and carefull Ambassador ligier with the
+French King: and had waded on still farther and farther in the sweet studie
+of the historie of Cosmographie, I began at length to conceiue, that with
+diligent obseruation, some thing might be gathered which might commend our
+nation for their high courage and singular actiuitie in the Search and
+Discouerie of the most vnknowen quarters of the world. Howbeit, seeing no
+man to step forth to vndertake the recording of so many memorable actions,
+but euery man to folow his priuate affaires: the ardent loue of my countrey
+deuoured all difficulties, and as it were with a sharpe goad prouoked me
+and thrust me forward into this most troublesome and painfull action. And
+after great charges and infinite cares after many watchings, toiles, and
+trauels, and wearing out of my weake body: at length I haue collected three
+seuerall Volumes of the English Nauigations Traffiques, and Discoueries, to
+strange, remote, and farre distant countreys. Which worke of mine I haue
+not included within the compasse of things onely done in these latter
+dayes, as though litle, or nothing woorthie of memorie had bene performed
+in former ages: but mounting aloft by the space of many hundred yeares,
+haue brought to light many very rare and worthy monuments, which long haue
+ben miserably scattered in mystic corners, & retchlesly hidden in mistie
+darkenesse, and were very like for the greatest part to haue bene buried in
+perpetual obliuion. The first Volume of this worke I haue thus for the
+present brought to light, reseruing the other two vntill the next Spring,
+when by Gods grace they shall come to the Presse. In the meane season
+bethinking my selfe of some munificent and bountifull Patrone, I called to
+mind your honourable Lordship, who both in regard of my particular
+obligation, and also in respect of the subiect and matter, might iustly
+chalenge the Patronage thereof. For first I remembered how much I was
+bound, and how deeply indebted for my yongest brother Edmund Hackluyt, to
+whom for the space of foure whole yeares your Lordship committed the
+gouernment and instruction of that honorable yong noble man, your sonne &
+heire apparant, the lord William Howard, of whose high spirit and wonderful
+towardlinesse full many a time hath he boasted vnto me. Secondly, the
+bounden duetie which I owe to your most deare sister the lady Sheffield, my
+singular good lady & honorable, mistresse, admonished me to be mindfull of
+the renoumed familie of the Howards. Thirdly, when I found in the first
+Patent graunted by Queene Marie to the Moscouie companie, that my lord your
+father being then lord high Admirall of England was one of the first
+fauourers and furtherers, with his purse and countenance, of the strange
+and wonderfull Discouerie of Russia, the chiefe contents of this present
+Volume, then I remembred the sage saying of sweet Isocrates, That sonnes
+ought not onely to be inheritors of their fathers substance but also of
+their commendable vertues and honours. But what speake I of your ancestors
+honors (which to say the trueth are very great, and such as our Cronicles
+haue notably blazoned) when as your owne Heroicall actions from time to
+time haue shewed themselues so admirable, as no antiquitie hath affoorded
+greater, and the future times will not in haste (I thinke) performe the
+like. To come to some particulars when the Emperors sister the spouse of
+Spaine, with a Fleete of an 130. sailes, stoutly and proudly passed the
+narow Seas, your Lordship accompanied with ten ships onely of her Maiesties
+Name Roiall, enuironed their Fleet in most strange and warrelike sort,
+enforced them to stoope gallant, and to vaile their bonets for the Queene
+of England, and made them perfectly to vnderstand that olde speach of the
+prince of Poets:
+
+     Non illi imperium pelagi sćuúmmque tridentem,
+        sed tibi sorte datum.
+
+[Footnote: Virgil, Ćneid I _Translation_ "Not to him is given by fate the
+empire of the ocean and the potent trident, but to thee."]
+
+Yet after they had acknowledged their dutie, your lordship on her Maiesties
+behalfe conducted her safely through our English chanell, and performed all
+good offices of honor and humanitie to that forren Princesse. At that time
+all England beholding your most honorable cariage of your selfe in that so
+weightie seruice, began to cast an extraordinarie eie vpon your lordship,
+and deeply to conceiue that singular hope which since by your most worthie
+& wonderfull seruice, your L. hath more then fully satisfied. I meane
+(among others) that glorious triumphant, and thrise-happy victory atchieued
+against that huge and haultie Spanish Armada (which is notably described in
+the ende of this volume) wherein being chiefe and sole Commander vnder her
+sacred and roiall Maiestie, your noble gouernment and worthy behauior, your
+high wisedom, discretion and happinesse, accompanied with the heauenly
+blessing of the Almightie, are shewed most euidently to haue bene such as
+all posteritie and succeeding ages shall neuer cease to sing and resound
+your infinite prayse and eternall commendations. As for the late renoumed
+expedition and honorable voyage vnto Cadiz, the vanquishing of part of the
+king of Spaines Armada, the destruction of the rich West Indian Fleete, the
+chasing of so many braue and gallant Gallics, the miraculous winning,
+sacking, and burning of that almost impregnable citie of Cadiz, the
+surprising of the towne of Faraon vpon the coast of Portugal, and other
+rare appendances of that enterprise, because they be hereafter so
+iudicially set downe, by a very graue and learned Gentleman, which was an
+eye witnesse in all that action, I referre your good L. to his faithfull
+report, wherein I trust (as much as in him lay) he hath wittingly depriued
+no man of his right. Vpon these and other the like considerations, I
+thought it fit and very conuenient to commend with all humilitie and
+reuerence this first part of our English Voiages & Discoueries vnto your
+Honors fauourable censure and patronage.
+
+And here by the way most humbly crauing pardon, and alwayes submitting my
+poore opinion to your Lordships most deep and percing insight, especially
+in this matter, as being the father and principall fauourer of the English
+Nauigation, I trust it shall not be impertinent in passing by, to point at
+the meanes of breeding vp of skilfull Sea-men and Mariners in this Realms.
+Sithence your Lordship is not ignorant, that ships are to litle purpose
+without skilfull Sea-men; and since Sea-men are not bred vp to perfection
+of skill in much lesse time (as it is said) then in the time of two
+prentiships; and since no kinde of men of any profession in the common
+wealth passe their yeres in so great and continuall hazard of life; and
+since of so many, so few grow to gray heires: how needfull it is, that by
+way of Lectures and such like instructions, these ought to haue a better
+education, then hitherto they haue had; all wise men may easily iudge. When
+I call to minde, how many noble ships haue been lost, how many worthy
+persons haue bene drenched in the sea, and how greatly this Realme hath
+bene impouerished by losse of great Ordinance and other rich commodities
+through the ignorance of our Sea-men, I haue greatly wished there were a
+Lecture of Nauigation read in this Citie, for the banishing of our former
+grosse ignorance in Marine causes, and for the increase and generall
+multiplying of the sea-knowledge in this age, wherein God hath raised so
+generall a desire in the youth of this Realme to discouer all parts of the
+face of the earth, to this Realme in former ages not knowen. And, that it
+may appeare that this is no vaine fancie nor deuise of mine, it may please
+your Lordship to vnderstand, that the late Emperour Charles the fift,
+considering the rawnesse of his Sea-men, and the manifolde shipwracks which
+they susteyned in passing and repassing betweene Spaine and the West
+Indies, with an high reach and great foresight, established not onely a
+Pilote Maior, for the examination of such as sought to take charge of ships
+in that voyage, but also founded a notable Lecture of the Art of
+Nauigation, which is read to this day in the Contractation house at Siuil.
+The readers of which Lecture haue not only carefully taught and instructed
+the Spanish Mariners by word of mouth, but also haue published sundry exact
+and worthy treatises concerning Marine causes, for the direction and
+incouragement of posteritie. The learned works of three of which readers,
+namely of Alonso de Chauez, of Hieronymo de Chauez, and of Roderigo
+Zamorano came long ago very happily to my hands, together with the straight
+and seuere examining of all such Masters as desire to take charge for the
+West Indies. Which when I first read and duely considered, it seemed to mee
+so excellent and so exact a course as I greatly wished, that I might be so
+happy as to see the like order established here with vs. This matter, as it
+seemeth, tooke no light impression in the royall brest of that most
+renowmed and victorious prince King Henry the eight of famous memory, who
+for the increase of knowledge in his Seamen, with princely liberalitie
+erected three seuerall Guilds or brotherhoods, the one at Deptford here
+vpon the Thames, the other at Kingston vpon Hull, and the third at
+Newcastle vpon Tine: which last was established in the 28. yeere of his
+reigne. The chiefe motiues which induced his princely wisedome hereunto
+himselfe expresseth in maner following: Vt magistri, marinarij,
+gubernatores, & alij officiarij nauium, iuuentutem suam in exercitatione
+gubernationis nauium transigentes, mutilati aut aliquo alio casu in
+paupertatem collapsi, aliquod releuamen ad eorum sustentationem habeant,
+quo non solům illi reficiantur, verům etiam alij iuuenes moueantur &
+instigentur ad eandem artem exercendam, ratione cuius, doctiores & aptiores
+fiant nauibus & alijs vasis nostris & aliorum quorumcúnque in Mare
+gubernandis & manutenendis, tam pacis, quŕm belli tempore, cům opus
+postulet, etc. [Footnote: _Translation_ "That masters, mariners pilots, and
+other officers of ships, who have passed their youth in the profession of
+navigating vessels, being mutilated, or reduced to poverty through any
+other cause, might have some means of subsistence, by which not only they
+may be made comfortable but by which other youths may be induced and led to
+the exercise of the same profession, through which they may become more apt
+to and skilful in the pilotage and management at sea of ships and vessels
+in times of peace or war, as is neccssary," etc.] To descend a little
+lower, king Edward the sixth, that prince of peerelesse hope, with the
+aduice of his sage and prudent Counsaile, before he entered into the
+Northeasterne discouery, aduanced the worthy and excellent Sebastian Cabota
+to be grand Pilot of England, allowing him a most bountifull pension of
+166. li. vj. s. viij. d. by the yeere during his life as appeareth in his
+Letters Patents which are to be seene in the third part of my worke. And if
+God had granted him longer life, I doubt not but as he dealt most royally
+in establishing that office of Pilote Maior (which not long after to the
+great hinderance of this Common wealth was miserably turned to other
+priuate vses) so his princely Maiestie would haue shewed himselfe no nigard
+in erecting, in imitation of Spaine, the like profitable Lecture of the Art
+of Nauigation. And surely when I considered of late the memorable bountie
+of sir Thomas Gresham, [Footnote: He was the son of Sir Richard Gresham,
+merchant and Lord Mayor of London, and was born in 1519. Educated at
+Cambridge, he was placed under his uncle, Sir John Gresham, and enrolled a
+member of the Mercers Company. His father had been the king's agent at
+Antwerp, and the person who succeeded him, having mismanaged the royal
+affairs, Sir Thomas was sent over in 1552. to retrieve them. This he was
+most successful in doing. Elizabeth removed him from his office, but soon
+restored and knighted him. He planned and erected the Royal Exchange in
+London, in imitation of that of Antwerp, and the queen opened it in person
+in 1570. Having built a mansion in Bishopsgate Street, he directed by his
+will that it should be converted into habitations and lecture rooms for
+seven professors or lecturers on the seven liberal sciences, and their
+salaries to be paid out of the revenues of the Royal Exchange. These and
+other benefactions procured for him the name of the "Royal Merchant." He
+died in 1579. Gresham College has since been converted into the General
+Excise Office, and the lectures have been given in a room over the
+Exchange.] who being but a Merchant hath founded so many chargeable
+Lectures, and some of them also which are Mathematicall, tending to the
+aduancement of Marine causes; I nothing doubted of your Lordships
+forwardnes in settling and establishing of this Lecture: but rather when
+your Lordship shall see the noble and rare effects thereof, you will be
+heartily sory that all this while it hath not bene erected. As therefore
+our skill in Nauigation hath hitherto bene very much bettered and increased
+vnder the Admiraltie of your Lordship; so if this one thing be added
+thereunto, together with seuere and straight discipline, I doubt not but
+with Gods good blessing it will shortly grow to the hiest pitch and top of
+all perfection: which whensoeuer it shall come to passe, I assure my selfe
+it will turne to the infinite wealth and honour of our Countrey, to the
+prosperous and speedy discouerie of many rich lands and territories of
+heathens and gentiles as yet vnknowen, to the honest employment of many
+thousands of our idle people, to the great comfort and reioycing of our
+friends, to the terror, daunting and confusion of our foes. To ende this
+matter, let me now I beseech you speake vnto your Lordship, as in times
+past the elder Scipio spake to Cornelius Scipio Africanus: Quň sis,
+Africane, alacrior ad tutandam Rempublicam, sic habeto: Omnibus, qui
+patriam conseruauerint, adiuuerint, auxerint, certum esse in coelo, ac
+definitum locum, vbi beati ćuo sempiterno fruantur. It remaineth therefore,
+that as your Lordship from time to time vnder her most gracious and
+excellent Maiestie, haue shewed your selfe a valiant protectour, a carefull
+conseruer, and an happy enlarger of the honour and reputation of your
+Countrey; so at length you may enioy those celestial blessings, which are
+prepared to such as tread your steps, and seeke to aspire to such diuine
+and heroical vertues. And euen here I surcease, wishing all temporal and
+spirituall blessings of the life present and that which is to come to be
+powred out in most ample measure, not onely vpon your honourable Lordship,
+the noble and vertuous Lady your bedfellow, and those two rare iewels, your
+generous off-springs, but also vpon all the rest wheresoeuer of that your
+noble and renowmed family. From London the 7. day of this present October
+1598.
+
+Your honours most humble alwayes to be commanded:
+
+Richard Hakluyt Preacher.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION
+
+A preface to the Reader as touching the principall Voyages
+and discourses in this first part.
+
+Hauing for the benefit and honour of my Countrey zealously bestowed so many
+yeres, so much trauaile and cost, to bring Antiquities smothered and buried
+in darke silence, to light, and to preserue certaine memorable exploits of
+late yeres by our English nation atchieued, from the greedy and deuouring
+lawes of obliuion: to gather likewise, and as it were to incorporate into
+one body the torne and scattered limmes of our ancient and late Nauigations
+by Sea, our voyages by land, and traffiques of merchandise by both: and
+hauing (so much as in me lieth) restored ech particular member, being
+before displaced, to their true ioynts and ligaments; I meane, by the helpe
+of Geographie and Chronologie (which I may call the Sunne and the Moone,
+the right eye and the left of all history) referred ech particular relation
+to the due time and place: I do this second time (friendly Reader, if not
+to satisfie, yet at least for the present to allay and hold in suspense
+thine expectation) presume to offer vnto thy view this first part of my
+threefold discourse. For the bringing of which into this homely and
+rough-hewen shape, which here thou seest; what restlesse nights, what
+painefull dayes, what heat, what cold I haue indured; how many long &
+chargeable iourneys I haue trauailed; how many famous libraries I haue
+searched into; what varietie of ancient and moderne writers I haue perused;
+what a number of old records, patents, priuleges, letters, &c. I haue
+redeemed from obscuritie and perishing; into how manifold acquaintance I
+haue entered; what expenses I haue not spared; and yet what faire
+opportunities of priuate game, preferment, and ease I haue neglected;
+albeit thyselfe canst hardly imagine, yet I by daily experience do finde &
+feele, and some of my entier friends can sufficiently testifie. Howbeit (as
+I told thee at the first) the honour and benefit of this common weale
+wherein I liue and breathe, hath made all difficulties seeme easie, all
+paines and industrie pleasant and all expenses of light value and moment
+vnto me.
+
+For (to conteine myselfe onely within the bounds of this present discourse
+and in the midst thereof to begin) wil it not in all posteritie be as great
+a renowme vnto our English nation to haue bene the first discouerers of a
+Sea beyond the North cape (neuer certainly knowen before) and of a
+conuenient passage into the huge Empire of Russia by the bay of S. Nicholas
+and the riuer of Duina; as for the Portugales to haue found a Sea beyond
+the Cape of Buona Esperanza, and so consequently a passage by Sea into the
+East Indies; or for the Italians and Spaniards to haue discouered vnknowen
+landes so many hundred leagues Westward and Southwestward of the streits of
+Gibraltar, & of the pillers of Hercules? Be it granted that the renowmed
+Portugale Vasques de Gama trauersed the maine Ocean Southward of Africke:
+Did not Richard Chanceler and his mates performe the like Northward of
+Europe? Suppose that Columbus that noble and high-spinted Genuois escried
+vnknowen landes to the Westward of Europe and Africke: Did not the valiant
+English knight sir Hugh Willoughby; did not the famous Pilots Stephen
+Burrough, Arthur Pet, and Charles Iackman accoast Noua Zembia, Colgoieue,
+and Vaigatz to the North of Europe and Asia? Howbeit you will say perhaps,
+not with the like golden successe, not with such deductions of Colonies,
+nor attaining of conquests. True it is that our successe hath not bene
+correspondent vnto theirs: yet in this our attempt the vncertaintie of
+finding was farre greater, and the difficultie and danger of searching was
+no whit lesse. For hath not Herodotus (a man for his time, most skilfull
+and iudicial in Cosmographie, who writ aboue 2000. yeeres ago) in his 4.
+booke called Melpomene, signified vnto the Portugales in plaine termes;
+that Africa, except the small Isthmus between the Arabian gulfe and the
+Mediterran sea, was on all sides enuironed with the Ocean? And for the
+further confirmation thereof, doth he not make mention of one Neco an
+Ćgyptian King, who (for trials sake) sent a fleet of Phoenicians downe the
+Red sea, who setting forth in Autumne and sailing Southward till they had
+the Sunne at noonetide vpon their sterbourd (that is to say hauing crossed
+the Ćquinoctial and the Southerne tropique) after a long Nauigation
+directed their course to the North and in the space of 3. years enuironed
+all Africk, passing home through the Gaditan strait and arriuing in Ćgypt.
+And doth not [Footnote: Lib. 2. nat. hist. cap. 67.] Plinie tell them that
+noble Hanno in the flourishing time and estate of Carthage sailed from
+Gades in Spaine to the coast of Arabia foelix, and put down his whole
+iournall in writing? Doth he not make mention that in the time of Augustus
+Cćsar the wracke of certaine Spanish ships was found floating in the
+Arabian gulfe? And, not to be ouer tedious in alleaging of testimonies,
+doth not Strabo in the 2. booke of his Geography, together with Cornelius
+Nepos and Plinie in the place beforenamed, agree all in one, that one
+Eudoxus fleeing from King Lathyrus, and sailing downe the Arabian bay,
+sailed along, doubled the Southern point of Africk, and at length arriued
+at Gades? And what should I speake of the Spaniards? Was not diuine
+[Footnote: In Timćo] Plato (who liued so many ages ago and plainely
+described their West Indies vnder the name of Atlantis) was not he (I say)
+instead of a Cosmographer vnto them? Were not those Carthaginians mentioned
+by Aristotle lib. [Footnote: [Greek: peri thaumasion akousmaton]] de
+admirabil. auscult. their forerunners? And had they not Columbus to stirre
+them vp and pricke them forward vnto their Westerne discoueries; yea to be
+their chiefe loads man and Pilot? Sithens therefore these two worthy
+Nations had those bright lampes of learning (I meane the most ancient and
+best Philosophers, Historiographers and Geographers) to shewe them light;
+and the load starre of experience (to wit those great exploits and voyages
+layed vp in store and recorded) whereby to shape their course: what great
+attempt might they not presume to vndertake? But alas our English nation,
+at the first setting foorth for their Northeasterne discouery, were either
+altogether destitute of such cleare lights and inducements or if they had
+any inkling at all it was as misty as they found the Northren seas, and so
+obscure and ambiguous, that it was meet rather to deterre them then to giue
+them encouragement.
+
+But besides the foresaid vncertaintie into what dangers and difficulties
+they plunged themselues, Animus meminisse horret, I tremble to recount. For
+first they were to expose themselues vnto the rigour of the sterne and
+vncouth Northren seas, and to make triall of the swelling waues and
+boistrous winds which there commonly do surge and blow: then were they to
+saile by the ragged and perilous coast of Norway, to frequent the vnhaunted
+shoares of Finmark, to double the dreadfull and misty North cape, to beare
+with Willoughbres land, to run along within kenning of the Countreys of
+Lapland and Corelia, and as it were to open and vnlocke the seuen-fold
+mouth of Duina. Moreouer, in their Northeasterly Nauigations, vpon the seas
+and by the coasts of Condora, Colgoieue, Petzora, Ioughoria, Samoedia, Noua
+Zembla, &c. and their passing and returne through the streits of Vaigats,
+vnto what drifts of snow and mountaines of yce euen in Iune, Iuly, and
+August, vnto what hideous ouerfals, vncertaine currents, darke mistes and
+fogs, and diuers other fearefull inconueniences they were subiect and in
+danger of, I wish you rather to learne out of the voyages of sir Hugh
+Willoughbie, Stephen Burrough, Arthur Pet and the rest, then to expect in
+this place an endlesse catalogue thereof. And here by the way I cannot but
+highly commend the great industry and magnanimity of the Hollanders, who
+within these few yeeres haue discouered to 78. yea (as themselues affirme)
+to 81. degrees of Northerly latitude [Footnote: This is wrong. The
+Austro-Hungarian Expedition of 1872-1874 only reached 81° in Franz Josef
+Land. Barentz certainly neuer penetrated beyond 77° or 78°] yet with this
+prouiso; that our English nation led them the dance, brake the yce before
+them, and gaue them good leaue to light their candle at our torch
+[Footnote: This refers to the expeditions of Willoughby (1553), Frobisher
+(1576-7), Pett, Jackman (1580), and Davis (1585)]. But nowe it is high time
+for vs to weigh our ancre, to hoise vp our sailes, to get cleare of these
+boistrous, frosty, and misty seas, and with all speede to direct our course
+for the milde, lightsome, temperate, and warme Atlantick Ocean, ouer which
+the Spaniards and Portugales haue made so many pleasant prosperous and
+golden voyages. And albeit I cannot deny, that both of them in their East
+and West Indian Nauigations haue indured many tempests, dangers, and
+shipwracks: yet this dare I boldly affirme; first that a great number of
+them haue satisfied their fame-thirsty and gold-thirsty mindes with that
+reputation and wealth, which made all perils and misaduentures seeme
+tolerable vnto them, and secondly, that their first attempts (which in this
+comparison I doe onely stand vpon) were no whit more difficult and
+dangerous, then ours to the Northeast. For admit that the way was much
+longer, yet was it neuer barred with ice, mist, or darknes, but was at all
+seasons of the yeere open and Nauigable; yea and that for the most part
+with fortunate and fit gales of winde. Moreouer they had no forren prince
+to intercept or molest them, but their owne Townes, Islands and maine lands
+to succour them. The Spaniards had the Canary Isles: and so had the
+Portugales the Isles of the Acores of Porto santo, of Madera, of Cape verd,
+the castle of Mina, the fruitfull and profitable Isle of S. Thomas, being
+all of them conueniently situated, and well fraught with commodities. And
+had they not continuall and yerely trade in some one part or other of
+Africa, for getting of slaues, for sugar, for Elephants teeth, graines,
+siluer, gold and other precious wares, which serued as allurements to draw
+them on by little and little, and as proppes to stay them from giuing ouer
+their attempts? But nowe let vs leaue them and returne home vnto ourselues.
+
+In this first volume (Friendly Reader) besides our Northeasterne
+Discoueries by sea, and the memorable voyage of M. Christopher Hodson, and
+M. William Burrough, Anno 1570. to the Narue, wherein with merchants ships
+onely, they tooke fiue strong and warrelike ships of the Freebooters, which
+lay within the sound of Denmark of purpose to intercept our English Fleete:
+besides 1 all these (I say) thou maiest find here recorded, to the lasting
+honor of our nation, all their long and dangerous voyages for the
+aduauncing of traffique by riuer and by land to all parts of the huge and
+wide Empire of Russia: as namely Richard Chanceler his first fortunate
+arriuall at Newnox, his passing vp the riuer of Dwina to the citie of
+Vologda for the space of 1100. versts, and from thence to Yaruslaue,
+Rostoue, Peraslaue, and so to the famous citie of Mosco, being 1500. versts
+trauell in all. Moreouer, here thou hast his voiage penned by himselfe
+(which I hold to be very authentical, & for the which I do acknowledge my
+selfe beholding vnto the excellent Librarie of the right honorable my lord
+Lumley) wherein he describeth in part the state of Russia, the maners of
+the people and their religion, the magnificence of the Court, the maiestie,
+power, and riches of the Emperour, and the gracious entertainment of
+himselfe. But if he being the first man, and not hauing so perfect
+intelligence as they that came after him, doeth not fullie satisfie your
+expectation in describing the foresayd countrey and people; I then referre
+you to Clement Adams his relation next following, to M. Ienkinsons
+discourse as touching that argument to the smooth verses of M. George
+Turberuile, and to a learned and excellent discourse set downe pag. 536. of
+this volume, [Footnote: Refers to _original_ edition.] and the pages
+following. Vnto all which (if you please) you may adde Richard Iohnsons
+strange report of the Samoeds pag. 316. But to returne to our voyages
+performed within the bounds of Russia, I suppose (among the rest) that
+difficult iourney of Southam and Sparke, from Colmogro and S. Nicholas
+Baie, vp the great riuer of Onega, and so by other riuers and lakes to the
+citie of Nouogrod velica vpon the West frontier of Russia, to be right
+woorthy of obseruation; as likewise that of Thomas Alcock from Mosco to
+Smolensko, and thence to Tirwill in Polonia, pag. 339. & that also of M.
+Hierome Horsey from Mosco to Vobsko, and so through Liefland to Riga,
+thence by the chiefe townes of Prussia and Pomerland to Rostok, and so to
+Hamburg, Breme, Emden, &c. Neither hath our nation bene contented onely
+throughly to search into all parts of the Inland, and view the Northren,
+Southerne, and Westerne frontiers, but also by the rulers of Moscua, Occa
+and Volga, to visite Cazan and Astracan, the farthest Easterne and
+Southeasterne bounds of that huge Empire. And yet not containing themselues
+within all that maine circumference they haue aduentured their persons,
+shippes, and goods, homewards and outwards, foureteene times ouer the
+vnknowen and dangerous Caspian sea; that valiant, wise, and personable
+gentleman M. Anthonie Ienkinson being their first ring-leader: who in Anno
+1558. sailing from Astracan towards the East shore of the Caspian sea, and
+there arriuing at the port of Mangusla, trauelled thence by Vrgence and
+Shelisur, and by the riuers of Oxus and Ardok, 40. dayes iourney ouer
+desert and wast countreys, to Boghar a principall citie of Bactria, being
+there & by the way friendly entertained, dismissed, and safely conducted by
+certaine Tartarian kings and Murses. Then haue you a second Nauigation of
+his performance to the South shore of the foresayd Caspian sea, together
+with his landing at Derbent, his arriuall at Shabran, his proceeding vnto
+Shamaky, the great curtesie vouchsafed on him by Obdolowcan king of Hircan,
+his iourney after of 30. dayes Southward, by Yauate, Ardouil, and other
+townes and cities to Casben, being as then the seate imperiall of Shaugh
+Thamas the great Sophy of Persia, with diuers other notable accidents in
+his going foorth, in his abode there, and in his returne home. Immediately
+after you haue set downe in fiue seuerall voiages the successe of M.
+Ienkinsons laudable and well-begun enterprise, vnder the foresayd Shaugh
+Thamas, vnder Shally Murzey the new king of Hircan, and lastly our
+traffique with Osman Basha the great Turkes lieutenant at Derbent.
+Moreouer, as in M. Ienkinsons trauel to Boghar the Tartars, with their
+territories, habitations, maner of liuing, apparell, food, armour, &c. are
+most liuely represented vnto you: so likewise in the sixe Persian Iournals
+you may here and there obserue the state of that countrey, of the great
+Shaugh and of his subiects, together with their religion, lawes, customes,
+& maner of gouernment, their coines, weights and measures, the distances of
+places, the temperature of the climate and region, and the natural
+commodities and discommodities of the same.
+
+Furthermore in this first Volume, all the Ambassages and Negociations from
+her Maiestie to the Russian Emperor, or from him vnto her Maiestie, seemed
+by good right to chalenge their due places of Record. As namely, first that
+of M. Randolph, 1568. then the emploiment of M. Ienkinson 1571. thirdly,
+Sir Ierome Bowes his honorable commission and ambassage 1582. and last of
+all the Ambassage of M. Doct. Fletcher 1588. Neither do we forget the
+Emperours first Ambassador Osep Napea, his arriuall in Scotland, his most
+honourable entertainment and abode in England, and his dismission into
+Russeland. In the second place we doe make mention of Stephen Tuerdico, and
+Pheodata Pogorella; thirdly, of Andrea Sauin; and lastly, of Pheodor
+Andrewich Phisemski. And to be briefe, I haue not omitted the Commissions,
+Letters, Priuileges, Instructions, Obseruations, or any other Particulars
+which might serue both in this age, and with all posteritie, either for
+presidents in such like princely and weightie actions to bee imitated, or
+as woorthy monuments in no wise to bee buried in silence. Finally that
+nothing should be wanting which might adde any grace or shew of perfection
+vnto this discourse of Russia; I haue prefixed before the beginning
+thereof, the petigree and genealogie of the Russian Emperors and Dukes,
+gathered out of their owne Chronicles by a Polonian, containing in briefe
+many notable antiquities and much knowledge of those partes as likewise
+about the conclusion, I haue signified in the branch of a letter the last
+Emperour Pheodor Iuanowich his death, and the inauguration of Boris
+Pheodorowich vnto the Empire.
+
+But that no man should imagine that our forren trades of merchandise haue
+bene comprised within some few yeeres or at least wise haue not bene of any
+long continuance, let vs now withdraw our selues from our affaires in
+Russia, and ascending somewhat higher, let vs take a sleight suruey of our
+traffiques and negotiations in former ages. First therefore the reader may
+haue recourse vnto the 137 page [Footnote: This refers to the original
+edition] of this Volume & there with great delight and admiration, consider
+out of the iudicial Historiographer Cornelius Tacitus, that the Citie of
+London fifteene hundred yeeres agoe in the time of Nero the Emperour was
+most famous for multitude of merchants and concourse of people. In the
+pages folowing he may learne out of Venerable Beda, that almost 900. yeeres
+past, in the time of the Saxons, the said citie of London was multorum
+emporium populorum, a Mart towne for many nations. There he may behold, out
+of William of Malmesburie, a league concluded betweene the most renowned
+and victorious Germane Emperour Carolus Magnus, and the Saxon king Offa,
+together with the sayd Charles his patronage and protection granted vnto
+all English merchants which in those dayes frequented his dominions. There
+may hee plainly see in an auncient testimonie translated out of the Saxon
+tongue, how our merchants were often woont for traffiques sake, so many
+hundred yeeres since, to crosse the wide Seas and how their industry in so
+doing was recompensed. Yea, there mayest thou obserue (friendly Reader)
+what priuileges the Danish king Canutus obtained at Rome of Pope Iohn of
+Conradus the Emperour, and of king Rudolphus for our English merchants
+Aduenturers of those times. Then if you shall thinke good to descend vnto
+the times and ages succeeding the conquest, there may you partly see what
+our state of merchandise was in the time of king Stephen and of his
+predecessor, and how the Citie of Bristol (which may seeme somewhat
+strange) was then greatly resorted vnto with ships from Norway and from
+Ireland. There may you see the friendly league betweene king Henry the
+second, and the famous Germane Emperour Friderick Barbarossa, and the
+gracious authorizing of both their merchats to traffique in either of their
+dominions. And what need I to put you in mind of king Iohn his fauourable
+safe conduct, whereby all forren merchants were to haue the same priuileges
+here in England, which our English merchants enioied abroad in their
+seuerall countreys. Or what should I signifie vnto you the entercourse of
+league and of other curtesies betweene king Henry the third, and Haquinus
+king of Norway; and likewise of the free trade of merchandise between their
+subiects: or tell you what fauours the citizens of Colen, of Lubek, and of
+all the Hansetownes obtained of king Edward the first; or to what high
+endes and purposes the generall, large, and stately Charter concerning all
+outlandish merchants whatsoeuer was by the same prince most graciously
+published? You are of your owne industry sufficiently able to conceiue of
+the letters & negotiatios which passed between K. Edward the 2. & Haquinus
+the Noruagian king; of our English merchants and their goods detained vpon
+arrest at Bergen in Norway; and also of the first ordination of a Staple,
+or of one onely setled Mart towne for the vttering of English woolls &
+woollen fells instituted by the sayd K. Edward last before named. All which
+(Reader) being throughly considered, I referre you then to the Ambassages,
+Letters, Traffiques, and prohibition of Traffiques, concluding and
+repealing of leagues, damages, reprisals, arrests, complaints,
+supplications, compositions and restitutions which happened in the time of
+king Richard the 2. and king Henry the 4. between the said kings and their
+subiects on the one partie; and Conradus de Zolner, Conradus de Iungingen,
+and Vlricus de Iungingen, three of the great masters of Prussia, and their
+subiects, with the common societie of the Hans-townes on the other partie.
+In all which discourse you may note very many memorable things; as namely
+first the wise, discreet, and cautelous dealing of the Ambassadors and
+Commissioners of both parts, then the wealth of the foresaid nations, and
+their manifold and most vsuall kinds of wares vttered in those dayes, as
+likewise the qualitie, burthen, and strength of their shipping, the number
+of their Mariners, the maner of their combates at sea, the number and names
+of the English townes which traded that way, with the particular places as
+well vpon the coast of Norway, as euery where within the sound of Denmark
+which they frequented; together with the inueterate malice and craftie
+crueltie of the Hanse. And because the name, office, and dignitie of the
+masters generall or great Masters of Prussia would otherwise haue been
+vtterly darke and vnknowen to the greater part of Readers, I haue set downe
+immediatly before the first Prussian ambasasage, pagina 158 [Footnote: This
+means, of course, page 158 of _original_ edition.] a briefe and orderly
+Catalogue of them all, containing the first originall and institution of
+themselues and of their whole knightly order and brotherhood, with the
+increase of reuenues and wealth which befell them afterward in Italy and
+Germany and the great conquests which they atchieued vpon the infidels of
+Prussia, Samogitia, Curland, Liefland, Lituania, &c. also their decay and
+finall ouerthrow, partly by the reuolt of diuers Townes and Castles vnder
+their iurisdiction, and partly by the meanes of their next mightie
+neighbour the King of Poland.
+
+After all these, out of 2. branches of 2. ancient statutes, is partly
+shewed our trade and the successe thereof with diuers forren Nations in the
+time of K. Henry the sixth.
+
+Then followeth the true processe of English policie, I meane that excellent
+and pithy treatise de politia conseruatiua maris: which I cannot to any
+thing more fitly compare, then to the Emperour of Russia his palace called
+the golden Castle, and described by Richard Chanceller page 264. [Footnote:
+_Ibidem_.] of this volume: whereof albeit the outward apparance was
+but homely and no whit correspondent to the name, yet was it within so
+beautified and adorned with the Emperour his maiesticall presence, with the
+honourable and great assembly of his rich-attired Peers and Senatours, with
+an inualuable and huge masse of gold and siluer plate, & with other
+princely magnificence; that well might the eyes of the beholders be
+dazeled, and their cogitations astonished thereat. For indeed the exteriour
+habit of this our English politician, to wit, the harsh and vnaffected
+stile of his substantiall verses and the olde dialect of his wordes is
+such; as the first may seeme to haue bene whistled of Pans oaten pipe, and
+the second to haue proceeded from the mother of Euander; but take you off
+his vtmost weed, and beholde the comelinesse, beautie, and riches which lie
+hid within his inward sense and sentence, and you shall finde (I wisse) so
+much true and sound policy, so much delightfull and pertinent history, so
+many liuely descriptions of the shipping and wares in his time of all the
+nations almost in Christendome, and such a subtile discouery of outlandish
+merchants fraud, and of the sophistication of their wares, that needes you
+must acknowledge, that more matter and substance could in no wise be
+comprised in so little a roome. [Footnote: The poem here alluded to was
+written between 1416 and 1438, as appears from the lines:
+
+    "For Sigismond, the great Emperour
+     Wich yet reigneth, when he was in this land
+     With King Henryy the fifth" etc.
+
+Sigismund died in 1438, and visited England in 1416.] And notwithstanding
+(as I said) his stile be vnpolished, and his phrases somewhat out of vse,
+yet, so neere as the written copies would giue me leaue, I haue most
+religiously without alteration obserued the same, thinking it farre more
+conuenient that himselfe should speake, then that I should bee his
+spokesman, and that the Readers should enioy his true verses, then mine or
+any other mans fained prose.
+
+Next after the conclusion of the last mentioned discourse, the Reader may
+in some sort take a vieu of our state of merchandise vnder K. Edward the
+fourth, as likewise of the establishing of an English company in the
+Netherlands, and of all the discreet prouisoes, iust ordinations, &
+gratious priuileges conteined in the large Charter which was granted for
+the same purpose.
+
+Now besides our voyages and trades of late yeeres to the North and
+Northeast regions of the world, and our ancient traffique also to those
+parts; I haue not bene vnmindefull (so farre as the histories of England
+and of other Countreys would giue me direction) to place in the fore-front
+of this booke those forren conquests, exploits, and trauels of our English
+nation, which haue bene atchieued of old. Where in the first place (as I am
+credibly informed out of Galfridas Monumetensis, and out of M. Lambert his
+[Greek: Archaionomia]) I haue published vnto the world the noble actes of
+Arthur and Malgo two British Kings. Then followeth in the Saxons time K.
+Edwin his conquest of Man and Anglesey, and the expedition of Bertus into
+Ireland. Next succeedeth Octher making relation of his doings, and
+describing the North Countreys, vnto his soueraigne Lord K. Ecfrid. After
+whom Wolstans Nauigation within the Sound of Denmark is mentioned, the
+voyage of the yong Princes Edmund and Edward into Sweden and Hungarie is
+recorded, as likewise the mariage of Harald his daughter vnto the Russian
+duke Ieruslaus. Neither is that Englishman forgotten, who was forced to
+traueile with the cruel Tartars into their Countrey, and from thence to
+beare them company into Hungary and Poland. And because those Northeasterne
+Regions beyond Volga, by reason of the huge deserts, the colde climate, and
+the barbarous inciuilitie of the people there inhabiting, were neuer yet
+throughly traueiled by any of our Nation, nor sufficiently knowen vnto vs:
+I haue here annexed vnto the said Englishmans traueile, the rare &
+memorable iournals of 2. Friers, who were some of the first Christians that
+trauailed farthest that way, and brought home most particular intelligence
+& knowledge of all things which they had seene. These Friers were sent as
+Ambassadours vnto the sauage Tartars (who had as then wasted and ouerrunne
+a great part of Asia, and had pierced farre into Europe with fire and
+sword) to mitigate their fury, and to offer the glad tidings of the Gospel
+vnto them. The former, namely Iohannes de Plano Carpini (whose iourney,
+because he road sixe moneths poste directly beyond Boristhenes, did, I
+thinke, both for length and difficultie farre surpasse that of Alexander
+the great, vnto the riuer of Indus) was in the yeere 1246. sent with the
+authoritie and commission of a Legate from Pope Innocentius the fourth: who
+passed through more garisons of the Tartars, and wandered ouer more vast,
+barren, and cold deserts, then (I suppose) an army of an hundred thousand
+good souldiers could haue done. The other, to wit, William de Rubricis, was
+1253. by the way of Constantinople, of the Euxin sea, and of Taurica
+Chersonesus imployed in an ambassage from Lewis the French King (waging
+warre as then against the Saracens in the Holy land) vnto one Sartach a
+great duke of the Tartars, which Sartach sent him forthwith vnto his father
+Baatu, and from Baatu he was conducted ouer many large territories vnto the
+Court of Mangu-Can their Emperour. Both of them haue so well played their
+parts, in declaring what befell them before they came at the Tartars, what
+a terrible and vnmanerly welcomming they had at their first arriuall, what
+cold intertainment they felt in traueiling towards the great Can, and what
+slender cheere they found at his Court, that they seeme no lesse worthy of
+praise then of pitie. But in describing of the Tartars Countrey, and of the
+Regions adiacent, in setting downe the base and sillie beginnings of that
+huge and ouerspreading Empire, in registring their manifolde warres and
+bloody conquests, in making relation of their herds and mooueable Townes,
+as likewise of their food, apparell and armour, and in setting downe their
+vnmercifull lawes, their fond superstitions, their bestiall liues their
+vicious maners, their slauish subiection to their owne superiours, and
+their disdainfull and brutish inhumanitie vnto strangers, they deserue most
+exceeding and high commendation. Howbeit if any man shall obiect that they
+haue certaine incredible relations; I answere, first that many true things
+may to the ignorant seeme incredible. But suppose there be some particulars
+which hardly will be credited; yet thus much I will boldly say for the
+Friers, that those particulars are but few, and that they doe not auouch
+them vnder their owne names, but from the report of others. Yet farther
+imagine that they did auouch them, were they not to be pardoned as well as
+Herodotus, Strabo, Plutarch, Plinie, Solinus, yea & a great many of our new
+principall writers, whose names you may see about the end of this Preface;
+euery one of which hath reported more strange things then the Friers
+between the both? Nay, there is not any history in the world (the most Holy
+writ excepted) whereof we are precisely bound to beleeue ech word and
+syllable. Moreouer sithens these two iournals are so rare, that Mercator
+and Ortelius (as their letters vnto me do testifie) were many yeeres very
+inquisitiue, and could not for all that attaine vnto them; and sithens they
+haue bene of so great accompt with those two famous Cosmographers, that
+according to some fragments of them they haue described in their Mappes a
+great part of those Northeastern Regions; sith also that these two
+relations containe in some respect more exact history of those vnknowen
+parts, then all the ancient and newe writers that euer I could set mine
+eyes on; I thought it good if the translation should chance to swerue in
+ought from the originals (both for the preseruation of the originals
+themselues, and the satisfying of the Reader) to put them downe word for
+word in that homely stile wherein they were first penned. And for these two
+rare iewels, as likewise for many other extraordinary courtesies, I must
+here acknowledge my selfe most deepely bounded vnto the right reuerend,
+graue and learned Prelate, my very good lord the Bishop of Chichester, and
+L. high Almner vnto her Maiestie; by whose friendship and meanes I had free
+accesse vnto the right honor my L. Lumley his stately library, and was
+permitted to copy out of ancient manuscripts, these two iournals and some
+others also.
+
+After these Friers (thought not in the next place) foloweth a testimonie of
+Gerardus Mercator, and another of M. Dee, concerning one Nicholas de Linna
+an English Franciscan Frier.
+
+Then succeedeth the long iourney of Henry Earle of Derbie, and afterward
+king of England into Prussia & Lithuania, with a briefe remembrance of his
+valiant exploits against the Infidels there; as namely, that with the help
+of certaine his Associates, he vanquished the king of Letto his armie, put
+the sayd king to flight, tooke and slew diuers of his captains, aduanced
+his English colours vpon the wall of Vilna, & made the citie it selfe to
+yeeld. Then mention is made also of Tho. of Woodstock his trauel into
+Pruis, and of his returne home. And lastly, our old English father Ennius,
+I meane, the learned, wittie, and profound Geffrey Chaucer, vnder the
+person of his knight, doeth full iudicially and like a cunning
+Cosmographer, make report of the long voiages and woorthy exploits of our
+English Nobles, Knights, & Gentlemen, to the Northren, and to other partes
+of the world in his dayes.
+
+Neither haue we comprehended in this Volume, onely our Trades and Voiages
+both new and old; but also haue scattered here and there (as the
+circumstance of times would giue vs leaue) certaine fragments concerning
+the beginnings, antiquities, and grouth of the classical and warrelike
+shipping of this Island: as namely, first of the great nauie of that
+victorious Saxon prince king Edgar, mentioned by Florentius Wigorniensis,
+Roger Houeden, Rainulph of Chester, Matthew of Westminster, Flores
+historiarum, & in the libel of English policie, pag. 224. and 225. of this
+present volume. [Footnote: _Original_ edition.] Of which Authors some
+affirme the sayd fleet to haue consisted of 4800. others of 4000. some
+others of 3600. ships: howbeit (if I may presume to gloze vpon the text) I
+verily thinke that they were not comparable, either for burthen, strength,
+building, or nimble stirrage vnto the ships of later times, and specially
+of this age. But howsoeuer it be, they all agree in this, that by meanes of
+the sayd huge Fleet he was a most puissant prince; yea, and some of them
+affirme together with William of Malmesbury, that he was not onely
+soueraigne lord of all the British seas, and of the whole Ile of Britanne
+it selfe, but also that he brought vnder his yoke of subiection, most of
+the Isles and some of the maine lands adiacent. And for that most of our
+Nauigators at this time bee (for want of trade and practise that way)
+either vtterly ignorant or but meanely skilfull, in the true state of the
+Seas, Shoulds and Islands, lying between the North part of Ireland and of
+Scotland, I haue for their better encouragement (if any weightie action
+shall hereafter chance to drawe them into those quarters) translated into
+English a briefe treatise called A Chronicle of the Kings of Man. Wherein
+they may behold as well the tragical and dolefull historie of those parts
+for the space almost of 300. yeeres, as also the most ordinarie and
+accustomed nauigations through those very seas, and amidst those
+Northwesterne Isles called the Hebrides, so many hundred yeeres agoe. For
+they shall there read, that euen then (when men were but rude in sea causes
+in regard of the great knowledge which we now haue) first Godredus Crouan
+with a whole Fleet of ships throughly haunted some places in that sea;
+secondly, that one Ingemundus setting saile out of Norway, arriued vpon the
+Isle of Lewis; then, that Magnus the king of Norwau came into the same seas
+with 160. sailes, and hauing subdued the Orkney Isles in his way, passed on
+in like conquering maner, directing his course (as it should seeme) euen
+through the very midst, and on all sides of the Hebrides, who sailing
+thence to Man, conquered it also, proceeding afterward as farre as
+Anglesey; and lastly crossing ouer from the Isle of Man to the East part of
+Ireland. Yea, there they shall read of Godredus the sonne of Olauus his
+voiage to the king of Norway, of his expedition with 80. ships against
+Sumerledus, of Sumerled his expedition with 53. ships against him; of
+Godred his flight and second iourney into Norway, of Sumerled his second
+arriuall with 160. shippes at Rhinfrin vpon the coast of Man, and of many
+other such combates, assaults, & voyages which were performed onely vpon
+those seas & Islands. And for the bringing of this woorthy monument to
+light, we doe owe great thanks vnto the iudiciall and famous Antiquarie M
+Camden. But sithens we are entred into a discourse of the ancient warrehke
+shipping of this land the reader shall giue me leaue to borow one
+principall note out of this litle historie, before I quite take my leaue
+thereof, and that is in few words, that K. Iohn passed into Ireland with a
+Fleet of 500. sailes; so great were our sea-forces euen in his time.
+Neither did our shipping for the warres first begin to flourish with king
+Iohn, but long before his dayes in the reign of K. Edward the Confessor, of
+William the Conquerour, of William Rufus and the rest, there were diuers
+men of warre which did valiant seruice at sea, and for their paines were
+roially rewarded. All this and more then this you may see recorded, pag.
+19. [Footnote: Of original edition.] out of the learned Gentleman M.
+Lambert his Perambulation of Kent; namely, the antiquitie of the Kentish
+Cinque ports, which of the sea-townes they were, how they were
+infranchised, what gracious priuileges and high prerogatiues were by diuers
+kings vouchsafed vpon them, and what seruices they were tied vnto in regard
+thereof; to wit, how many ships, how many souldiers mariners, Garsons, and
+for how many dayes each of them, and all of them were to furnish for the
+kings vse; and lastly what great exploits they performed vnder the conduct
+of Hubert of Burrough, as likewise against the Welshmen, vpon 200. French
+ships, and vnder the commaund of captaine Henry Pay. Then haue you, pag.
+130, [Footnote: Of original edition.] the franke and bountifull Charter
+granted by king Edward the first, vpon the foresayd Cinque portes: & next
+thereunto a Roll of the mightie fleet of seuen hundred ships which K.
+Edward the third had with him vnto the siege of Caleis: out of which Roll
+(before I proceed any further) let me giue you a double obseruation. First
+that these ships, according to the number of the mariners which were in all
+14151. persons, seeme to haue bene of great burthen; and secondly, that
+Yarmouth an hauen towne in Northfolke (which I much wonder at) set foorth
+almost twise as many ships and mariners, as either the king did at his owne
+costs and charges, or as any one citie or towne in England besides. Howbeit
+Tho. Walsingham maketh plaine and euident mention of a farre greater Fleete
+of the same king; namely, of 1100. shippes lying before Sandwich, being all
+of them sufficiently well furnished. Moreouer the Reader may behold, pag.
+205, [Footnote: Of original edition.] a notable testimonie of the mightie
+ships of that valiant prince king Henry the 5. who (when after his great
+victory at Agincourt the Frenchmen to recouer Harflew had hired certain
+Spanish and Italian ships and forces, & had vnited their owne strength vnto
+them) sent his brother Iohn Duke of Bedford to encounter them, who bidding
+them battell got the victory, taking some of their ships and, sinking
+others, and putting the residue to dishonorable flight. Likewise comming
+the next yeere with stronger powers, and being then also ouercome, they
+were glad to conclude a perpetuall league with K. Henry: & propter eorum
+naues (saieth mine Author) that is for the resistance of their ships, the
+sayd king caused such huge ships to be built, quales non erant in mundo, as
+the like were not to be found in the whole world besides.
+
+But to leaue our ancient shipping, and descend vnto later times, I thinke
+that neuer was any nation blessed of IEHOVAH, with a more glorious and
+wonderfull victory vpon the Seas, then our vanquishing of the dreadfull
+Spanish Armada, 1588. But why should I presume to call it our vanquishing;
+when as the greatest part of them escaped vs, and were onely by Gods
+out-stretched arme ouerwhelmed in the Seas, dashed in pieces against the
+Rockes, and made fearefull spectacles and examples of his iudgements vnto
+all Christendome. An excellent discourse whereof, as likewise of the
+honourable expedition vnder two of the most noble and valiant peeres of
+this Realme, I meane the renoumed Erle of Essex, and the right honorable
+the lord Charles Howard, lord high Admirall of England, made 1596. vnto the
+strong citie of Cadiz, I haue set downe as a double epiphonema to conclude
+this my first volume withall. Both of which, albeit they ought of right to
+haue bene placed among the Southerne voyages of our nation, yet partly to
+satisfie the importunitie of some of my special friends, and partly, not
+longer to depriue the diligent Reader of two such woorthy and long expected
+discourses, I haue made bold to straine a litle curtesie with that methode
+which I first propounded vnto my selfe.
+
+And here had I almost forgotten to put the Reader in mind of that learned
+and Philosophical treatise of the true state of Iseland, and so
+consequently of the Northren Seas & regions lying that way, wherein a great
+number of none of the meanest Historiographers and Cosmographers of later
+times, as namely, Munster, Gemma Frisius, Zieglerus, Krantzius, Saxo
+Grammaticus, Olaus Magnus, Peucerus and others, are by euident arguments
+conuinced of manifold errors, that is to say, as touching the true
+situation and Northerly latitude of that Island, and of the distance
+thereof from other places, touching the length of dayes in Sommer and of
+nights in Winter, of the temperature of the land and sea, of the time and
+maner of the congealing, continuance, and thawing of the Ice in those Seas,
+of the first Discouerie and inhabiting of that Island, of the first
+planting of Christianitie there, as likewise of the continuall flaming of
+mountains, strange qualities of fountaines, of hel-mouth, and of purgatorie
+which those authors haue fondly written and imagined to be there. All which
+treatise ought to be the more acceptable, first in that it hath brought
+sound trueth with it, and secondly, in that it commeth from that farre
+Northren climate which most men would suppose could not affoord any one so
+learned a Patrone for it selfe.
+
+And thus (friendly Reader) thou seest the briefe summe and scope of all my
+labours for the common-wealths sake, and thy sake, bestowed vpon this first
+Volume: which if thou shall as thankefully accept, as I haue willingly and
+freely imparted with thee, I shall bee the better encouraged speedily to
+acquaint thee with those rare, delightfull and profitable histories, which
+I purpose (God willing) to publish concerning the Southerne and Westerne
+parts of the World.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Greek: EIS APODAEMIAS BRETTANON PONAEMA RIKARDOU TOU HAKLYITOU,
+
+    Hygon ho Brochthonos.
+
+    Ossoi gaian echousi Brotoi henos ekpephyasi
+      hos allaela horan ethnesi charma physei.
+    Hos de thaliplagktos metekiathen ethnea pleista,
+      hoikoi mimnazous axiagastos ephy.
+    Exocha Brettanoi d', alloin schisthentes erantai,
+      idmenai allothroun phyla polysperea.
+    Indous hesperious kai eoous, Aithiopas te
+      kai Moschous, kai pant eschatounta genae.
+    Touton d' oia malista, klyta, klytos Haklyutos
+      graphen ariphradeos, mnaem aei essomenon.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In nauales RICHARDI HAKLUYTI Commentarios.
+
+    Anglia magnarum foecunda puerpera rerum,
+      siue solum spectes nobile, siue salum;
+    Quć quantum sumptis se nobilitauent armis,
+      siue domi gessit prćlia, siue foris;
+    Multorum celebrant matura volumina: tantć
+      Insula materiem paruula laudis alit.
+    At se in quot, qualésque, & quando effuderit oras,
+      qua fidit ignotum peruia classis iter,
+    Solius Hakluyti decus est, prćdiuite penna
+      ostendisse suis ciuibus ausa mari
+    Qućcunque idcirco celeri gens Anglica naui,
+      Oceani tristes spernere docta minas,
+    A primi generísque & gentis origine gessit,
+      qua via per fluctus vlla pattre potest,
+    Siue decus laudémque secuta, vt & hostibus alas
+      demeret, atque suis lćta pararet opes:
+    Hoc opus Hakluyti; cui debet patria multum,
+      cui multum, patrić quisquis amicus erit
+    Qui re námque magis se nostra Britannta iactat,
+      quŕm quod sit prćter cćtera classe potens?
+    Quam prius obsessam tenebris sic liberat, vt nunc
+      quisque sciat quŕm sit nobile classis opus.
+    Quam si Dćdalicč vtemur surgemus in altum,
+      sin autem Icaricč, quod voret, ćquor habet.
+                                  RICH. MVLCASTER.
+
+               Eiusdem in eundem
+
+    Qui graui primus cecinit camoena
+    Aureum vellus, procerésque Grćcos,
+    quos sibi adiunxit comites Ianson
+                                   Vectus in Argo
+    Naue, quŕm primům secuisse fluctus
+    prćdicant salsos, sibi comparauit
+    Inde non vnquam moritura magnć
+                                   prćmia famć
+    Tanta si merces calamum secuta
+    Vnicć nauis referentis acta,
+    Quanta Rachardum manet Hakluytum
+                                   gloria? cuius
+    Penna descripsit freta mille, mille
+    Insulć nostrć celeres carinas,
+    Quć per immensi loca peruolarunt
+                                   omnia mundi
+    Senties gratam patriam, tućque
+    Laudis ćternům memorem, & laboris:
+    Quć tua cura, calamóque totum
+                                   ibit in orbem:
+    Quam doces omni studio fouere
+    Nauticum robur, validámque classem.
+    Hac luet quisquis violentus Anglo
+                                   vsserit hostis.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In eximium opus R. HAKLUYTI de Anglorum ad disiunctissimas regiones
+nauigationibus GVLIELMI CAMDENI Hexastichon.
+
+    Anglia quć penitůs toto discluditur orbe,
+      Angulus orbis erat, paruus & orbis erat.
+    Nunc cům sepositos alios detexent orbes,
+      Maximus orbis honos, Orbis & orbis erit.
+    At quid Haklute tibi monstranti hćc debeat orbis?
+      Laus tua, crede mihi, non erit orbe minor.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Di Marc' Antonio Pigafeta Gentilhuomo Vicentino
+
+    Ignota mi starei, con poco honore
+       Sepolta nell' oscure, antiche carte,
+       S'alcun de figli miei con spesa & arte
+       Non hauesse hor scoperto il mio splendore
+
+    Ramusio pria pieno d' ardente amore
+       Manifesto le mie piu riche parte,
+       Che son lá doue il Maragnon diparte,
+       E doue il Negro allaga, e'l Gange scorre,
+    Hakluyto poi senza verun risguardo
+       Di fatica o di danno accolt' hŕ insieme,
+       Ciň c' hŕ potuto hauer da typhi Inglesi.
+    Onde vedrassie dove bella sguardo,
+       E la Dwina agghiaccia, e l' Obi freme,
+       Et altri membri miei non ben palesi.
+
+EXTRACT FROM OLDYS'S LIBRARIAN, 1738.
+(Article Hakluyt's Voyages.) p. 137.
+
+Oldys (having given a list of the contents of the three volumes of Hakluyt)
+concludes,
+
+This summary may sufficiently intimate what a treasury of maritime
+knowledge it is, wherefore we shall here take our leave of it, with
+referring only to a needful observation or two:
+
+And first, As it has been so useful to many of our authors, not only in
+Cosmography, and Navigation, but in History, especially that of the
+glorious reign in which so many brave exploits were atchievcd; As it has
+been such a LEADING STAR TO THE NAVAL HISTORIES since compiled; and saved
+from the wreck of oblivion many exemplary incidents in the lives of our
+most renowned navigators; it has therefore been unworthily omitted in the
+English historical library. And lastly, though the first volume of this
+collection, does frequently appear, by the date, in the title page, to be
+printed in 1599, the reader is not thence to conclude the said volume was
+then reprinted, but only the title page, as upon collating the books we
+have observed, and further, that in the said last printed title page, there
+is no mention made of the Cadiz Voyage; to omit which, might be one reason
+of reprinting that page; for it being one of the most prosperous and
+honourable enterprizes that ever the Earl of Essex was ingaged in, and he
+falling into the Queen's unpardonable displeasure at this time, our author,
+Mr. Hakluyt, might probably receive command or direction, even from one of
+the patrons to whom these Voyages are dedicated, who was of the contrary
+faction not only to suppress all memorial of that action in the front of
+this book, but even cancel the whole narrative thereof at the end of it, in
+all the copies (far the greatest part of the impression) which remained
+unpublished. And in that castrated manner the volume has descended to
+posterity; not but if the castration was intended to have been concealed
+from us, the last leaf of the preface would have been reprinted also, with
+the like omission of what is there mentioned concerning the insertion of
+this Voyage. But at last, about the middle of the late King's reign, an
+uncastrated copy did arise, and the said Voyage was reprinted from it,
+whereby many imperfect books have been made complete.
+
+EXTRACT FROM ZOUCH'S LIFE OF SIR PHILIP SIDNEY, page 317.
+
+Every reader conversant in the annals of oar Naval transactions will
+cheerfully acknowledge the merit of Richard Hakluyt, who devoted his
+studies to the investigation of those periods of the English history, which
+regard the improvement of navigation and commerce. He had the advantage of
+an academical education. He was elected Student of Christ-Church in Oxford
+in 1570, and was therefore contemporary with Sidney at the University. To
+him we are principally indebted for a clear and comprehensive description
+of those noble discoveries of the English nation made by sea or over land
+to the most distant quarter of the earth. His incomparable industry was
+remunerated with every possible encouragement by Sir Francis Walsingham and
+Sir Philip Sidney. To the latter, as to a most generous promoter of all
+ingenious and useful knowledge, he inscribed his first collection of
+voyages and discoveries, printed in 1582. Thus animated and encouraged, he
+was enabled to leave to posterity the fruits of his unwearied labours--an
+invaluable treasure of nautical information, preserved in volumes, which
+even at this day, affix to his name a brilliancy of reputation, which a
+series of ages can never efface or obscure.
+
+
+
+
+CERTEINE TESTIMONIES CONCERNING
+K. ARTHUR AND HIS CONQUESTS OF THE NORTH REGIONS,
+TAKEN OUT OF
+THE HISTORIE OF THE KINGS OF BRITAINE.
+WRITTEN BY GALFRIDUS MONUMETENSIS, AND NEWLY PRINTED
+AT HEIDELBERGE, ANNO 1587.
+
+
+Lib 9. cap. 10.
+
+Anno Christi, 517. Arthurus, secundo regni sui anno subiugatis totius
+Hybernić partibus, classem suam direxit in Islandiam, eámque debellato
+populo subiugauit. Exin diuulgato per cćteraa insulas rumore, quňd ei nulla
+Prouincia resistere poterat, Doldauius rex Gotlandić, & Gunfacius rex
+Orcadum vltro venerunt, promissóque vectigali subiectionem fecerunt. Emensa
+deinde hyeme, reuersus est in Britanniam, statúmque regni in firmam pacem
+renouans, moram duodecim annis ibidem fecit.
+
+The same in English.
+
+In the yere Of Christ, 517. king Arthur in the second yeere of his reigne,
+hauing subdued all parts of Ireland, sailed with his fleet into Island, and
+brought it and the people thereof vnder his subiection. The rumour
+afterwards being spread thorowout all the other Islands, that no countrey
+was able to withstand him, Doldamus the king of Gotland, and Gunfacius the
+king of Orkney, came voluntarily vnto him, and yeelded him their obedience
+promising to pay him tribute. The Winter being spent, he returned into
+Britaine, and establishing his kingdome in perfect peace, he continued
+there for the space of twelue yeres.
+
+Lib 9. cap. 12.
+
+Missis deinde in diuersa regna Legatis, inuitantur tam ex Gallijs quŕm ex
+collateralibus Insulis Oceani qui ad curiam venire deberent, &c. Et paulň
+post: Ex collateralibus autem Insulis Guillaumurius rex Hybernić, Maluasius
+rex Islandić, Doldauius rex Gotlandić, Gunnasius rex Orchadum, Lot rex
+Noruegić, Aschihus rex Danorum.
+
+The same in English.
+
+After that king Arthur sending his messenger into diuers kingdomes, he
+summoned such as were to come to his Court, as well out of France, as out
+of the adiacent Islands of the sea, &c. and a little after: From those
+adiacent Islands came Guillaumarius king of Ireland, Maluasius king of
+Island, Doldauius king of Gotland, Gunnasius king of Orkney, Lot the king
+of Norway, and Aschilius the king of Denmarke.
+
+Lib 9. cap. 19.
+
+At reges cćterarum Insularam, quoniam non duxerant in morem equites habere,
+pedites quot quisque debebat, promittunt, ita vt ex sex Insulis, videlicet,
+Hybernić, Islandić, Gotlandić, Orcadum, Noruegić, atque Dacić, sexies
+viginti millia essent annumerata.
+
+The same in English.
+
+But the kings of the other Islands, because it was not their custome to
+breed vp horses, promised the king as many footmen, as euery man was bound
+to send: so that out of the six Islands, namely of Ireland, Island,
+Gotland, Orkney, Norway, and Denmarke, the king had sixe score thousand
+souldiers sent him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A testnnome of the right and appendances of the crowne of the kingdome of
+  Britaine, taken out of M. Lambard, his [Greek: Arkaionomia], fol 137.
+  pag. 2.
+
+Arthurus qui fuit quondam inclytissimus Rex Britonum, vir magnus fuit &
+animosus, & miles illustris. Parum fuit ei regnum istud, non fuit animus
+eius contentus regno Britannić. Subiugauit igitur sibi strenuč Scantiam
+totam, quć modo Norweia vocatur, & omnes insulas vltra Scantiam, scz.
+Islandiam, & Grenlandiam, quć sunt de appendicijs Norweić, & Suechordam, &
+Hyberniam, & Gutlandiam, & Daciam, Semelandiam, Winlandiam, Curlandiam,
+Roe, Femelandiam, Wirelandiam, Flandriam, Cherelam, Lappam, & omnes alias
+terras & insulas, Orientalis Oceani vsque Russiam (in Lappa scilicet posuit
+Orientalem metam regni Britannić) & multas insulas vltra Scantiam, vsque
+dum sub Septentrione, quć sunt de appendicibus Scantić, quć modo Norweia
+vocatur. Fuerunt autem ibi Christiani occultč. Arthurus autem Christianus
+optimus fuit, & fecit eos baptizari, & vnum Deum per totam Norweiam
+venerari, & vnam fidem Christi semper inuiolatam custodire, & suscipere.
+Ceperunt vniuersi proceres Norweić vxores suas de nobili gente Britonum
+tempore illo, vnde Norwegienses dicunt se exijsse de gente & sanguine regni
+huius. Impetrauit enim temporibus illis Arthurus rex ŕ domino Papa, & ŕ
+Curia Romana, quod confirmata sit Norweia, in perpetuum coronć Britannić in
+augmentum regni huius, vocauítque illam dictus Arthurus Cameram Britannić.
+Hac verň de causa dicunt Norwegienses, se debere in regno isto cohabitare &
+dicunt se esse de corpore regni huius, scilicet de corona Britannić.
+Maluerunt enim manere in regno isto, quŕm in terra eorum propria. Terra
+enim eorum arida est, & montuosa, & sterilis, & non sunt ibi segetes nisi
+per loca. Ista verň opulenta est, & fertilis, & crescunt hic segetes, &
+cćtera vniuersa. Qua ex causa sćpius per vices gesta sunt bella atrocissima
+inter Anglos & Norwegienses, & interfecti sunt innumerabiles. Occupauerunt
+verň Norwegienses terras multas & insulas regni huius, quas adhuc detinent
+occupatas, nec potuerunt vnquam postea penitus euelli. Tandem modň
+confederati sunt nobis fide, & sacramento, & per vxores suas, quas postea
+ceperunt de sanguine nostro, & per affinitates, & coniugia. Ita demum
+constituit, & eis concessit bonus rex Edouardus propinquus noster (qui fuit
+optimus filius pacis) per commune consilium totius regni. Qua de causa
+possent, & debent prćdicti de cćtero nobiscum cohabitare, & remanere in
+regno, sicut coniurati fratres nostri.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Arthur which was sometimes the most renowmed king of the Britains, was a
+mightie, and valiant man, and a famous warriour. This kingdome was too
+litle for him, & his minde was not contented with it. He therefore
+valiantly subdued all Scantia, which is now called Norway, and all the
+Islands beyond Norway, to wit, Island and Greenland, which are apperteining
+vnto Norway, Sweueland, Ireland, Gotland, Denmarke, Someland, Windland,
+Curland, Roe, Femeland, Wireland, Flanders, Cherilland, Lapland, and all
+the other lands & Islands of the East sea, euen vnto Russia (in which
+Lapland he placed the Easterly bounds of his Brittish Empire) and many
+other Islands beyond Norway, euen vnder the North pole, which are
+appendances of Scantia, now called Norway. These people were wild and
+sauage, and had not in them the loue of God nor of their neighbors, because
+all euil commeth from the North, yet there were among them certeine
+Christians liuing in secret. But king Arthur was an exceeding good
+Christian, and caused them to be baptized, and thorowout all Norway to
+worship one God, and to receiue and keepe inuiolably for euer, faith in
+Christ onely. At that time all the noble men of Norway tooke wiues of the
+noble nation of the Britaines, whereupon the Norses say, that they are
+descended of the race and blood of this kingdome. The aforesayd king Arthur
+obteined also in those dayes of the Pope & court of Rome, that Norway
+should be for euer annexed to the crowne of Britaine for the inlargement of
+this kingdome, and he called it the chamber of Britaine. For this cause the
+Norses say, that they ought to dwell with vs in this kingdome, to wit, that
+they belong to the crowne of Britaine: for they had rather dwell here then
+in their owne natiue countrey, which is drie and full of mountaines, and
+barren, and no graine growing there, but in certeine places. But this
+countrey of Britaine is fruitfull, wherein corne and all other good things
+do grow and increase, for which cause many cruell battels haue bene
+oftentimes fought betwixt the Englishmen and the people of Norway, and
+infinite numbers of people haue bene slaine, & the Norses haue possessed
+many lands and Islands of this Empire, which vnto this day they doe
+possesse, neither could they euer afterwards be fully expelled. But now at
+length they are incorporated with vs by the receiuing of our religion and
+sacraments, and by taking wiues of our nation, and by affinitie, and
+marriages. For so the good king Edward (who was a notable mainteiner of
+peace) ordeined and granted vnto them by the generall consent of the whole
+kingdome, so that the people may, and ought from hencefoorth dwell and
+remaine in this kingdome with vs as our louing sworne brethren.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A testimonie out of the foresayd Galfridus Monumetensis concerning the
+  conquests, of Malgo, king of England. Lib. II. cap. 7.
+
+Vortipono successit Malgo, omnium ferč Britannić pulcherrimus, multorum
+tyrannoram depulsor, robustus armis, largior cćteris, & vltra modum
+probitate prćclarus. Hic etiam totam Insulam obtinuit, & sex
+comprouinciales Oceani Insulas: Hyberniam videlicet, atque Islandiam,
+Gotlandiam, Orcades, Noruegiam, Daciam, adiecit dirissimis prćlijs
+potestati suć.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Malgo succeeded Vortiponus which was the goodliest man in person of all
+Britaine, a prince that expulsed many tyrants. He was strong and valiant in
+warre, taller then most men that then liued, and exceeding famous for his
+vertues. This king also, obteined the gouernment of the whole Island of
+Britaine, and by most sharpe battailes he recouered to his Empire the sixe
+Islands of the Ocean sea, which before had bene made tributaries by king
+Arthur, namely Ireland, Island, Gotland, Orkney, Norway, and Denmarke.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The conquest of the Isles of Anglesey and Man by Edwin the Saxon king of
+  Northumberland written in the second Booke and fift Chapter of Beda his
+  Ecclesiasticall historie of the English nation.
+
+Eduinus Nordanhumbrorum gentis, id est, eius quć ad borealem Humbri
+fluminis plagam inhabitat, maiore potentia cunctis qui Britanniam incolunt,
+Anglorum pariter & Britonum populis prćfuit, prćter Cantuarios tantům,
+necnňn & Menauias Britonum insulas, quć inter Hiberniam & Britanniam sitć
+sunt, Anglorum subiecit potestati.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Edwin king of the people Northumberland, that is to say of them which
+inhabit to the North of the riuer Humber, being of greater authontie then
+any other potentate in the whole Isle of Britaine, bare rule as well ouer
+the English as the British nation, except onely the people of Kent: who
+also brought in subiection vnder the English, the Isles of Man and
+Anglesey, and the other Northwesterne Isles of the Britons, which are
+situate betweene Britaine and Ireland.
+
+Another testimonie alledged by Beda to the same purpose. Lib 2. cap 9.
+
+Anno ab incarnatione Domini sexcentesimo vicesimo quarto, gens
+Nordanhumbrorum, hoc est, ea natio Anglorum quć ad aquilonarem Humbri
+fluminis plagam habitat, cům rege suo Eduino, verbum fidei (prćdicante
+Paulino, cuius supra meminimus) suscepit: cui videlicčt regi in auspicium
+suscipiendć fidei, & regni coelestis potestas & terrem creuerat imperij:
+ita vt (quod nemo Anglorum ante eum fecit) omnes Britannić fines, qua vel
+ipsorum vel Britonum Prouincić habitabantur, sub ditione acceperit. Quěn &
+Menauias insulas (sicut & supra docuimus) imperio subiugauit Anglorum.
+Quarum prior quć ad austrum est, & situ amplior & frugum prouentu atque
+vbertate foelicior, nongentarum sexaginta familiarum mensuram, iuxta
+ćstimationem Anglorum, secunda trecentarum & vltrŕ spatium tenet.
+
+The Same in English.
+
+In the yeere from the incarnation of our Lord, sixe hundreth twentie and
+foure, the people of Northumberland, to wit, those English people which
+inhabit on the North side of the riuer of Humber, together with their king
+Edwin, at the Christian preaching and perswasion of Paulinus aboue
+mentioned, embraced the Gospel. Vnder which king, after he had once
+accepted of the Christian faith, the power both of the heauenly & of his
+earthly kingdome was inlarged; insomuch, that he (which no English king had
+done before him) brought vnder his subiection all the prouinces of
+Britaine, which were inhabited either by the English men themselues, or by
+the Britons. Moreouer, he subdued vnto the crowne of England (as we haue
+aboue signified) the Hebrides, commonly called the Westerne Islands. The
+principall wherof being more commodiously and pleasantly seated towards the
+South, and more abounding with corne then the rest, conteineth according to
+the estimation of the English, roome enough for 960. families, and the
+second for 300. and aboue.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Bertus, generall of an armie sent into Ireland by Ecfridus
+  king of Northumberland, in the yere of our Lord 684, out of the 4. Booke
+  and 26. Chapter of Beda his Ecclesiasticall Hystorie.
+
+Anno Dominicć incarnationis sexcentesimo octogesimo quarto, Ecfridus rex
+Nordanhumbrorum, misso Hiberniam cům excercitu duce Berto, vastauit miserč
+gentem innoxiam, & nationi Anglorum semper amicissimam, ita vt nec
+ecclesijs quidem aut monasterijs manus, parceret hostilis. At insulani &
+quantum valuere armis arma repellebant, & inuocantes diuinć auxilum
+pietatis coelitus se vindicari continuis diů imprecationibus postulabant.
+Et quamuis maledici regnum Dei possidere non possint, creditum tamen est,
+quod hi qui merito impietatis suć maledicebantur, ocyus Domino vindice,
+poenas sui reatus luerent.
+
+The same in English.
+
+In the yeere of our Lord 684, Ecfrid the king of Northumberland sent
+captaine Bert into Ireland with an armie, which Bert miserably wasted that
+innocent nation being alwayes most friendly vnto the people of England,
+insomuch that the fury of the enemy spared neither churches nor
+monasteries. Howbeit the Islanders to their power repelled armes with
+armes, and crauing Gods aid from heauen with continuall imprecations and
+curses, they pleaded for reuenge. And albeit cursed speakers can by no
+meanes inherit the kingdome of God, it was thought notwithstanding, that
+they which were accursed for their impiety did not long escape the
+vengeance of God imminent for their offences.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Octher made to the Northeast parts beyond Norway, reported by
+  himselfe vnto Alfred the famous king of England, about the yere 890.
+
+Octher said, that the countrey wherein he dwelt was called Helgoland.
+Octher tolde his lord king Alfred that he dwelt furthest North of any other
+Norman. [Sidenote: Fynnes live by hunting and fishing.] He sayd that he
+dwelt towards the North part of the land toward the West coast: and
+affirmed that the land, notwithstanding it stretcheth marueilous farre
+towards the North, yet it is all desert and not inhabited, vnlesse it be
+very few places, here and there, where certeine Finnes dwell vpon the
+coast, who liue by hunting all the Winter, and by fishing in Summer. He
+said that vpon a certeine time he fell into a fantasie and desire to prooue
+and know how farre that land stretched Northward, and whether there were
+any habitation of men North beyond the desert. Whereupon he tooke his
+voyage directly North along the coast, hauing vpon his steereboord alwayes
+the desert land, and vpon the leereboord the maine Ocean: and continued his
+course for the space of 3. dayes. [Sidenote: The Place wither the whale
+hunters trauel.] In which space he was come as far towards the North, as
+commonly the whale hunters vse to trauell. Whence he proceeded in his
+course still towards the North so farre as he was able to saile in other 3.
+dayes. At the end whereof he perceiued that the coast turned towards the
+East, or els the sea opened with a maine gulfe into the land, he knew not
+how farre. Well he wist and remembred, that he was faine to stay till he
+had a Westerne winde, and somewhat Northerly: and thence he sailed plaine
+East along the coast still so far as he was able in the space of 4. dayes.
+At the end of which time he was compelled againe to stay till he had a full
+Northerly winde, forsomuch as the coast bowed thence directly towards the
+South, or at least wise the sea opened into the land he could not tell how
+farre: so that he sailed thence along the coast continually full South, so
+farre as he could trauaile in 5. dayes; and at the fifth dayes end he
+discouered a mightie riuer which opened very farre into the land.
+[Sidenote: The Riuer of Duina of likelihood.] At the entrie of which riuer
+he stayed his course, and conclusion turned back againe, for he durst not
+enter thereinto for feare of the inhabitants of the land; perceiuing that
+on the other side of the riuer the countrey was thorowly inhabited: which
+was the first peopled land that he had found since his departure from his
+owne dwelling: [Sidenote: A Desert countrey. Fynnes.] whereas continually
+thorowout all his voyage he had euermore on his steereboord, a wildernesse
+and desert countrey, except that in some places, he saw a few fishers,
+fowlers, and hunters, which were all Fynnes: and all the way vpon his
+leereboord was the maine ocean. [Sidenote: Biarmia.] The Biarmes had
+inhabited and tilled their countrey indifferent well, notwithstanding he
+was afrayed to go vpon shore. [Sidenote: Terfynnes.] But the countrey of
+the Terfynnes lay all waste, and not inhabited, except it were, as we haue
+sayd, whereas dwelled certeine hunters, fowlers, and fishers. The Biarmes
+tolde him a number of stories both of their owne countrey, and of the
+countreys adioyning. Howbeit, he knew not, nor could affirme any thing for
+certeine trueth; forsomuch as he was not vpon land, nor saw any himselfe.
+[Sidenote: The Fynnes and Biarmes speak one language.] This onely he
+iudged, that the Fynnes and Biarmes speake but one language. [Sidenote:
+Horsewhales teeth commended.] The principall purpose of his traueile this
+way, was to encrease the knowledge and discouerie of these coasts and
+countreyes, for the more commoditie of fishing of horsewhales, [Footnote:
+Or morses.] which haue in their teeth bones of great price and excellencie:
+whereof he brought some at his returne vnto the king. [Sidenote: Use of the
+morses skins for cables.] Their skinnes are also very good to make cables
+for shippes, and so vsed. This kinde of whale is much lesse in quantitie
+then other kindes, hauing not in length or aboue seuen elles. And as for
+the common kind of whales, the place of most and best hunting of them is in
+his owne countrey: whereof some be 48. elles of length, and some 50. of
+which sort he affirmed that he himselfe was one of the sixe, which in the
+space of 3. dayes killed threescore. He was a man of exceeding wealth in
+such riches, wherein the wealth of that countrey doth consist. [Sidenote:
+Sixe hundreth raine Deere.] At the same time that he came to the king, he
+had of his owne breed 600. tame Deere, of that kinde which they call Rane
+Deere: of the which number 6, were stall Rane Deere, a beast of great
+value, and maruellously esteemed among the Fynnes, for that with them they
+catch the wilde Rane Deere. He was among the chiefe men of his countrey
+one: and yet he, had but 20. kine, and 20. swine, and that little which he
+tilled, he tilled it all with horses. [Sidenote: The Fynnes trubute.] Their
+principall wealth consisteth in the tribute which the Fynnes pay them,
+which is all in skinnes of wilde beasts, feathers of birds, whale bones,
+and cables, and tacklings for shippes made of Whales or Seales skinnes.
+[Sidenote: Note. Cables of Whales and Seales skins.] Euery man payeth
+according to his abilities. The richest pay ordinarily 15. cases of
+Marterns, 5. Rane Deere skinnes, and one Beare, ten bushels of feathers, a
+coat of a Beares skinne, two cables threescore elles long a piece, the one
+made of Whales skin, the other Seales.
+
+He sayd, that the countrey of Norway was very long and small. So much of it
+as either beareth any good pasture, or may be tilled, lieth vpon the Sea
+coast, which notwithstanding in some places is very rockie and stonie:
+[Sidenote: A description of Norway.] and all Eastward all along against the
+inhabited land, lie wilde and huge hilles and mountaines, which are in some
+places inhabited by the Fynnes. The inhabited land is broadest toward the
+South & the further it stretcheth towards the North, it groweth euermore
+smaller and smaller. Towards the South it is peraduenture threescore miles
+in bredth or broader in some places: about the middest, 30 miles or aboue,
+and towards the North where it is smallest, he affirmeth that it proueth
+not three miles from the Sea to the mountaines. [Sidenote: The bredth of
+the mountaines.] The mountaines be in breadth of such quantitie, as a man
+is able to traueile ouer in a fortnight, and in some places no more then
+may be trauailed in sixe dayes. [Sidenote: Swethland. Queeneland.] Right
+ouer against this land in the other side of the mountaines, somewhat
+towards the South lieth Swethland, and against the same towards the North,
+lieth Queeneland. The Quenes sometimes passing the mountaines, inuade and
+spoile the Normans: and on the contrary part, the Normans likewise
+sometimes spoile their countrey. [Sidenote: Boats caried on mens backs.]
+Among the mountaines be many and great lakes in sundry places of fresh
+water, into the which the Queenes vse to carie their boats vpon their backs
+ouer lande, and thereby inuade and spoile the countrey of the Normans.
+These boats of theirs be very little and very light.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Octher out of his countrey of Halgoland into the sound of
+  Denmarke vnto a port called Hetha, which seemeth to be Wismer or
+  Rostorke.
+
+Octher sayd that the countrey wherein he dwelled, was called Halgoland: and
+affirmed that there was no man dwelling towards the North from him. From
+this countrey towards the South, there is a certeine port [Marginal note:
+Or streight.] [Footnote: It seemeth to be about Elsenborg--_Original
+note_.] called Scirings hall, whither, he sayth that a man was not able
+to saile in a moneths space, if he lay still by night, although he had
+euery day a full winde. [Sidenote: The description of the Sound of
+Denmarke.] And he shall saile all the way along the coast, hauing on his
+steereboord, first Iutland and the Islands which lie betwixt this countrey
+& Iutland, still along the coast of this countrey, till he came to Scirings
+hall hauing it on his larboord. At Scirings hall there entreth into the
+land a maine gulfe of the Sea, which is so broad, that a man cannot see
+ouer it: [Sidenote: Gotland.] and on the other side against the same, is
+Gotland, and then Silland. This sea stretcheth many hundreth miles vp into
+the land. [Sidenote: Vandals.] From Scirings hall he sayd that be sailed in
+5. dayes to the port which is called Hetha, which lieth betwixt the
+countries of Wendles, Saxons, and Angles, whereunto it is subiect. And as
+he sailed thitherward from Scirings hall, he had vpon his steereboord
+Denmarke, and on his leereboord the maine sea, for the space of 3. dayes:
+[Sidenote: Hetha but two dayes sayling from Seland.] and 2. dayes before,
+he arriued in Hetha, [Footnote: It seemeth to be Wismer or Rostocke--
+_Original note_.] he had Gotland on leerboord, and Silland. with
+diuers other Islands. In that countrey dwelt English men, before they came
+into this land. And these 2. days he had vpon his leereboord the Islands
+that are subiect to Denmarke.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Wolstans nauigation in the East sea, from Hetha to Trusco, which is about
+  Dantzig.
+
+Wolstan sayd, that he departed from Hetha, and arriued at Trusco, in the
+space of 7. dayes, and 7. nights: during which time, his shippe kept her
+course continually vnder saile. All this voyage Wenedland [Footnote:
+Prussia.] was still vpon his steerboord, and on his leerboord was Langland,
+Layland, Falster, and Sconie: all which countreyes are subiect to Denmarke.
+[Sidenote: Bargenland or Borholme.] Vpon his leerboord also, was
+Bargenland, which hath a priuate king, to whom it is subiect. Hauing left
+Bargenland, he passed by Blekingie, Meere, Eland and Gotland, hauing them
+on his leerboord: all which countreys are subiect to Sweden: and Wenedland
+was all the way vpon his steerboord, vntil he came to Wixel mouth.
+[Sidenote: Wixel is the riuer that falleth into the sea by Dantzig.] Wixel
+is a very great riuer which runneth along betwixt Witland and Wenedland.
+Witland is appertaining to the Easterlings, and the riuer of Wixel runneth
+out of Wenedland into Eastmeere, which Eastmeere is at the least 15. miles
+in breadth. [Sidenote: Fuso.] There runneth also another riuer called
+Ilsing from the East, and falleth into Eastmeere, out of another lake vpon
+the banke, whereupon is situated Fruso. So that Ilsing comming out of
+Eastland, [Footnote: Lithuania.] and Wixel out of Wenedland, both fall
+together into Eastmeere, and there Wixel depriueth Ilsing of his name, and
+runneth thence West & North into the sea; whereof the place is called
+Wixelmouth.
+
+[Sidenote: The description of Eastland.] Eastland is a very large land, and
+there be many cities and townes withtn it, and in euery one of them is a
+king: whereby there is continually among them great strife and contention.
+There is great plentie of hony and fish.
+
+[Sidenote: Mares milke a chiefe drinke.] The wealthiest men drinke commonly
+Mares milke, and the poore people and slaues meade. There is no ale brewed
+among the Easterlings, but of mead there is plentie.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The nauigation of King Edgar, taken out of Florentius Wigoriensis, Houeden,
+  and M. Dee his discourse of the Brittish Monarchie, pag. 54, 55, &c.
+
+I haue often times (sayd he) and many wayes looked into the state of
+earthly kingdomes, generally the whole world ouer (as farre as it may be
+yet knowen to Christian men commonly) being a studie of no great
+difficultie, but rather a purpose somewhat answerable to a perfect
+Cosmographer, to finde himselfe Cosmopolites, a citizen and member of the
+whole and onely one mysticall citie vniuersall, and so consequently to
+meditate of the Cosmopoliticall gouernment thereof, vnder the King
+almightie, passing on very swiftly toward the most dreadfull and most
+comfortable terme prefixed.
+
+And I finde (sayd he) that if this British Monarchie would heretofore haue
+followed the aduantages which they haue had onward, they might very well,
+yer this, haue surpassed by iustice, and godly sort, any particular
+Monarchie els, that euer was on earth since mans creation, and that to all
+such purposes as to God are most acceptable, and to all perfect common
+wealths, most honorable, profitable, and comfortable.
+
+But yet (sayd he) there is a little locke of Lady Occasion flickering in
+the aire, by our hands to catch hold on, whereby we may yet once more
+(before all be vtterly past, and for euer) discreetly and valiantly recouer
+and enioy, if not all our ancient & due appurtenances to this Imperiall
+Brittish monarchie, yet at the least some such notable portion thereof, as
+(al circumstances duely and iustly appertaining to peace & amitie with
+forrein princes being offred & vsed) this may become the most peaceable,
+most rich, most puissant, & most florishing monarchie of al els (this day)
+in chnstendome. Peaceable, I say, euen with the most part of the selfe same
+respects that good king Edgar had (being but a Saxon) and by sundry such
+meanes, as he chiefly in this Empire did put in proofe and vse
+triumphantly, whereupon his sirname was Pacificus, most aptly and iustly.
+This peaceable king Edgar had in his minde about six hundred yeeres past,
+the representation of a great part of the selfe same Idća, which from aboue
+onely, & by no mans deuise hath streamed downe into my imagination, being
+as it becommeth a subiect carefull for the godly prosperitie of this
+British Empire vnder our most peaceable Queene Elizabeth.
+
+For, Ćdgaros pacificus, Regni sui prospiciens vtilitati, pariter & quieti,
+quatuor millia octingentas sibi robustas congregauit naues č quibus mille
+ducentas, in plaga Anglić Orientali, mille ducentas in Occidentali, mille
+ducentas in Australi, mille ducentas in Septentrionali pelago constituit,
+vt ad defensionem regni sui, contra exteras nationes, bellorum discrimina
+sustinerent. [Footnote: _Translation_: "Edgar the Pacific, looking
+forward to the benefit and peace of his kingdom, collected Four Thousand
+Eight Hundred powerful ships, of which he stationed One Thousand Two
+Hundred on the East Coast of England, One Thousand Two Hundred on the West
+Coast, One Thousand Two Hundred on the South Coast, and One Thousand Two
+Hundred on the Northern Coast, in order to be prepared for war in defence
+of his kingdom against foreign nations."]
+
+O wisedome imperiall, most diligently to be imitated, _videlicet,
+prospicere_, to foresee. O charitable kingly parent, that was touched
+with ardent zeale, for procuring the publike profite of his kingdome, yea
+and also the peaceable enioying thereof. O, of an incredible masse of
+treasure, a kingly portion, yet, in his coffers remayning: if then he had,
+(or late) before any warres, seeing no notable taxe, or contribution publike
+is historically mentioned to haue bene for the charges leuied: if in peace
+he himselfe flourished so wealthily: O marueilous politicall, & princely
+prudencie, in time of peace to foresee, and preuent, (and that most
+puissantly, and inuinciblly) all possible malice, fraude, force, and
+mischiefe forrain. O most discreet liberalitie to such excellent vses,
+powring out his treasure so abundantly. O faithfull English people (then,)
+and worthy subiects, of such an Imperiall and godly Gouernour. O your true,
+and willing hearts, and blessed ready hands (then,) so to impart such
+abundance of victuals for those huge Names maintenance: so (I say) as
+neither dearth of famine, seemed (fondly) to be feared of you, for any
+intolerable want likely to ensue thereby, nor prices of victuals complained
+of to be vnreasonable enhaunsed by you, finding, for their great sales so
+good, and rare opportunitie.
+
+This peaceable king Edgar, was one of the perfect Imperiall Monarches of
+this British Empire, and therefore thus his fame remaineth (for euer)
+recorded.
+
+[Sidenote: Charta Regis Henrici secundi.] Anglici orbis Basileus, flos, &
+decus Ćdgarus, non minus memorabilis Anglis, quŕm Cyrus Persis, Romulus
+Romanis, Alexander Macedonibus, Arsaces Parthis, Carolus Francis, Anno vitć
+37. Regni sui cům fratre, & post 21. Idibus Iulij obijt, & apud Glascon
+sepelitur. [Footnote: _Translation_: "The king of the English realm,
+that flower (of kings) and renowned Edgar, not less famous amongst the
+English than Cyrus amongst the Persians, Romulus amongst the Romans,
+Alexander amongst the Macedonians, Arsaces amongst the Parthians, Charles
+(the Great) amongst the Franks, in the 37th year of his age and 21st year
+of his reign with his brother and alone, died on the Ides of July, and was
+buried at Glastonbary."]
+
+O Glastonbury, Glastonbury, the treasurie of the carcases of so famous, and
+so many persons (_Quć olim mater sanctorum dicta es, & ab alijs, tumulus
+sanctorum, quam ab ipsis discipulis Domini, ćdificatam fuisse venerabilis
+habet Antiquorum authoritas_) how lamentable is thy case nowe? howe hath
+hypocrisie and pride wrought thy desolation? though I omit here the names
+of very many other, both excellent holy men, and mighty princes, whose
+carcases are committed to thy custody, yet that Apostolike Ioseph, that
+triumphant British Arthur, and nowe this peaceable and prouident Saxon king
+Edgar, doe force me with a certaine sorowful reuerence, here to celebrate
+thy memorie.
+
+[Sidenote: Ranulphus Cestrinis.] This peaceable king, Edgar, (as by ancient
+Recordes may appeare) his Sommer progresses, and yerely chiefe pastimes
+were, the sailing round about this whole Isle of Albion, garded with his
+grand name of 4000. saile at the least, parted into 4. equall parts of
+petie Nauies, eche one being of 1000. ships, for so it is anciently
+recorded.
+
+Idem quoque Ćdgarus 4000. naues congregauit, ex quibus omni anno, post
+festum Paschale, 1000. naues ad quamlibet Anglić partem statuit, sic,
+ćstate Insulam circumnauigauit: hyeme verň, iudicia in Prouincia exercuit:
+& hćc omnia ad sui exercitium & ad hostium fecit terrorem. [Footnote:
+_Translation_: "The same Edgar collected Four Thousand ships, of which
+each year, after Easter, he placed One Thousand on each side of England,
+and thus sailed round the Island in summer; but in winter he rendered
+justice throughout the country; and he did all this for the practice of his
+own navy and the terror of his enemies."]
+
+Could, and would that peaceable & wise king Edgar, before need, as being in
+peace and quiet with all nations about him, and notwithstanding mistrusting
+his possible enemies, make his pastimes so roially, politically and
+triumphantly, with so many thousand ships, and at the least with ten times
+so many men as ships and that yerely? and shall we being not assured of
+such neighbors friendship as may become to vs as cruel and tyrannicall
+enemies as neuer king Edgar needed to dread the like, and they as many and
+mighty princes, as neuer king Edgar coped with the like, shall we (said he)
+not iudge it some part of wisdome, to imitate carefully in some litle
+proportion (though not with so many thousands) the prosperous pastimes of
+peaceable king Edgar, that Saxonicall Alexander? yea, prosperous pastimes
+these may be iustly counted, by which he also made euident to the whole
+world, that as he wisely knew the ancient bounds and limits of this British
+Empire, so that he could and would royally, iustly, and triumphantly enioy
+the same, spite of the deuil, and maugre the force of any forreine
+potentate. And al that, so highly and faithfully to the glory of God
+finally intended and brought to passe, as the wisest and godliest prelates
+and counsellors of those dayes (so counted of and recorded) coulde best
+aduise and direct him, or perchance, but sincerely commend and duetifully
+incourage him in, he being of himselfe so bent, as purposing first
+inuincibly to fortifie the chiefe and vttermost walles of his Islandish
+Monarchie, against all forreine encombrance possible. And in that
+fortification furthering and assuring to trust best his owne ouersight and
+iudgement, in yerely viewing the same in euery quarter thereof, and that as
+it were for his pastime Imperiall, also in Sommer time, to the ende that
+afterward in all securitie, hee might in Winter time (_vacare_) be at
+conuenient leisure on land, chiefly to set foorth God's due honour and
+secondly to vnderstand and diligently to listen to the causes and
+complaints of his commons. For as Mattheus Westmonasteriensis of him to his
+Imperiall commendation hath left vs a remembrance.
+
+Habebat autem prćterea consuetudinem, per omnes Regni prouincias transire,
+vt intelligeret quomodo legum iura, & suorum statuta decretorum, a
+principibus obseruarentur, & ne pauperes ŕ potentibus prćiudicium passi,
+opprimerentur diligenter inuestigare solebat; in vno fortitudini, in altero
+Iustitia studens & Reipub. regníque vtilitati consulens in vtroque. Hinc
+hostibus circumquáque timor, & amor omnium erga eum excreuerat subditorum.
+[Footnote: _Translation_: "He had, besides the habit of travelling
+through all the provinces of the kingdom, to ascertain how the enactments
+of the law and the ordinances of his decrees were carried out by those in
+authority; and he was careful that the poor who suffered injury from those
+in power should have justice done them, promoting courage in one, justice
+in another, in both ways benefiting the Crown and State. Thus on every side
+the fear of his enemies and the love of his subiects increased."]
+
+Thus we see how in opportunitie, this peaceable Edgar procured to this
+Empire such prosperous securitie, that his true and faithfull subiects, all
+maner of wayes (that is at home and also at sea, both outward and inward)
+might peaceably, safely and sccurely employ their wits and trauels for the
+marueilous enriching of this kingdome and pleasuring very many other,
+carying forth the naturall commodities of this land, abounding here aboue
+our necessity vses (and due store reserued) and likewise againe furnishing
+the same with all necessary and not superfluous forreine commodities, fet
+from farre or foreign countreys. This was in deed (as before is recorded) a
+kingly prouidence. Reipub. Regnique vtilitati consulens, &c. besides with
+great vtilitie and profite publique foreseene and by his meanes enioyed, he
+himselfe vsed most gladly the aduantage of that securitie, in ministring of
+iustice or causing the same to be executed all his kingdome ouer not
+squemishly, frowningly or skornefully shunning the ragged and tattered
+sleeue of any suppliant, holding vp to him a simple soiled bill of
+complaint or petition, and that homely contriued, or afrayde at, and
+timerously hasting from the sickly pale face or feeble limmed suter,
+extreemely constrained so to speake for himselfe, nor parcially smoothering
+his owne conscience, to fauour or mainteine the foule fault and trespasse
+vnlawfull of any his subiects, how mightie or necessary soeuer, they (els)
+were, but diligently made search, least Pauperes a potentibus prćiudicium
+passi, opprimerentur.
+
+Thus did publique securitie from forrein foe abroad, and true loue of his
+owne subiects, garding him at home, and the heauenly spirit directing all
+his good purposes, cause iustice and equitie in all quarters of this Albion
+to flourish. For which his peaceable and prosperous benefits at the
+eternall king his hand obteined, hee became not insolent or declined to
+tyrannicall regiment (as some princes in other countreis haue made their
+liues Comicotragical) but with all his foresaide inunicible Sea-force,
+aboundant wealth, triumphant peace, with securitie and Iustice ouer all his
+Monarchie preuailing, his heart was continually, and most zealously bent to
+set foorth the glory, laude and honour of the Almightie Creator, the
+heauenly and euerlasting king, by such principall and princely meanes, as
+(then) were deemed to God most acceptable, as many monuments yet to our
+dayes remaining, do of him vndoubtedly testifie: As this, for one
+[Footnote: Ex charta fundationis Ecclesić Cathedralis Wigornić.]
+
+Altitonantis Dei largiflua clementia, qui est rex Regium, Ego Ćdgarus
+Anglorum Basileus omniúmque Regum, Insulatum, Oceanique Britanniam
+circumiacentis, cunctarúmque nationum quć infra eam includuntur, Imperator,
+& Dominus, gratias ago ipsi Deo omnipotenti, Regi meo, qui meum Imperium
+sic ampliauit, & exaltauit super regnum patrum meorum: qui licet Monarchiam
+totius Anglić adepti sunt a tempore Athelstani (qui primus regnum Anglorum,
+& omnes Nationes, quć Britanniam incolunt, sibi Armis subegit) nullus tamen
+eorum vltra eius fines imperium suum dilatare aggressus est. Mihi autem
+concessit propitia Diuinitas, cum Anglorum Imperio, omnia regna Insularum
+Oceani, cům suis ferocissimis Regibus, vsque Noruegiam, maximámque partem
+Hybernić, cům sua nobilissima Ciuitate Dublinia, Anglorum regno subiugare:
+Duos etiam omnes, meis Imperijs colla subdere (Dei laudente gratia) coegi.
+Quaproptcr & ego Christi gloriam, & laudem exaltare, & eius seruitium
+amplificare deuotus disposui, & per meos fideles Fautores, Dunstanum, viz.
+Archiepiscopum, Athelwoldum, & Oswaldum episcopos (quos mihi patres
+spirituales, & Consiliatores elegi) magna er parte, secundum quod disposui,
+effeci, &c. [Footnote: _Translation_ "By the wide-extending Grace of the
+mighty God of Thunders, who is king of kings, I, Edgar, king of Angles and
+of all Kingdoms, and Islands, and of the Ocean lying around Britain,
+Emperor and Lord of all the nations therein contained, return thanks to
+that same, all-powerful God, my king, who has thus extended my Empire and
+exalted me above the state of my forefathers, who, although they held sway
+ouer all England from the days of Athelstan (who first conquered the
+kingdom of the Angles and all the nations which inhabit Britain) yet none
+attempted to extend his empire beyond the frontiers of Athetstan's kingdom.
+Favouring Providence, however, has permitted me, together with the throne
+of England, to add thereto all the kingdoms of the Islands of the Ocean,
+with their warlike kings, as far as Norway, and the greater part of
+Ireland, with its very powerful city of Dublin, all of whom, by the help of
+God, I have compelled, to bow the neck to my power. Wherefore I desire to
+exalt the glory and praise of Christ, and increase His worship, and by my
+faithful counsellors, viz., Dunstan the Archbishop and Athelwold and
+Oswald, bishops (whom I have chosen to be my spiritual Fathers and
+Aduisers), I have in a great measure performed what I intended etc."]
+
+And againe this in another Monument. [Footnote: Fundatio Ecclesić
+Cathedralis Eliensis.]
+
+Omnipotentis Dei, &c. Ipsius nutu & gratia suffultus, Ego Ćdgarus Basileus
+dilectć Insulć Albionis, subditis nobis sceptris Scotorum, Cumbrorum, ac
+Brytonum, & omnium circumcirca Regionum, quieta pace perfruens, studiosus
+sollicitč de laudibus creatoris omnium occupo addendis. Ne nunc inertia,
+nostrísque diebus (plus ćquo) seruitus eius tepescere videatur, &c. 18. mei
+terreni Imperij anno, &c. Anno Incarnationis Dominicć, 973.
+
+Ego Ćdgarus totius Albionis Basileus hoc priuilegium (tanta roboratum
+authontate) crucis.
+
+Thaumate confirmaui. [Footnote: _Translation_ "In the name of Almighty God,
+etc. Strengthened by the favour and grace of God, I, Edgar, king of the
+favoured Isle of Albion having made subject to us the kingdoms of the
+Scots, the Cumbrians, the Britons, and all regions around, in the enjoyment
+of quiet peace, being anxious, to increase the praise of the Creator of all
+things, in order that lukewarmness may not appear to render His worship
+less earnest in these our days, etc., in the 18th year of my earthly reign,
+and the year of the Holy Incarnation 973. etc., I, Edgar, king of all
+Albion, haue confirmed that privilege, etc."]
+
+So that by all these rehearsed Records, it is most euident that the
+peaceable king Edgar, was one of those Monarchs, in whose handes (if life
+had suffised) the incredible value and priuiledge granted by God and nature
+vnto this British monarchie might haue bene peaceably purchased in such
+sort, as the very blessing and fauour of the diuine Trinitie hath laid
+meanes for our industrie to attaine to, and enioye the same by.
+
+And though sundry other valiant princes and kings of this land I could
+recite, which in times past haue either by intent gone about or by wise and
+valiant exploit, haue meetely well prospered towards this Islandish
+appropriate supremacie attaining, yet neuer any other reasonable meanes was
+vsed, or by humane wit, or industrie can be contriued, to al purposes
+sufficient, but only by our sea forces preuailing, and so by our inuincible
+enioying al within the sea limites of our British royaltie contained.
+
+To which incredible political mysterie attaining, no easier, readier or
+perfecter plat and introduction, is (as yet) come to my imagination then is
+the present and continuall seruice of threescore good and tall warlike
+ships, with twentie smaller barkes, and those 80. ships (great and smal)
+with 6660. apt men furnished, and all singularly well appointed for seruice
+both on sea and land, faithfully and diligently to be done in such
+circumspect and discreet order as partly I haue in other places declared,
+and further (vpon good occasion offered) may declare.
+
+This grand name of peaceable King Edgar, of so many thousand ships, and
+they furnished with an hundred thousand men at the least, with all the
+finall intents of those sea forces, so inuincible, continually maintained,
+the order of the execution of their seruice, the godly and Imperial
+successe thereof, are in a maner kingly lessons and prophetical
+incouragements to vs left, euen now to bee as prouident for publique
+securitie as he was, to be as skilful of our sea right and royal limits,
+and wisely to finde our selues as able to recouer and enioy the same as he
+was, who could not chuse, but with the passing and yeerely sayling about
+this British Albion, with all the lesser Isles next adiacent round about
+it, he could not chuse I say, but by such ful and peaceable possession,
+find himselfe (according to right, and his hearts desire) the true and
+soueraigne Monarch of all the British Ocean, enuironing any way his empire
+of Albion and Ireland, with the lesser Islands next adiacent: with memorial
+whereof, as with one very precious iewel Imperial, hee adorned the title
+and crowne of his regalitie, as with the testimonie annexed of the states
+and nobles of his Empire, to commit to perpetuall memorie, the stile of his
+chiefe worldly dignitie, in this very tenor of words before also remembred.
+
+[Sidenote: Note the Queenes Maiesties royaltie ouer the British Ocean sea,
+round about the British Empire.] Ego Ćdgarus Anglorum Basileus, omniúmque
+Regum, Insularum, Oceanique Britanniam circumiacentis, cunctarúmque
+nationum, quć infra eam includuntur, Imperator, & Dominus.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Edmund and Edward the sonnes of King Edmund Ironside into
+  Hungarie, Anno D. 1017. Recorded by Florentius Wigorniensis pag. 391.
+
+[Sidenote: An. Dom. 1017.] Dedit consilium Edricus Canuto regi, vt
+clitunculos Eadwardum & Eadmundum regis Eadmundi filios necaret. Sed quia
+magnum dedecus sibi videbatur, vt in Anglia perimerentur, paruo elapso
+tempore, ad regem Suauorum occidendos misit. Qui, licčt foedus esset inter
+eos, precibus illius nullatenůs voluit acquiescere, sed illos ad regem
+Hungarorum Salomonem nomine misit nutriendos vitćque reseruandos. Quorum
+vnus scilicet Eadmundus processu temporis ibidem vitam finiuit. Eadwardus
+verň Agatham filiam Germani Imperatoris Henrici in matrimonium accepit, ex
+qua Margaretam Scotorum reginam, & Christinam Sanctimonialem, & Clitonem
+Eadgarum suscepit. [Footnote: "Pus par le conseil le duc Edric aveit il en
+pense de aver tue les fiz le re Edmund; cest a dire, Eduuard e Edmun. Mes
+pur ceo ke il fust avis ke ceo eust este grant honte ali, si il les eust
+fet tuer en Engleterre, e pur ceo ke il se duta ausi ke se il demorassent
+en Engleterre ke il pensent en prendre contre lui, il les envea al rei de
+Sueue, e ly manda ke il les meist ala mort: ki ne, voleit unkes fere sa
+priere mes les envea a Salomon le rei de Hungrie pur nurir. E tant com il
+furunt la, Edmund morust tost, e Eduuard prist a femme Agathe la filie le
+emperour Henri, de la quele il engendra Margarete, ki pus fust reyne de
+Escoce, e Edgar" (_Le Liuere de reis de Engleterre_, MS in Trinity College,
+Cambridge.)]
+
+The same in English
+
+Edric counselled king Kanutus to murther the young princes Edward and
+Edmund the sonnes of King Edmund. But because it seemed a thing very
+dishonourable vnto him to haue them put to death in England, hee sent them,
+after a short space, vnto the king of Sweden to be slaine. Who, albeit
+there was a league betweene them, would in no case condescend vnto Canutus
+his bloody request, but sent them vnto Salomon [Footnote: An error for
+_Stephen_ the Holy, who married the sister of Henry II William of
+Malmesbory makes Agatha the niece of Henry and daughter of Stephen.] the
+king of Hungarie to be nourished and preserued aliue. The one whereof
+namely Edmund in processe of time there deceased. But Edward receiued to
+wife Agatha daughter vnto the Germane Emperour Henry of whom he begot
+Margaret the Queene of the Seots, and Christina a Nunne, and Clito Edgar.
+[Footnote: Edgar Atheling]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Chronicle of the Kings of Man, taken out of M. Camdens Chorographie.
+
+In the yeere of our Lord 1066, Edward King of England, of famous memory
+deceased, whom Harald sonne of Godwin succeeded in his kingdome, against
+which Harald the king of Norwaie called Harald Harfager fought a battel at
+Stamford bridge, where the English winning the fielde put all the
+Norwegians to flight: [Footnote: "Memes cel an Harald le rey de Norweye,
+frere Seint Olaf, ariva al flum de Tine a Nof Chastel ou plus de Ve granz
+neofs, a ki le connte Tostin, le frere le rey Harald de Engletere, vint ou
+sa nauie, si com il aveient fet covenant en semble, e vindrunt sus a
+Richale (_Richmond_) e destrurent tut le pais de Euerwyk (_York_) E Kant
+ceo out oy Harald, le rei de Engletere, tant tost se mist conntre eus ou
+son ost en vn liu ki hom apele Stamfordbrigge e la twa il le rey de Norweye
+e Tostin son frere de meine, e grant partie del ost. Mes IX. de ses
+chivalers pus le lesserent, pur ceo ke il ne les voleit ren doner de la
+preye ki il prist des Norreis." (_Le Liuere de reis de Engleterre_ MS in
+Trinity College, Cambridge.)] out of which flight one Godredus surnamed
+Crouan (the sonne of Harald the blacke, who had before time fled out of
+Island) repaired vnto Godred sonne of Syrric who then reigned in Man and
+was right friendly and honourably enterteined by him.
+
+[Sidenote: Fingal.] In the very same yeere William the Conquerour subdued
+England and Godred the sonne of Syrric, king of Man, deceased, after whom
+succeeded his sonne Fingal.
+
+In the yeere 1066. Godredus Crouan gathered a fleete of ships, and sailed
+vnto Man, and giuing battell vnto the people of the countrey, was
+vanquished and put to flight. The second time also hauing gathered his
+armie and ships together, hee came vnto Man, fought with the inhabitants,
+lost the victorie, and was chaced away. Yea, the third time [Footnote: in
+1077] he assembled a great multitude, and comming by night vnto the port
+which is called Ramsa, [Footnote: Ramsay] hid 300. of his men in a wood
+standing vpon the side of the hill called Scacafel. The Sunne was no sooner
+vp, but the Mannians arranged themselues and with great furie set vpon
+Godred. And in the midst of the skirmish, the foresaid 300. men rising out
+of their ambush, and comming vpon the backes of the Mannians, molested them
+so sore, that they were enforced to flie. But when they saw that they were
+ouercome and had no place of refuge to retire vnto (for the tide of the sea
+had filled the chanel of the riuer of Ramsa [Footnote: The riuer Colby])
+and seeing the enemie so fiercely pursuing them on the other side, they
+which remained, with lamentable outcries beseeched Godred to spare their
+liues. Then hee being mooued with compassion, and pitying their extreme
+calamitie, because hee had bene of late sustained and nourished among them,
+sounded a retreat and forbad his souldiers to make any longer pursuit. The
+day following Godred put his souldiers to their choice, whether they would
+diuide Man among themselues and inhabite it, or whether they would take the
+wealth of the countrey, and so returne vnto their owne home. Howbeit, it
+pleased them better to waste the whole Island and to enrich themselues with
+the commodities thereof, and so to returne from whence they came. Nowe
+Godred himselfe with a fewe Islanders which had remained with him, tooke
+possession of the South part of the Island, and vnto the remnant of the
+Mannians he granted the North part thereof, vpon condition, that none of
+them should at any time afterward dare once to chalenge any parcell of the
+said ground by title of inheritance. Whereupon it commeth to passe, that
+vnto this day the whole Island is the kings owne Fee-simple, and that all
+the reuenues thereof pertaine vnto him. [Sidenote: Boats hauing not past
+three yron nailes in them] Also Godredus subdued Dublin vnto himselfe & a
+great part of Lainestir. And he so tamed the Scots, that none of them durst
+build a ship or a boate, with aboue three yron nailes in it. Hee reigned
+16. yeeres and died in the Island called Yle. [Footnote: Yell, a northern
+island of the Shetland group, seventeen miles by seven.] He left behinde
+him three sonnes, Lagman, Harald, and Olauus. Lagman being the eldest
+chalenged the kingdome and reigned seuen yeeres. Howbeit Harald his brother
+rebelled against him a long time, but being at length taken by Lagman, hee
+was gelt and had his eyes put out. Afterward Lagman repenting him that he
+had put out the eyes of his brother, did of his owne accord relinquish his
+kingdome, and taking vpon him the badge of the crosse, he went on
+pilgrimage to Ierusalem, in which iourney also he died.
+
+In the yeere 1075. all the principall men of the Islands hauing
+intelligence of the death of Lagman, sent messengers vnto Murccardus
+O-Brien King of Irland, requesting him that hee would send some
+wel-disposed person of his owne kinred and blood royall, vntill Olauus
+sonne of Godred were come to full age. The king most willingly condescended
+vnto their request, and sent vnto them one Dopnald the sonne of Tade,
+charging and commaunding him that with all meekenesse and modestie, hee
+should gouerne that kingdome, which of right belonged not vnto him. Howbeit
+he, after he had once attained vnto the kingdome, neglecting the
+commaundement of his lord, vsurped the gouernment with great tyrannie,
+committing many heinous crimes, and so he reigned very disorderly for the
+space of three yeeres. Then all the princes of the Islands making a
+generall conspiracie, banded themselues against him, and expelled him out
+of their dominions. And he flying into Irland returned no more vnto them.
+
+In the yeere 1077. one Ingemundus was sent from the king of Norway, to take
+possession of the kingdome of the Islands. And being come vnto the Island
+of Leodus, [Footnote: Lewis.] he sent messengers vnto all the princes of
+the Islands to come vnto him, commaunding them to assemble themselues, and
+to appoint him to be their King. In the meane season he and his companions
+spent their time in robbing and rioting, rauished women and virgines, and
+addicted themselues to filthy pleasures and to the lustes of the flesh. And
+when these things, were reported vnto the princes of the Islands, who had
+assembled themselues to chuse him king, being mightely incensed thereat,
+they made haste towards him, and comming vpon him in the night they burnt
+the house wherein hee was and slue both him and the rest of his company,
+partly with sword and partly with fire.
+
+In the yeere 1008. the abbey of S. Manes at Cistertrum was founded. In the
+same yeere also Antiochri was taken by the Chnstians and a Comet appeared.
+
+Moreouer the same yeere there was a battel fought betweene the inhabitants
+of Man at Santwat [Footnote: In the parish of Jurby.] and they of the North
+obtained the victory. In which battell were slaine Earle Othor and
+Mac-Maras chieftaines of both parts.
+
+The same yeere Magnus king of Norway, sonne of Olauus, sonne of Harald
+Harfagre, being desirous to view the corpse of S. Olauus king and Martyr,
+gaue commaundment that his monument should be opened. But the Bishop and
+the Clergie withstanding this his attempt, the king went very boldly and by
+his kingly authoritie caused the cophin to be opened. And when hee had
+scene with his eyes and handled with his hands the incorrupt body of the
+foresaid King and Martyr, a sudden feare came vpon him and he departed with
+great haste. The night following Olauus king and Martyr appeared vnto him
+in a vision saying: Chuse (I say) vnto your selfe one of these two, either
+within 30. dayes to lose your life with your kingdome, or else to depart
+from Norway and neuer to see it againe. The King so soone as he was awaked
+out of sleepe, called his princes and Senatours, and expounded the
+foresaide vision vnto them. And they also being astonished thereat gaue him
+this counsell, that with all speed he should depart out of Norway. Then he
+without any further delay caused a Nauie of 160. ships to be prouided, and
+so sailed vnto the Islands of Orkney, which hee presently subdued, and
+passing along through all the Islands and conquering them at length he came
+vnto the Isle of Man, where he was no sooner arriued, but hee went vnto the
+Isle of S. Patric to see the place of battell, where the inhabitants of Man
+had of late fought, because many of the dead bodies were as yet vnburied.
+And seeing that it was a most beautifull Island, it pleased him exceeding
+well, and therefore hee made choice to inhabite therein his owne selfe, and
+built forts there which are at this day called by his owne name. He had the
+people of Galway in such awe that he constrained them to cut downe their
+owne timber, and to bring it vnto his shore for the building of his fortes.
+Hee sailed on further vnto the Isle of Anglesey neere vnto Wales, and
+finding two harles therein (either of them being called by the name of
+Hugo) be slue the one, and the other hee put to flight, and so subdued the
+Island. But the Welshmen presented many gifts vnto him, and so bidding them
+farewell he returned vnto Man. Vnto Murecard king of Irland he sent his
+shooes, commaunding him that he should cary them on his shoulders, vpon the
+birth-day of our Lord through the midst of his Palace, in the sight of his
+Embassadours, that thereby it might appeare vnto them that he was subiect
+vnto king Magnus. Which when the Irishmen heard, they toke it grieuously
+and disdeined much thereat. But the King being better aduised, I had rather
+(said he) not onely beare his shooes, but eate his shooes, then that king
+Magnus should destroy any one prouince in Irland. Wherefore he fulfilled
+his commaundement, and honourably enterteined his Embassadours. Many giftes
+also he sent vnto king Magnus by them, and concluded a league. But the
+messengers returning vnto their lord, tolde him of the situation of Irland,
+of the beautie thereof, of the fruitfulnesse of the soile, and of the
+holesomnesse of the aire. Magnus hearing these things was fully resolued to
+conquer all Irland vnto himselfe. And for the same purpose he commaunded
+that a Fleet should be made ready. But he taking his voyage with sixteene
+ships, & being desirous to view the land, when he had vndiscreetly departed
+from his Nauie, he was suddenly inuironed by the Irish, and was himselfe
+slaine, together with all that were with him almost. Hee was interred neere
+vnto the Church of S. Patric in Armagh. Hee reigned sixe yeeres. After his
+death the Princes of the Islands sent for Olauus the sonne of Godredus
+Crouan, who liued in the Court of Henry King of England son vnto William
+the Conquerour.
+
+In the yeere 1102. Olauus sonne of Godredus Crouan beganne his reigne and
+reigned fourtie yeeres. He was a peaceable man being in league with all the
+Kings of Scotland and Irland in his time. He took to wife Affrica the
+daughter of Fergusius of Galway, of whom he begat Godredus. Of his
+concubines he begat Regnaldus, Lagmannus, and Haraldus, and many daughters,
+whereof one married vnto Sumerledus king of Herergaidel, [Footnote:
+Argyll.] which afterward occasioned the ouerthrow of the whole kingdome of
+the Islands. He begat foure sonnes by her, namely Dulgallus, Raignaldus,
+Engus and Olauus.
+
+In the yeere 1134. Olaaus gaue vnto Yuo the Abbat of Furnes a portion of
+his owne ground in Man to build an Abbey in the place which is called
+Russin. [Footnote: Rushen] Also hee inriched with reuenues and indued with
+priuiledges al places of religion within his islands.
+
+In the yere 1142. Godredus the son of Olauus sailed vnto the K. of Norway
+called Hinge, and doing his homage vnto him he remained with him, & was by
+him honorably enterteined. The same vere the 3. sonnes of Harald brother
+vnto Olauus, who were brought vp at the citie of Dublin, gathering together
+a great multitude of people, and all the fugitiues and vagabonds of the
+kingdome resorted vnto Man, and demaunded of the said king the one halfe of
+al the kingdome of the Islands. Which thing when the king heard, being
+desirous to pacifie them, he answered that he would consult about that
+matter. And a day and place being appointed, where the consultation should
+bee kept, in the meane time those miscreants conspired together, about the
+murthering of the King. And when the day appointed was come, both companies
+assembled themselues vnto the hauen towne called Ramsa, and they sate in
+order, the king with his nobilitie on the one side, and they with their
+confederates on the other side. Howbeit Regnaldus who had an intention to
+slay the king, stoode a-side in the midst of the house talking with one of
+the Princes of the lande. And being called to come vnto the king he turned
+himselfe about as if hee would haue saluted him, and lifting vp his
+glittering axe, he chopt the kings head quite off at a blow. [Sidenote:
+1143.] Nowe hauing committed this outragious villanie, within a short space
+they diuided the Island betweene themselues, and gathering an armie
+together sailed vnto Galway, intending to subdue that also, howbeit the
+people of Galway assembled themselues, and with great furie encountred with
+them. Then they immediately turning their backs with great confusion fled
+vnto Man. And as touching all the Galwedians which inhabited in the said
+Island, some of them they slue, and the residue they banished.
+
+In the yeere 1143. Godredus sonne of Olauus returning out of Norway was
+created king of Man, who in reuenge of his fathers death, put out the eyes
+of two of Haralds sonnes and slue the thirde.
+
+In the yeere 1144. Godredus began his reigne, and hee reigned thirtie
+yeeres. In the thirde yeere of his reigne the citizens of Dublin sent for
+him and created him king of Dublin, against whom Murecardus king of Irland
+made warre, and encamping himselfe at the citie called Coridelis, he sent
+his brother Osibel with 3000. horsemen vnto Dublin, who was slaine by
+Godred and the Dubliners, the rest of his company being put to flight.
+These things being thus finished, Godredus returned vnto Man, and began to
+exercise tyrannie, disinheriting certaine of his nobles, of whome one
+called Thorfinus the sonne of Oter, being mightier then the rest, went vnto
+Sumerledus, and named Dubgal the sonne of Sumerledus, king of the Islands,
+and subdued many of the said Islands on his behalfe. Whereof when Godred
+had intelligence by one Paulus, prouiding a Nauie, hee went to meete
+Sumerledus comming against him with 80. ships: [Sidenote: 1156.] and in the
+yeere 1156. vpon the night of the feast of Epiphanie, there was a
+Sea-battell fought, and many being slaine on both parts, the day folowing
+they were pacified, and diuided the kingdome of the Islands among
+themselues, and it continued two kingdomes from that day vnto this present
+time. And this was the cause of the ruine of the monarchie of the Islands,
+from which time the sonnes of Sumerled inioyed the one halfe thereof.
+
+In the yeere 1158. Sumerled came vnto Man with 53. ships, putting Godred to
+flight and wasting the Island: and Godred sailed vnto Norway to seeke for
+aide against Sumerled. In the yere 1164. Sumerled gathered a fleete of 160.
+ships together; and arriued at Rhinfrin, [Footnote: Renfrew] intending to
+subdue all Scotland vnto himselfe: howbeit, by Gods iust iudgement being
+ouercome by a few, together with his sonne, and an innumerable multitude of
+people, he was slaine. The very same yere there was a battel fought at
+Ramsa, betweene Reginald the brother of Godred, and the inhabitants of Man,
+but by the stratageme of a certaine Earle the Mannians were put to flight.
+Then began Reginald to vsurpe the kingly authoritie. Howbeit his brother
+Godred, within foure dayes after comming out of Norway with a great power
+of armed men, apprehended his brother Reginald, gelt him, and put out his
+eyes. The same yeere deceased Malcolme the king of Scots and his brother
+William succeeded in the kmgdome.
+
+In the yeere 1166. two Comets appeared in the moneth of August before the
+rising of the Sunne, one to the South and another to the North.
+
+In the yeere 1171. Richard earle of Penbroke sailed into Irland, and
+subdued Dublin with a great part of Irland.
+
+In the yere 1176. Iohn Curcy conquered Vlster vnto himselfe. And at the
+same time also Viuianus legate from the sea of Rome came into Man, & caused
+king Godred to bee lawfully wedded vnto his wife Phingola, daughter of
+Maclotlen son of Murkartac king of Irland, mother of Olauus, who was then
+3. yeeres old. Siluanus the abbat married them, vnto whom the very same
+day, king Godred gaue a portion of ground in Mirescoge, where he built a
+Monastery: howbeit, in processe of time, the said land with the monkes, was
+granted vnto the abbey of Russin.
+
+In the yere 1172. Reginaldus the son of Eacmarcat (a man descended of the
+blood royal) comming into Man with a great multitude of people, in the
+absence of the king, at the first conflict hee put to flight certaine
+watchmen which kept the shoare, & slue about 30. persons. Whereupon the
+very same day the Mannians arranging themselues put him, & almost almost al
+his folowers to the sword.
+
+In the yere 1183. O-Fogolt was vicount of Man.
+
+In the yere 1185. the Sunne was ecclipsed vpon the feast of S. Philip and
+Iacob.
+
+In the yere 1187. deceased Godred king of the Islands, vpon the 4. of the
+Ides of Nouember, and the next sommer his body was translated vnto the
+island of Hy. He left 3. sonnes behinde him Reginaldus Olauus, and Yuarus.
+In his life time he ordeined his sonne Olauus to be his heire apparant
+because he onely was borne legitimate. But the Mannians, when Olauus was
+scarce ten yeeres olde, sent vnto the islands for Reginald and created him
+king.
+
+In the yeere 1187. began Reginald the sonne of Godred to reigne ouer the
+islands: and Murchardus a man of great power throughout all the kingdome of
+the islands was put to death.
+
+In the yere 1192. there was a battel fought betweene Reginald and Engus the
+two sonnes of Sumerled: but Engus obtained the victory. The same yere was
+the abbey of Russin remooued vnto Dufglas, [Footnote: Douglas] howbeit
+within foure yeeres after the monkes returned vnto Russin.
+
+In the yere 1203. Michćl bishop of the islands deceased at Fontanas, and
+Nicholas succeeded in his roome.
+
+In the yere 1204. Hugo de Lacy inuaded Vlster with an armie and encountered
+with Iohn de Curcy, tooke him prisoner & subdued Vlster vnto himselfe.
+Afterward he permitted the said Iohn to goe at libertie, who comming vnto
+king Reginald was honourably enterteined by him, because he was his sonne
+in lawe, for Iohn de Curcy had taken to wife Affrica the daughter of
+Godredus, which founded the abbey of _S. Mary de iugo domini_, and was
+there buried.
+
+In the yeere 1205. Iohn de Curcy & Reginald king of the islands inuading
+Vlster with a hundreth ships at the port which is called Stranfeord did
+negligently besiege the castle of Rath: but Walter de Lacy comming vpon
+them with his armie, put them to flight, & from that time Curcy neuer
+recouered his land. In the yeere 1210. Engus the son of Sumerled & his 3.
+sonnes were slaine.
+
+[Sidenote: King Iohn passed into Irland with 500. sailes] At the same time
+Iohn king of England conducted a fleet of 500. ships into Irland, and
+subdued it vnto himselfe and sending a certaine earle named Fulco, vnto the
+isle of Man, his souldiours almost vtterly wasted it the space of 15.
+dayes, and hauing taken pledges they returned home into their owne
+countrey. King Reginald and his nobles were at this time absent from Man.
+
+In the yere 1217. deceased Nicolas bishop of the islands, and was buried in
+Vlster, in the house of Benchor, whom Reginald succeeded.
+
+
+I thinke it not amisse to report somewhat more concerning the two foresaid
+brethren Reginaldus and Olauus.
+
+Reginald gaue vnto his brother Olauus, the island called Lodhus or Lewes,
+which is saide to be larger then the rest of the islands, but almost
+destitute of inhabitants, because it is so ful of mountaines & quarreis,
+being almost no where fit for tillage. Howbeit the inhabitants thereof do
+liue for the most part vpon hunting and fishing. Olauus therefore went to
+take possession of this Island, and dwelt therein leading a poore life; and
+when he saw that it would by no meanes suffice for the sustentation of
+himselfe & his folowers hee went boldly vnto his brother Reginald, who as
+then remained in the islands, & spake on this wise vnto him. My brother
+(said he) and my lord and king you know that the kingdom of the islands
+pertained vnto me by right of inheritance, howbett because the Lord had
+chosen you to beare the scepter, I doe not enuie that honour vnto you,
+neither doeth it any whit grieue me that you are exalted vnto this royall
+dignitie. Nowe therefore I beseech you to prouide mee some portion of land
+in the islands, whereby I may honestly liue. For the island of Lewis which
+you gaue me is not sufficient for my maintenance. Which his brother
+Reginald hearing said that he would consult about the premisses. And on the
+morow when Olauus was sent for to parle, Reginald comanded him to be
+attached, and to be caried vnto William king of Scotland and with him to
+remame prisoner: and Olauus remained in prison almost for the space of 7.
+yeres. But at the 7. yeres end William king of Scots deceased, and
+Alexander his sonne reigned in his stead. The foresaid William, before his
+death, commanded that all prisoners should be set at libertie. Olauus
+therefore being at libertie came vnto Man, and immediatly with a great
+company of nobles tooke his iourney vnto S. Iames: and his brother Reginald
+caused the said Olauus to take vnto wife, the daughter of a certaine noble
+man of Kentyre, cousine german vnto his owne wife, & by name being called
+Lauon, and he granted vnto him the possession of Lewis. After a few dayes
+Reginald the bishop of the Islands hauing gathered a Synod, separated
+Olauus and Godred his sonne, and Lauon his wife, namely because shee was
+cousin german vnto his former wife. Afterward Olauus maried Scristina
+daughter vnto Ferkarus earle of Rosse.
+
+Hereupon the wife of Reginald Queene of the Islands being incensed, sent
+letters vnto the Island of Sky in K. Reginald his name to her sonne Godred
+willing him to take Olauus. Which comandement Godred putting in practise, &
+entring the isle of Lewis for the same purpose, Olauus fled in a little
+skiffe vnto his father in law the earle of Rosse, & in the meane time
+Godred wasted the isle of Lewis. At the very same time Pol the son of Boke
+vicount of Sky, being a man of power in al the islands, because he would
+not consent vnto Godred, fled, & dwelt together with Olauus in the
+dominions of the earle of Rosse, & making a league with Olauus, they went
+both in a ship vnto Sky. To be short, sending certaine spies, they were
+informed that Godred remained secure with a smal company in a certaine Isle
+called the isle of S. Colomba. [Footnote: Iona.] And vniting vnto
+themselues their friends and acquaintance, & others that would goe
+voluntarily with them, in the dead of the night, hauing lanched 5. ships
+from the next sea-shore, which was distant about the space of 2. furlongs
+from the foresaid Island, they enuironed the said Island on all sides. Now
+Godred and his company rising early in the morning, and seeing themselues
+beset with their enemies on all sides, they were vtterly astonied. Howbeit
+arming themselues they began stoutly to make resistance, but altogether in
+vaine. For about 9. of the clocke in the morning, Olauus and the foresaid
+vicount Pol, with al their souldiers, entred the Island, and hauing slaine
+all whom they found without the precincts of the Church, they apprehended
+Godred, gelding him, and putting out his eyes. Vnto which action Olauus
+gaue not his consent, neither could he withstand it, by reason of the
+forenamed vicount the son of Boke. This was done in the yere of Christ
+1223. The next sommer folowing Olauus hauing receiued pledges from all the
+chiefe men of the Islands, with a fleet of 32 ships sailed vnto Man, and
+arriued at Rognolfwaht. [Footnote: Peel.] [Sidenote: The Isle of Man
+aduanced to a kingdome] At the same time Reginald and Olauus diuided the
+kingdome of the Islands betweene themselues, Man being granted vnto
+Reginald, & besides his portion the name of a king also. Olauus hauing
+recieued certaine victuals of the people of Man, returned, together with
+his company, vnto his owne portion of Islands. The yeere folowing Reginald
+taking vnto him Alanus lord of Galway, together with his subiects of Man,
+sailed vnto the Islands, that hee might take away that portion of ground
+from his brother Olauus, which he had granted vnto him, and subdue it vnto
+himselfe. Howbeit, by reason that the people of Man had no list to fight
+against Olauus or the Islanders, because they bare good will towards them,
+Reginald and Alanus lord of Galway being defeated of their purpose,
+returned home vnto their owne. Within a short space after Reginald, vnder
+pretense of going vnto the Court of his lord the king of England, receiued
+an 100. markes of the people of Man, and tooke his iourney vnto Alanus lord
+of Galway. Which the people of Man hearing tooke great indignation thereat,
+insomuch that they sent for Olauus, and appointed him to be their king.
+
+In the yeere 1226. Olauus recouered his inheritance, that is to say the
+kingdome of Man and of the Islands, which Reginald his brother had gouerned
+for the space of 38. yeeres, and he reigned two yeeres in safetie.
+
+In the yeere 1228. Olauus with all his nobles of Man, and the stronger part
+of his people, sailed vnto the Islands. A short space after Alanus lord of
+Galway, Thomas earle of Athol, & king Reginald came vnto Man with a mightie
+army, and wasted all the South part of Man, spoiled the Churches, and slue
+all the men whom they coulde take, insomuch, that the Southpart of the
+saide Island was brought almost into desolation. And then Alanus returned
+with his army into his owne land, leauing behind him bailiffes and
+substitutes in Man, which should gather vp and render vnto him the tribute
+of the countrey. Howbeit king Olauus came suddenly vpon them, chaced them
+away and recouered his kingdome. And the Mannians which of late were
+dispersed and scattered abroad, began to vnite themselues, and to inhabite
+without feare. The same yeere, in the time of Winter, vpon the sudden, and
+in the very dead of the night came king Reginald out of Galway with fiue
+ships, & burnt all the ships of his brother Olauus and of the nobles of
+Man, at the isle of S. Patric, & concluding a peace with his brother,
+remained at the port of Ragnolwath 40. dayes; in the meane while hee
+allured vnto himselfe all the Islanders vpon the South part of Man, who
+sware, that they would aduenture their liues, vntill hee had gotten the one
+halfe of his kingdome: contrary wise Olauus ioyned vnto himselfe them of
+the North part, & vpon the 14. of February in the place called Tingualla,
+[Footnote: Tynwald Mount.] a field was fought betweene the two brothers,
+wherein Olauus got the victory, and Reginald the king was by certaine
+souldiers slaine without the knowledge of his brother. Also certaine
+pirates comming to the South part of Man, wasted & spoiled it. The monkes
+of Russin conueyed the body of K. Reginald, vnto the abbey of S. Mary of
+Fournes, & there he was interred in the place, which his owne selfe had
+chosen for the purpose. After these things Olauus traueiled vnto the king
+of Norway, but before he was arriued there, Haco king of Norway appointed a
+certaine noble man named Husbac the son of Owmund to be king of the Islands
+of the Hebrides & called his name Haco. Then came the said Haco with Olauus
+& Godred Don the son of Reginald and a multitude of Noruegians, vnto the
+Islands, and while they were giuing an assault vnto a castle in the Island
+of Both. [Footnote: Bute.] Haco being hit with a stone died, and was buried
+in Iona.
+
+In the yere 1230. came Olauus with Godredus Don and certeine Noruegians
+vnto Man, and they parted the kingdome among themselues, Olauus stil
+reteining Man. Godred as he was going vnto the Islands, was slaine in the
+Isle of Lewis, & Olauus inioyed the kingdome of the islands also.
+
+In the yere 1237. vpon the 12. of the kalends of Iune, Olauus sonne of
+Godred king of Man deceased in the isle of S. Patric, and was interred in
+the abbey of Russin. He reigned 11. yeres, two while his brother was aliue,
+and nine after his death.
+
+Haraldus his sonne being of the age of 14. yeres, succeeded, and he reigned
+12. yeeres. The first yere of his reigne taking his iourney vnto the
+islands, he appointed one Loglen his kinsman to be his deputie in Man. The
+Autumne folowing Haraldus sent the three sonnes of Nel, namely Dufgaldus,
+Torquellus, & Molmore, and his friend Ioseph vnto Man, that they might
+enter into cosultation together. Wherefore the 25. day they assembled
+themselues at Tingualla: and malice growing betweene the sonnes of Nel, and
+Loglen they fel to blowes and skirmished sore on both parts, Molmore,
+Dufgald, and the foresaid Ioseph being all slaine in the fray. The Spring
+folowing, king Harald came into the Isle of Man, and Loglen fleeing into
+Wales, was himselfe, together with Godred the sonne of Olauus his pupil,
+and 40. others, drowned by shipwracke.
+
+In the yere 1238. Gospatricius and Gillescrist sonne of Mac-Kerthac came
+from the king of Norway vnto Man, expelling Harald out of the said island,
+and taking tribute on the behalfe of the Noruegian king, because the said
+Harald refused to come vnto his Court.
+
+In the yere 1240. Gospatricius deceased and was buried in the abbey of
+Russin.
+
+In the yere 1239. Haraldus went vnto the king of Norway who within two
+yeres confirmed vnto him, his heires and successors, vnder seale, all the
+islands which his predecessors enioyed.
+
+In the yeere 1242. Haraldus returned out of Norway vnto Man and being
+honorably receiued by the inhabitants he liued in peace with the kings of
+England and Scotland.
+
+In the yere 1247. Haraldus (like as his father also before him) was
+knighted by the king of England, and so being rewarded with many gifts he
+returned home. The same yere he was sent for by the king of Norway, and he
+maried his daughter. And in the yere 1249. as he was returning home with
+his wife, with Laurence the elect of Man, and with many other nobles, neere
+vnto the confines of Radland, he was drowned in a tempest.
+
+In the yere 1249. Reginald the sonne of Olauus and brother vnto Harald
+began to reigne the day next before the nones of May: and vpon the 30. day
+of the same moneth he was slaine by Yuarus a souldier, and other of his
+complices in the South part of a certaine medow neere vnto the Church of
+the holy Trinitie, and he was buried at the Church of S. Marie at Russin.
+
+The same yere Alexander king of Scots prouided a great nauie of ships that
+he might conquere the islands vnto himselfe, howbeit falling into an ague
+at the isle of Kenwary [Footnote: Query, Kerrera.] he deceased.
+
+Then Haraldus the sonne of Godred Don vsurped the name of a king ouer the
+islands, hee banished also all the princes of Harald the sonne of Olauus
+and ordeined his fugitiues to bee princes and nobles in their stead.
+
+In the yere 1250. Haraldus the son of Godred Don being summoned by letters
+went vnto the king of Norway who deteined him in prison because he had
+vniustly possessed the kingdome. The same yeere Magnus the sonne of Olauus,
+and Iohn the sonne of Dugalt arriued at Roghalwhat, which Iohn named
+himselfe king, but the Mannians taking it grieuously, that Magnus was not
+nominated, draue them from their shoare, and many of the company perished
+by shipwracke.
+
+In the yeere 1252. came Magnus the sonne of Olauus vnto Man, and was
+ordained king. The yere folowing he tooke his iourney vnto the king of
+Norway & there he remained one whole yere.
+
+In the yeere 1254. Haco king of Norway ordeined Magnus the sonne of Olauus
+king of the islands, confirming them to him and to his heires, and by name
+vnto Harald his brother.
+
+In the yere 1256. Magnus tooke his iourney into England, and was by the
+king of England created knight.
+
+In the yere 1257. the Church of S. Maries of Russin was dedicated by
+Richard bishop of Soder.
+
+In the yeere 1260. Haco king of Norway came into the parts of Scotland, and
+without atchieuing ought, turning his course towards the Orcades he there
+deceased at Kirwas, [Footnote: Kirkwall. The date is an error Hacos
+expedition took place in 1263. He sailed from Herdle-Voer on the 5th of
+July, and died Saturday, 15th December (_Det Norske Folks Historie_, by P.
+A. Munch.)] and was buried at Bergen.
+
+In the yeere 1265. Magnus the sonne of Olauus king of Man and of the
+Islands died at the castle of Russin, and was buried at the Church of St.
+Mary at Russin.
+
+In the yere 1266. the kingdome of the Islands was translated vnto Alexander
+king of Scots.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+That which followeth was written in a new character or letter, and of a
+diuers kinde from the former.
+
+In the yeere 1270. vpon the seuenth day of October the Fleete of Alexander
+king of Scots arriued at Roghalwath, and the next day before the sunne
+rising there was a battell fought betweene the Mannians and the Scots, in
+the which conflict there were slaine 535. Mannians: whereupon a certaine
+versifier writeth to this effect:
+
+    Fiue hundreth fourtie men are slaine:
+      against ill haps,
+    Yee Mannians arme your selues, for feare
+      of afterclaps.
+
+In the yeere 1313. Robert king of Scots beseiged the castle of Russin,
+which Dingaway Dowil held against him howbeit at the last the king tooke
+the castle.
+
+In the yeere 1316. vpon the feast of Ascension, Richard le Mandeuile and
+his brethren, with diuers great personages of Irland arriued at Ramaldwath,
+demaunding to haue victuals and money ministred vnto them, because they had
+bene spoyled by their enemies, which made continuall warre vpon them. But
+when the whole company of the Mannians answered that they would giue
+nothing, they proceeded against them in warlike maner with two bands, till
+they were come vnder the side of the hill called Warthfel, in the fielde
+where Iohn Mandeuile remained, and there hauing fought a battell, the Irish
+ouercame the people of Man, and spoiled the Island and the Abbey of Russmin
+also: and when they had reueled a whole moneth in the Island, lading their
+ships they retained home.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The mariage of the daughter of Harald, slaine by William the conquerour,
+  vnto Ieruslaus duke of Russia, taken out of the 9. booke of the Danish
+  historie written by Saxo Grammaticus. An. D. 1067.
+
+[Sidenote: 1067.] Haraldo cćso, filij eius duo confestim in Daniam cum
+sorore migrarunt. Quos Sweno, paterni illorum menti oblitus consanguineć
+pietatis more accepit, puellamque Ruthenorum regi Waldemaro, (qui & ipse
+Iarislaus a suis est appellatus) nuptum dedit. Eidem postmodům nostri
+temporis dux, vt sanguinis, ita & nominis hćres, ex filia nepos obuenit.
+Itaque hinc Britannicus, indč Eous sanguis in salutarem nostri principis
+ortum confluens communem stirpem duaram gentium ornamentum effecit.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Harald being slaine his two sonnes with their sister sped themselues
+immediatly into Denmarke. Whom Sweno forgetting their fathers deserts
+receiued in most kinde and friendly maner, and bestowed the yong damosell
+in mariage vpon Waldemarus king of Russia who was also called by his
+subiects Iarislaus. Afterward the said Waldemarus had by his daughter a
+nephew being duke at this present, who succeeded his predecessour both in
+lineal descent and in name also. Wherefore the English blood on the one
+side and the Russian on the other side concurring to the ioyful birth of
+our prince, caused that mutual kinred to be an ornament vnto both nations.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The state of the shipping of the Cinque ports from Edward the Confessour
+  and William the Conquerour, and so downe to Edward the first, faithfully
+  gathered by the learned Gentleman M. William Lambert in his Perambulation
+  of Kent, out of the most ancient Records of England.
+
+[Sidenote: The antiquity of the Ports. 1070.] I finde in the booke of the
+generall suruey of the Realme, which William the Conquerour caused to bee
+made in the fourth yeere of his reigne, and to be called Domesday, because
+(as Matthew Parise saith) it spared no man but iudged all men
+indifferently, as the Lord in that great day wil do, that Douer, Sandwich,
+and Rumney, were in the time of K. Edward the Confessour discharged almost
+of all maner of imposicions and burdens (which other townes did beare) in
+consideration of such seruice to bee done by them vpon the sea, as in their
+special titles shall hereafter appeare.
+
+Whereupon, although I might ground reasonable coniecture, that the
+immunitie of the hauen Townes (which we nowe call by a certaine number, the
+Cinque Ports) might take their beginning from the same Edward: yet for as
+much as I read in the Chartre of K. Edward the first after the conquest
+(which is reported in our booke of Entries) A recitall of the graunts of
+sundry kings to the Fiue Ports, the same reaching no higher then to William
+the Conquerour, I will leaue my coniecture, and leane to his Chartre:
+contenting my selfe to yeelde to the Conquerour, the thankes of other mens
+benefits, seeing those which were benefited, were wisely contented (as the
+case then stood) to like better of his confirmation (or second gift) then
+of K. Edwards first graunt, and endowment.
+
+And to the ende that I may proceed in some maner of array, I will first
+shewe, which Townes were at the beginning taken for the Fiue Ports, and
+what others be now reputed in the same number: secondly, what seruice they
+ought, and did in times passed: and lastly, what priuiledges they haue
+therefore, and by what persons they haue bene gouerned.
+
+If I should iudge by the common, and rude verse,
+
+    Douer, Sandwicus, Ry, Rum, Frigmare ventus,
+    [Sidenote: Which be the Fiue Ports.]
+
+I must say that Douer, Sandwich, Rie, Rumney, and Winchelsey, (for that is,
+Frigmare ventus) be the Fiue Ports: Againe, if I should be ruled by the
+Rolle which reciteth the Ports that send Barons to the Parliament, I must
+then adde to these, Hastings and Hyde, for they also haue their Barons as
+well as the other and so should I not onely, not shew which were the first
+Fiue, but also (by addition of two others) increase both the number, and
+doubtfulnesse. Leauing the verse therefore, for ignorance of the authour
+and suspition of his authoritie, and forsaking the Rolle (as not assured of
+the antiquitie) I will flee to Henry Bracton, [Sidenote: 1250.] a man both
+ancient, learned, and credible, which liued vnder K. Henry the thirde and
+wrote (aboue three hundreth yeeres since) learnedly of the lawes of this
+Realme.
+
+[Sidenote: Citizens were called Barons in old time.] He (I say) in the
+third booke of his worke, [Footnote: _De Legibus et Consuetudinibus
+Anglić_.] and treatise of the Crowne taking in hand to shewe the
+articles inquirable before the Iustice in Eire, (or Itinerent as we called
+them because they vsed to ride from place to place throughout the Realme,
+for administration of iustice) setteth forth a special fourme of writs, to
+be directed seuerally to the Bailifes of Hastings, Hithe, Rumney, Douer,
+and Sandwich, commanding them that they should cause twentie & foure of
+their Barons (for so their Burgesses, or townesmen, and the citizens of
+London likewise, were wont to be termed) to appeare before the Kings
+Iustices at Shipwey in Kent (as they accustomed to do) there to enquire of
+such points, as should be giuen in charge. [Sidenote: Contention betwtene
+Yarmouth and the Fiue Ports. 1250. Antiquitie of Yarmouth fishing.] Which
+done, hee addeth moreouer, that forsomuch as there was oftentimes
+contention betwene them of the Fiue Ports, & the inhabitants of Yarmouth in
+Norfolke, and Donwich in Suffolke, there should be seuerall writs directed
+to them also, returnable before the same Iustices at the same day and
+place, reciting, that where the King had by his former writs sommoned the
+Pleas of the Fiue Ports to bee holden at Shipwey, if any of the same townes
+had cause to complaine of any (being within the liberties of the said
+Ports) he should be at Shipwey to propound against him, and there to
+receiue according to law and Iustice.
+
+Thus much I recite out of Bracton, partly to shew that Shipwey was before
+K. Edward the firsts time, the place of assembly for the Plees of the Fiue
+Ports: partly to notifie the difference, and controuersie that long time
+since was betweene these Ports, and those other townes: But purposely, and
+chiefly, to proue, that Hastings, and Hithe, Douer, Rumney, and Sandwich,
+were in Bractons time accompted the Fiue principall hauens or Ports, which
+were endowed with priuiledge, and had the same ratified by the great
+Chartre of England.
+
+Neither yet will I deny, but that soone after, Winchelsey and Rie might be
+added to the number. [Sidenote: 1268.] For I find in an old recorde, that
+king Henry the third tooke into his owne hands (for the better defence of
+the Realme) the townes of Winchelsey, and Rie, which belonged before to the
+Monasterie of Fescampe in Normandie, and gaue therefore in exchange, the
+Manor of Chiltham in Gloucestershire, & diuers other lands in
+Lincolneshire. This he did, partly to conceale from the Priors Aliens the
+intelligence of the secret affaires of his Realme, and partly because of a
+great disobedience & excesse, that was committed by the inhabitants of
+Wincelsey, against Prince Edward his eldest sonne. And therefore, although
+I can easily be led to thinke, that he submitted them for their correction
+to the order, and gouernance of the Fiue ports, yet I stand doubtfull
+whether hee made them partners of their priuiledges or no, for that had
+bene a preferment, and no punishment vnto them: [Sidenote: Winchelsey first
+builded 1277] but I suspect rather, that his sonne king Edward the first,
+(by whose encouragement and aide, olde Winchelsey was afterward abandoned,
+and the newe towne builded) was the first that apparelled them with that
+preeminence.
+
+By this therefore let it appeare, that Hastings, Douer, Hithe, Rumney, and
+Sandwich, were the first Ports of priuiledge: which (because they were 5.
+in number) both at the first gaue, and yet continue, to all the residue,
+the name of Cinque Ports, although not onely Winchelsey and Rie, be (since
+that time) incorporated with them as principals, but diuers other places
+also (for the ease of their charge) be crept in, as partes, lims, and
+members of the same.
+
+Now therefore, somewhat shalbe said, as touching the seruices that these
+Ports of duetie owe, and in deed haue done, to the Princes: whereof the one
+(I meane with what number of vessels, in what maner of furniture, and for
+how long season, they ought to wait on the king at the Sea, vpon their owne
+charges) shall partly appeare by that which we shall presently say, and
+partly by that which shall followe in Sandwich, and Rumney: The other shall
+bee made manifest by examples, drawne out of good histories: and they both
+shall be testified by the words of king Edward the first in his owne
+Chartre.
+
+The booke of Domesday before remembred, chargeth Douer with twentie vessels
+at the sea, whereof eche to be furnished with one and twentie men for
+fifteene dayes together: and saith further, that Rumney and Sandwich
+answered the like seruice. But now whether this (like) ought to be
+vnderstoode of the like altogether, both in respect of the number and
+seruice, or of the (like) in respect of seruice according to the proportion
+of their abilite onely, I may not hereby take vpon me to determine. For on
+the one side, if Rumney, Sandwich, and the residue should likewise finde
+twentie vessels a piece, then (as you shall anone see) the fiue Ports were
+subiect to a greater charge at that time then King Edward the first layd
+vpon them: And on the other side if they were onely chargeable after their
+proportion, then know I not how farre to burthen them, seeing the Record of
+Domesday it selfe bideth them to no certeintie. And therefore leauing this
+as I find it I must elsewhere make inquisition for more lightsome proofe.
+And first I will haue recourse to king Edward the first his Chartre, in
+which I read, that At ech time that the King passeth ouer the sea, the
+Ports ought to rigge vp fiftie and seuen ships, (whereof euery one to haue
+twentie armed souldiers) and to mainteine them at their owne costes, by the
+space of fifteene dayes together.
+
+And thus it stoode with the Ports for their generall charge, in the sixt
+yeere of his reigne, for then was this Chartre sealed. But as touching the
+particular burthen of ech one, I haue seene two diuers testimonies, of
+which the first is a note in French (bearing the countenance of a Record)
+and is intituled, to haue bene renued in the two and twentie yeere of the
+Reigne of the same king, by Stephan Penchester, then Constable of Douer
+Castle, in which the particular charge is set downe in this maner.
+
+  The Port of Hastings ought to finde three ships.
+  The lowie of Peuensey one.
+  Buluerhithe and Petit Iahn, one.
+  Bekesborne in Kent, seuen.
+  Grenche at Gillingham in Kent, two men and armour, with the ships of
+    Hastings.
+  The towne of Rie, fiue.
+  To it was Tenterdene annexed, in the time of King Henrie the sixt.
+  The towne of Winchelsey, tenne.
+  The Port of Rumney, foure.
+  Lydde, seuen.
+  The Port of Hythe, fiue.
+  The Port of Douer, nineteene.
+  The towne of Folkestone, seuen.
+  The towne of Feuersham, seuen.
+  The Port of Sandwich, with Stonor, Fordwich, Dale, &c. fiue.
+
+These ships they ought to finde vpon fortie dayes summons, armed and
+arrayed at their owne charge, and in ech of them twentie men, besides the
+Master of the Mariners: all which they shall likewise mainteine fiue dayes
+together at their owne costs, giuing to the Maister sixe pence by the day,
+to the Constable sixe pence, and to ech other Mariner three pence. And
+after those fiue dayes ended, the King shall defray the charges.
+
+The other is a Latine Custumall of the towne of Hyde, the which although it
+pretend not so great antiquity as the first, yet seemeth it to me to import
+as much or more likelihood and credit: It standeth thus.
+
+These be the Fiue Ports of our soueraigne Lord the King hauing liberties,
+which other Ports haue not: Hasting, Romenal, Heth, Douer, Sandwich, the
+chiefe Townes. The seruices due by the same.
+
+Hasting shall finde 21. ships, in euery ship 21. men, and a Garcion, or
+Boy, which is called a Gromet. To it perteine (as the members of one towne)
+the Seashore in Seford, Peuenshey, Hodeney, Winchelsey, Rie, Ihame,
+Bekesbourne, Grenge, Northie, Bulwerheth.
+
+Romenal 5. ships, in euery ship 21. men, and a Garcion: To it perteine, as
+members thereof, Promhell, Lede, Eastwestone, Dengemareys, olde Rumney.
+
+Hethe 5. ships, as Romenal before. To it perteineth the Westhethe.
+
+Douer 21, ships, as Hasting before. To it pertaine, Folkstane, Feuersham,
+and S. Margarets, not concerning the land, but for the goods and cartels.
+
+Sandwich 5. ships, as Romenal and hethe. To it perteine Fordwich, Reculuer,
+Serre, and Dele, not for the soile, but for the goods.
+
+Summe of ships 57.
+
+Summe of the men 1187. and 57. Garcions.
+
+This seruice, the Barons of the Fiue Ports doe acknowledge to owe to the
+King, vpon summons yerely (if it happen) by the space of 15. dayes
+together, at their owne costs and changes, accounting that for the first
+day of the 15. in which they shall spread their sailes to goe towards those
+parts that the King intendeth: and to serue so long after 15. dayes, as the
+King will, at his owne pay and wages.
+
+Thus much out of these ancient notes, whereby your selfe may easily
+discerne the difference: but whether the one or the other, or (by reason of
+some latter dispensation) neither of these, haue place at this day, I must
+referre it to them that be priuie, and of counsell with the Ports: and so
+leauing this also vndecided, holde on the way, wherein I am entred.
+
+This duetie of attendance therefore (being deuised for the honourable
+transportation, and safe conduct of the Kings owne person or his armie ouer
+the narrow Seas) the Ports haue not onely most diligently euer since that
+time performed, but furthermore also valiantly behaued themselues against
+the enemie from time to time, in sundrie exploits by water, as occasion
+hath bene proferred, or the necessitie of the Realme required.
+
+[Sidenote: The good seruice of the fiue ports. 1217] And amongst other
+feats not vnwoorthy perpetuall remembrance, after such time as Lewes (the
+eldest sonne of the French King) had entred the Realme to aide Stephan
+Langton the Archbishop, and the Nobilitie, in the life of King Iohn, and
+had sent into France for new supply of Souldiers after his death, Hubert of
+Borough (then captaine of Douer) following the opinion of Themistocles in
+the exposition of the oracle of the wooden walles, by the aide of the Port
+townes, armed fortie tall ships, and meeting with eightie saile of
+Frenchmen vpon the high seas, gaue them a most couragious encounter, in
+which he tooke some, sunke others, and discomfited the rest.
+
+King Henrie the third also, after that he came to riper age, had great
+benefit by the seruice of the Cinque Ports: [Sidenote: 1278.] And king
+Edward the first in his Chartre, maketh their continuall faithfull seruice
+(and especially their good endeuour, then lately shewed against the
+Welshmen) the principall cause, and motiue of that his liberall grant.
+
+[Sidenote: 1293.] Furthermore, about the midst of the reigne of the same
+king, an hundreth saile of the Nauie of the Ports fought at the Sea with a
+fleet of 200. French men, all which (notwithstanding the great oddes of the
+number) they tooke, and slew, and sunke so many of the Mariners, that
+France was thereby (for a long season after) in maner destitute, both of
+Seamen, and shipping.
+
+[Sidenote: 1406.] Finally, and to conclude this part, in the dayes of king
+Henrie the the fourth, the name of the Fiue Ports, vnder the conduct of one
+Henrie Paye, surprised one hundreth and twentie French ships, all laden
+with Salt, Iron, Oile, and no worse merchandize.
+
+[Sidenote: Priuiledges of the fiue ports.] The priuiledges of these Ports
+being first granted by Edward the Confessour, and William the Conquerour,
+and then confirmed and increased by William Rufus, Henrie the second,
+Richard the first, Henrie the third, and king Edward the first be very
+great, considering either the honour and ease, or the freedome and
+exemption, that the inhabitants haue by reason of the same.
+
+Part of the great Charter granted by king Edward the first to the Barons of
+  the Cinque portes, in the sixt yeere of his reigne 1278. for their good
+  seruices done vnto him by sea, wherein is mention of their former ancient
+  Charters from Edward the Confessor, William the Conqueror, William Rufus,
+  Henry the second, king Richard the first, king Iohn, and Henry the third
+  continued vnto them.
+
+Edward by the grace of God king of England, lord of Ireland, & duke of
+Gastcoigne, to all Archbishops, Bishops, Abbots, Priors, Earles, Barons,
+Iustices, Shirifs, Prouosts, Officers, & to all Bayliffes and true subiects
+greeting. You shall knowe that for the faithfull seruice that our Barons of
+the fiue Ports hitherto to our predecessors kings of England, & vnto vs
+lately in our armie of Wales haue done, and for their good seruice to vs
+and our heires kings of England, truly to be continued in time to come, we
+haue granted & by this our Charter confirmed for vs and our heires, to the
+same our Barons and to their heires, all their liberties and freedomes. So
+that they shall be free from all toll, and from all custome; that is to say
+from all lastage, tallage, passage, cariage, riuage, asponsage, and from
+all wrecke, and from all their sale, carying and recarying through all our
+realme and dominion, with socke and souke, toll and theme. And that they
+shall haue Infangthefe, and that they shall be wreckefree, lastagefree, and
+louecopfree. [Sidenote: The fishing at great Yarmouth.] And that they shall
+haue Denne and Strande at great Yarmouth, according as it is contayned in
+the ordinance by vs thereof made perpetually to bee obserued. And also that
+they are free from all shires and hundreds: so that if any person will
+plead against them, they shall not aunswere nor pleade otherwise then they
+were wont to plead in the time of the lord, king Henrie our great
+grandfather. And that they shall haue their findelles in the sea and in the
+land. And that they be free of all their goods and of all their
+marchandises as our freemen. And that they haue their honours in our court,
+and their liberties throughout all the land wheresoeuer they shall come.
+And that they shall be free for euer of all their lands, which in the time
+of Lord Henrie the king our father [Sidenote: Henry the third.] they
+possessed: that is to say in the 44. yere of his reign, from all maner of
+summonces before our Iustices to any maner of pleadings, iourneying in what
+shire soeuer their lands are. So that they shall not be bound to come
+before the Iustices aforesaid, except any of the same Barons doe implead
+any man, or if any man be impleaded. And that they shall not pleade in any
+other place, except where they ought, and where they were wont, that is to
+say, at Shepeway. And they that haue their liberties and freedomes from
+hencefoorth, as they and their predecessors haue had them at any time
+better, more fully and honourably in the time of the kings of England,
+Edward [Sidenote: Edward the confessor.], William the first, William the
+second, Henrie the king our great grandfather, and in the times of king
+Richard, and king Iohn our grandfathers, and lord king Henrie our father,
+by their Charters, as the same Charters which the same our Barons thereof
+haue, and which we haue seene, doe reasonably testifie. And we forbid that
+no man vniustly trouble them nor their marchandise vpon our forfeyture of
+ten pounds. So neuerthelesse, that when the same Barons shall fayle in
+doing of Iustice or in receiuing of Iustice, our Warden, and the wardens of
+our heires of the Cinque Portes, which for the time shall be, their Ports
+and liberties may enter for to doe their full Iustice. [Sidenote: 57. Ships
+of the Cinque Ports bound to serue the king 15. dayes at their owne costs.]
+So also that the sayd Barons and their heires, do vnto vs and to our heirs
+kings of England by the yeare their full seruice of shippes at their costs
+by the space of fifteene dayes at our somounce, or at the somounce of our
+heires. We haue granted also vnto them of our speciall grace that they haue
+Outfangthefe in their lands within the Ports aforesayd, in the same maner
+that Archbishops, Bishops, Abbots, Earles and Barons, haue in their manours
+in the countie of Kent. And they be not put in any Assises, Iuries, or
+Recognisances by reason of their forreine tenure against their will: and
+that they be free of all their owne wines for which they do trauaile of our
+right prise, [Footnote: Prisage--one cask in ten, on wine, was the first
+customs-duty levied in England.] that is to say, of one tunne before the
+mast, and of another behind the maste. We haue granted furthermore vnto the
+said Barons for vs and our heires, that they for euer haue this liberty,
+that is to say, That we or our heires shall not haue the wardship or
+mariages of their heires by reason of their landes, which they holde within
+the liberties and Portes aforesayde, for the which they doe their seruice
+aforesayd: and for the which wee and our progenitors had not the wardships
+and marriages in time past. But we our aforesayd confirmation vpon the
+liberties and freedomes aforesayde, and our grants following to them of our
+especiall grace, of newe haue caused to be made, sauing alwaies in al
+things our kingly dignitie: And sauing vnto vs and to our heires, plea of
+our crowne, life and member. Wherefore we will and surely command for vs
+and our heires that the aforesaid Barons and their heires for euer haue all
+the aforesaid liberties and freedomes, as the aforesaid Charters do
+reasonably testifie. And that of our especial grace they haue outfangthefe
+in their lands within the Ports aforesaid after the manner that
+Archbishops, Bishops, Abbots, Earles and Barons haue in their manours in
+the county of Kent. And that they be not put in Assizes, Iuries, or
+recognisances by reason of their forreine tenure against their will. And
+that they bee free of their owne wines for which they trauaile of our right
+price or custome, that is to say of one tunne of wine before the maste, and
+of another tunne behinde the maste. And that likewise for euer they haue
+the libertie aforesayde: that is to say: That wee and our heires haue not
+the worships or mariages of their heires by reason of their landes which
+they holde within the liberties and Portes aforesayd, for the which their
+seruice aforesaid, and for which wee and our predecessors the wardships and
+mariages haue not had in times past, But our aforesayd confirmation of
+their liberties and freedomes aforesaid and other grants following to them
+of our especiall grace of new we haue caused to bee made. Sauing alwayes
+and in all things our regall dignity. And sauing vnto vs and our heires the
+pleas of our crowne of life and member as is aforesayd. These being
+witnesses, the reuerend father Robert of Portuens Cardinall of the holie
+Church of Rome, frier William of Southhampton Prior prouincial of the
+friers preachers in England, William of Valencia our vncle, Roger of the
+dead sea, Roger of Clifford, Master Robert Samuel deane of Sarum, Master
+Robert of Scarborough the Archdeacon of East Riding, Master Robert of
+Seyton, Bartholomew of Southley, Thomas of Wayland, Walter of Hoptan,
+Thomas of Normannel, Steuen of Pennester, Frances of Bonaua, Iohn of
+Lenetotes, Iohn of Metingham and others. Giuen by our hand at Westminster
+the fourteenth day of Iune, in the sixth yeare of our reigne.
+
+[Sidenote: Thomas Walsingham writeth that he had once 1100. strong
+shippes.] The roll of the huge fleete of Edward the third before Calice,
+extant in the kings wardrobe in London, whereby the wonderfull strength of
+England by sea in those days may appeare.
+
+The South fleete.
+
+The Kings   /Shippes    25.     Lyme         /Ships        4.
+            \Mariners  419.                  \Mariners    62.
+London      /Shippes    25.     Seton        /Ships        2.
+            \Mariners  662.                  \Mariners    25.
+Aileford    /Shippes     2.     Sydmouth     /Ships        3.
+            \Mariners   24.                  \Mariners    62.
+Hoo         /Shippes     2.     Exmouth      /Ships       10.
+            \Mariners   24.                  \Mariners   193.
+Maydstone   /Shippes     2.     Tegmouth     /Ships        7.
+            \Mariners   51.                  \Mariners   120.
+Hope        /Shippes     2.     Dartmouth    /Ships       31.
+            \Mariners   59.                  \Mariners   757.
+New Hithe   /Shippes     5.     Portsmouth   /Ships        5.
+            \Mariners   49.                  \Mariners    96.
+Margat      /Shippes    15.     Plimouth     /Ships       26.
+            \Mariners  160.                  \Mariners   603.
+[1]Motue    /Shippes     2.     Loo          /Ships       20.
+            \Mariners   22.                  \Mariners   315.
+Feuersham   /Shippes     2.     Yalme        /Ships        2.
+            \Mariners   25.                  \Mariners    47.
+Sandwich    /Ships      22.     [2]Fowey     /Ships       47.
+            \Mariners  504.                  \Mariners   770.
+Douer       /Ships      16.     Bristol      /Ships       22.
+            \Mariners  336.                  \Mariners   608.
+Wight       /Ships      13.     Tenmouth     /Ships        2.
+            \Mariners  220.                  \Mariners    25.
+Winchelsey  /Ships      21.     Hasting      /Ships        5.
+            \Mariners  596.                  \Mariners    96.
+Waymouth    /Ships      15.     Romney       /Ships        4.
+            \Mariners  263.                  \Mariners    65.
+Rye         /Ships       9.    Swanrey       /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners  156.                  \Mariners    29.
+Hithe       /Ships       6.    Ilfercombe    /Ships        6.
+            \Mariners  122.                  \Mariners    79.
+Shoreham    /Ships      20. [4]Patricke-     /Ships        2.
+            \Mariners  329.      stowe       \Mariners    27.
+[3]Soford   /Ships       5.    Polerwan      /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners   80.                  \Mariners    60.
+Newmouth    /Ships       2.    Wadworth      /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners   18.                  \Mariners    14.
+Hamowl      /Ships       7.    Kardife       /Ships        1.
+  hooke     \Mariners  117.                  \Mariners    51.
+Hoke        /Ships      11.    Bridgwater    /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners  208.                  \Mariners    15.
+Southhapton /Ships      21.    Kaermarthen   /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners  576.                  \Mariners    16.
+Lymington   /Ships       9.    Caileches-    /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners  159.      worth       \Mariners    12.
+Poole       /Ships       4.    Mulbrooke     /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners   94.                  \Mariners    12.
+Wareham     /Ships       3.    Summe of the  /Ships      493.
+            \Mariners   59.     South fleete \Mariners  9630.
+
+[Footnote 1: Or, Morne.]
+[Footnote 2: Or, Foy.]
+[Footnote 3: Or, Seford.]
+[Footnote 4: Or, Padstow.]
+
+The North fleete
+
+Bamburgh     /Ships       1.    Waynefleet    /Ships        2.
+             \Mariners    9.                  \Mariners    49.
+Newcastle    /Ships      17.    Wrangle       /Ships        1.
+             \Mariners  314.                  \Mariners     8.
+Walrich      /Ships       1. [2]Lenne         /Ships       16.
+             \Mariners   12.                  \Mariners   382.
+Hertilpoole  /Ships       5.    Blackney      /Ships        2.
+             \Mariners  145.                  \Mariners    38.
+Hull         /Ships      16.    Scarborough   /Ships        1.
+             \Mariners  466.                  \Mariners    19.
+Yorke        /Ships       1. [3]Yearnmouth    /Ships       43.
+             \Mariners    9.                  \Mariners 1950. or 1075.
+Ranenser     /Ships       1.    Donwich       /Ships        6.
+             \Mariners   27.                  \Mariners   102.
+Woodhouse    /Ships       1.    Orford        /Ships        3.
+             \Mariners   22.                  \Mariners    62.
+[1]Stokhithe /Ships       1.    Goford        /Ships       13.
+             \Mariners   10.                  \Mariners   303.
+Barton       /Ships       3.    Herwich       /Ships       14.
+             \Mariners   30.                  \Mariners   283.
+Swinefleete  /Ships       1.    Ipswich       /Ships       12.
+             \Mariners   11.                  \Mariners   239.
+Saltfleet    /Ships       2.    Mersey        /Ships        1.
+             \Mariners   49.                  \Mariners     6.
+Grimesby     /Ships      11. [4]Brightlingsey /Ships        5.
+             \Mariners  171.                  \Mariners    61.
+Colchester   /Ships       5.    Boston        /Ships       17.
+             \Mariners   90.                  \Mariners   361.
+Whitbanes    /Ships       1.    Swinhumber    /Ships        1.
+             \Mariners   17.                  \Mariners    32.
+Malden       /Ships       2.    Barton        /Ships        5.
+             \Mariners   32.                  \Mariners    91.
+Derwen       /Ships       1.    The Summe     /Ships      217.
+             \Mariners   15.     of the North \Mariners  4521.
+                                 fleete
+
+        The summe totall of    /Ships        700.
+        all the English fleete \Mariners   14151.
+
+[Footnote 1: Stockhith]
+[Footnote 2: Or, Linne]
+[Footnote 3: Or, Yermouth]
+[Footnote 4: Now Brickelsey]
+
+Estrangers their ships and mariners
+
+Bayon       /Ships      15.    Flanders      /Ships       14.
+            \Mariners  439.                  \Mariners   133.
+
+Spayne      /Ships       7.    Gelderland    /Ships        1.
+            \Mariners  184.                  \Mariners    24.
+
+Ireland     /Ships       1.
+            \Mariners   25.
+
+The summe of all the Estrangers /Ships       38.
+                                \Mariners   805.
+
+The summe of expenses aswell of wages & prests as for the expenses of the
+kings houses, and for other gifts and rewards, shippes and other things
+necessary to the parties of France and Normandie, and before Calice, during
+the siege there, as it appeareth in the accompts of William Norwel keeper
+of the kings Wardrobe from the 21. day of April in the 18 yeere of the
+reigne of the said king vnto the foure and twentieth day of Nouember in the
+one and twentieth yeere of his reigne, is iii. hondreth xxxvii. thousand
+li. ix. s. iiii. d.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A note out of Thomas Walsmgham [Footnote: Thomas Walsingham, a native of
+  Norfolk and Benedictine monk of St. Albans. He wrote _A History of
+  England, from 1273 to the Death of Henry V_, and _Ypodigma
+  Neustrić_. His writings contain very little original information.]
+  touching the huge Fleete of eleuen hundred well furnished ships wherewith
+  King Edward the third passed ouer vnto Calais in the yeere 1359.
+
+Anno gratić 1359. Iohannes Rex Francić sub vmbra pacis, & dolose obtulit
+Regi Anglić Flandriam, Picardiam, Aquitaniam, aliasque terras quas
+equitauerat & vastarat: pro quibus omnibus ratificandis, idem Rex Edwardus
+in Franciam nuncios suos direxit: quibus omnibus Franci contradixerunt.
+Vnde motus Rex Anglić, celeriter se & suos prćparauit ad transfretandum,
+ducens secum principem Wallić Edwardum suum primogenitum, ducem Henricim
+Lancastrić & ferč proceres omnes, quos comitabantur vel sequebantur poene
+mille currus, habuitque apud Sanwicam instructas optime vndecies centum
+naues, & cum hoc apparatu ad humiliandum Francorum fastum Franciam
+nauigauit, relicto domino Thoma de Woodstock filio suo minore admodum
+paruulo Anglici regni custode, sub tutela tamen.
+
+The same in English.
+
+In the yeere of our Lord 1359. Iohn the French king craftily, and vnder
+pretence of peace offered vnto Edward the third king of England, Flanders,
+Picardie, Gascoigne, and other territories which he had spoyled and wasted,
+for the ratifying of which agreement the foresaid king Edward sent his
+ambassadors into France, but the Frenchmen gainsaied them in all their
+articles and demaunds. Whereupon the king of England being prouoked,
+speedily prepared himselfe and his forces to crosse the seas, carying with
+him Edward Prince of Wales his heire apparant, and Henry duke of Lancaster
+and almost all his Nobles, with a thousand wagons and cartes attending vpon
+them. And the said king had at Sandwich eleuen hundred ships exceedingly
+well furnished: with which preparation he passed ouer the seas, to abate
+the Frenchmens arrogancie, leauing his yonger sonne Thomas of Woodstocke,
+being very tender of age as his vicegerent in the Realme of England, albeit
+not without a protectour, &c.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Nicholas de Lynna a Franciscan Frier, and an excellent
+  Mathematician of Oxford, to all the Regions situate vnder the North pole,
+  in the yeere 1360. and in the raigne of Edward the 3. king of England.
+
+[Sidenote: The words of Gerardus Mercator in the foote of his general Map
+vpon the description of the North partes.] Quod ad descriptionem partium
+Septentrionalium attinet, eam nos accipimus ex Itinerario Iacobi Cnoyen
+Buscoducensis qui qućdam ex rebus gestis Arthuri Britanni citat, maiorem
+autem partem & potiora, a Sacerdote quodam apud Regem Noruegić, An. Dom.
+1364. didicit. Descenderat is ex illis quos Arthurus ad has habitandas
+insulas miserat, & referebat, An. 1360. Minoritam quendam Anglum Oxonieasem
+Mathematicum in eas insulas venisse, ipsisque relictis ad vlteriora arte
+Magica profectu descripsisse omnia, & Astrolabio dimensum esse in hanc
+subiectam formam ferč, vti ex Iacobo collegimus, Euripos illos quatuor
+dicebat tanto impetu ad interiorem voraginem rapi, vt naues semel ingressć
+nullo vento retroagi possent, neque verň vnquam tantam ibi ventum esse, vt
+molć frumentarić circumagendć sufficiat. Simillima his habet Giraldus
+Cambrensis (qui floruit, An. 1210.) in libro de mirabilibus Hybernić, sic
+enim scribit. Non procul ab insulis Hebridibus, Islandia, &c. ex parte
+Boreali, est maris qućdam miranda vorago, in quam ŕ remotis partibus omnes
+vndique fluctus marini tanquam ex condicto fluunt, & recurrunt, qui in
+secreta naturć penetralia se ibi transfundentes, quasi in Abyssum vorantur.
+Si verň nauem hac fortč transire contigerit, tanta rapitur, & attrahitur
+fluctuum violentia, vt eam statim irreuocabiliter vis voracitatis
+absorbeat.
+
+Quatuor voragines huius Oceani, a quatuor oppositis mundi partibus
+Philosophi describunt, vnde & tam marinos fluctus, quŕm & Ćolicos flatus
+causaliter peruenire nonnulli coniectant.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Touching the description of the North partes, I haue taken the same out of
+the voyage of Iames Cnoyen of Hartzeuan Buske, which alleageth certaine
+conquests of Arthur king of Britaine: and the most part, and chiefest
+things among the rest, he learned of a certaine priest in the king of
+Norwayes court, in the yeere 1364. This priest was descended from them
+which king Arthur had sent to inhabite these Islands, and he reported that
+in the yeere 1360, a certaine English Frier, a Franciscan, and a
+Mathematician of Oxford, came into those Islands, who leauing them, and
+passing further by his Magicall Arte, described all those places that he
+sawe, and tooke the height of them with his Astrolabe, according to the
+forme that I (Gerard Mercator) haue set downe in my mappe, and as I haue
+taken it out of the aforesaid Iames Cnoyen. Hee sayd that those foure
+Indraughts were drawne into an inward gulfe or whirlepoole, with so great a
+force, that the ships which once entred therein, could by no meanes be
+driuen backe againe, and that there is neuer in those parts so much winde
+blowing, as might be sufficient to driue a Corne mill.
+
+Giraldus Cambrensis (who florished in the yeere 1210, vnder king Iohn) in
+his booke of the miracles of Ireland, hath certaine words altogether alike
+with these videlicet:
+
+[Sidenote: There is a notable whirlepoole on the coast of Norway, caled
+Malestrando (Mćlstrom), about the latitude of 68.] Not farre from these
+Islands (namely the Hebrides, Island &c.) towards the North there is a
+certaine woonderful whirlpoole of the sea, whereinto all the waues of the
+sea from farre haue their course and recourse, as it were without stoppe:
+which, there conueying themselues into the secret receptacles of nature,
+are swallowed vp, as it were, into a bottomlesse pit, and if it chance that
+any shippe doe passe this way, it is pulled, and drawen with such a
+violence of the waues, that eftsoones without remedy, the force of the
+whirlepoole deuoureth the same.
+
+The Philosophers describe foure indranghts of this Ocean sea, in the foure
+opposite quarters of the world, from whence many doe coniecture that as
+well the flowing of the sea, as the blasts of the winde, haue their first
+originall.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A Testimonie of the learned Mathematician master Iohn Dee, [Footnote: Born
+  in London in 1537. He was educated at St. John's College, Cambridge. He
+  was a man of vast erudition, but being, in Mary's reign, suspected of
+  devoting himself to the "black art," a mob broke into his house and
+  destroyed his library, museum, and mathematical instruments, said to be
+  worth Ł2,000; and he himself was cast into prison. He was in great favour
+  with Queen Elizabeth, who is said to haue paid him a salary, employed him
+  on secret political missions, and visited him at Mortlake. He professed
+  to be able to raise the dead, and had a magic ball (in reality a lump of
+  black lead), in which he pretended to read the future, and which was
+  afterwards in Horace Walpole's collection at Strawberry Hill. In 1596. he
+  was made Warden of Manchester College, and died in 1608.] touching the
+  foresaid voyage of Nicholas De Linna.
+
+Anno 1360. (that is to wit, in the 34. yeere of the reigne of the
+triumphant king Edward the third) a frier of Oxford, being a good
+Astronomer, went in companie with others to the most Northren Islands of
+the world, and there leauing his company together, hee transited alone, and
+purposely described all the Northerne Islands, with the indrawing seas: and
+the record thereof at his returne he deliuered to the king of England.
+[Sidenote: Inuentio Fortunata.] The name of which booke is Inuentio
+Fortunata (aliter fortunć) qui liber incipit a gradu 54. vsque ad polum.
+Which frier for sundry purposes after that did fiue times passe from
+England thither, and home againe.
+
+It is to be noted, that from the hauen of Linne in Norfolke (whereof the
+foresaid Francisan frier tooke his name) to Island, it is not about a
+fortnights sailing with an ordinarie winde, and hath bene of many yeeres a
+very common and vsuall trade: which further appeareth by the priuileges
+granted to the Fisher men of the towne of Blacknie in the said Countie of
+Norfolke, by king Edward the third for their exemption and freedome from
+his ordinary seruice in respect of their trade to Island. [Sidenote: An 2.
+& 4. & 31. Edwardi tertij.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Henry Earle of Derbie, after Duke of Hereford and lastly king
+  of England by the name of Henry the fourth, An. Dom 1340. into Prussia
+  and Lettowe against the infidels, recorded by Thomas of Walsingham
+
+[Sidenote: An. Dom. 1390.] Dominus Henricus Comes de Derbie per idem tempos
+profectus est in le Pruys, vbi cum adjutorio marescalli dictć patrić &
+cujusdam Regis vocati Wytot deuicit exercitum Regis de Lettowe, captis
+quatuor ducibus, & tribus peremptis & amplius quam trecentis, de
+valentioribus exercitus sapradicti pariter interemptis. Ciuitas quoque
+vocatur [Marginal note: Alias Vilna] Will in cujus castellum Rex de Lettowe
+nomine Skirgalle confugerat, potenti virtute dicti Comitis maximč atque
+suorum capta est. Namque qui fuerunt de familia sua primi murum ascenderant
+& vexillum ejus super muros, cćteris vel torpentibus vel ignorantibus,
+posuerunt. Captaque sunt ibi vel occisa quatuor millia plebanorum, fratre
+Regis de Poleyn inter cćteros ibi perempto, qui aduersarius nostri fuit
+Obsessumque fuit castrum dictć Ciuitatis per quinque hebdomadas: Sed
+propter infirmitates, quibus vexabatur exercitus magistri de Pruys & de
+Lifland noluerunt diutiůs expectare. Facti sunt Christiani de gente de
+Lettowe octo. Et magister de Lifland duxit secum in suam patriam tria
+millia captiuorum.
+
+The same in English.
+
+About the same time L. Henry the Earle of Derbie trauailed into Prussia,
+where, with the helpe of the Marshall of the same Prouince, and of a
+certaine king called Wytot, hee vanquished the armie of the king of
+Lettowe, with the captiuitie of foure Lithuanian Dukes, and the slaughter
+of three, besides more then three hundred of the principall common
+souldiers of the sayd armie which were slaine. The Citie also which is
+called Wil or Vilna, into the castle whereof the king of Lettow named
+Skirgalle fled for his sauegard, was, by the valour of the sayd Earle
+especially and of his followers, surprised and taken. For certaine of the
+chiefe men of his familie, while others were slouthfull or at least
+ignorant of their intent, skaling the walles, aduanced his colours
+thereupon. And there were taken and slaine foure thousand of the common
+souldiers, and amongst others was slaine the king of Poland his brother,
+who was our professed enemie. And the castle of the foresaid Citie was
+besieged for the space of fiue weekes: but by reason of the infirmities and
+inconueniences wherewith the whole armie was annoyed, the great masters of
+Prussia and of Lifland would not stay any longer. There were conuerted of
+the nation of Lettowe eight persons vnto the Christian faith. And the
+master of Lifland carried home with him into his countrey three thousand
+captiues.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The voyage of Thomas of Woodstocke Duke of Glocester into Prussia, in the
+  yeere 1391. written by Thomas Walsingham.
+
+Eodem tempore dux Glouernić Dominus Thomas de Woodstock [Marginal note:
+Filius natu minimus Edwardi 3.], multis moerentibus, iter apparauit versůs
+le Pruys: quem non Loudinensium gemitus, non communis vulgi moeror retinere
+poterant, quin proficisci vellet. Nam plebs communis tŕm Vrbana quŕm
+rustica metuebant quňd eo absente aliquod nouum detrimentum succresceret,
+quo prćsente nihil tale timebant. Siquidčm in eo spes & solatium totus
+patrić reposita videbantur. Ipse verň mňx, vt fines patrić suć transijt,
+illicň aduersa agitatus fortuna, nunc hŕc nunc illŕc turbinibus procellosis
+circumfertur; & in tantum destituitur, vt de vita etiam desperaret.
+[Sidenote: Reditus.] Tandem post Daciam, post Norwagiam, post Scoticam
+barbariem non sine mortis pauore transcursam, peruenit Northumbriam, & ad
+castellum se contulit de Tinnemutha velut assylum antiquitus notum sibi:
+vbi per aliquot dies recreatus iter assumpsit versus manerium suum de
+Plashy, magnum apportans gaudium toti regno, tam de eius euasione, quŕm de
+aduentu suo.
+
+The same in English.
+
+At the same time the Duke of Glocester Lord Thomas of Woodstock (the
+yongest sonne of Edward the third) to the great griefe of many, tooke his
+iourney towards Prussia: whom neither the Londoners mones nor yet the
+lamentation of the communaltie could restraine from his intended
+expedition. For the common people both of the Citie and of the countrey
+feared lest in his absence some newe calamitie might happen; which they
+feared not while he was present. For in him the whole nation seemed to
+repose their hope and comfort. Howbeit hauing skarce passed as yet the
+bounds of his owne countrey, he was immediatly by hard fortune tossed vp
+and downe with dangerous stormes and tempests, and was brought into such
+distresse, that he despaired euen of his owne life. At length, hauing not
+without danger of death, sailed along the coastes of Denmarke, Norway, and
+Scotland, he returned into Northumberland, and went to the castle of
+Tinmouth as vnto a place of refuge knowen of olde vnto him; where, after
+hee had refreshed himselfe a fewe dayes, hee tooke his iourney toward his
+Mannour of Plashy, bringing great ioy vnto the whole kingdome, aswell in
+regard of his safetie as of his returne.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The verses of Geofrey Chaucer in the knights Prologue, who liuing in the
+  yeere 1402. [Footnote: Chaucer died 25. October, 1400, according to the
+  inscription on his tombstone at Westminster. Urry, in his edition of
+  Chaucer, folio, 1721, p. 534, attributes the _Epistle to Cupid_ to Thomas
+  Occleue, Chaucer's scholar, but does not give his authority.] (as hee
+  writeth himselfe in his Epistle of Cupide) shewed that the English
+  Knights after the losse of Acon, were wont in his time to trauaile into
+  Prussia and Lettowe, and other heathen lands, to aduance the Christian
+  faith against Infidels and miscreants, and to seeke honour by feats of
+  armes.
+
+The English Knights Prologue.
+
+[Sidenote: Long trauaile.]
+    A Knight there was, and that a worthie man,
+    that from the time that he first began
+    to riden out, he loued Cheualrie,
+    trouth, honour, freedome, and Curtesie.
+    full worthy was he in his lords warre:
+    and thereto had hee ridden no man farre,
+    As well in Christendome as in Heathennesse,
+    and euer had honour for his worthinesse.
+
+[Sidenote: Alexandria.]
+    At Alisandre hee was, when it was wonne:
+    full oft time hee had the bourd begon
+    abouen all nations in Pruce,
+    In Lettowe had hee riden, and in Ruce,
+    no Christen man so oft of his degree:
+    In Granade at the siege had he bee
+    At Algezer[1]: and ridden in Belmarye:
+    At Leyes [2] was hee, and also at Satalye,[3]
+    when they were wonne: and in the great see
+    at many a Noble armie had hee bee.
+    At mortall battailes had he bin fifteene,
+    And foughten for our faith at Tramissen,[4]
+    in listes thries, and aye slayne his foe:
+
+    This ilke worthie Knight had bin also,
+    sometime with the lord of Palathye [5]
+    ayenst another Heathen in Turkie.
+
+    Written in the lustie moneth of May
+    in our Palace, where many a million
+    of louers true haue habitation,
+    The yeere of grace ioyfull and iocond,
+    a thousand, foure hundred and second.
+
+[Footnote 1: Algezer in Granado.]
+[Footnote 2: Layas in Armenia. Froysart. lib. 3. cap. 40.]
+[Footnote 3: Satalie in the mayne of Asia neere Rhods.]
+[Footnote 4: Tremisen is in Barbarie.]
+[Footnote 5: Or, Palice. Froysart lib. 3. cap. 40.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The original proceedings and successe of the Northren domestical and forren
+  trades and traffique of this Isle of Britain from the time of Nero the
+  Emperour, who deceased in the yeere of our Lord 70. vnder the Romans,
+  Britons, Saxons, and Danes, till the conquest: and from the conquest,
+  vntill this present time, gathered out of the most authenticall histories
+  and records of this nation.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A testimonie out of the fourteenth Booke of the Annales of Cornelius
+  Tacitus, proouing London to haue bene a famous Mart Towne in the reigne
+  of Nero the Emperour, which died in the yeere of Christ 70.
+
+At Suetonius mira constantia medios inter hostes Londinium perrexit,
+cognomento quidem colonić non insigne, sed copia negociatorum & commeatu
+maxime celebre.
+
+The same in English.
+
+But Suetonius with wonderfull constancie passed through the middest of his
+enemies, vnto London, which though it were not honoured with the name and
+title of a Romane Colonie, yet was it most famous for multitude of
+Marchants and concourse of people.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A testimome out of Venerable Beda (which died in the yeere of our Lord
+  734.) proouing London to haue bene a Citie of great traffike and
+  Marchandize not long after the beginning of the Saxons reigne.
+
+Anno Domminć incarnationis sexcentesimo quarto Augustinus Britanniarum
+Archiepiscopus ordinauit duos Episcopos, Mellitum videlicet & Iustum:
+Mellitum quidem ad prćdicandum prouincić Orientalium Saxonum, qui Tamesi
+fluuio dirimuntur ŕ Cantia & ipsi Orientali Mari contigui, quorum
+Metropolis Londonia Ciuitas est super ripam prćfati fluminis posita & ipsa
+multorum emporium populorum, terra marique venientium. [Footnote: Beda
+Ecclesiasticć historić Gentis Anglornm lib. 2. cap 3.]
+
+The same in English.
+
+In the yeere of the incarnation of Chnst 604. Augustine Archbishop of
+Britaine consecrated two Bishops, to wit Mellitus and Iustus. He appoynted
+Mellitus to preach to the East Saxons which are diuided from Kent by the
+riuer of Thames, and border vpon the Easterne sea, whose chiefe and
+Metropolitane Citie is London seated vpon the banke of the aforesaid riuer,
+which is also a Marte Towne of many nations, which repayre thither by sea
+and by land.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The league betweene Carolus Magnus and Offa King of Mercia concerning safe
+  trade of the English Marchants in all the Emperours Dominion. This Offa
+  died in the yeere of our Lord 795.
+
+Offa interea Carolum magnum Regem Francorum frequentibus legationibus
+amicum parauit: quamuis non facile quod suis artibus conduceret in Caroli
+animo inuenerit. Discordarunt antea, adeo vt magnis motibus vtrobique
+concurrentibus, etiam negociatorum commeatus prohiberentur. Est Epistola
+Albini huiusce rei index, cuius partem hic apponam.
+
+Nescio quid de nobis venturum sit. [Sidenote: Nauigatio interdicta.]
+Aliquid enim dissentionis diabolico fomento inflammante, nuper inter Regem
+Carolum & Regem Offam exortum est: ita vt vtrinque nauigatio interdicta
+negociantibus cesset. Sunt qui dicant nos pro pace in illas partes
+mittendos. Et nonnullis interpositis, Nunc, inquit, ex verbis Caroli foedus
+firmum inter eum & Offam compactum subijciam. Carolus gratia Dei Rex
+Francorum, & Longobardorum, & patricius Romanorum, viro venerando & fratri
+charissimo Offć Regi Mercioram salutem. Primo gratias agimus omnipotenti
+deo, de salute animarum, de Cathocć fidei sinceritate, quam in vestris
+laudabiliter paginis reperimus exaratam. De peregrinis vero qui pro amore
+Dei, & salute animarum suarum beatoram Apostolorum limina desiderant adire,
+cum pace sine omni perturbatione vadant. Sed si aliqui, non religioni
+seruientes, sed lucra sectantes, inueniantur inter eos, locis opportunis
+statuta soluant telonia. [Sidenote: Negociatorum Anglicanorum patrocinium.]
+Negociatores quoque volumus vt ex mandato nostro patrocinium habeant in
+Regno nostro legitime. Et si aliquo loco iniusta affligantur oppressione,
+reclament ad nos vel nostros indices, & plenam videbimus iustitiam fieri.
+[Footnote: Malmsbur. de gestis Regum Anglorum lib. 1. cap 4.]
+
+The same in English.
+
+In the meane season Offa by often legacies solicited Charles le maigne the
+king of France, to be his friend: albeit he could not easily finde king
+Charles any whit enclined to further and promote his craftie attempts.
+[Sidenote: Traffique prohibited] Their mindes were so alienated before,
+that bearing hauty stomacks on both parts, euen the mutuall traffique of
+their Marchants was prohibited. The Epistle of Albmus is a sufficient
+testimony of this matter part whereof I will here put downe.
+
+I know not (quoth he) what will become of vs. [Sidenote: Nauigation
+forbidden.] For there is of late, by the instigation of the deuill, some
+discord and variance sprung vp betweene king Charles and king Offa:
+insomuch that sailing to and fro is forbidden vnto the Marchants of both
+their dominions. Some say that we are to be sent, for the obtaining of a
+peace, into those partes. And againe, after a fewe lines. Nowe (quoth he)
+out of Charles his owne words, I will make report of the league concluded
+betweene him and Offa.
+
+[Sidenote: A league between Carol. Mag. and K. Offa.] Charles by the grace
+of God king of the Franks and Lombards and Senatour of the Romanes, vnto
+the reuerend and his most deare brother Offa king of the Mercians sendeth
+greeting. First we doe render vnto almightie God most humble thankes for
+the saluation of soules, and the sinceritie of the Catholique faith, which
+we, to your great commendation, haue found signified in your letters. As
+touching those pilgrimes, who for the loue of God and their owne soules
+health, are desirous to resort vnto the Churches of the holy Apostles, let
+them goe in peace without all disturbance. But if any be found amongst them
+not honouring religion, but following their owne gaine, they are to pay
+their ordinarie customes at places conuenient. [Sidenote: Protection of the
+English marchants] It is our pleasure also and commandement, that your
+marchants shall haue lawfull patronage and protection in our dominions.
+Who, if in any place they chance to be afflicted with any vniust
+oppression, let them make their supplication vnto vs, or vnto our Iudges,
+and we will see iustice executed to the full.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+An ancient testimonie translated out of the olde Saxon lawes, containing
+  among other things the aduancement of Marchants for their thrise crossing
+  the wide seas, set downe by the learned Gentleman Master William Lambert
+  pagina 500. of his perambulation of Kent.
+
+It was sometime in English lawes, that the people and the lawes were in
+reputation: and then were the wisest of the people worship worthy, euery
+one after his degree: Earle, and Churle, Thein, and vnder-Thein. And if a
+churle thriued so, that hee had fully fiue hides of his owne land, a Church
+and a Kitchin, a Belhouse, and a gate, a seate, and a seuerall office in
+the Kings hall, then was he thenceforth the Theins right worthy. And if a
+Thein so thriued, that he serued the king, and on his message rid in his
+houshold, if he then had a Thein that followed him, the which to the kings
+iourney fiue hides had, and in the kings seate his Lord serued, and thrise
+with his errand had gone to the king, he might afterward with his foreoth
+his lords part play at any great neede. And if a Thein did thriue so, that
+he became an Earle; then was he afterward an Earles right worthie. And if a
+Marchant so thriued, that he passed thrise ouer the wide seas, of his owne
+craft, he was thencefoorth a Theins right worthie. And if a scholar so
+prospered thorow learning that he degree had, and serued Christ, he was
+then afterward of dignitie and peace so much worthie, as thereunto
+belonged, vnlesse he forfaited so, that he the vse of his degree vse he
+might.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A testimonie of certaine priuiledges obtained for the English and Danish
+  Merchants of Conradus the Emperour and Iohn the Bishop of Rome by Canutus
+  the King of England in his iourney to Rome, extracted out of a letter of
+  his written vnto the Cleargie of England.
+
+Sit vobis notom quia magna congregatio nobilora in ipsa solemnitate
+Pascali, Romć cum Domino Papa Ioanne, & imperatore Conrado erat, scilicet
+omnes principes gentium a monte Gargano, vsque ad istum proximum Mare: qui
+omnes me & honorifice suscepere, & magnificis donis honorauere. Maxime
+autem ab imperatore donis varijs & muneribus pretiosis honoratus sum, tam
+in vasis aureis & argenteis, quam in pallijs & vestibus valde pretiosis.
+Locutus sum igitur cum ipso imperatore, & Domino Papa, & principibus qui
+ibi erant, de necessitatibus totius populi mei, tam Angli quam Dani, vt eis
+concederetur lex ćquior, & pax securior in via Romam adeundi, & ne tot
+clausuris per viam arcerentur, & propter iniustum teloneum fatigarentur.
+Annuítque postulatis Imperator, & Rodulphus Rex, qui maxime ipsarum
+clausurarum dominatur, cunctique principes edictis firmarunt, vt homines
+mei tam Mercatores, quŕm alij orandi gratia viatores, absque omni anguria
+clausurarum & teloneariorum, cum firma pace Romam eant & redeant.
+[Footnote: William of Malmsb. lib. 2. cap. 9. de gestis Regum Anglorum.]
+
+The same in English.
+
+You are to vnderstand, that at the feast of Easter, there was a great
+company of Nobles with Pope Iohn and Conradus the Emperour assembled at
+Rome, namely all the princes of the nations from mount Garganus [Footnote:
+Garganus a mountain of Apulia in Italy.] vnto the West Ocean sea. Who all
+of them honourably interteined me, and welcomed mee with rich and
+magnificent gifts: but especially the Emperour bestowed diuers costly
+presents and rewards vpon mee, both in vessels or golde and siluer, and
+also in cloakes and garments of great value. Wherefore I conferred with the
+Emperour himselfe and the Pope, and with the other Princes who were there
+present, concerning the necessities of all my subiects both Englishmen and
+Danes; that a more fauourable law & secure peace in their way to Rome might
+bee graunted vnto them, and that they might not bee hindered by so many
+stops & impediments in their iourney, and weaned by reason of iniust
+exactions. And the Emperour condescended vnto my request, and king
+Rodulphus also, who hath greatest authoritie ouer the foresaid stops and
+streights, and all the other princes confirmed by their Edicts, that my
+subiects, as well Marchants, as others who trauailed for deuotions sake,
+should without all hinderance and restraint of the foresaid stops and
+customers, goe vnto Rome in peace, and returne from thence in safetie.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The flourishing state of Marchandise in the Citie of London in the dayes of
+  Willielmus Malmesburiensis, which died in the yeere 1142. in the reigne
+  of K. Stephen.
+
+Haud longe a Rofa quasi viginti quinque milliarijs est Londonia Ciuitas
+nobilis, opima ciuium diuitijs, constipata negociatorum ex omni terra, &
+maxime ex Germania venientium, commercijs. Vnde fit vt cum vbique in Anglia
+caritas victualium pro sterili prouentu messium sit, ibi necessaria
+distrahantur & emantur minore, quŕm alibi, vel vendentium compendio, vel
+ementium dispendio. Peregrinas inuehit merces Ciuitatis finibus Tamesis
+fluuius famosus, qui citra vrbem ad 80. milliaria fonticulo fusus, vltra
+plus 70. nomen profert. [Footnote: Guliel. Malmesb. de gestis pont.
+Anglorum lib. 2.]
+
+The same in English.
+
+Not farre from Rochester, about the distance of fiue and twenty miles,
+standeth the Noble Citie of London, abounding with the riches of the
+inhabitants, [Sidenote: Germanie] and being frequented with the traffique
+of Marchants resorting thither out of all nations, and especially out of
+Germanie. Whereupon it commeth to passe, that when any generall dearth of
+victuals falleth out in England, by reason of the scarcitie of corne,
+things necessary may there be prouided and bought with lesse gaine vnto the
+sellers, and with lesse hinderance and losse vnto the buyers, then in any
+other place of the Realme. Outlandish wares are conueighed into the same
+Citie by the famous riuer of Thames: which riuer springing out of a
+fountaine 80. miles beyond the Citie, is called by one and the selfe same
+name 70. miles beneath it.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The aforesaid William of Malmesburie writeth of traffike in his time to
+  Bristowe in his fourth booke de gestis pontificum Anghorum, after this
+  maner.
+
+In eadem valle est vicus celeberrimus Bristow nomine, in quo est nauium
+portus ab Hibernia & Norwegia & cćteris transmarinis terris venientium
+receptaculum, ne scilicet genitalibus diuitijs tam fortunata regio
+peregrinarum opum frauderetur commercio.
+
+The same in English.
+
+[Sidenote: Norway.] In the same valley stands the famous Towne of Bristow,
+[Footnote: Bristol.] with an Hauen belonging thereunto, which is a
+commodious and safe receptacle for all ships directing their course for the
+same, from Ireland, Norway, and other outlandish and foren countreys:
+namely that a region so fortunate and blessed with the riches that nature
+hath vouchsafed thereupon should not bee destitute of the wealth and
+commodities of other lands.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The league betweene Henry the second and Fredericke Barbarossa Emperour of
+  Germanie, wherein is mention of friendly traffike betweene the Marchants
+  of the Empire and England, confirmed in the yeere of our Lord 1157,
+  recorded in the first Booke and seuenteenth Chapter of Radeuicus
+  Canonicus Frisingensis, being an appendix to Otto Frisingensis.
+
+Ibidem tunc affuere etiam Henrici Regis Anglić missi, varia & preciosa
+donaria multo lepore verborum adornata prćstantes. Inter quć papilionem
+vnum quantitate maximum, qualitate optimum perspeximus. Cuius si
+quantitatem requiris, non nisi machinis & instrumentorum genere &
+adminiculo leuari poterat: si qualitatem, nec materia nec opere ipsum putem
+aliquando ab aliquo huiusce apparatu superatum iri. Literas quoque mellito
+sermone plenas pariter direxerat, quarum hic tenor fuit. Prćcordiali amico
+suo, Frederico Dei gratia Romanorum imperatori inuictissimo, Henricus Rex
+Anglić, dux Normannić, & Aquitanić, & Comes Andegauensis, salutem, & verć
+dilectionis concordiam. Excellentić vestrć quantas possumus referimus
+grates, dominantium optime, quod nos nuncijs vestris visitare, salutare
+literis, muneribus prćuenire, & quod his charius amplectimur, pacis &
+amoris inuicem dignatus estis foedera inchoare. Exultauimus, & quodammodo
+animum nobis crescere, & in maius sensimus euehi dum vestra promissio, in
+qua nobis spem dedistis in disponendis. Regni nostri negocijs, alacriores
+nos reddidit, & promptiores. Exultauimus inquam, & tota mente magnificentić
+vestrć assurreximus, id vobis in sincero cordis affectu respondentes, quod
+quicquid ad honorem vestrum spectare nouerimus, pro posse nostro effectui
+mancipare parati sumus. Regnum nostrum & quicquid vbique nostrć subijcitur
+ditioni vobis exponimus & vestrć committimus potestati, vt ad vestrum nutum
+omnia disponantur, & in omnibus vestri fiat voluntas imperij. [Sidedote:
+Commercia inter Germanos & Anglos.] Sit igitur inter nos & populos nostros
+dilectionis & pacis vnitas indiuisa, commercia tuta. Ita tamen vt vobis,
+qui dignitate prćminetis, imperandi cedat authoritas, nobis non deerit
+voluntas obsequendi. Et sicut vestraa Serenitatis memoriam vestrorum
+excitat in nobis munerum largitio, sic vos nostri quoque reminisci
+prćoptamus, mittentes quć pulchriora penes nos erant, & vobis magis
+placitura. Attendite itaque dantis affectum, non data, & eo animo quo
+dantur accipite. De manu beati Iacobi, super qua nobis scripsistis, in ore
+magistri Hereberti & Guilielmi Clerici nostri verbum posuimus. Teste Thoma
+Cancellario apud Northanton.
+
+The same in English.
+
+There were present also the same tune, the messengers of Henry [Footnote:
+The Second.] king of England presenting diuers rich and precious gifts, and
+that with great learning & eloquence of speech. Amongst the which we saw a
+pauilion, most large in quantity, & most excellent in quality. For if you
+desire to know the quantitie therof, it could not be erected without
+engines and a kinde of instruments, and maine force: if the qualitie, I
+thinke there was neuer any furniture of the same kinde, that surpassed the
+same either in stuffe or workemanship. The said king directed his letters
+also, full of sugred speeches, the tenour whereof was this that followeth.
+
+To his entirely beloued friend Frederick [Footnote: Son of Frederick, Duke
+of Suabia, was born in 1121. and succeeded his uncle Conrad III. in 1152 as
+Emperor of the West. As was proved by his campaigns in Italy in 1154, 1158,
+and 1162, and by the justice and probity of his administration, he was
+equally great as a soldier and as a ruler. He joined the Third Crusade in
+1189, and was drowned whilst crossing a river in Asia in June, 1190. His
+memory is still cherished amongst the peasants of Germany, who look upon
+him in the same light as the Welsh on Arthur.] by the grace of God Emperour
+of the Romanes most inuincible, Henry king of England, duke of Normandie
+and Aquitaine, Earle of Anjou wisheth health and concord of sincere amitie.
+We doe render vnto your highnes (most renowmed and peerelesse Prince)
+exceeding great thanks for that you haue so graciously vouchsafed by your
+messengers to visite vs in your letters to salute vs, with your gifts to
+present vs, and (which wee doe more highly esteeme of then all the rest) to
+beginne a league of peace and friendship betweene vs. We reioyced, and in a
+maner sensibly felt our selues to bee greatly emboldened, and our courage
+to encrease, whilest your promise, whereby you put vs in good comfort, did
+make vs more cheerefull and resolute, in managing the affaires of our
+kingdome. We reioyced (I say) & in our secret cogitations did humble
+obeisance vnto your Maiestie, giuing you at this time to vnderstand from
+the sincere & vnfained affection of our heart, that whatsoeuer we shal know
+to tend vnto your honour, we are, to our power most ready to put in
+practise. Our kingdome, and whatsoeuer is vnder our iurisdiction we doe
+offer vnto you, and commit the same vnto our highnesse, that all matters
+may be disposed according to your direction, and that your pleasure may in
+all things be fulfilled. Let there be therefore betweene our selues and our
+subiects, an indiuisible vnitie of friendship and peace, and safe trade of
+Marchandize yet so, as that vnto you (who excell in dignitie) authoritie in
+commanding may bee ascribed, and diligence in obeying shall not want in vs.
+And as the liberalitie of your rewards doeth often put vs in remembrance of
+your Maiestie euen so in like maner sending vnto your Highnesse the most
+rare things in our custodie and which we thought should be most acceptable
+vnto you, wee doe most heartily wish that your selfe also would not
+altogether bee vnmindefull of vs. Haue respect therefore not vnto the
+gifts, but vnto the affection of the giuer, and accept of them with that
+minde, wherewith they are offered vnto you.
+
+Concerning the hand of S Iames, [Footnote: According to the legend, the
+relics of this saint were miraculously conveyed to Spain in a ship of
+marble from Jerusalem, where he was bishop.] about which you wrote vnto vs,
+we haue sent you word by M Herbert, and by William the Clerke. Witnes
+Thomas our Chancelour at Northanton.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A generall safe conduct graunted to all forreine Marchants by king Iohn in
+  the [Marginal note: 1199] first yeere of his reigne, as appeareth in the
+  Records of the Tower, Anno 1. Regis Ioannis.
+
+Ioannes Dei gratij &c. Maiori & Communitati Londinensi salutam. Sciatis
+voluntatem esse nostram, quod omnes Mercatores de quicunque fuerunt terra
+saluum habeant conductum ire & redire cum mercibus suis in Angliam.
+[Sidenote: Solitć mercatorum consuetudines.] Volumus etiam quod eandem
+habeant pacem in Anglia, quam Mercatores de Anglia habent in terris illis
+vnde fuerunt egressi. Et ideo vobis prćcipimus, quod hoc faciatis
+denunciari in Balliua vestra, & firmiter teneri; permittentes eos ire &
+redire sine impedimento per debitas & rectas & solitas consuetudines in
+Balliua vestra. Teste Galfredo filio Petri comite Essexić apud Kinefard 5.
+die Aprilis.
+
+In eadem forma scribitur vicecomiti Sudsex, Maiori & commumtati Ciuitatis
+Winton, Balliuo de Southampton, Balliuo de Lenne, Balliuo Kent, Vicecomiti
+Norffolcić & Suffolcić, Vicecomiti dorset & Sommerset, Baronibus de quinque
+portubus, Vicecomiti de Southampton sire, Vicecomiti de Herttford & Essex,
+Vicecomiti Cornubić & Deuon.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Iohn by the grace of God &c. to the Maior and communaltie of London,
+greeting. You are to vnderstand, that it is our pleasure, that all
+Marchants of what nation soeuer shall haue safe conduct to passe and
+repasse with their Marchandize into England. It is our will also, that they
+be vouchsafed the same fauour in England, which is granted vnto the English
+Marchants in those places from whence they come. [Sidenote: The ancient
+customes of Marchaunts.] And therefore we giue you in charge, that you
+cause this to be published, and proclaimed in your bailiwicke, & firmely to
+be obserued, permitting them to goe & come, without impediment, according
+to the due, right and ancient customes vsed in your said Bailiwucke.
+Witnesse Geofry Fitz-Peter Earle of Essex at Kinefard the 5. day of April.
+
+The same forme of writing was sent to the sherife of Sudsex, to the Maior
+and communaltie of the Citie of Winchester, to the Baily of Southampton,
+the Baily of Lenne, the Baily of Kent, the sherife of Norfolke and
+Suffolke, the sherife of Dorset and Sommerset, the Barons of the
+Cinque-ports, the sherife of Souththampton shire the sherife of Hertford
+and Essex the sherife of Cornewal and Deuon.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Literć regis Henrici tertij ad Haquinum Regem Norwegić de pacis foedere &
+  intercursu mercandisandi Anno 1 Henrici 3. [Marginal note: 1216.]
+
+Henricus Dei gratia &c. Haquino eadem gratia Regi Norwegić salutem.
+Immensas nobilitati vestrć referimus gratiarum actiones de his quć per
+literas vestris prudentem virum. Abbatem de Lisa nobis significastis
+volentes & desiderantes foedus pacis & dilectionis libenter nobiscum inire
+& nobiscum confoederari. Bene autem placet & placebit nobis quod terrć
+nostrć comunes sint, & Mercatores & homines qui sunt de potestate vestra
+libere & sine impedimento terram nostrum adire possint, & homines &
+Mercatores nostri similiter terri vestram. Dum tamen literas vestras
+patentes super hoc nobis destinctis & nos vobis nostras transmittemus.
+Interim autem bene volumus & concedimus, quod Mercatores tam de terra
+vestra quŕm nostra eant veniant, & recedant per terras nostras Et si quid
+vestrć sederit voluntati quod facere valeamus id securč nobis significetis.
+Detinuimus autem adhuc Abbatem prćlictum, vt de naui vestra & rebus in ea
+contentis pro posse nostro restitutionem fieri faceremus: per quem de statu
+nostro & Regni nostri vos certificare curabimus & quŕm citius &c. Teste me
+ipso apud Lamhithe decimo die Octobris.
+
+Eodem modo scribitur S. Duci Norwegić ibidem & eodem die.
+
+The letters of King Henry the third vnto Haquinus [Footnote: Haco IV.,
+  bastard of the able adventurer Swerro. His invasion of Scotland in 1263
+  forms a striking episode of medćval history.] King of Norway concerning a
+  treatie of peace and mutuall traffique of marchandize, &c.
+
+Henry by the grace of God, &c. vnto Haquinus by the same grace King of
+Norway sendeth greeting. Wee render vnto your highnesse vnspeakeable thanks
+for those things which by your letters, and by your discreete subiect the
+Abbat of Lisa, you haue signified vnto vs, and also for that you are right
+willing and desirous to begin and to conclude betweene vs both, a league of
+peace and amitie. And wee for our part both nowe are, and hereafter shalbe
+well contented that both our lands be common to the ende that the Marchants
+and people of your dominions may freely and without impediment resort vnto
+our land, and our people and Marchants may likewise haue recourse vnto your
+territories. Prouided, that for the confirmation of this matter, you send
+vnto vs your letters patents, and wee will send ours also vnto you. Howbeit
+in the meane while wee doe will and freely graunt, that the Marchants both
+of our and your lands, may goe, come, and returne to and from both our
+Dominions. And if there be ought in your minde, whereby we might stand you
+in any stead, you may boldly signifie the same vnto vs. Wee haue as yet
+deteined the foresaid Abbat, that wee might, to our abilitie, cause
+restitution to be made for your ship, and for the things therein contained:
+by whome wee will certifie you of our owne estate, and of the estate of our
+kingdome so soone, &c, Witnesse our selfe at Lambith the tenth of October.
+
+Another letter in the same forme and to the same effect was there and then
+sent vnto S. Duke of Norway.
+
+
+Mandatum pro Coga Regis Norwegić Anno 13. Henrici 3.
+
+Mandatum est omnibus Balliuis portuum in quos ventura est Coga de Norwegia,
+in qua venerint in Angliam milites Regis Norwegić & Mercatores Saxonić,
+quod cum prćdictam Cogam in portus suos venire contigerit, saluň permittant
+ipsam Cogam in portubus suis morari, quamdiu necesse habuerit, & libere
+sine impedimento inde recedere quando voluerint. Teste Rege.
+
+The same in English.
+
+A Mandate for the King of Norway his Ship called the Cog.
+
+Wee will and commaund all bailifes of Portes, at the which the Cog of
+Norway (wherein certaine of the king of Norwaie his souldiers, and certaine
+Marchants of Saxonie are comming for England) shall touch, that, when the
+foresaid Cog shall chance to arriue at any of their Hauens, they doe permit
+the said Cog safely to remaine in their said Hauens so long as neede shall
+require, and without impediment also freely to depart thence, whensoeuer
+the gouernours Of the sayd ship shall thinke it expedient. Witnesse the
+King.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Carta pro Mercatoribus de Colonia anno 20. Henrici 3. Confirmata per Regem
+  Edwardum primum 8. Iulij Anno Regni 18. prout extat in rotulo cartarum
+  de Anno 18. Regis Edwardi primi.
+
+Rex Archiepiscopis &c. salutem. Sciatis nos quietos clamasse pro nobis &
+hćredibus nostris dilectos nostros, Ciues de Colonia, & mercandisam suam de
+illis duobus solidis, [Marginal note: Antiqua consuetudo Gildhallć
+Coloniensium Londini.] quos solebant dare de Gildhalia sua London, & de
+omnibus alijs consuetudinibus & demandis, quć pertinent ad nos in London, &
+per totam terram nostram; & quod liberč possunt ire ad ferias, per totam
+terram nostram & emere & vendere in villa London & alibi, salua libertate
+Ciuitatis nostrć London. Quare volumus & firmiter prćcipimus pro nobis &
+hćredibus nostris quod prćdicti ciues de Colonia prćnommatas libertates &
+libera consuetudines habeant per totam terram nostram Anglić sicut
+prćdictum est. His testibus, venerabili patre Waltero Caerleoiensi
+Episcopo, Wilhelmo de Ferarijs, Gilberto Basset, Waltero de Bello campo,
+Hugone Disspenser, Waltero Marescallo, Galfrido Dispenser, Bartholomćo
+Pech, Bartholomćo de Saukeuill, & alijs. Data per manum venerabilis patris
+Radulphi Cicistronsis Episcopi, Cancellarij nostri apud Dauintre Octauo die
+Nouembris, Anno Regni nostri vicesimo.
+
+The same in English.
+
+A Charter graunted for the behalfe of the Marchants of Colen [Footnote:
+  Cologne.] in the twentieth yeere of Henry the third, confirmed by King
+  Edward the first, as it is extant in the roule of Charters, in the
+  eighteenth yeere of King Edward the first.
+
+The King vnto Archbishops &c. greeting. [Sidenote: The ancient custome of
+the Coloners Gildhall in London.] Be it knowen vnto you, that wee haue
+quite claimed, and for vs and our heires released our welbeloued the
+Citizens of Colen and their marchandize, from the payment of those two
+shillings which they were wont to pay out of their Gildhall at London and
+from all other customes and demaunds, which perteine vnto vs, either in
+London, or in any other place of our Dominions and that they may safely
+resort vnto Fayers throughout our whole Kingdome, and buy and sell in the
+Citie of London. Wherefore we will and firmely command for vs and our
+heires, that the forenamed Marchants of Colen may enioy the liberties and
+free priuiledges aboue-mentioned, throughout our whole kingdome of England
+as is aforesaid. Witnesses, the reuerend father Walter Bishop of Carlil,
+William de Ferarijs, Gilbert Basset, Walter de Beauchamp Hugh Disspenser,
+Walter Marescal, Geofrie Disspensser. Bartholomew Peach, Bartholomew de
+Saukeuill and others. Giuen by the hand of the reuerend father Ralph Bishop
+of Chichester and our Chauncellour at Dauintre, the eight day of Nouember
+in the twentieth yeere of our reigne.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Carta Lubecensibus ad septennium concessa. Anno 41. Henrici 3.
+
+[Sidenote: Carta conditionalis]
+
+Henricus dei gracia Rex Anglić dominus Hibernić, dux Normanić, Aquitanić, &
+Comes Andegauić, omnibus Balliuis suis salutem. [Sidenote: Ricardus Comes
+Cornubiać Rex Romanorum.] Sciatis nos ad instantiam dilecti & fidelis
+fratris nostri Ricardi Comitis Cornubić in Regum Romanorum electi,
+suscepisse in protectionem & defensionem nostram & saluum & securum
+conductum nostrum Burgenses de Lubek in Alemania cum omnibus rebus &
+mercandisis quas in Regnum nostrum deferent, vel facient deferri. Et eis
+concessimus, quod de omnibus rebus & mercandisis suis nihil capiatur ad
+opus nostrum vel alterius contra voluntatem eorundem; sed libere vendant &
+negocientur inde in Regno prćdicto, prout sibi viderint expedire. Et ideo
+vobis mandamus, quod dictis Burgensibus vel eorum nuncijs in veniendo in
+terram nostram cum rebus & mercandisis suis ibidem morando, & inde
+recedendo, nullum inferatis, aut ab alijs inferri permittatis impedimentum
+aut grauamen. Nec eos contra quietantiam prćdictam vexetis, aut ab alijs
+vexari permittatis. In cuius rei testimonium has literas nostras fiera
+fecimus patentes per septennium durantes: Dum tamen ijdem Burgenses interim
+bene & fideliter se habuerint erga prćfatum electum fratrem nostrum. Teste
+meipso apud Westmonasterium vndecimo die Maij Anno Regni nostri
+quadragesimo primo. Hćc litera duplicata est, pro Burgensibus &
+mercatoribus Dacis, Brunswig, & Lubek.
+
+The same in English.
+
+The charter of Lubek granted for seuen yeeres, obtained in the one and
+  fortieth yeere of Henry the third.
+
+Henry by the grace of God King of England, Lord of Ireland, Duke of
+Normandie and Aquitaine, and Earle of Anjou, to all his Bailifs sendeth
+greeting. Know ye that at the instant request of our welbeloued and trusty
+brother Richard Earle of Cornewal being of late elected king of the
+Romanes, we haue receiued vnder our protection and defence, and vnder our
+safe and secure conduct, the citizens of Lubek in Alemain, with all their
+goods and wares, which they shall bring or cause to be brought into our
+kingdome. We haue also granted vnto them, that of all their goods and
+merchandize, nothing shal be seized vnto the vse of our selues, or of any
+other without their owne consent, but that they may freely sell and
+exercise traffike therewith according as they shall thinke expedient. And
+therefore we straightly command you, that neither your selues do offer, nor
+that you permit any other to offer any impediment or moletstation vnto the
+said Burgers or vnto their messengers, either at their comming into our
+land, with their goods and marchandize, in the time of their abode there,
+or at their departure from thence, and that yee neither molest them your
+selues, nor yet suffer them by others to be molested, contrary to the
+aforesaid Charter. In testimonie whereof, we haue caused these our Letters
+to be made Patents, during the space of seuen yeeres next following.
+
+Prouided, that the sayd Burghers doe in the meane time behaue themselues
+well and faithfully towards our foresaid elected brother. Witnesse our
+selues at Westminster the eleuenth day of March, [Footnote: _Sic_ in
+Hakluyt. It should be _May_.] in the one and fortieth yeere of our reigne.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+This Letter was doubled, namely for the Burghers, and the Marchants of
+  Denmarke, of Brunswig, and of Lubecke.
+
+Carta pro Mercatoribus Alemannić, qui habent domum in London, quć Gildhalla
+  Teutonicorum vulgariter nuncupatur. Anno 44. Henrici tertij, & Anno primo
+  & 29. Edwardi primi renouata & confirmata.
+
+Ad instantiam Serenissimi principis Richardi Romanorum Regis charissimi
+fratris nostri concedimus mercatonbus Alemannić, illis videlicet qui habent
+domum in Ciuitate nostra London, quć Gildhalla Teutonicorum vulganter
+nuncupatur, quod eos vniuersos manutenebimus per totum Regnum nostrum in
+omnibus ijsdem libertatibus & liberis consuetudinibus, quibus ipsi nostris
+& [Marginal note: Nota antiquitatem.] progenitorum nostrorum temporibus vsi
+sunt & gauisi. Ipsosque extra huiusmodi libertates & liberas consuetudines
+non trahemus, nec trahi aliquatenus permittemus. In cuius rei testimonium
+has literas nostras fieri fecimus patentes.
+
+The same in English
+
+A charter for the Marchants of Almaine, who haue an house at London
+  commonly called [Marginal note: The Stiliard.] the Guild hall of the
+  Dutch, graunted in the 44. yeere of Henry the third, renued and confirmed
+  in the 1. & 29. yeere of Edward the first.
+
+At the instant request of the most gracious Prince Richard king of the
+Romanes our most deare brother, wee doe graunt vnto the Marchants of
+Alemain (namely vnto those that haue an house in our citie of London,
+commonly called the Guildhall of the Dutch Merchants) that we will,
+throughout our whole Realme, maintaine all and euery of them, in all those
+liberties and free customes, which both in our times, and in the times of
+our progenitors, they haue vsed and enioyed. [Sidenote: Note the
+antiquity.] Neither will we inforce them beyond these liberties and free
+customes, nor in any wise permit them to be inforced. In witnesse whereof,
+wee haue caused these our letters to be made patents.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Mandatum regis Edwardi primi de mercatoribus alienigenis.
+
+Mercatores extranei vendant mercimonia sua in ciuitate London &c. infra
+quadraginta dies post ingressum suum, anno 3. Edwardi primi.
+
+The same in English.
+
+A mandate of king Edward the first concerning outlandish marchants.
+
+We will and command that outlandish marchants doe sel their wares in the
+citie of London &c. within forty dayes of their ariuall.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The great Charter granted vnto forreine marchants by king Edward the first,
+  in the 31. yeare of his reigne commonly called Carta mercatoria, Anno
+  Domini 1303.
+
+Edwardus Dei gratia Rex Anglić, Dommus Hibernić dux Aquitanić,
+Archiepiscopis, Episcopis, Abbatibus, Prioribus, Comitibus, Baronibus,
+Iustitiarijs, Vicecomitibus, prćpositis, ministris, & omnibus balliuis &
+fidelibus suis salutem. Circa bonum statum omnium mercatorum subscriptorum
+regnorum, terrarum, & prouinciarum, videlicet Alemannić, Francić, Hispanić,
+Portugallić, Nauarrć, Lombardić, Thuscić, Prouincić, Catalonić, ducatus
+nostri Aquitanić, Tholosanić, Caturluni, Flandrić, Brabantić, & omnium
+aliarum terrarum & locorum extraneorum, quocunque nomine censeantur,
+venientium in regnum nostrum Anglić & ibidem conuersantium nos prćcipua
+cura sollicitat, qualiter sub nostro dominio tranquillitatis & plenć
+securitatis immunitas eisdem mercatoribus futuris temporibus prćparetur. Vt
+itaque vota ipsorum reddantur ad nostra & regni nostri seruitia promptiora,
+ipsorum petitionibus fauorabiliter annuentes, & pro statu eorundem plenius
+assecurando, in forma quć sequitur ordinantes, pro nobis & hćredibus
+nostris in perpetuum subscripta dictis mercatoribus duximus concedenda.
+
+1. In primis videlicet quod omnes mercatores dictorum regnorum & terrarum
+saluč & secure sub tuitione & protectione nostra in dictum regnum nostrum
+Anglić, & vbique infra potestatem nostram alibi veniant cum mercandisis
+suis quibuscunque de muragio, pontagio & pannagio liberi & quieti. Quodque
+infra idem regnum & potestatem nostram in ciuitatibus, burgis, & villis
+mercatorijs possunt mercari duntaxat in grosso tam cum indigenis seu
+incolis eiusdem regni & potestatis nostrć prćdictć, quŕm cum alienigenis,
+extraneis, vel priuatis. Ita tamen quod merces, quć vulgariter mercerić
+vocantur, ac species, minutatim vendi possint, prout antea fieri consueuit.
+[Sidenote: Exceptio contra notorios regni hostes.] Et quod omnes prćdicti
+mercatores mercandisas suas, quas ipsos ad prćdictum regnum & potestatem
+nostram adducere, seu infra idem regnum & potestatem nostram emere, vel
+aliŕs acquirere contingerit, possint quo voluerint tam infra regnum &
+potestatem nostram prćdictam, quŕm extra ducere vel portare facere,
+prćterquam ad terras manifestorum & notoriorum hostium regni nostri,
+soluendo consuetudines quas debebunt: vinis duntaxat exceptis, quć de codem
+regno seu potestate nostra, postquam infra idem regnum seu potestatem
+nostram ducta fuerint, sine voluntate & licentia specili non liceat eis
+educere quoquo modo.
+
+2. Item quod prćdicti mercatores in ciuitatibus, burgis, & villis prćdictis
+pro voluntate sua hospitari valeant, & morari cum bonis suis ad gratiam
+ipsorum, quorum sunt hospitia siue domus.
+
+3. Item quod quilibet contractus per ipsos mercatores cum quibuscunque
+personis vndecunque fuerint super quocunque genere mercandisć initus,
+firmus sit & stabilis, ita quod neuter mercatorum ab illo contractu possit
+recedere, vel resilire, postquam denarius Dei inter principales personas
+contrahentes datus fuerit & receptus. Et si forsan super contractu euismodi
+contentio oriatur fiat inde probatio aut inquisitio secundum vsus &
+consuetudines feriarum & villarum, vbi dictum contractum fieri contigerit &
+iniri.
+
+4. Item promittimus prćfatis mercatoribus pro nobis & hćredibus nostris in
+perpetuum concedentes, quod nullam prisam vel arrestationem, seu dilationem
+occasione prisć de cćtero de mercimonijs mercandisis seu alijs bonis suis
+per nos vel alium seu alios pro aliqua necessitate vel casu contra
+voluntatem ipsorum mercatorum aliquatenus faciemus, aut fieri patiemur,
+nisi statim soluto precio pro quo ipsi mercatores alijs eiusmodi mercimonia
+vendere possint, vel eis aliter satisfacto, ita quod reputent se contentos:
+Et quod super mercimonia, mercandisas, seu bona ipsorum per nos vel
+ministros nostros nulla appreciatio aut estimatio imponetur.
+
+[Sidenote: Lex mercatoria.]
+5. Item volumus quod omnes balliui & ministri feriarum, ciuitatum,
+burgorum, & villarum mercatoriarum mercatoribus antedictis conquerentibus
+coram ijs celerem iustitiam faciant de die in diem sine dilatione secundum
+legem mercatoriam, de vniuersis & singulis quć per eandem legem poterunt
+terminari. Et si forte inueniatur defectus in aliquo balliuorum vel
+ministrorum prćdictorum, vnde ijdem mercatores vel eorum aliquis dilationis
+incommoda sustinuerint vel sustineant, licet mercator versus partem in
+principali recuperauerit damna sua, nihilominus balliuus vel minister alius
+versus nos, prout delictum exigit puniatur. Et punitionem istam concedimus
+in fauorem mercatorum prćdictorum pro corum iustitia maturanda.
+
+6. Item quod in omnibus generibus placitorum, saluo casu criminis pro quo
+infligenda est poena mortis, vbi mercator implacitatus fuerit, vel alium
+implacitauent, cuiuscunque conditionis idem implacitatus extiterit,
+extraneus vel priuatus, in nundinis, ciuitatibus, siue Burgis, vbi fuerit
+sufficiens copia mercatorum prćdictarum terrarum, & inquisitio fieri
+debeat, sit medietas inquisitionis de eijsdem mercatoribus, & medietas
+altera de probis & legalibus hominibus loci illius vbi placitum illud esse
+contigent. Et si de mercatoribus dictaram terrarum numerus non inuenientur
+sufficiens, ponentur in inquisitione illi qui idonei inuenientur ibidem, &
+residij sint de alijs bonis hominibus & idoneis de locis in quibus placitum
+illud erit.
+
+7. Item volumus, ordinamus, & statuimus, quod in qualibet villa mercatoria
+& feria regni nostri prćdicti & alibi infra potestatem nostram pondus
+nostrum in certo loco ponatur & ante ponderationem statera in presentia
+emptoris & venditoris vacua videatur & quňd brachia sint equalia & ex tunc
+ponderator ponderet in ćquali. Et cum stateram posuerit in ćquali statim
+amoueat manus suas, ita quod remaneat in ćquali; quodque per totum regnum &
+potestatem nostram sit vnum pondus & vna mensura: & signo standardi nostri
+signentur: Et quod quilibet possit habere stateram vnius quaternionis, &
+infra, vbi contra domini loci, aut libertatem per nos & antecessores
+nostros concessam illud non fuerit, siue contra villarum & feriarum
+consuetudinem hactenus obseruatam.
+
+8. Item volumus & concedimus, quod aliquis certus homo fidelis & discretus
+Londini residens assignetur iustitiarius mercatoribus memoratis, coram quo
+valeant specialiter placitare, & debita sua recuperare celeriter, si
+Vicecomites & Maiores eis non facerent de die in diem celeris iustitić
+complementum: Et inde fiat Commissio extra Cartam prćsentem concessa
+mercatoribus antedictis: [Sidenote: Lex mercatoria quć?] scilicet de his
+quć sunt inter mercatores & mercatores secundum legem mercatoriam
+deducenda.
+
+[Sidenote: Antiquć Costumć.]
+
+9. Item ordinamus & statuimus, & ordinationem illam statutúmque pro nobis &
+hćredibtis nostris in perpetuum volumus firmiter obseruari, quňd pro
+quacunque libertate, quam nos vel hćredes nostri de cćtero concedemus,
+prćfati mercatores supradictas libertates vel earum aliquam non amittant.
+Pro prćdictis autem libertatibus & liberis consuetudinibus obtinendis, &
+prisis nostris remittendis ijdem supradicti mercatores vniuersi & singuli
+pro se & omnibus alijs de partibus suis nobis concorditer & vnanimiter
+concesserunt, quňd de quolibet dolio vini, quod adducent vel adduci facient
+infra regnum & potestatem nostram, & vnde marinarijs fretum soluere
+tenebuntur, soluent nobis & hćredibus nostris nomine Custumć duos solidos
+vltra antiquas custumas debitas & in denarijs solui consuetas nobis, aut
+alias infra quadraginta dies, postquam extra naues ad terram posita fuerint
+dicta vina. Item de quolibet sacco lanarum, quem dicti mercatores, aut alij
+nomine ipsorum ement & č regno educent, aut emi & educi facient, soluent
+quadraginta denarios de incremento vltra custumam antiquam dimidić marcć,
+quć prius fuerat persoluta pro lasta coriorum extra regnum & potestatem
+nostram vehendorum dimidiam marcam supra id quňd ex antiqua custuma ante
+soluebatur. Et similiter de trecentis pellibus lanitis extra regnum &
+potestatem nostram ducendis quadraginta denarios vltra certum illud, quod
+de antiqua custuma fuerat prius datum. Item duos solidos de quolibet
+scarlato & panno tincto in grano. Item decem & octo denarios de quolibet
+panno, in quo pars grani fuerit intermixta. Item duodecem denarios de
+quolibet panno alio sine grano. Item duodecem denarios de qualibet ćris
+quintalla.
+
+10. Cumque de prćfatis mercatoribus nonnuli eorum alias excicere soleant
+mercandisas, vt de Aucrio ponderis, & de alijs rebus subtilibus, sicut de
+pannis Tarsensibus, de serico, & cindallis, de seta & alijs diuersis
+mercibus, & de equis etiam & alijs animalibus, blado & alijs rebus &
+mercandisis multimodis, quć ad certam custumam facile poni non poterunt,
+ijdem mercatores concesserunt dare nobis & hćredibus nostris de qualibet
+libra argenti estimationis seu valoris rerum & mercandisaram huiusmodi,
+quocunque nomine censeantur; tres denarios de libra in introitu rerum &
+mercandisaram ipsarum in regnum & potestatem nostram prćdictam infra
+viginti dies postquam huiusmodi res & mercandisć in regnum & potestatem
+nostram adductć & etiam ibidem exoneratć seu venditć fuerint. Et similiter
+tres denarios de qualibet libra argenti in eductione quarumcunque rerum &
+mercandisaram huiusmodi emptarum in regno & potestate nostris prćdictis
+vltra custumas nobis aut alijs ante datas. Et super valore & estimatione
+rerum & mercandisarum huiusmodi de quibus tres denarij de qualibet libra
+argenti sicut prćdicitur sunt soluendi, credatur eis per literas, quas de
+Dominis aut socijs suis ostendere poterunt: Et si literas non habeant
+stetur in hac parte prćdictorum mercatorum, si prćsentes fuerint, vel
+valetorum suorum in eorandem mercatorum absentia, iuramentis.
+
+11. Liceat insuper socijs de societate prćdictorum mercatorum infra regnum
+& potestatem nostram prćdictas, lanas vendere alijs suis socijs, &
+similiter emere ab ijsdem absque custuma soluenda. Ita tamen quod dictć
+lattć ad tales manus non deueniant, quňd de custuma nobis debita
+defraudemur. Et prćterea est sciendum, quňd postquam supradicti mercatores
+semel in vno loco infra regnum & potestatem nostram custumam nobis
+concessam superius pro mercandisis suis in forma soluerint supradicta, &
+suum habeant inde warantum, siue huiusmodi mercandisć infra regnum &
+potestatem nostram remaneant, siue exterius deferantur, (exceptis vinis,
+quć de regno & potestate, nostris prćdictis sine volnntate & licentia
+nostra sicut prćdictum est nullatenus educantur:) Volumus, ac pro nobis, ac
+hćredibus nostris concedimus, quňd nulla exactio, prisa, vel prćstatio, aut
+aliquod onus super personas mercatorum prćdictorum, mercandisas seu bona
+eorundem altquatenus imponatur contra formam expressam superius &
+concessam. His testibus veracibus principalibus, Roberto Cantuariensi
+Archiepiscopo totius Anglić primate, Waltero Couentrić & Lichfildić
+episcopo, Henrico de Lacy Lincolniense, Humfredo de Bohum comite
+Herfordiense, & Essexić & Constabulo magno Anglić, Adomaro de Valentia,
+Galfrido de Gaymal, Hugone de Lespensor,[Footnote: _Sic_.] Waltero de
+Bello campo, senescallo hospitij nostri, Roberto de Burijs, & alijs. Datum
+per manum nostram apud Windesore, primo die Februarij, anno regni nostri
+xxxj.
+
+The aforesaid generall Charter in English.
+
+Edward by the grace of God king of England, lord of Ireland, duke of
+Aquitaine, to Archbishops, Bishops, Abbots, Priors, Earles, Barons,
+Iustices, Vicounts, gouernours, officers, and all bayliffes, and his
+faithfull people sendeth greeting. Wee haue speciall care for the good
+estate of all marchants of the kingdomes, lands, and countries following:
+to wit of Almaine, France, Spaine, Portugal, Nauarre, Lombardie, Florence,
+Prouence, Catalonia, of our duchie of Aquitaine, Tholosa, Caturlune,
+[Footnote: Catalonia] Flanders, Brabant, and of all other forreine
+countreis and places by what name soeuer they be called, which come into
+our kingdome of England, and there remayne, that the sayd marchants may
+liue in quiet and full securitie vnder our dominion in time to come.
+Wherefore that their hearts desires may bee more readily inclined to our
+seruice and the seruice of our kingdome, wee fauourably agreeing to their
+petitions, for the fuller assuring of their estate, haue thought good to
+graunt to the sayd merchants for vs and our heires for euer these
+priuiledges vnder written, ordaining in forme as followeth.
+
+1. First, that all marchants of the sayd kingdomes and countreys may come
+into our kingdome of England, and any where else into our dominion with
+their marchandises whatsoeuer safely and securely vnder our defence and
+protection without paying wharfage, pontage, or pannage. And that in
+Cities, Boroughs, and market townes of the sayd kingdome and dominion they
+may traffique onely by the great [Footnote: Wholesale.] as well with the
+naturall subiects and inhabitantes of our aforesayde kingdome and dominion,
+as with forreiners, straungers, or priuate persons. Yet so that
+marchandises which are commonly called mercerie wares, and spices, may be
+sold by the small, [Footnote: Retail.] as heretofore hath bin accustomed.
+[Sidenote: An exception for traficking with the known enemies of the
+kingdome.] And that all the aforesaid marchants may cary or cause to be
+caried whither they will, aswell within our realme or dominion, as out of
+the same; sauing vnto the countreis of the manifest and knowne enemies of
+our kingdome, those marchandises which they shall bring into our foresayd
+realme and dominion or buy or otherwise purchase in our sayd realme and
+dominion paying such customes as they ought to doe: except onely wines,
+which it shall not be any wayes lawfull for them to cary out of our sayd
+realme and dominion without our speciall fauour and licence, after they be
+once brought into our realme and dominion.
+
+2. Item that the aforesayd marchants may at their pleasure lodge & remaine
+with their goods in the cities, boroughs, and townes aforesaid, with the
+good liking of those which are owners of their lodgings.
+
+3. Item that euery bargaine made by the said marchants with any maner of
+persons, of what places soeuer they be for any kind of marchadise
+whatsoeuer, shalbe firme & stable so that none of both the marchants shall
+shrinke or giue backe from that bargaine, after that the earnest penie be
+once giuen and taken betweene the principall bargayners. And if
+peraduenture any strife arise about the same bargaine, the triall and
+inquirie thereof shall be made according to the vses and customes of the
+fayres and townes where it chanced that the said bargaine was made and
+contracted.
+
+4. Item, we promise the aforesaid marchants granting for euer for vs and
+our heires, that from hence foorth we will not in any wise make nor cause
+to be made any stay or arrest, or any delay by reason of arrest of their
+wares, marchandises or other goods, by our selues, or by any other or
+others for any neede or accident against the will of the sayd marchants,
+without present payment of such a price as the marchants would haue sold
+those marchandises for to other men, or without making of them other
+satisfaction, so that they shall hold themselues well contented and that no
+price or valuation shalbe set vpon their wares, marchandises, & goods by vs
+or by any officer of ours.
+
+5. Item, we will that all bayliffes and officers of fayres, cities,
+boroughs, and market townes shall doe speedie iustice from day to day
+without delay accgrdmg to the lawe of Marchants to the aforesayd marchants
+when they shall complaine before them, touching all and singuler causes,
+which may be determined by the same law. [Sidenote: Where is this law now
+become?] And if default be found in any of the bayliffes or officers
+aforesayd, whereby the sayd marchants or any of them haue sustained, or do
+sustaine any damage through delay, though the marchant recouer his losses
+against the partie principall, yet the bayliffe or other officer shall be
+punished to vs ward, according to the qualitie of the default. And wee doe
+grant this punishment in fauour of the aforesayd marchants in regard of the
+hastening of their iustice.
+
+6. Item, that in al maner of pleas, sauing in case where punishment of
+death is to be inflicted, where a marchant is vnpleaded, or sueth another,
+of what condition soeuer hee bee which is sued, whether stranger or home
+borne, in fayres, cities, or boroughs, where sufficient numbers of
+marchants of the foresayd countreis are, and where the triall ought to bee
+made, let the one halfe of the Iurie be of the sayd marchants, and the
+other halfe of good and lawfull men of the place wheie the suite shall fall
+out to bee: and if sufficient number of marchants of the sayd countries
+cannot bee found, those which shall be found fit in that place shall be put
+vpon the Iurie, and the rest shall be chosen of good and fit men of the
+places where such suit shall chance to be.
+
+7. Item we will, we ordaine, and wee appoint, that in euery market towne
+and fayre of our realme aforesayd and elsewhere within our dominion our
+weight shall bee set in some certaine place, and that before the weighing
+the balance shall bee seene emptie in the presence of the buyer and of the
+seller, and that the skales bee equall: and that afterward the weigher
+weigh in the equall balance. And when hee hath set the balances euen, let
+him straightway remooue his hands, so that the balance may remayne euen:
+And that throughout all our kingdome and dominion there be one weight and
+one measure, and that they be marked with the marke of our standard. And
+that euery man may haue a weight of one quarter of an hundred, and vnder,
+where the same hath not bin contrary to the liberty of the lord of the
+place, and contrary to the libertie granted by vs and our predecessors, or
+contrary to the custome of townes and fayres which hath hitherto beene
+obserued.
+
+8. Item we will and we grant that some certaine faythfull and discreete man
+resident in London be appointed to doe Iustice to the aforesayd marchants,
+before whome they may haue their sutes decided, and may speedilie recouer
+their debts, if the Shiriffes and Maior should not from day to day giue
+them speedy iustice. And hereof let a Commission be made: which we grant
+vnto the aforesaid marchants besides this present Charter: to wit of such
+things as betweene marchant and marchant are to be decided according to the
+lawe of marchants.
+
+9. Item we ordayne and appoynt, and wee will that this ordinance and
+statute shall firmely bee obserued for euer for vs and our heires, that the
+aforesayd marchants shal not loose the aforesayd liberties nor any of them,
+for any libertie whatsoeuer, which wee or our heires hereafter shall grant.
+And for the obtayning of the aforesayd liberties and free customes, and for
+remission of our arresting of their goods the aforesayd marchants all and
+euery of them for themsetues and all other of their parties with one
+accorde and one consent hane granted vnto vs, that of euery tunne of wine,
+which they shall bring or cause to be brought into our realme and dominion,
+for which they shall bee bound to pay freight vnto the mariners, besides
+the olde customes which are due and were woont to bee payd vnto vs, they
+will pay vnto vs and to our heires in the name of a custome two shillings
+in money, either out of hande, or else within fortie dayes after the sayd
+wines shall bee brought on land out of the shippes. Item for euery sacke of
+wooll, which the sayd marchants or others in their name shall buy and carie
+out of the realme, or cause to bee brought and caried out, they will pay
+forty pence aboue the old custome of halfe a marke, which was payed
+heretofore: And for a last of hides to bee caryed out of our realme and
+dominion halfe a marke aboue that which heretofore was payed by the olde
+custome. And likewise for three hundreth Felles with the wooll on them to
+bee transported out of our realme and dominion fortie pence, aboue that
+certaine rate which before was payed by the olde custome: Also two
+shillings vpon euery scarlate and euery cloth died in graine. Item
+eighteene pence for euery cloth wherein any kind of graine is mingled. Item
+twelue pence vpon euery cloth dyed without graine. Item twelue pence vpon
+euerie quintall of copper.
+
+And whereas sundrie of the aforesayd marchants are woont to exercise other
+marchandises, as of Hauer de pois, and other fine wares, as sarcenets,
+lawnes, cindalles, and silke, and diuers other marchandlses, and to sell
+horses and other beastes, corne, and sundrie other things and marchandlses,
+which cannot easily bee reduced vnto a certaine custome: the sayd marchants
+haue granted to giue vnto vs, and to our heires of euery pound of siluer of
+the estemation and value of these kinde of goods and marchandises, by what
+name soeuer they be called, three pence in the pound in the bringing in of
+these goods into our realme and dominion aforesaid, within twentie dayes
+after these goods and marchandlses shall be brought into our realme and
+dominion, and shall be there vnladen and solde. And likewise three pence
+vpon euery pound of siluer in the carying out of any such goods and
+marchandises which are bought in our realme and dominion aforesayd aboue
+the customes beforetime payd vnto vs or any of our progenitors. And
+touching the value and estimation of these goods and marchandises, whereof
+three pence of euery pound of siluer, as is aforesayd, is to be payd,
+credite shalbe giuen vnto them vpon the letters which they are able to
+shewe from their masters or parteners. And if they haue no letters in this
+behalfe, we will stand to the othe of the foresayd marchants if they bee
+present, or in their absence to the othes of their seruants.
+
+Moreouer, it shall be lawfull for such as be of the company of the
+aforesayd marchants within our realme and dominion aforesayd, to sell
+woolles to other of their company, and likewise to buy of them without
+paying of custome. Yet so, that the said wools come not to such hands, that
+wee be defrauded of the custome due vnto vs. And furthermore it is to be
+vnderstood, that after that the aforesaid marchants haue once payed in one
+place within our realme and dominion, the custome aboue granted vnto vs in
+forme aforesayd for their marchandises, & haue their warrant therof,
+whether these marchandises remayne within our kingdome or be caried out
+(excepting wines, which in no wise shalbe caried forth of our realme and
+dominion aforesayd without our fauour & licence as is aforesayd) we wil and
+we grant for vs and our heires, that no execution, attachment or loane, or
+any other burthen be layd vpon the persons of the aforesayd marchants, vpon
+their marchandises or goods in any case contrary to the forme before
+mentioned and granted. The faithfull & principall witnesses of these
+presents are these Robert Archbishop of Canterbury, Primate of all England,
+Walter bishop of Couetrey and Lichfield, Henry Lacie of Lincolne, Humfrey
+de Bohume, Earle of Herford and Essex high Constable of England, Adomare of
+Valentia, Geofrey of Gaymal, Hugh Spenser, Walter Beauchampe Seneschall of
+our house, Robert of Bures, and others. Giuen by our owne hand at Windesore
+the first day of February, in the yere of our reigne xxxi.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+De mercatoribus Anglić in Norwegia arestatis, & eorum mercimonijs de
+  arrestandis literć Edwardi secundi anno sexto regni sui, Haquino regi
+  Norwegić.
+
+Magnifico principi domino Haquino Dei gratia regi Norwegić illustri amico
+suo charissimo Edwardus eadem Dei gratia rex Anglić, Dom. Hibernić, & dux
+Aquitanić salutem cum dilectione sincera. Miramur non modicum & in intimis
+conturbamur de grauaminibus & oppressionibus quć subditis nostris infra
+regnum vestrum causa negociandi venientibus his diebus plus solito absque
+causa rationabili, sicut ex graui querela didicimus, inferuntur. Nuper
+siquidem Willihelmus filius Laurentij de Waynfleete, Simon filius Alani de
+eadem, Guido filius Mathei & eorum socij mercatores nostri nobis
+conquerendo monstrarunt, quod cum ipsi quosdam homines & seruientes suos
+cum tribus nauibus suis ad partes regni vestri, ad negotiandum ibidem
+transmisissent: [Sidenote: Villa de Tonnesbergh.] & naues illć in portu
+villć vestrć de Tonnesbergh halece & alijs bonis diuersis vsque ad magnam
+summam oneratć fuissent Et licet nautis nauium prćdictarum hominibusque &
+sermentibus prćdictis ŕ regno vestro liberč cum nauibus & bonis prćdictis
+ad partes Anglić redeundi vestras fieri feceritis de conductu, postmodům
+tamen antequam naues illć propter venti contrarietatem portum prćdictum
+exire potuerunt, quidam balliui vestri naues prćdictas cum hominibus &
+bonis omnibus tunc existentibus in eisdem, occasione mortis cuiusdam
+militis nuper balliui vestri in Vikia per malefactores & piratas, dum naues
+prćdictć in portu supradicto sicut prćmittitur remanserunt supra mare vt
+dicitur interfecti, de mandato vestro vt dicebant arrestarunt, & diu sub
+aresto huiusmodi detinebant, quousque videlicet homines & marinarij
+prćdicti de quadraginta libris sterlingorum certo die statuto ad opus
+vestrum pro qualibet naui prćdictarum soluendis inuiti & coacti securitatem
+inuenissent: Et similiter de eisdem nauibus cum hominibus prćdictis infra
+portum prćdictum citra festum natiuitatis Sancti Ioannis Baptistć proximo
+futuro ad standum tunc ibidem de personis & nauibus suis vestrć gratić seu
+voluntatis arbirio reducendis tres obsides vlterius liberassent: quod ipsis
+valde graue censetur & auditu mirabile auribus audientium non immerito
+reputatur. Et quia contra rationem & ćquitatem, omnemque iustitiam fore
+dinoscitur, atque legem, quňd delinquentium culpć seu demerita in personis
+vel rebus illorum qui criminis rei conscij vel participes, seu de huiusmodi
+delinquentium societate non fuerunt, aliqualiter vlciscantur, vestram
+amicitiam affectuose requirimus & rogamus quatenus prćmissa diligenti
+meditatione zelo iustitić ponderantes, obsides prćdictos iubere velitis ab
+hostagiamento huiusmodi liberari, dictamque securitatem relaxari penitus &
+resolui. Scientes pro certo, quod si malefactores prćdicti, qui dictum
+militem vestrum vt dicitur, occiderunt, alicubi infra regnum seu potestatem
+nostram poterunt inueniri, de ipsis iustitiam & iudicium secundum legem &
+consuetudinem eiusdem regni fieri faciemus. Non enim possumus his diebus
+ćequanimiter tolerare quod naues prćdictć seu alić de regno nostro, quć
+semper promptć ad nostrum seruitium esse debent, extra idem regnum ad
+partes remotas se diuertant sine nostra licentia speciali. Quid autem ad
+hanc nostram instantiam faciendum decreueritis in prćmissis, nobis si
+placeat rescribatis per prćsentium portatorem. Datć apud Windesore decimo
+sexto die Aprilis.
+
+The same in English.
+
+The letters of Edward the second vnto Haquinus king of Norway, concerning
+  the English marchants arrested in Norway, and their goods to be freed
+  from arrest.
+
+To the mighty Prince, lord Haquinus, by the grace of God the famous king of
+Norway his most deare friend Edward by the same grace of God, king of
+England, lord of Ireland duke of Aquitaine, greeting and sincere loue. We
+maruell not a little, and are much disquieted in our cogitations,
+considering the greeuances and oppressions which (as wee haue beene
+informed by pitifull complaints) are at this present more than in times
+past without any reasonable cause inflicted vpon our subiects, which doe
+vsually resort vnto your kingdome for traffiques sake. For of late one
+William the sonne of Laurence of Wainfleete, and one Simon the sonne of
+Alan of the same towne, and Guido the sonne of Mathew and their associates
+our marchants, in complayning wise declared vnto vs: [Sidenote: The towne
+of Tonesbergh.] that hauing sent certaine of their factors and seruants,
+with three shippes into your dominions, there to exercise traffique, and
+the sayd ships being laden in the hauen of your towne of Tonnesbergh, with
+Herrings and other commodities to a great value: and also the said
+mariners, men, and seruants of the foresayd shippes, being licenced by
+vertue of the safe conduct which you had granted them, freely to returne
+from your kingdome vnto the parts of England with their ships and goods
+aforesayd, but afterward not being able to depart out of your hauen by
+reason of contrary windes: certaine of your bayliffes vpon occasion of the
+slaughter of a knight being himselfe also of late your bayliffe of Vikia,
+committed by malefactors and Pirates vpon the sea, whilest the sayd shippes
+remained in the hauen aforesayd, did at yoar commandement (as they say)
+arrest, and for a long season also deteined vnder that arrest, the foresaid
+ships, with all the men and goods that were in them: namely vntill such
+time, as the men and mariners aforesaide (beeing driuen perforce, and
+constrained thereunto) should lay in sufficient securitie for the payment
+of fortie pounds sterling, vpon a certain day appointed, vnto your vse for
+euery of the foresaide ships and: also vntill they had moreouer deliuered
+three pledges, for the bringing of the saide ships and men backe againe
+into the foresaid hauen, before the feast of the natiuitie of S. Iohn the
+Baptist next ensuing, then and there to stand vnto your fauour and
+curtesie, as touching the said persons, and those ships of theirs: which
+dealing, the parties themselues take very grieuously, yea, and all others
+that heare thereof thinke it to be a strange and vnwonted course. And
+because it is most vndoubtedly contrary to all reason, equitie, iustice,
+and lawe, that the faults or demerits of offenders should in any sort be
+punished in such persons, or in their goods, as neither haue bene accessory
+nor partakers in the crime, nor haue had any society with the saide
+offenders: we doe heartily intreat and request your Highnes, that weighing
+and pondering the matter in the balance of iustice, you would of your loue
+and friendship, command the foresaid pledges to be set at libertie, and the
+said securitie vtterly to bee released and acquited. And know you this for
+a certaintie, that if the foresaide malefactors, who (as it is reported)
+slewe your Knight aforesaide shall any where within our realme and
+dominions be found, we wil cause iustice and iudgement to bee executed vpon
+them, according to the Lawe and custome of our sayde Realme. For we cannot
+in these times conueniently and well indure, that the ships aforesaide, or
+any other ships of our kingdome (which ought alwayes to be in a readinesse
+for our seruice) should without speciall licence, depart out of our saide
+kingdome, vnto forreine dominions. Nowe, what you shall think good at this
+our request to performe in the premisses, may it please you by the bearer
+of these presents to returne an answere vnto vs. Geuen at Windsore the 16.
+of April.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Another Letter of Edward the second, to Haquinus King of Norway, in the
+  behalfe of certaine English Marchants
+
+Magnifico Principi Dom Haquino Dei gratia regi Norwegić illustri, amico suo
+charissimo, Edwardus eadem Dei gratia Rex Anglić, dominus Hybernić, & dux
+Aquitanić, salutem cum dilectione sincera. [Sidenote: Northbernć villa.]
+Querelam dilectorum Mercatorum nostrorum Thomć de Swyn de Waynfleete, &
+Simonis filij Alani de eadem recepimus, continentem, Quod cům ipsi nuper
+quosdam seruientes suos infrŕ regnum vestrum pro suis ibidem exercendis
+mercimonijs transmisissent, Thesaurarius vester bona & mercimonia
+prćdictorum Thomć & Simonis ad valenciam quadraginta librarum, quć
+seruientes prćdicti in villa de Northberne in sua custodia habuerunt, die
+Sancti Michćlis vltimň prćterita fecit absque causa rationabili arestari, &
+ea adhuc taliter arestata detinet iniustč, in ipsorum Thomć & Simonis
+damnum non modicum & depauperationem manifestam. Et quia eisdem
+mercatoribus nostris subuenire volumus, quatenus suadente iustitia
+poterimus in hac parte, vestram amicitiam requirimus cum affectu, quatenus
+audita querela prćdictorum Thomć & Simonis, vel ipsorum atturnatorum super
+restitutione bonorum & mercimoniorum prćdictorum impendere velitis eisdem
+celeris iustitić complementum: Ita quod pro defectu exhibitionis iustitić
+super arestatione prćdicta non oporteat nos pro mercatoribus nostris
+prćdictis de alio remedio prouidere. Nobis autem quid ad hanc nostram
+instantiam duxeritis faciendum, rescribere velitis per prćsentium
+portitorem. Datć vt supra.
+
+The same in English.
+
+To the mightie Prince Lord Haquinus, by the grace of God the famous King of
+Norway, his most deare friend Edward by the same grace of God king of
+England, Lorde of Ireland, and Duke of Aquitaine, greeting and sincere
+loue. Wee receiued the complaint of our welbeloued Merchants Thomas de Swyn
+of Waynfleet, and Simon the sonne of Alanus of the same towne: the contents
+whereof are, that whereas of late, the saide parties sent certaine of their
+seruants to traffike in your kingdome, your Treasurer vpon the feast of S.
+Michćl last past, without any iust or reasonable occasion, caused the goods
+and merchandise of the foresaide Thomas and Simon, to the value of fortie
+pound, which their said seruants had vnder their custodie at the towne of
+Northberne, to be arrested, and as yet also iniurously deteineth the same
+vnder the same arrest, to the great damage and impouereshing of the sayd
+Thomas and Simon. And forasmuch as our desire is to succour these our
+marchants so far foorth as we can, Iustice requiring no lesse in this
+behalfe, we doe right earnestly request you, that hauing hearde the
+complaint and supplication of the foresayde Thomas and Simon, or of their
+Atturneyes, you woulde of your loue and friendship, vouchsafe them speedie
+administration of Iustice, about the restitution of their goods and
+marchandise aforesaide: least that for want of the exhibiting of Iustice
+about the foresaid arrest, we be constrained to prouide some other remedie
+for our marchants aforesaid. Our request is, that you would by the bearer
+of these presents, returne an answere vnto vs, what you are determined to
+doe, at this our instant motion. Giuen as aboue.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A third letter of King Edward the second, to Haquinus King of Norway in the
+  behalfe of certaine English Marchants.
+
+Magnifico Principi Domino Haquino Dei gratia Regi Norwegić illustri, amico
+suo charissimo, Edwardus eadem Dei gratia Rex Anglić, dominus Hybernić, &
+dux Aquitanić, salutem cum dilectione sincera. Pro mercatoribus nostris
+Lennć, & partium vicinarum, quos Balliuus & Officiarij vestri ciuitatis
+vestrć Bergen dudum ceperunt, & stricto carceri manciparunt, quorum multi
+vt iam intelleximus, propter alimentorum subtractionem & duritiam, ac
+asperitatem carceris perierunt, vt ipsorum & bonorum suorum deliberationem
+prćcipere curaretis, vestrć serenitati Regić nostras nuper transmisimus
+literas speciales. Sed vos, retentis adhuc in carcere nostris mercatoribus
+sicut prius, nobis per literas vestras quas audiuimus & intelleximus
+diligenter, inter cćtera rescripsistis, quod quidam mercatores de regno
+vestro de iniurijs, violentijs & arrestationibus, quibus in regno nostro
+his diebus sunt vt asserunt, contra iustitiam aggrauati, multipliciter
+conqueruntur, adijciendo in vestris literis memoratis, quod quidam
+iniquitatis filij in villa Lennć, ad piscandum vt dicebant halecia
+venientes quendam militem Balliuum vestrum, in Vikia vnŕ cum decem alijs
+subditis vestris, in vestris & regni vestri negotijs existentibus
+crudeliter occiderunt. Super quibus mens nostra grauatur quŕmplurimum &
+turbatur, prćsertim quum nunquam nostrć fuerit voluntatis, quod iniurić,
+violentić, seu arrestationes aliquć mercatoribus, vel alijs de regno vestro
+per aliquos de regno & potestate nostris fierent indebitč vel iniustč: nec
+adhuc intelligere possumus, quod mercatoribus vestris per aliquem vel
+aliquos de subditis nostris huc vsque aliter factum fuerit: Scientes pro
+certo quod si nobis per inquisitiones legitimas constare poterit huiusmodi
+grauamina subditis vestris infra regnum nostrum illata fuisse, nos
+sufficientes emendas, & satisfactiones debitas super illis, celerísque
+iustitić complementum fieri faciemus. Et insuper si malefactores prćdicti,
+qui prćfatum militem, & alios secum existentes, vt prćmittitur, occiderunt,
+de regnň, seu potestate nostra sint, vel infrŕ idem regnum vel potestatem
+poterunt inueniri, de ipsis iudicium & iustitiam fieri pracipiemus,
+secundum Leges & consuetudines regni nostri. [Sidenote: Antiquitas comercij
+inter Angliam & Norwegiam.] Et quia inter nos & vos, nostrósque & vestros
+subditos hinc inde foueri desideramus mutuam concordiam & amorem; ita quod
+mercatores nostri & vestri mercandisas suas in nostris & vestris regnis &
+dominijs liberč, & absque impedimento valeant exercere, prout temporibus
+progenitorum nostrorum fieri consueuit, & ex dictarum literarum vestrarum
+serie collegimus euidenter vos promptos esse similiter, & paratos ad omnia
+& singula, quć pro vobis & vestris subditis super discordijs,
+contentionibus, aut grauaminibus inter nostros & vestros subditos
+qualitercunque suscitatis pro bono pacis & iustitić fuerint ćquanimiter
+facienda; Nos consimilia pro nobis & nostris, quantum ad nos & ad ipsos
+attinet, illius amore, qui pacis author fore dinoscitur, & pro quiete &
+commodo populi vtriusque regnorum nostrorum, quatenus ius & ratio
+dictitauerint, promittimus nos factoros: Vestram amicitiam requirentes
+obnixius & rogantes, quatenus mercatores nostros prćdictos, qui adhuc
+superstites relinquuntur, quos etiam tempore, quo dicta felonia committi
+dicebatur, interclusos tenebat custodia carceralis, iubere velitis nostri
+contemplatione, zelóque iustitić ab huiusmodi custodia liberari, bona ab
+ipsis capta eis prout iustum fuerit restitui faciendo. Et vt deliberatio
+mercatorum nostrorum prćdictorum, & bonorum suorum eň facilius concedatur,
+placeat vobis cum diligentia debita ponderare, quod Galfridus Drewe, &
+quidam alijs mercatores nostri de Lenne, quibusdam mercatoribus de regno
+vestro occasione eiusdem grauaminis ipsis mercatoribus vestris, ad sectam
+Tidemanni Lippe infrŕ regnum nostrum, vt dicebatur, illati, centum libras
+sterlingorum persoluerunt, sicut in quodam scripto indentato inter
+Ingelramum Lende de Thorenden, & quosdam alios mercatores vestros ex parte
+vna, & prćfatam Galfridum, & quosdam alios de regno nostro similiter ex
+altera confecto, vidimus contineri. Si qui verň de subditis vestris de
+aliquibus subditis nostris, de aliqua iniuria ipsis facta querelas in curia
+nostra deponere voluerint, & prosequi cum effectu, ipsorum subditorum
+vestrorum petitiones admitti, & eis super querelis huiusmodi plenam &
+celerem iustitia fieri faciemus. Ita quod ijdem subditi vestri exinde
+reputare debebunt meritň se contentos. Et interim de excessibus &
+grauaminibus subditis vestris infrŕ regnum nostrum qualitercunque illatis
+inquiri faciemus cum diligentia veritatem. Vestrć igitur voluntatis
+beneplacitum in prćmissis nobis rescribere velitis per prćsentium
+portitorem. Datas apud Westminster tertio die Aprilis.
+
+The same in English.
+
+To the mightie Prince king Haquinus, by the grace of God the famous king of
+Norway, his most deare friend Edward by the same grace of God, king of
+England, lord of Ireland, Duke of Aquitaine, greeting and sincere loue. We
+sent of late vnto your royall maiestie our special letters, for the behalfe
+of our late marchants of Lenne, and of the coast adioyning (whome your
+baily and officers of the citie of Bergen lately apprehended, committing
+them to close prison, many of whome, as we vnderstand, are, for want of due
+nourishment, and by reason of the extremitie & loathsomnesse of the prison,
+quite perished) that you would cause them and their goods to bee released.
+Howbeit, you reteining as yet our marchants in durance as before, in your
+letters, which we haue diligently heard, and throughly vnderstood, haue,
+amongst other matters, returned this answere vnto vs, that certaine
+marchants of your kingdome doe make sundrie complaints of iniuries,
+violences and arrests, whereby they haue lately (as themselues auouch)
+contrary to iustice bene aggrieued and oppressed in our dominions adding
+moreouer in your sayde letters, that certaine sonnes of iniquitie of the
+towne of Lenne, comming, as they saide, to fish for herings cruelly
+murthered a certaine Knight, who was in times past your bayliffe of Vikia,
+together with ten others of your subiects, being imployed about the
+affaires of your kingdome. In consideration whereof our minde is
+exceedingly and aboue measure grieued and troubled, especially sithence it
+as neuer any part of our intent, that any iniuries, violences, or arrests
+should vniustly be inflicted vpon any marchants, or any others of your
+realme by any of our kingdomes: neither can we as yet haue any
+intelligence, that any such hard measure hath bene offered vnto any of your
+marchants, by any one or moe of our subiects: giuing you for a certaintie
+to vnderstand, that if vpon lawfull inquisition we shal be aduertised of
+any such grieuances, which haue bene offered vnto your subiects within our
+realme, we will cause speedie iustice to be administred, and sufficient
+recompence, and due satisfaction to be made in regarde thereof. And
+moreouer, if the saide malefactors, which, as it is aforesaid, slewe the
+forenamed Knight, and others of his companie, either be appertaining vnto
+our kingdome and dominion, or may at any time be found within our saide
+kingdome or dominion, we will command iustice and lodgement to be executed
+vpon them according to the lawes and customes of our realme. And forasmuch
+as our desire is, that mutuall concord and amitie should be mainteined and
+cherished between your and our subiects on both parts: so that our and your
+marchants may, in both our Realmes and dominions, freely and without
+impediment exercise their traffique, as in the times of our progenitors it
+hath bene accustomed; [Sidenode: The antiquity of traffique betweene
+England and Norway] Whereas also we euidently gathered out of the contents
+of your letter, that you are in like sort readie and willing to put all
+things in practise, which are by you and your subiects (for the taking away
+of discords, contentions, and molestations howsoeuer occasioned, and sprung
+vp betweene your and our subiects) louingly to be performed: we also doe
+promise for our selues and our subiects so much as in vs and them lieth for
+his sake who is knowen to be the author of peace, and for the benefite &
+tranquilitie of both our Realmes (as iustice and reason shall moue vs) to
+doe the like. Desiring and earnestly requesting at your hands, that of your
+loue and friendship, hauing regard of vs, and consideration of iustice, you
+would commaund that our foresaide marchants, who as yet remaine aliue, and
+who also at the time of the saide felonie committed, were shut vp in close
+prison, be deliuered out of the saide thraldome, causing their goods which
+haue bene taken from them, to bee, according vnto iustice, restored to them
+again. And that the deliuerie of our foresaide marchants and goods, may be
+the more easily yeelded vnto, may it please you with diligent obseruation
+to consider, that Gefferey Drew, and certaine other of our marchants of
+Lenne, vpon occasion of the greiuances offered vnto your marchants within
+our Realme, (as the report goeth) at the suite of Tidman Lippe, paide vnto
+the same your marchants an hundreth pound sterling: euen as in a certain
+Indenture made betweene Ingelram Lende of Thorenden, and some other of your
+marchants on the one part, and betweene the foresaide Geffrey, and certaine
+of our marchants on the other part, wee sawe conteined. Moreouer, if any of
+your subiects be minded to exhibite, and effectually to prosecute their
+complaints in our Court, concerning any of our subiects, or of any iniury
+done vnto them, we will cause the petitions of those your subiects to be
+admitted, and also full and speedie iustice to be administred, vpon any
+such like complaints of theirs. Insomuch, that those your subiects shal
+thinke themselues right well and sufficiently contented therewithall. And
+in the meane space we will cause diligent inquisition of the trueth to be
+made, of all excesses and grieuances howsoeuer offered vnto your subiects
+within our dominions. May it please you therfore, by the bearer of these
+presents, to returne an answere vnto vs, what you are determined to doe in
+the premisses. Giuen at Westminster, the third day of April.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+De Stapula tenenda in certo loco ordinatio, Anno 13. Edwardi secundi.
+
+Rex collectoribus custumć lanarum & pellium lanutarum in portu London
+salutem. Cům nos vicesimo die Maij anno regni nostri sexto attendentes
+damna & grauamina, quć mercatoribus de regno nostro diuersimode euenerunt,
+ex eo quod mercatores tam indigenć quŕm alienigenć lanas & pelles lanutas
+infra regnum & potestatem nostram ementes, & se cum eisdem lanis & pellibus
+ad vendendum eas ad diuersa loca infra terras Brabantić, Flandrić, & de
+Artoys eorum libito voluntatis transtulerint: [Sidenote: Maior & Communitas
+stapulć.] & volentes etiam huiusmodi damnis & grauaminibus quatenus bono
+modo possemus prouidere, de consilio nostro ordinauerimus, quod mercatores
+indigenć & alienigenć lanas & pelles huiusmodi infrŕ regnum & potestatem
+prćdictam ementes, & ad terras prćdictas ibidem vendendas ducere volentes,
+lanas illas & pelles ad certam stapulam infrŕ aliquam earundem terrarum,
+per Maiorem & Communitatem eorundem mercatorum, de regno nostro ordinandam
+assignari, ac prout & quando expedire viderint mutandum, & non ad alia loca
+in terris illis ducant, seu duci faciant vllo modo: & inter cćtera
+concesserimus mercatoribus de regno nostro supradicto pro nobis & hćredibus
+nostris, quňd ipsi Maior & consilium dictorum mercatorum, qui pro tempore
+fuerint, quibuscunque mercatoribus indigenis seu alienigenis, qui contra
+dictam ordinationem venerint, & modo rationabili conuicti fuerint, certas
+pecunić summas pro delictis illis imponant, & quňd illć huiusmodi summć de
+bonis & mercimonijs mercatorum sic delinquentium, vbicunque ea infra regnum
+& potestatem prćdictam inueniri contigerit, per ministros nostros ad opus
+nostrum leuentur: prout in Charta nostra inde confecta plenius continetur:
+[Sidenote: Charta anno regni sexio confecta.] quam quidem Chartam per
+singulos comitatus regni nostri super costeras maris fecimus publicari, &
+firmiter inhiberi, ne qui mercatores indigenć seu alienigenć contra tenorem
+Chartć prćdictć sub poenis contentis in eadem venerint vllo modo: Ac
+postmodum dato nobis intelligi, quod quŕmplures mercatores tam indigenć
+quŕm alienigenć, lanas & pelles lanutas infrŕ regnum & potestatem prćdictas
+ementes, & se cum eisdem lanis & pellibus ad vendendum eas ad alia loca in
+dictis terris, quŕm ad Stapulam iuxta concessionem nostram prćdictam per
+Maiorem & communitatem dictorum mercatorum de regno nostro in aliqua
+terrarum illarum ordinatam & assignatam transtulerint in nostri contemptum,
+& contra Chartam ordinationis, publicationis & inhibitionis prćdictarum
+assignauerimus quosdam fideles nostros in diuersis partibus regni ad
+inquirendum de lanis & pellibus lanutis ad dictas terras alibi quŕm ad
+Stapulam illam ductis, ita quod emendć inde ad nos pertinentes, ad opus
+nostram leuentur; etiam intellexerimus, quod quasi omnes mercatores tam
+indigenć quŕm alienigenć huiusmodi mercimonia in dicto regno nostro
+exercentes sunt culpabiles de prćmissis: & quod plures inde indictati, ac
+alij timentes inde indictari, lanas suas ac pelles lanutas sub nominibus
+aliorum non culpabilium faciunt aduocari, & extra regnum nostrum transmitti
+quibusdam alienigenis, sic culpabilibus in dictum regnum forsitan non
+reuersuris, vt sic forisfacturas prćdictas effugiant, & nos de emenda ad
+nos sic pertinente illudant: quć si permitterentur sic transire in nostri
+damnum non modicum redundarent. Nos volentes huiusmodi fraudibus obuiare, &
+nostris damnis quatenus bono modo poterimus prćcauere, vobis prćcipimus
+firmiter iniungentes, quod ŕ singulis mercatoribus lanas seu pelles lanutas
+per portum prćdictum ad partes exteras ducere volentibus corporale
+sacramentum ad sancta Dei Euangelia recipiatis, quod ipsi lanas seu pelles
+lanutas sub nomine ipsius, cuius proprić sunt, & non alterius aduocabunt, &
+tunc recepta ab illo cuius lanć & pelles huiusmodi erunt, vel nomine suo
+sufficiente securitate pro qua respondere volueritis, de respondendo &
+faciendo nobis id quod ad nos pertinet de lanis & pellibus lanutis per
+ipsum ductis seu missis ad aliquam dictarum terrarum Flandrić & Brabantić,
+& de Artoys contra formam Chartć, proclamationis, & inhibitionis
+supradictarum, si ipsum super hoc conuinci contingat, lanas & pelles illas
+lanutas extra portum prćdictum, recepta prius custuma debita de eisdem, ad
+partes exteras transire pemittatis. Teste Rege apud Doueram decimo octauo
+die Iunij, per ipsum Regem & Consilium.
+
+Et postmodům per breue de priuato sigillo eodem modo mandatum est
+collectoribus custumć prćdicts in portubus subscriptis: Videlicet,
+
+  In portu villć Southhampton.
+  In portu villć Weymouth.
+  In portu villć Sancti Botolphi.
+  In portu villć de Kingtone super Hull.
+  In portu villć de nouo Castro.
+  In portu villć de magna Iernemutha.
+  In portu villć de Lenne.
+  In portu villć de Gypwico.
+
+The same in English.
+
+An Ordinance of the Staple to bee holden at one certaine place.
+
+The King vnto his Collectors of custome, for wooll and woollen fels, in his
+port of London, greeting. Whereas we vpon the 20. of May, in the sixt yeere
+of our reigne, considering the damages and grieuances that haue diuersly
+happened vnto the marchants of our realme, vpon occasion that the marchants
+both of our owne, & of other countreis, buying vp wooll and woollen fels
+within our kingdome and dominions, haue, for the better sale thereof, at
+their pleasure conueyed theselues, and trasported the said wooll & fels
+into sundry places within the prouinces of Brabant, Flanders and Artoys:
+and being desirous also, to our power, to prouide a remedie against such
+damages and inconueniences, haue ordained by our counsel, that all
+marchants, both homeborne and aliens, buying vp such wools and fels, within
+our kingdome and dominion aforesaid, and being desirous to transport them
+into the foresaid prouinces, there to bee solde, may carrie the saide wools
+and fels, or cause them to be caried to some certaine staple, within any of
+the saide Prouinces, by the Maior and Communaltie of the said marchants of
+our realme, to be appointed and assigned, and when they shall thinke it
+expedient, to be changed and remoued, and not vnto any other place within
+the saide Prouinces whatsoeuer: and whereas also, amongst other things, we
+haue granted vnto the marchants of our foresaid realme, for vs and our
+heires, that the Maior and Councel of the saide marchants for the time
+being, may impose vpon all marchants, home-borne or aliens whatsoeuer, that
+shall transgresse the foresaid ordination, and shall thereof lawfully be
+conuicted, certaine summes of money to be paid for their offences, and that
+such summes must by our ministers and officers, to our vse, be leuied out
+of the goods and wares of the marchants so offending, wheresoeuer they
+shall chance to be found within our kingdome and dominions aforesaid,
+[Sidenote: A Charter made in the sixt yeere of his reigne.] as in our
+Charter made for the same purpose it is more plainly expressed, (which
+Charter we haue caused to be published vpon the Sea-coasts, throughout all
+the countreys of our realme, and a strong prohibition to be proclaimed,
+that no marchants, neither home-borne, nor strangers, may in any wise
+transgresse the tenour of the foresaide Charter, vnder the penalties
+therein contained) and whereas afterward it beeing giuen vs to vnderstand,
+that diuers marchants both homeborne and aliens, bought vp such woolles and
+woollen felles within our saide Realme and dominions, and conueyed
+themselues with the saide wools and felles for the sale thereof vnto other
+places within the foresaide Prouinces, besides the saide Staple, which was,
+according to our graunt aforesaide appointed and ordained by the Maior and
+communaltie of the said marchants of our Realme, in some one of those
+Prouinces, to the contempt of our authoritie, and contrary to the Charter
+of the ordination, publication, and inhibition aforesaide, wee assigned
+certaine of our faithfull subiects, in diuers parts of our Realme, to make
+inquisition for such wools and woollen felles, as were conueyed vnto any
+other place of the saide Prouinces, then vnto the Staple, so that by these
+meanes, the penalties due vnto vs might bee leuied vnto our vse: and hauing
+intelligence also, that in a maner all marchants both home-borne, and
+strangers bartering such wares in our kingdome, are culpable of the
+premisses, and that many being indicted thereupon, and others fearing to
+bee indicted, doe cause their wools and woollen felles to bee auouched
+vnder the names of persons not culpable, and to be sent ouer vnto certaine
+strangers being also culpable, and not minding perhaps to return any more
+into our realme, that they may so escape the foresaid forfeitures, and
+defraud vs of the penaltie, appertaining of right vnto vs, (which abuses,
+if they were suffered so to goe vnpunished woulde redound vnto our extreame
+hinderance:) and beeing likewise desirous to withstand such deceitefull
+dealing, and so farre forth as wee can, to preuent our owne losses, we
+firmely command, and streightly charge you, that you doe receiue of euery
+particular marchant, desirous to conuey any wools, or woollen fels out of
+the foresaid port, into any forrein dominions, a corporal oath vpon Gods
+holy Euangelists that they shall auouch all those wools and woollen fels
+vnder his name vnto whom they doe properly belong, & vnder the name of none
+other: and then taking sufficient security from the owner of those wools
+and fels, or in his name, in regard whereof you wil vndertake to
+warrantize, and make good vnto vs those penalties and forfaitures which
+shal vnto vs appertaine, for all wools, and woollen fels conueied or sent
+by any of the foresaid merchants vnto any of the said prouinces of
+Flanders, Brabant, and Artoys, contrary to the Charter of the Proclamation
+and inhibition aboue mentioned (if they shal chance to be conuinced hereof)
+that first, our due custome being receiued, you doe permit the said wools
+and woollen fels to passe out of the foresaid port into forrein countnes.
+Witnes the king at Douer the 18. day of Iune. By the king himselfe and his
+Councell.
+
+And afterwarde by a Writte vnder the Kings priuie Seale there was a like
+commandement giuen vnto the Collectors of the custome aforesayde in the
+portes vnderwritten.
+
+That is to say:
+
+In the port of the Towne of:
+
+  Weymouth.
+  Southhampton.
+  Saint Botulphs towne, now called Boston.
+  Kingtone vpon Hull.
+  Newcastle.
+  Iernemouth magna, or Yermouth.
+  Lenne.
+  Gypwick or Ipswich.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Carta Henrici quarti Anno [Marginal note: 1404] quinto regni sui concessa
+  mercatoribus Anglić in partibus Prussić, Dacić, Norwegić, Swethić, &
+  Germanić, de gubernatore inter ipsos ibidem constituendo.
+
+Henricus Dei gratia Rex Anglić & Francić & Dominus Hibernić omnibus, ad
+quos prćsentes literć peruenerint, salutem Sciatis quod cum, vt accepimus,
+ob defectum boni & sani regiminis & gubernationis, diuersa damna,
+dissensiones, grauamina, & angustić inter mercatores Regni nostri Anglić in
+partibus Prucić, Dacić, Noruegić, Hansć, & Suethić commorantes sćpius ante
+hćc tempora mota fuissent & perpetrata, ac maiora, exinde, quod absit,
+futuris temporibus verisimiliter euenire formidantur, nisi pro meliori
+gubernatione inter eosdem mercatores mutuň habenda manus nostras adiutrices
+apponamus: Nos damnis & periculis in hac parte imminentibus prćcauere, &
+eosdem Mercatores & alios de dicto regno nostro ad partes prćdictas
+venturos iuste & fideliter regi & pertractari intime desiderantes, volumus
+& tenore prćsentium concedimus eisdem mercatoribus, quod ipsi quoties &
+quando eis placuerit in quodam loco competenti & honesto, vbi sibi
+placuerit, se congregare & vnire, & certas personas sufficientes & idoneas
+in gubernatores suos in eisdem partibus inter se ad eorum libitum eligere &
+obtinere valeant libere & impune: Dantes vlterius & concedentes huiusmodi
+gubernatoribus per prćdictos Mercatores sic eligendis, quantum in nobis
+est, potestatem & authoritatem speciales, omnes & singulos mercatores
+Anglicos ad partes prćdictas de cćtero venientes & declinantes per se vel
+sufficientes loca sua tenentes regendi & gubernandi, ac eis & eorum
+cuilibet in suis causis & querelis quibuscunque inter eos in partibus
+prćdictis motis vel mouendis plenam & celerem iusticiam faciendi &
+quascunque qućstiones contentiones, discordias, & debatas inter ipsos
+mercatores Anglicos partium prćdictarum motas sue mouendas reformandi,
+reformationemque petendi, redigendi, sedandi, & pacificandi, & quascunque
+transgressiones, damna, mesprisiones, excessus, violencias, & iniurias
+mercatoribus partium prćdictarum per prćdictos mercatores Anglicos factas
+seu faciendas redigendi, reparandi, restaurandi, & emendandi, consimilesque
+restitutiones, reparationes, restaurationes & emandationes de ipsis
+mercatoribus partium prćdictarum seu deputatis suis requirendi, petendi, &
+recipiendi: Ac de communi assensu mercatorum Anglicorum prćdictorum
+statuta, ordinationes, & consuetudines, prout pro meliori gubernatione
+status eorundem mercatorum Anglicorum in hac parte videbitur expedire,
+faciendi & stabiliendi & omnes & singulos mercatores Anglicos prćfatis
+gubernatoribus sic eligendis vel eorum loca tenentibus seu eorum alicui,
+aut alicui statutorum, ordinationum & consuetudinum prćdictarum contrarios,
+rebelles, vel inobedientes iuxta quantitatem delicti sui in hac parte
+rationabiliter puniendi. Volentes insuper omnia iusta & rationabilia
+statuta, ordinationes & consuetudines per dictos gubernatores sic eligendos
+in forma prćdicta facienda & stabilienda, nec non omnes iustas &
+rationabiles ordinationones per [Marginal note: Nota.] nuper gubernatores
+prćdictorum mercatorum Anglicorum de communi assensu eorundem mercatorum
+pro huiusmodi gubernatione sua in partibus prćdictis iuxta priuilegia &
+authoritates sibi per magistrum. Prucić seu alios dominos partium
+prćdictarum concessa, factas & stabilitas, sen per prćdictos gubernatores
+nunc vt prćmittitur eligendos iuxta priuilegia prćdicta, seu alia
+priuilegia eisdem mercatoribus Anglicis per prćdictos magistrum & dominos
+in posterum concedenda, facienda & stabilienda, rata, firma & accepta
+haberi, & pro ratis firmis, & acceptis ibidem fimiter & inuiolabiter
+obseruari. Damus autem vniuersis & singulis mercatoribus Anghcis prćdictis
+tenere prćsentium firmiter in mandatis, quod eisdem gubernatonbus sic
+eligendis & eorum loca tenentibus in prćmissis omnibus & singulis ac alijs
+gubernationem & regimen in hac parte qualitercunque concernentibus
+intendentes sint, consulentes obedientes & auxiliantes prout decet. Data in
+palatio nostro Westmonasterij sub magni sigili nostri testimomo sexto die
+Iunij Anno regni nostri quinto.
+
+A Charter of King Henry the fourth graunted in the fift yeere of his reigne
+  to the English Marchants resident in the partes of Prussia, Denmarke,
+  Norway, Sweden, and Germanie for the chusing of gouernours among
+  themselues.
+
+Henry by the grace of God king of England and of France, and lord of
+Ireland to all to whom these present letters may come, sendeth greeting.
+Know ye, that whereas, according as we are informed, through want of good
+and discreete rule and gouernement, sundry damages, strifes, oppressions,
+and wrongs oftentimes heretofore haue bene moued and committed among the
+Marchants of our kingdome of England remaining in the parties of Prussia,
+Denmarke, Norway, the Hans steeds and Sweden, and greater hereafter, which
+God forbid, are feared to be like to fall out, vnlesse we put to our
+helping hands for the procuring of better gouernement to be maintained
+among the said Marchants: wee heartily desiring to preuent the perrils and
+dangers which are like to fall out in this case, and that the sayde
+Marchants and others which shall trauaile out of our said Realme into the
+partes aforesaid may iustly and faithfully be ruled and intreated, we will
+and graunt by the tenour of these presents to the said Marchants, that they
+may freely and without danger assemble and meete together as often and
+whensoeuer they please in some conuenient and honest place where they shall
+thinke good, and that they may choose among themselues certaine sufficient
+and fit persons for their gouernours in those parts at their good liking.
+And furthermore we giue and graunt to the said Gouernours which are in such
+sort to be chosen by the aforesaid Marchants, as much as in vs lieth,
+speciall power and authoritie to rule and gouerne all and singular the
+English Marchants which hereafter shall come or repayre to the parts
+aforesaid by themselues or their sufficient Deputies, and to minister vnto
+them and euery of them in their causes and quarels whatsoeuer, which are
+sprung vp, or shall hereafter fall out among them in the parts aforesaid
+full and speedie iustice, and to reforme all maner of questions,
+contentious discords, and debates moued or to be moued betweene the English
+Marchants remayning in those parts, and to seeke reformation, to redresse,
+appease, and compound the same. And further to redresse, restore, repayre
+and satisfie all transgressions, damages, misprisions, outrages, violences,
+and iniuries done or to be done by the aforesaid English Marchants against
+the Marchants of those parts: And to require, demaund and receiue the like
+restitutions, reparations, satisfactions and amends of the Marchants of
+those parts or of their deputies. And by the common consent of the
+aforesaid English Marchants to make and establish statutes, ordinances, and
+customes, as shall seeme expedient in that behalfe for the better
+gouernement of the state of the said English Marchants: and to punish with
+reason according to the quantitie of their fault in that behalfe all and
+singular the English Marchants which shall withstand, resist or disobey the
+aforesaid gouernours so to be chosen or their deputies, or any of them: or
+any of the aforesaid statutes, ordinances, or customes. Moreouer we doe
+ratifie, confirme, and approoue, and as ratified, confirmed, and approoued,
+wee command firmely and inuiolably there to be obserued all iust, and
+reasonable statutes, ordinances, and customes which shalbe made and
+established by the said gouernors, so to be chosen, in forme aforesaid, and
+also all iust and reasonable ordinances made & established by the late
+gouernours of the aforesaid English Marchants with the common consent of
+the sayd Marchants for this their gouernement in the parts aforesayd,
+according to the priuileges and authorities now granted vnto them by the
+Master of Prussia, or other Lords of the partes aforesayd, or which shall
+be made and established by the aforesayd gouernours now as is mentioned to
+be chosen according to the aforesaid priuileges heretofore graunted, or
+other priuileges hereafter to bee granted to the sayde English Marchants by
+the aforesayde Master and lords of the Countrey. And furthermore by the
+tenor of these presents we straitely commaund all and singular the
+aforesaid English Marchants, that they attend, aduise, obey and assist, as
+it becommeth them, the sayde gouernours so to bee chosen, and their
+deputies in all and singular the premisses and other things, which any way
+may concerne in this behalfe their rule and gouernement. Giuen in our
+Palace at Westminster vnder the testimonie of our great Seale the sixt day
+of Iune in the fift yeere of our reigne.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A note touching the mighty Ships of King Henry the fift, mentioned
+  hereafter in the treatie of keeping the sea, taken out of a Chronicle in
+  the Trinitie Church of Winchester.
+
+Eodem anno quo victoria potitus est videlicet Anno Domini 1415. & regni sui
+Anno tertio, post bellum de Agencourt, conducti a Francis venerunt cum
+multis Nauibus recuperaturi Harfletum. Sed Rex Anglić misit fratrem suum
+Iohannem Ducem Bedfordić & Andegauić, qui pugnauit cum eis & vicit, & Naues
+cepit, & quasdam submersit: cćteri fugerunt cum Hispanis nauibus qui
+venerant cum eis Anno gratić 1416. Sequenti vero Anno redierunt
+potentiores, & iterum deuicti perpetuam pacem cum Rege composuerunt, &
+propter eorum naues fecit Rex fieri naues quales non erant in mundo. De his
+sic conductis a Francis ita metricč scribitur.
+
+[Sidenote: Naues maximć Henrici quinti.]
+
+      Regum belligero trito celeberrimus aruo
+      Gallos, Hispanos, Ianos, deuicit, & Vrget,
+      Vastat; turbantur cćtera regna metu.
+      Nauali bello bis deuicti quoque Iani.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A branch of a Statute made in the eight yeere of Henry the sixt, for the
+  trade to Norwey, Sweueland, Denmarke, and Fynmarke.
+
+Item because that the kings most deare Vncle, the king of Denmarke, Norway
+and Sueueland, as the same our soueraigne Lord the king of his intimation
+hath vnderstood, considering the manifold & great losses, perils, hurts and
+damage which haue late happened as well to him and his, as to other
+foraines and strangers, and also friends and speciall subiects of our said
+soueraigne Lord the king of his realme of England, by the going in, entring
+& passage of such forain & strange persons into his realme of Norwey &
+other dominions, streits, territories, iurisdictions & places subdued and
+subiect to him, specially into his Isles of Fynmarke, and elsewhere, aswell
+in their persons as their things and goods: for eschuing of such losses,
+perils, hurts & damages, and that such like (which God forbid) should not
+hereafter happen: our said soueraigne Lord the king hath ordeined and
+statuted, that all and singular strangers, as well Englishmen and others
+willing to apply by Ship and come into his realme of Norwey and other
+dominions, straights, territories, iurisdictions, Isles & places aforesaid
+with their ships to the intent to get or haue fish or any other
+Marchandises, or goods, shall apply and come to his Towne of Northberne,
+where the said king of Denmarke hath specially ordained and stablished his
+staple for the concourses of strangers and specially of Englishmen, to the
+exercise of such Marchandises granting to the said Englishmen that they
+shall there inioy in and by all things the same fauour, priuileges and
+prerogatiues which they of the Hans did enioy. Therefore our said
+soueraigne Lord the king willing the loue, affinitie and amities to be
+firmely obserued, which betwixt his said Vncle and his noble progenitors of
+good memory, their Realmes, lands, dominions, streites, territories,
+iurisdictions and their said places, and the same our soueraigne Lord the
+king & his noble progenitours of famous memory, his great men, subiects,
+Realmes, lands & dominions hath bene of old times hitherto continued nor
+nothing by our said soueraigne Lord the king or his people to be attempted
+or done whereby such amities by reason of any dissensions, enemities or
+discords might be broken: by the aduise of the Lords spintuall & temporall
+& of the comons of his said Realme of England, assembled in this present
+Parliament, hath ordained, prohibiting that none of his liege people nor
+subiects of his Realme of England by audacitie of their follie presume to
+enter the Realmes, lands, dominions, straits, terntones, iurisdictions &
+places of the said king of Denmarke against the ordinance, prohibition &
+interdiction of the same his Vncle aboue remembred, & in contempt of the
+same, vpon paine of forfeiture of all their moueable goods & imprisonment
+of their persons at the kings will.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Another branch of a statute made in the tenth yeere of the reigne of Henry
+  the sixt concerning the state of the English Marchants in the dominions
+  of the king of Denmarke.
+
+Item because that our soueraigne Lord the king at the grieuous complaint to
+him made in this Parliament by the commons of his realme of England being
+in this Parliament is informed that many of his faithfull liege people be
+greatly impouerished, vndone, & in point to be destroyed by the king of
+Denmarke & his lieges, which be of the amitie of the king our soueraigne
+Lord, because that they do daily take of his said faithfull subiects their
+goods, so that they haue taken of marchants of York and Kinston vpon Hul
+goods & marchandises to the valour of v. M. li. within a yeere, and of
+other lieges & marchants of the realme of England goods & cattals to the
+valour of xx. M. li. wherof they haue no remedie of the said king of
+Denmarke, nor of none other, forasmuch as none of them commeth within the
+Realme of England, nor nothing haue in the same realme of England, & that
+the goods be taken out of the same Realme: The king willing to prouide
+remedy for his said liege people, hath ordeined & established, that if the
+goods of any of the said his lieges be or shalbe taken by the said king of
+Denmarke or any of his said lieges, the keeper of the priuie seale for the
+time being, shall haue power to make to the partie grieued letters of
+request vnder the priuie seale, without any other pursuite to be made to
+any for restitution to be had of the goods so taken & to be taken. And if
+restitution be not made by such letters, the king our soueraigne lord by
+the aduise of his counsel shal prouide to the partie grieued his couenable
+remedy, according as the case requireth.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Here beginneth the Prologue of the processe of the Libel of English
+  policie, exhorting all England to keepe the sea, and namely the narrowe
+  sea shewing what profite commeth thereof, and also what worship and
+  saluation to England, and to all English-men.
+
+[Sidenote: Incipit liber de custodia Maris prćsertim arcti inter Doueram &
+Galisiam.]
+
+    The true processe of English policie
+    Of vtterward to keepe this regne in rest
+    Of our England, that no man may deny,
+    Ner say of sooth but it is one of the best,
+    Is this, that who seeth South, North, East and West,
+    Cherish Marchandise, keepe the admiraltie,
+    That wee bee Masters of the narrowe see
+
+    For Sigismond the great Emperour,
+    Wich yet reigneth, when he was in this land [1]
+    With king Henry the fift, Prince of honour
+    Here much glory, as him thought, he found,
+    A mightie land which had take in hand
+    To werre in France and make mortalitie,
+    And euer well kept round about the see.
+
+[Footnote 1: It is clear, from these lines, that this poem must have been
+written between 1416, when Sigismond was in England, and 1438, when he
+died.]
+
+[Sidenote: Videns imperator Sigismundus duas villas inter cćteras Anglie
+scilicet Calisiam & Doueream ponens suos duos digitos super duos suos
+oculos ait regi: Frater custodite istas duas villas sicut duos vestros
+oculos.]
+
+    And to the king thus hee sayd: My brother,
+    (When hee perceiued two Townes Caleis and Douer)
+    Of all your Townes to chuse of one and other,
+    To keepe the sea and soone to come ouer
+    To werre outwards and your regne to recouer:
+    Keepe these two Townes sure, and your Maiestee
+    As your tweyne eyne: so keepe the narrowe see.
+
+    For if this sea bee kept in time of werre,
+    Who can heere passe without danger and woe
+    Who may escape, who may mischiefe differre
+    What Marchandie may forby bee agoe:
+    For needs hem must take trewes euery foe:
+    Flanders and Spaine, and other, trust to mee,
+    Or ellis hindred all for this Narrow see.
+
+    Therefore I cast mee by a little writing
+    To shew at eye this conclusion,
+    For conscience and for mine acquiting
+    Against God and ageyne abusion,
+    And cowardise, and to our enemies confusion.
+    For foure things our Noble [2] sheweth to me,
+    King, Ship, and Swerd, and power of the see
+
+[Foonote 2: The Noble was coined by Edward the third Anno regni 18. Quatuor
+considerantur in moneta aurea Anglica, quć dicitur Nobile: scilicet Rex,
+Nauis gladius, & Mare: Quć designant potestatem Anglicorum super Mare. In
+quorum opprobrium his diebus Britones minores & Flandrenses & alij dicunt
+Anglicis: Tollite de vestro Nobile nauem & imponite ouem. Intendentes, quod
+sicut quondam ŕ tempore Edwardi tertij Anglici erant domini Maris, modo his
+diebus sunt vecordes, victi, & ad bellandum & Mare obseruandum velut oues.]
+
+    Where ben our ships, where ben our swerds become:
+    Our enemies bed for the ship set a sheepe.
+    Alas our rule halteth, it is benome.
+    Who dare well say that lordship should take keepe:
+    I will assay, though mine heart ginne to weepe,
+    To doe this werke, if wee will euer thee,
+    For very shame to keepe about the see.
+
+    Shall any Prince, what so be his name,
+    Which hath Nobles much leche ours,
+    Bee Lord of see: and Flemings to our blame,
+    Stop vs, take vs, and so make fade the flowers
+    Of English state, and disteyne our honours:
+    For cowardise alas it should so bee
+    Therefore I ginne to write nowe of the see.
+
+Of the commodities of Spaine and of Flanders.
+
+The first Chapter
+
+    Knowe well all men that profits in certaine
+    Commodities called comming out of Spaine
+    And Marchandie, who so will weete what it is,
+    Bene Figs, Raisins, wine Bastard, and Datis,
+    And Licoris, Siuill oyle, and graine,
+    White Pastill Sope, and Waxe is not vayne.
+    Yron, Wooll, Wadmolle, Gotefell, Kidfell also:
+    For Poynt-makers full needefull bene they tweyn
+    Saffron, Quickesiluer, which owne Spaine Marchandy,
+    Is into Flanders shipped full craftily,
+    Vnto Bruges as to her staple fayre:
+    The Hauen of Scluse hir Hauen for her repayre
+    Which is cleped Swyn tho shippes giding:
+    Where many vessels and fayre are abiding.
+    But these marchandes with their shippes great,
+    And such chaffare as they bye and get
+    By the weyes must nede take on hand
+    By the coasts to passe of our England,
+    Betwixt Douer and Caleis, this is no doubt.
+    Who can well els such matter bring about?
+
+[Sidenote: Flemish cloth made of English Wooll.]
+
+    And when these sayd Marchants discharged bee
+    Of Marchandie in Flanders nere the see,
+    Then they bee charged againe with Marchandy,
+    That to Flanders bougeth full richly.
+    Fine cloth of Ypre that named is better than ours,
+    Cloth of Curtrike, [3] fine cloth of all colours,
+    Much Fustian, and also Linen cloth.
+    But Flemings, if yee bee not wroth,
+    The great substance of your cloth at the full
+    Yee wot ye make it of our English woll.
+
+[Footnote 3: Courtrai.]
+
+[Sidenote: The necessarie coniunction of Spaine and Flanders.]
+
+    Then may it not sinke in mannis brayne,
+    But that it must this Marchandy of Spaine
+    Both out and in by our costes passe:
+    Hee that sayd nay in witte was like an asse.
+    Wee should haue peace with the grounds tweyne
+    Thus if this see were kept, I dare well sayne.
+    For Spaine and Flanders is as eche other brother,
+    And neither may well liue without other:
+    They may not liuen to maintaine their degrees,
+    Without our English commodities:
+    Wolle and Tynne: for the woolle of England
+    Susteineth the Commons Flemings I vnderstand.
+    Then if England would her wolle restraine
+    From Flanders, this followeth in certaine,
+    Flanders of nede must with vs haue peace,
+    Or els shee is destroyed without lees.
+    Also if Flanders thus destroyed bee:
+    Some Marchandy of Spaine will neuer ythee:
+    For destroyed it is, and as in cheeffe
+    The wolle of Spaine it commeth not to preeffe,
+    But if it be costed and menged well
+    Amongst the English wolle the greter delle.
+    For Spanish wooll in Flaunders draped is,
+    And euer hath bee, that men haue minde of this:
+    And yet Wooll is one of the chiefe Marchandy
+    That longeth to Spaine: who so will espie,
+    It is of little value, trust vnto mee,
+    With English wooll but if it menged bee.
+    Thus if the sea be kept, than herken hether,
+    If these two lands comen not together:
+    So that the Fleete of Flanders passe nought
+    That in the narrowe see it be not brought
+    Into the Rochelle to fetch the famose wine,
+    Ner into Bytonuse Bay for salt so fine,
+    What is then Spaine? What is Flanders also?
+    As who sayd, nought, the thrift is agoe
+    For the little land of Flanders is
+    But a staple to other lands ywis:
+    And all that groweth in Flanders graine and seede
+    May not a Moneth finde hem meate and brede.
+    What hath then Flanders, bee Flemings lieffe or loth,
+    But a little Mader and Flemish Cloth:
+    By Drapering of our wooll in substance
+    Liuen her commons, this is her gouernance,
+    Without which they may not liue at ease.
+    Thus must hem sterue, or with vs must haue peace.
+
+
+Of the commodities of Portugal.
+
+The second Chapter,
+
+    The Marchandy also of Portugal
+    By diuers lands turne into sale.
+    Portugalers with vs haue troth in hand:
+    Whose Marchandy commeth much into England.
+    They ben our friends, with their commodities,
+    And wee English passen into their countrees.
+    Her land hath wine, Osey, Waxe, and Graine,
+    Figges, Reysins, Hony and Cordoweyne:
+    Dates, and Salt, Hides, and such Marchandy:
+    And if they would to Flanders passe for by,
+    They should not bee suffred ones ner twyes,
+    For supporting of our cruell enemies,
+    That is to say Flemings with her gyle:
+    For changeable they are in little while.   [Note well.]
+    Then I conclude by reasons many moe,
+    If we suffred neither friend nor foe,
+    What so enemies, and so supporting
+    Passe for by vs in time of werring,
+    Seth our friends will not ben in cause
+    Of our hindring, if reson lede this clause:
+    Then nede from Flanders peace bee to vs sought,
+    And other lands should seeke peace, dout nought:
+    For Flanders is Staple, as men tell mee,
+    To all nations of Christianitie.
+
+
+The commodities of pety Britaine,[Footnote: Brittany] with her Rouers on
+the sea.
+
+The third Chapter
+
+[Sidenote: The Britons great Rouers and Theeues.]
+
+    Furthermore to write I am faine
+    Somewhat speaking of the little Britayne.
+    Commoditie thereof there, is and was,
+    Salt, and wine, crest cloth and canuas.
+    And the land of Flaunders sickerly
+    Is the staple of their Marchandy.
+    Wich Marchandie may not passe away
+    But by the coast of England, this is no nay.
+    And of this Britaine, who so trueth louis,
+    Are the greatest rouers and the greatest theeuis,
+    That haue bene in the sea many one yeere:
+    That our Merchants haue bought full dere.
+    For they haue tooke notable goods of ours,
+    On this side see, these false pelours
+    Called, of Saincte Malo, and ellis where:
+    Which to their Duke none obeysance will bere:
+    With such colours wee haue bee hindred sore.
+    And fayned peace is called no werre herefore.
+    Thus they haue bene in diuers coasts many
+    Of our England, more then rehearse can I:
+    In Norfolke coastes, and other places about,
+    And robbed and brent and slame by many a rowte:
+    And they haue also ransomed Towne by Towne:
+    That into the regnes of bost haue run her sowne:
+    Wich hath bin ruth vnto this Realme and shame:
+    They that the sea should keepe are much to blame.
+    For Britayne is of easie reputation;
+    And Saincte Malo turneth hem to reprobation.
+
+
+A storie of Edward the third his ordinance for Britayne.
+
+[Sidenote: Historia ostendens quam ordinationem Rex Edwardus tertius fecit
+contra de prćdicatores marinos Brittanić minoris ad debellandum eos &
+subiugandum Britannos minores.]
+
+    Here bring I in a stone to mee lent,
+    That a good Squire in time of Parliament
+    Tooke vnto mee well written in a scrowe:
+    That I haue commond both with high and lowe,
+    Of which all men accorden into one,
+    That it was done not many yeeres agone
+    But when noble King Edward the third
+    Reigned in grace, right thus it betyd.
+    For hee had a maner gelosie
+    To his Marchants and loued them hartily.
+    He feld the weyes to rule well the see,
+    Whereby Marchants might haue prosperitee.
+    That for Harflew [4] Houndflew [5] did he maken;
+    And great werre that time were vndertaken,
+    betwixt the King and the Duke of Britayne:
+    At last to fall to peace both were they fayne:
+    Vpon the wich made with conuencion
+    Our Marchants made hem readie bowne
+    Toward Britayne to loade their Marchandie,
+    Wening hem friends they went foorth boldly:
+    But soone anon our Marchants were ytake,
+    And wee spedde neuer the better for truce sake.
+    They lost her good, her nauy and spending:
+    But their complaint came vnto the king.
+    Then wext he wroth, and to the Duke he sent,
+    And complained that such harme was hent;
+    By conuention and peace made so refused:
+    Wich Duke sent againe, and him excused,
+    Rehearsing that the mount of Saincte Michael,
+    And Sainct Malo would neuer a dell
+    Be subiect vnto his gouernance,
+    Nor be vnder his obeysance:
+    And so they did withouten him that deede.
+    But when the king anon had taken heede:
+    Hee in his herte set a iudgement,
+    Without calling of any Parliament,
+    Or greate tarry to take long aduise
+    To fortifie anon he did deuise
+    Of English Townes three, that is to say,
+    Dertmouth, Plymouth, the third it is Fowey:
+    And gaue hem helpe and notable puisance
+    With insistence set them in gouernance
+    Vpon pety Bretayne for to werre.
+    Those good sea men would no more differre,
+    But bete hem home and made they might not rowte,
+    Tooke prisoners, and made them for to lowte.
+    And efte the Duke, an ensample wise,
+    Wrote to the king as he first did deuise,
+    Him excusing: But our men wood
+    With great power passed ouer the floode
+    And werred foorth into the Dukes londe,
+    And had ny destroyed free and bond.
+    But than the Duke knewe that the townes three
+    Should haue lost all his natiue Countrie,
+    He vndertooke by suretie true not false,
+    For mount Michael and Saincte Malo als.
+    And other parties of the litle Brytaine,
+    Which to obey, as sayd was, were not fayne
+    The Duke hymselfe for all did vndertake:
+    With all his herte a full peace did hee make:
+    So that in all the life time of the king,
+    Marchants had peace withouten werring:
+
+[Footnote 4: Harfleur]
+[Footnote 5: Honfleur]
+
+[Sidenote: Statutum Regis Edwardi tertij pro Lombardis.]
+
+  He made a statute for Lombards in this land,
+  That they should in noe wise take on hande
+  Here to inhabite, here to chardge and dischardge
+  But fortie dayes, no more time had they large.
+  This good king by witte of such appreiffe
+  Kept his Marchants and the sea from mischiefe.
+
+
+Of the commodities of Scotland and draping of her wolles in Flanders. The
+  fourth Chapiter
+
+ [Sidenote: Anno Domini 1436. Hen 6. 14.]
+
+    Moreouer of Scotland the commodities
+    Are Felles, Hides, and of Wooll the Fleese.
+    And all these must passe by vs away
+    Into Flanders by England, sooth to say.
+    And all her woolle was draped for to sell
+    In the Townes of Poperinge and of Bell:
+    Which my Lord of Glocester with ire
+    For her falshed set vpon a fire.
+    And yet they of Bell and Poperinge
+    Could neuer drape her wool for any thing,
+    But if they had English woll withall.
+    Our goodly wooll which is so generall
+    Needefull to them in Spaine and Scotland als,
+    And other costes, this sentence is nnot false:
+    Yee worthy Marchants I doe it vpon yow,
+    I haue this learned ye wot well where and howe:
+    Ye wotte the Staple of that Marchandie,
+    Of this Scotland is Flaunders sekerly.
+    And the Scots bene charged knowen at the eye,
+    Out of Flanders with little Mercerie,
+    And great plentie of Haberdashers Ware,
+    And halfe her shippes with cart wheeles bare,
+    And with Barrowes are laden as in substance:
+    Thus most rude ware are in her cheuesance.
+    So they may not forbeare this Flemish land.
+    Therefore if wee would manly take in hand,
+    To keepe this Sea from Flanders and from Spaine,
+    And from Scotland, like as from pety Britaine,
+    Wee should right soone haue peace for all her bosts,
+    For they must needes passe by our English costs.
+
+
+Of the commodities of Pruce, and High Dutch men, and Easterlings. The fifth
+  Chapitle.
+
+    Nowe goe foorth to the commodities,
+    That commeth from Pruce in two maner degrees.
+    For two maner people haue such vse,
+    That is to say, High Duch men of Pruse,
+    And Esterlings, which might not be forborne,
+    Out of Flanders, but it were verely lorne.
+    For they bring in the substance of the Beere,
+    That they drinken feele too good chepe, not dere.
+    Yee haue heard that two Flemings togider
+    Will vndertake or they goe any whither,
+    Or they rise once to drinke a Ferkin full,
+    Of good Beerekin: so sore they hall and pull.
+    Vnder the board they pissen as they sit:
+    This commeth of couenant of a worthie wit.
+    Without Caleis in their Butter they cakked
+    When they fled home, and when they leysure lacked
+    To holde their siege, they went like as a Doe:
+    Well was that Fleming that might trusse, and goe.
+    For feare they turned backe and hyed fast,
+    My Lord of Glocester made hem so agast
+    With his commimg, and sought hem in her land,
+    And brent and slowe as he had take on hand:
+    So that our enemies durst not bide, nor stere,
+    They fled to mewe, they durst no more appeare,
+    Rebuked sore for euer so shamefully,
+    Vnto her vtter euerlasting villany.
+
+    Nowe Beere and Bakon bene fro Pruse ybrought
+    Into Flanders, as loued and farre ysought:
+    Osmond, Copper, Bow-staues, Steele, and Wexe,
+    Peltreware and grey Pitch, Terre, Board, and flexe,
+    And Colleyne threed, Fustian and Canuas,
+    Card, Bukeram: of olde time thus it was.
+    But the Flemings among these things dere,
+    In common louen best Bakon and Beere.
+    Also Pruse men maken her aduenture
+    Of Plate of siluer of wedges good and sure
+    In great plentie which they bring and bye,
+    Out of the lands of Beame and Hungarie:
+    Which is increase full great vnto their land,
+    And they bene laden, I vnderstand,
+    With wollen cloth all maner of colours
+    By dyers crafted full diuers, that ben ours.
+    And they aduenture full greatly vnto the Bay,
+    for salt that is needefull withouten nay.
+    Thus if they would not our friends bee,
+    We might lightly stoppe hem in the see:
+    They should not passe our streemes withouten leue,
+    It would not be, but if we should hem greue.
+
+
+Of the commodities of the Genuoys and her great Caracks. Chap. 6.
+
+    The Genuois comen in sundry wies
+    Into this land with diuers marchandises
+    In great Caracks, arrayed withouten lacke
+    With cloth of gold, silke, and pepper blacke
+    They bring with them, and of crood [6] great plentee,
+    Woll Oyle, Woad ashen, by vessel in the see,
+    Cotton, Rochalum, and good gold of Genne.
+    And then be charged with wolle againe I wenne,
+    And wollen cloth of ours of colours all.
+    And they aduenture, as ofte it doth befall,
+    Into Flanders with such things as they bye,
+    That is their chefe staple sekerly:
+    And if they would be our full enemies,
+    They should not passe our stremes with merchandise.
+
+[Footnote 6: Woad.]
+
+The comodities and nicetees of the Venetians and Florentines, with their
+  Gallees. Chap. 7.
+
+    The great Galees of Venice and Florence
+    Be well laden with things of complacence,
+    All spicery and of grossers ware:
+    With sweete wines all maner of chaffare,
+    Apes, and Iapes, and marmusets tayled,
+    Nifles and trifles that little haue auayled:
+    And things with which they fetely blere our eye:
+    With things not induring that we bye.
+    For much of this chaffare that is wastable
+    Might be forborne for dere and deceiuable.
+    And that I wene as for infirmities
+    In our England are such commodities
+    Withouten helpe of any other lond
+    Which by witte and practise both yfound:
+    That all humors might be voyded sure,
+    With that we gleder with our English cure:
+    That we should haue no neede of Scamonie,
+    Turbit, enforbe, correct Diagredie,
+    Rubarbe, Sene, and yet they ben to needefull,
+    But I know things al so speedefull,
+    That growen here, as those things sayd.
+    Let of this matter no man be dismayde;
+    But that a man may voyde infirmitie
+    Without degrees fet fro beyond the sea.
+    And yet they should except be any thing
+    It were but sugre, trust to my saying:
+    He that trusteth not to my saying and sentence,
+    Let him better search experience.
+    In this matter I will not ferther prease,
+    Who so not beleeueth, let him leaue and cease.
+    Thus these galeys for this licking ware,
+    And eating ware, bare hence out best chaffare.
+    Cloth, woll, and tinne, which as I sayd before,
+    Out of this lond worst might be forbore,
+    For ech other land of necessitie
+    Haue great neede to buy some of them three:
+    And we receiue of hem into this coste
+    Ware and chaffare that lightly wilbe loste.
+    And would Iesus, that our Lord is wold
+    Consider this well both yong and old:
+    Namely old that haue experience,
+    That might the yong exhorte to prudence;
+    What harme, what hurt, and what hinderance
+    Is done to vs, vnto our great grieuance,
+    Of such lands, and of such nations:
+    As experte men know by probations,
+    By writings as discouered our counsailes,
+    And false colour alwaies the countertailes
+    Of our enimies: that doth vs hindering
+    Vnto our goods, our Relme, and to the king:
+    As wise men haue shewed well at eye;
+    And all this is couloured by marchandye.
+
+An example of deceite
+
+    Also they bere the gold out of this land,
+    And sucke the thrift away out of our hand:
+    As the Waspe souketh honie fro the bee,
+    So minisheth our commoditee.
+    Nor wol ye here how they in Cotteswold
+    Were wont to borrow or they shold be sold
+    Her woll good as for yere and yere.
+    Of cloth and tinne they did in like manere:
+    And in her galies ship this marchandie:
+    Then soone at Venice of them men woll it bye.
+    Then vtterne there the chaffare by the peise,
+    And lightly als there they make her reise.
+    And when the goods beene at Venice sold,
+    Then to carie her change they this money haue,
+    They will it profer, their subtiltie to saue,
+    To English marchants to yeue it out by eschange
+    To be payed againe they make not strange,
+    At the receiuing and sight of a letter,
+    Here in England, seeming for the better,
+    by foure pence lesse in the noble round:
+    That is twelue pence in the golden pound.
+    And if wee wol haue of payment
+    A full moneth, than must him needes assent
+    To eight pence losse, that is shillings twaine
+    In the English pound: as eft soone again,
+    For two moneths twelue pence must he pay.
+    In the English pound what is that to say,
+    But shillings three? So that in pound fell
+    For hurt and harme hard is with hem to dwell.
+    And when English marchants haue content
+    This eschange in England of assent,
+    That these sayd Venecians haue in woone
+    And Florentines to bere her gold soone
+    Ouer the see into Flanders againe:
+    And thus they liue in Flanders sooth to saine,
+    And in London with such cheuisance,
+    That men call vsury, to our losse and hinderance.
+
+Another example of deceite.
+
+    Now lesten well how they made vs a valeys
+    When they borrowed at the town of Caleis
+    As they were wont, their woll that was hem lent,
+    For yere and yere they should make payment.
+    And sometimes als two yere and two yeare.
+    This was fayre [7] loue: but yet will ye heare
+    How they to Bruges would her woll carie,
+    And for hem take payment withouten tarie,
+    And sell it fast for ready money in hand.
+    For fifty pounds of money of losse they wold not wond
+    In a thousand pound, and liue thereby
+    Till the day of payment easily,
+    Come againe in exchange: making
+    Full like vsury, as men make vndertaking.
+    Than whan this payment of a thousand pound
+    Was well content, they should haue chaffare sound
+    If they wold fro the Staple full,
+    Receiue againe three thousand pound in woll.
+    In Cotteswold also they ride about,
+    And all England, and buy withouten doubte
+    What them list with freedome and franchise,
+    More then we English may gitten many wise
+    But would God that without lenger delayes
+    These galees were vnfraught in fortie dayes,
+    And in fortie dayes charged againe,
+    And that they might be put to certaine
+    To goe to oste, as we there with hem doe.
+    It were expedient that they did right soe,
+    As we doe there. If the king would it:
+    Ah what worship wold fall to English wit?
+    What profite also to our marchandie
+    Which wold of nede be cherished hertilie?
+    For I would witte, why now our nauie fayleth,  [Note diligently]
+    When manie a foe vs at our doore assayleth.
+
+[Sidenote: A woful complaint of lacke of nauie if need come. A storie of
+destruction of Denmarke for destruction of their marchants.]
+
+    Now in these dayes, that if there come a nede,
+    What nauie should we haue it is to drede.
+    In Denmarke were full noble conquerours
+    In time past, full worthy warriours:
+    Which when they had their marchants destroyed,
+    To pouerty they fell, thus were they noyed:
+    And so they stand at mischiefe at this day.
+    This learned I late well writon, this no nay.
+    Therefore beware, I can no better will,
+    If grace it woll, of other mennis perill.
+    For if marchants were cherished to her speede,
+    We were not likely to fayle in any neede.
+    If they be rich, then in prosperitee
+    Shalbe our londe, lords, and commontee,
+    And in worship. Now thinke I on the sonne
+    Of Marchandy Richard of Whitingdon;
+
+[Sidenote: The prayse of Richard of Whittingdon marchant.]
+
+    That load sterre, and chiefe chosen floure:
+    What hath by him our England of honour,
+    And what profite hath bin of his riches,
+    And yet lasteth dayly in worthines?
+    That pen and paper may not me suffice
+    Him to describe: so high he was of price
+    Aboue marchants, that set him one of the best:
+    I can no more, but God haue him in rest.
+
+[Footnote 7: Or, lone.]
+
+Now the principal matter.
+
+    What reason is it that we should goe to oste
+    In their countries, & in this English coste
+    They should not so? bat haue more liberty
+    Then we our selues now also motte I thee.
+    I would to gifts men should take no heede
+    That letteth our thing publicke for to speede
+    For this we see well euery day at eye,
+    Gifts and fests stopen our policie.
+    Now see that fooles ben either they or wee
+    But euer we haue the worse in this countree.
+    Therefore let hem vnto oste go here,
+    Or be we free with hem in like manere
+    In their countrees: and if it will not bee,
+    Compell them vnto oste, and yee shall see
+    Moch auantage, and moch profite arise,
+    Moch more then I can write in any wise.
+
+Of our charge and discharge at her marts.
+
+    Conceiue wel here, that Englishmen at martes
+    Be discharged, for all her craftes and artes,
+    In Brabant of her marchandy
+    In fourteene dayes, and ageine hastily
+    In the same dayes fourteene acharged eft.
+    And if they bide lenger all is bereft,
+    Anon they should forfeit her goods all,
+    Or marchandy: it should no better fall.
+    And we to martis in Brabant charged beene
+    With English cloth full good and fayre to seene:
+    We ben againe charged with mercerie,
+    Haburdasher ware, and with grosserie:
+    To which marts, that English men call fayres,
+    Ech nation oft maketh her repayres:
+    English, and French, Lombards, Iennoyes,
+    Catalones, thedre they take her wayes:
+    Scots, Spaniards, Irishmen there abides,
+    With great plenty bringing of sale hides.
+    And I here say that we in Brabant bye,
+    Flanders and Zeland more of marchandy
+    In common vse then done all other nations:
+    This haue I heard of marchants relations:
+    And if the English ben not in the marts
+    They ben feeble, and as nought bene her parts.
+    For they byemore, and fro purse put out
+    More marchandie then all the other rowte.
+    Kept then the see, shippes should not bring ne fetch,
+    And then the carreys wold not thidre stretch:
+    And so those marts wold full euill thee,
+    If we manly kept about the see.
+
+Of the commodities of Brabant and Zeland and Henauld and marchandy carried
+  by land to the martes. Cap. 8.
+
+    Yet marchandy of Brabant and Zeland
+    The Madre and Woad, that dyers take on hand
+    To dyen with, Garlike and Onions,
+    And saltfishe als for husband and commons.
+    But they of Holland at Caleis byen our felles,
+    And wolles our, that Englishmen hem selles.
+    And the chaffare that Englishmen doe byen
+    In the marts, that noe man may denien,
+    Is not made in Brabant that cuntree:
+    It commeth from out of Henauld, not by see,
+    But al by land, by carts, and from France,
+    Bourgoyne, Colem, Cameret in substance,
+    Therefore at marts if there be a restraint,
+    Men seyne plainely that list no fables paynt,
+    If Englishmen be withdrawen away,
+    Is great rebuke and losse to her affray:
+    As though we sent into the land of France
+    Ten thousand people, men of good puissance,
+    To werre vnto her hindring multifarie.
+    So ben our English marchants necessarie.
+    If it be thus assay, and we shall witten
+    Of men experte, by whom I haue this written.
+
+[Sidenote: What our marchants bye in that cost more then all other.]
+
+    For sayd is that this carted marchandy
+    Draweth in value as much verily,
+    As all the goods that come in shippes thider,
+    Which Englishmen bye most and bring it hither.
+    For her marts ben febel, shame to say,
+    But Englishmen thither dresse her way.
+
+A conclusion of this depending of keeping of the sea.
+
+    Than I conclude, if neuer so much by land
+    Were by carres brought vnto their hand,
+    If well the sea were kept in gouernance
+    They should by sea haue no deliuerance.
+    Wee should hem stop, and we should hem destroy,
+    As prisoners we should hem bring to annoy.
+    And so we should of our cruell enimies
+    Make our friends for feare of marchandies,
+    If they were not suffered for to passe
+    Into Flanders. But we be frayle as glasse
+    And also brittle, not thought neuer abiding,
+    But when grace shineth soone are we sliding,
+    We will it not receiue in any wise:
+    That maken lust, enuie, and couetise:
+    Expone me this; and yee shall sooth it find,
+    Bere it away, and keepe it in your mind.
+    Then shuld worship vnto our Noble bee
+    In feate and forme to lord and Maiestie:
+    Liche as the seale the greatest of this land
+    On the one side hath, as I vnderstand,
+    A prince riding with his swerd ydraw,
+    In the other side sitting, soth it is in saw,
+    Betokening good rule and punishing
+    In very deede of England by the king.
+    And it is so God blessed mought he bee.
+    So in likewise I would were on the see
+    By the Noble, that swerde should haue power,
+    And the ships on the sea about vs here.
+    What needeth a garland which is made of Iuie
+    Shewe a tauerne winelesse, also thriue I?
+    If men were wise, the Frenchmen and Fleming
+    Shuld bere no state in sea by werring.
+    Then Hankin lyons shuld not be so bold
+    To stoppe wine, and shippes for to hold
+    Vnto our shame. He had be beten thence
+    Alas, alas, why did we this offence,
+    Fully to shend the old English fames;
+    And the profits of England and their names:
+    Why is this power called of couetise;
+    With false colours cast beforn our eyes?
+    That if good men called werriours
+    Would take in hand for the commons succours,
+    To purge the sea vnto our great auayle,
+    And winne hem goods, and haue vp the sayle,
+    And on our enimies their liues to impart,
+    So that they might their prises well departe,
+    As reson wold, iustice and equitie;
+    To make land haue lordship of the sea.
+
+[Sidenote: Lombards are cause enough to hurt this land although there were
+none other cause. False colouring of goods by Lombards. Alas for bribes &
+gift of good feasts & other means that stoppen our policie. This is the
+very state of our time.]
+
+    Then shall Lombards and other fained friends
+    Make her chalenges by colour false offends,
+    And say their chaffare in the shippes is,
+    And chalenge al. Looke if this be amisse.
+    For thus may al that men haue bought to sore,
+    Ben soone excused, and saued by false colour.
+    Beware yee men that bere the great in hand
+    That they destroy the policie of this land,
+    By gifte and good, and the fine golden clothis,
+    And silke, and other: say yee not this soth is?
+    But if we had very experience
+    That they take meede with prime violence,
+    Carpets, and things of price and pleasance,
+    Whereby stopped should be good gouernance:
+    And if it were as yee say to mee,
+    Than wold I say, alas cupiditie,
+    That they that haue her liues put in drede,
+    Shalbe soone out of winning, all for meed,
+    And lose her costes, and brought to pouerty,
+    That they shall neuer haue lust to goe to sea.
+
+An exhortation to make an ordinance against colour of maintainers and
+  excusers of folkes goods
+
+[Sidenote: It is a marueilous thing that so great a sicknes and hurt of
+the land may haue no remedie of so many as take heselues wise men of
+gouernance.]
+
+    For this colour that must be sayd alofte
+    And be declared of the great full ofte,
+    That our seamen wol by many wise
+    Spoile our friends in steede of our enimies:
+    For which colour and Lombards maintenance,
+    The king it needes to make an ordinance
+    With his Counsayle that may not fayle, I trowe,
+    That friends should from enimies be knowe,
+    Our enimies taken and our friends spared:
+    The remedy of hem must be declared.
+    Thus may the sea be kept in no sell,
+    For if ought be spoken, wot yee well,
+    We haue the strokes, and enemies haue the winning:
+    But mayntainers are parteners of the finning.
+    We liue in lust and bide in couetise;
+    This is our rule to maintaine marchandise,
+    And policie that wee haue on the sea,
+    And, but God helpe, it will no other bee.
+
+Of the commodities of Ireland and policie and keeping thereof and
+  conquering of wild Irish: with an incident of Wales. Chap. 9.
+
+    I cast to speake of Ireland but a litle:
+    Commodities of it I will entitle,
+    Hides, and fish, Salmon, Hake, Herringe,
+    Irish wooll, and linen cloth, faldinge,
+    And marterns goode ben her marchandie,
+    Hertes Hides, and other of Venerie.[8]
+    Skinnes of Otter, Squirell and Irish hare,
+    Of sheepe, lambe, and Fox, is her chaffare,
+    Felles of Kiddes, and Conies great plentie.
+    So that if Ireland helpe vs to keepe the sea,
+    Because the King cleped is Rex Anglić,
+    And is Dominus also Hybernić,
+    Old possessed by Progenitours:
+    The Irish men haue cause like to ours
+    Our land and hers together to defend,
+    That no enemie should hurt ne offend,
+    Ireland ne vs: but as one commontie
+    Should helpe well to keepe about the sea:
+    For they haue hauens great, and goodly bayes,
+    Sure, wyde and deepe, of good assayes,
+    At Waterford, and costes many one.
+    And as men sayne in England be there none
+    Better hauens, ships in to ride,
+    No more sure for enemies to abide,
+    Why speake I thus so much of Ireland?
+    For all so much as I can vnderstand,
+    It is fertile for things that there doe growe
+    And multiplien, loke who lust to knowe,
+    So large, so good, and so commodious,
+    That to declare is strange and maruailous.
+
+[Footnote 8: Hunting.]
+
+[Sidenote: Mynes of siluer and gold in Ireland.]
+
+    For of siluer and golde there is the oore,
+    Among the wilde Irish though they be poore.
+    For they are rude can thereon no skill:
+    So that if we had their peace and good will
+    To myne and fine, and metal for to pure,
+    In wilde Irish might we finde the cure,
+    As in London saith a Iuellere,
+    Which brought from thence golde oore to vs here,
+    Whereof was fyned mettal good and clene,
+    As they touch, no better could be seene.
+    Nowe here beware and heartily take intent,
+    As yee will answere at last iudgement,
+    That for slought and for racheshede
+    Yee remember with all your might to hede
+    To keepe Ireland that it be not lost.
+    For it is a boterasse and a post,
+    Vnder England, and Wales another:
+    God forbid, but ech were others brother,
+    Of one ligeance due vnto the king.
+    But I haue pittie in good faith of this thing
+    That I shall say with auisement:
+    I am aferde that Ireland will be shent:
+    It must awey, it wol bee lost from vs,
+    But if thou helpe, thou Iesu gracious,
+    And giue vs grace al slought to leue beside.
+    For much thing in my herte is hide,
+    Which in another treatise I caste to write
+    Made al onely for that soile and site,
+    Of fertile Ireland, wich might not be forborne,
+    But if England were nigh as goode as gone.
+    God forbid that a wild Irish wirlinge
+    Should be chosen for to bee their kinge,
+    After her conqueste for our last puissance,
+    And hinder vs by other lands alliance.
+    Wise men seyn, wich felin not, ne douten,
+    That wild Irish so much of ground haue gotten
+    There vpon vs, as likenesse may be
+    Like as England to sheeris two or three
+    Of this our land is made comparable:
+    So wild Irish haue wonne on vs vnable
+    Yet to defend, and of none power,
+    That our ground is there a litle corner,
+    To all Ireland in true comparison.
+    It needeth no more this matter to expon.
+    Which if it bee lost, as Christ Iesu forbed,
+    Farewel Wales, then England commeth to dred,
+    For aliance of Scotland and of Spaine,
+
+[Sidenote: This is now to be greatly feared.]
+
+    And other moe, as the pety Bretaine,
+    And so haue enemies enuiron round about.
+    I beseech God, that some prayers deuout
+    Mutt let the said apparance probable
+    Thus disposed without feyned fable.
+    But all onely for perill that I see
+    Thus imminent, it's likely for to bee,
+    And well I wotte, that from hence to Rome,
+    And, as men say, in all Christendome,
+    Is no ground ne land to Ireland liche,
+    So large, so good, so plenteous, so riche,
+    That to this worde Dominus doe long.
+    Then mee semeth that right were and no wrong,
+    To get the lande: and it were piteous
+    To vs to lese this high name Dommus.
+    And all this word Dominus of name
+    Shuld haue the ground obeysant wilde and tame.
+    That name and people togidre might accord
+    Al the ground subiect to the Lord.
+    And that it is possible to bee subiect,
+    Vnto the king wel shal it bee detect,
+    In the litle booke that I of spake.
+    I trowe reson al this wol vndertake,
+    And I knowe wel howe it stante,
+    Alas fortune beginneth so to scant,
+    Or ellis grace, that deade is gouernance.
+    For so minisheth parties of our puissance,
+    In that land that wee lese euery yere,
+    More ground and more, as well as yee may here.
+    I herd a man speake to mee full late,
+    Which was a lord [9] of full great estate;
+    Than expense of one yere done in France
+    Werred on men well willed of puissance
+    This said ground of Ireland to conquere.
+    And yet because England might not forbere
+    These said expenses gadred in one yeere,
+    But in three yeeres or foure gadred vp here,
+    Might winne Ireland to a finall conqueste,
+    In one sole yeere to set vs all at reste.
+    And how soone wolde this be paied ageyne:
+    Which were it worth yerely, if wee not feyne:
+    I wol declare, who so luste to looke,
+    I trowe full plainely in my litle booke.
+    But couetise, and singularitie
+    Of owne profite, enuie, crueltie,
+    Hath doon vs harme, and doe vs euery day,
+    And musters made that shame is to say:
+    Our money spent al to litle auaile,
+    And our enimies so greatly doone preuaile,
+    That what harme may fall and ouerthwerte
+    I may vnneth write more for sore of herte.
+
+[Footnote 9: This Lorde was the Earle of Ormond that told to me this
+matter, that he would vndertake it, in pain of losse of al his liuelihood.
+But this proffer could not be admitted. Ergo malč.]
+
+An exhortation to the keeping of Wales
+
+    Beware of Wales, Christ Iesu mutt vs keepe,
+    That it make not our childers childe to weepe,
+    Ne vs also, so if it goe his way,
+    By vnwarenes: seth that many a day
+    Men haue bee ferde of her rebellion,
+    By great tokens and ostentation:
+    Seche the meanes with a discrete auise,
+    And helpe that they rudely not arise
+    For to rebell, that Christ it forbede.
+    Looke wel aboute, for God wote yee haue neede,
+    Vnfainingly, vnfeyning and vnfeynt,
+    That conscience for slought you not atteynt:
+    Kepe well that grounde for harme that may ben vsed,
+    Or afore God mutte yee ben accused.
+
+Of the commodious Stockfish of Island and keeping of the Sea namely the
+  Narrow sea, with an incident of the keeping of Caleis. Chap. 10.
+
+[Sidenote: The trade of Bristow to Island.]
+[Sidenote: The old trade of Scarborough to Island and the North.]
+
+    Of Island to write is litle nede,
+    Saue of Stock fish. Yet forsooth in deed
+    Out of Bristowe, and costes many one,
+    Men haue practised by nedle and by stone
+    Thider wardes within a litle while,
+    Within twelue yere, and without perill
+    Gon and come, as men were wont of old
+    Of Scarborough, vnto the costes cold.
+    And nowe so fele shippes this yeere there ware,
+    That moch losse for vnfreyght they bare:
+    Island might not make hem to bee fraught
+    Vnto the Hawys: thus much harme they caught.
+    Then here I ende of the commoditees
+    For which neede is well to kepe the seas:
+    Este and Weste, South and North they bee.
+    And chiefly kepe the sharpe narrow see,
+    Betweene Douer and Caleis: and as thus
+    that foes passe none without good will of vs:
+    And they abide our danger in the length,
+    What for our costis and Caleis in our strength.
+
+An exhortation for the sure keeping of Caleis.
+
+    And for the loue of God, and of his blisse
+    Cherish yee Caleis better then it is.
+    See well thereto, and heare the grete complaint
+    That true men tellen, that woll no lies paint,
+    And as yee know that writing commeth from thence:
+    Doe not to England for slought so great offence,
+    But that redressed it bee for any thing:
+    Leste a song of sorrow that wee sing.
+    For litle wenith the foole who so might chese
+    What harme it were good Caleis for to lese:
+    What wo it were for all this English ground.
+
+[Sidenote: The ioy of Sigismund the Emperour that Caleis was English.]
+
+    Which wel concerned the Emperour Sigismound,
+    That of all ioyes made it one of the moste,
+    That Caleis was subiect vnto English coste.
+    Him thought it was a iewel most of all,
+    And so the same in Latine did it call.
+    And if yee wol more of Caleis heare and knowe,
+    I cast to write within a litle scrowe,
+    Like as I haue done before by and by
+    In other parteis of our policie.
+    Loke how hard it was at the first to get;
+    And by my counsell lightly doe not it let.
+    For if wee lese it with shame of face
+    Wilfully, it is for lacke of grace.
+    Howe was Harflew [10] cried vpon, and Rone,[11]
+    That they were likely for shought to be gone:
+    Howe was it warned and cried on in England,
+    I make record with this pen in my hand.
+    It was warened plainely in Normandie,
+    And in England, and I thereon did crie.
+    The world was defrauded, it betyde right so.
+    Farewell Harflew: lewdly it was a go.
+    Nowe ware Caleis, I can say no better:
+    My soule discharge I by this present letter.
+
+[Footnote 10: Harfleur, which was lost in 1449.]
+[Footnote 11: Rouen]
+
+After the Chapitles of commodities, of diuers lands, sheweth the conclusion
+  of keeping of the sea enuiron, by a storie of King Edgar and two
+  incidents of King Edward the third, and King Henrie the fifth. Chap. 11.
+
+    Now see we well then that this round see
+    To our Noble by pariformitee
+    Vnder the ship shewed there the sayle,
+    And our king with royal apparayle,
+    With swerd drawen bright and extent
+    For to chastise enimies violent;
+    Should be lord of the sea about,
+    To keepe enimies from within and without;
+    To behold through Christianitee
+    Master and lord enuiron of the see:
+    All liuing men such a prince to dreed,
+    Of such a regne to bee aferd indeed.
+    Thus proue I well that it was thus of old;
+    Which by a [*] Chronicle anon shalbe told,
+    Right curious: but I will interprete
+    It into English, as I did it gete:
+    Of king Edgar: O most marueilous
+    Prince liuing, wittie, and cheualerous:
+    So good that none of his predecessours
+    Was to him liche in prudence and honours.
+    Hee was fortanate and more gracious
+    Then other before, and more glorious:
+    He was beneth no man in holines:
+    Hee passed all in vertuous sweetnes.
+
+[Marginal note *: Dicit Chronica, quod iste Edgarus cunctis prćdecessoribus
+suis fćlicior, nulli sanctitate inferior, omnibus morum suauitate
+prćstantior fuerit Luxit ipse Anglis non minus memorabilis quŕm Cyrus
+Persis, Carolus Francis, Romulus verň Romanis.]
+
+    Of English kings was none so commendable
+    To English men no lesse memorable:
+    Then Cyrus was to Perse by puissance,
+    And as great Charles was to them of France,
+    And as to the Romanes was great Romulus,
+    So was to England this worthy Edgarus.
+    I may not write more of his worthines
+    For lacke of time, ne of his holines:
+    But to my matter I him exemplifie,
+    Of conditions tweyne and of his policie:
+    Within his land was one, this is no doubt,
+    And another in the see without,
+    That in time of Winter and of werre,
+    When boystrous windes put see men into fere;
+    Within his land about by all prouinces
+    Hee passed through, perceiuing his princes,
+    Lords, and others of the commontee,
+    Who was oppressour, and who to pouertee
+    Was drawen and brought, and who was clene in life,
+    And was by mischiefe and by strife
+    With ouer leding and extortion:
+    And good and badde of eche condition
+    Hee aspied: and his ministers als,
+    Who did trought, and which of hem was fals:
+    Howe the right and lawes of the land
+    Were execute, and who durst take in hand
+    To disobey his statutes and decrees,
+    If they were well kept in all countrees:
+    Of these he made subtile inuestigation
+    Of his owne espie, and other men's relation.
+    Among other was his great busines,
+    Well to ben ware, that great men of riches,
+    And men of might in citie nor in towne
+    Should to the poore doe non oppression.
+    Thus was he wont in this Winter tide,
+    On such enforchise busily to abide.
+    This was his labour for the publike thing,
+    Thus was hee occupied: a passing holy King
+    Nowe to purpose, in the Sommer faire
+    Of lusty season, whan clered was the aire,
+    He had redie shippes made before
+    Great and huge, not fewe but many a store:
+    Full three thousand and sixe hundred also
+    Stately inough on our sea to goe.
+
+[Sidenote: Dicit Chronica prćparauerat naues robustissimas numero tria
+millia sexcenta: in quibus redeunte ćstate omnem insulam ad terrorem
+extraneorum & ad suorum excitationem cum maximo apparatu circumnauigare
+consueuerat.]
+
+    The Chronicles say, these shippes were full boysteous:
+    Such things long to kings victorious.
+    In Sommer tide would hee haue in wonne
+    And in custome to be ful redie soone,
+    With multitude of men of good array
+    And instruments of werre of best assay.
+    Who could hem well in any wise descriue?
+    It were not light for eny man aliue.
+    Thus he and his would enter shippes great
+    Habiliments hauing and the fleete
+    Of See werres, that ioyfull was to see
+    Such a nauie and Lord of Maiestee,
+    There present in person hem among
+    To saile and rowe enuiron all along,
+    So regal liche about the English isle;
+    To all strangers terrours and perile.
+    Whose fame went about in all the world stout,
+    Vnto great fere of all that be without,
+    And exercise to Knights and his meynee
+    To him longing of his natall cuntree
+    For courage of nede must haue exercise,
+    Thus occupied for esshewin of vice
+    This knew the king that policie espied;
+    Winter and Somer he was thus occupied.
+    Thus conclude I by authoritee
+    Of Chronike, that enuiron the see
+    Should bene our subiects vnto the King,
+    And hee bee Lord thereof for eny thing:
+    For great worship and for profile also
+    To defend his land fro euery foo.
+    That worthy king I leue, Edgar by name,
+    And all the Chronike of his worthy fame:
+
+[Sidenote: Dicit Chronica &c. vt non minus quantum ei etiam in hac vita
+bononum operum mercedem donauerit: cum aliquando ad maximam eius
+festiuitatem, reges, comites multarúmque, prouinciarum protectores
+conuenissent, &c.]
+
+    Saffe onely this I may not passe away,
+    A worde of mighty strength till that I say,
+    That graunted him God such worship here,
+    For his merites, hee was without pere,
+    That sometime at his great festiuitee
+    Kings, and Erles of many a countree,
+    And princes fele were there present,
+    And many Lords came thider by assent.
+    To his worship: but in a certaine day
+    Hee bad shippes to be redie of aray:
+    For to visit Saint Iohns Church hee list
+    Rowing vnto the good holie Baptist,
+    Hee assigned to Erles, Lords, and knights
+    Many ships right goodly to sights:
+    And for himselfe and eight kings moo
+    Subiect to him hee made kepe one of thoo,
+    A good shippe, and entrede into it
+    With eight kings, and downe did they sit;
+    And eche of them an ore tooke in hand,
+    At ore hales, as I vnderstand,
+    And he himselfe at the shippe behinde
+    As steris man it became of kinde.
+    Such another rowing I dare well say,
+    Was not seene of Princes many a day.
+    Lo than how hee in waters got the price,
+    In lande, in see, that I may not suffice
+    To tell, O right, O magnanimitee,
+    That king Edgar had vpon the see.
+
+An incident of the Lord of the sea King Edward the third.
+
+    Of king Edward I passe and his prowes
+    On lande, on sea yee knowe his worthines:
+    The siege of Caleis, ye know well all the matter
+    Round about by land, and by the water,
+    Howe it lasted not yeeres many agoe,
+    After the battell of Crecye was ydoe:
+    Howe it was closed enuiron about,
+    Olde men sawe it, which liuen, this is no doubt.
+
+[Sidenote: Caleis was yeelded to the English 1347.]
+
+    Old Knights say that the Duke of Borgoyn,
+    Late rebuked for all his golden coyne;
+    Of ship on see made no besieging there,
+    For want of shippes that durst not come for feare.
+    It was nothing besieged by the see:
+    Thus call they it no siege for honestee.
+    Gonnes assailed, but assault was there none,
+    No siege, but fuge: well was he that might be gone:
+    This maner carping haue knights ferre in age,
+    Expert through age of this maner language.
+
+[Sidenote: King Edward had 700. English ships and 14151. English mariners
+before Caleis.]
+
+    But king Edward made a siege royall,
+    And wanne the towne: and in especiall
+    The sea was kept, and thereof he was Lord.
+    Thus made he Nobles coyned of record;
+    In whose time was no nauie on the see
+    That might withstand his maiestie.
+    Battell of Scluse,[12] yee may rede euery day,
+    Howe it was done I leue and goe my way:
+    It was so late done that yee it knowe,
+    In comparison within a litle throwe:
+    For which to God giue we honour and glorie,
+    For Lord of see the king was with victorie.
+
+[Footnote 12: The battle of L'Ecluse.]
+
+Another incident of keeping of the see, in the time of the marueilous
+  werriour and victorious Prince, King Henrie the fifth, and of his great
+  shippes.
+
+[Sidenote: The great ships of Henry the fift, made at Hampton.]
+
+    And if I should conclude all by the King
+    Henrie the fift, what was his purposing,
+    Whan at Hampton he made the great dromons,
+    Which passed other great ships of all the commons,
+    The Trinitie, the Grace de Dieu, the holy Ghost,
+    And other moe, which as nowe bee lost.
+    What hope ye was the kings great intent
+    Of thoo shippes, and what in minde hee meant?
+    It was not ellis, but that hee cast to bee
+    Lorde round about enuiron of the see.
+    And when Harflew had her siege about,
+    There came caracks horrible great and stoute
+    In the narrow see willing to abide,
+    To stoppe vs there with multitude of pride.
+
+[Sidenote: Great caracks of Genoa taken by the Duke of Bedford.]
+
+    My Lord of Bedford came on and had the cure,
+    Destroyed they were by that discomfiture.
+
+[Sidenote: 1416.]
+
+    This was after the king Harflew had wonne,
+    Whan our enemies to siege had begonne:
+    That all was slaine or take, by true relation,
+    To his worshippe, and of his English nation.
+
+[Sidenote: The French nauie thus ouerthrowen was of fiue hundred saile.]
+
+    There was present the kings chamberlaine
+    At both battailes; which knoweth this in certaine;
+    He can it tell other wise then I:
+    Aske him, and witte; I passe foorth hastily
+    What had this king of his magnificence,
+    Of great courage of wisedome, and prudence?
+    Prouision, forewitte, audacitee,
+    Of fortitude, iustice, and agilitee,
+    Discretion, subtile auisednesse,
+    Attemperance, Noblesse, and worthinesse:
+    Science, prowesse, deuotion, equitie,
+    Of most estate, with his magnanimitie
+    Liche to Edgar, and the saide Edward,
+    As much of both liche hem as in regard.
+    Where was on liue a man more victorious,
+    And in so short time prince so marueilous?
+    By land and sea, so well he him acquitte,
+    To speake of him I stony in my witte
+    Thus here I leaue the king with his noblesse,
+    Henry the fift, with whom all my processe
+    Of this true booke of pure policie
+    Of sea keeping, entending victorie
+    I leaue endly: for about in the see
+    No prince was of better strenuitee.
+    And if he had to this time liued here,
+    He had bene Prince named withouten pere:
+
+[Sidenote: The Trinitie, the Grace de Dieu, the holy Ghost]
+
+    His great ships should haue ben put in preefe,
+    Vnto the ende that he ment of in cheefe,
+    For doubt it not but that he would haue bee
+    Lord and master about the round see:
+    And kept it sure to stoppe our enemies hence,
+    And wonne vs good, and wisely brought it thence:
+    That no passage should be without danger,
+    And his licence on see to moue and sterre.
+
+Of vnitie, shewing of our keeping of the see: with an endly or finall
+  processe of peace by authoritie. Chap. 12.
+
+[Sidenote: Exhortatio generales in custodiam totius Anglić per diligentiam
+custodić circutus maris circa littora eiusdem: quć debet esse per
+vnanimitatem Consilariorum regis, & hominum bonć voluntatus.]
+
+    Now than for loue of Christ, and of his ioy,
+    Bring it England out of trouble and noy:
+    Take heart and witte, and set a gouernance,
+    Set many wits withouten variance,
+    To one accord and vnanimitee.
+    Put to good will for to keepe the see.
+    First for worship and profite also,
+    And to rebuke of eche euill willed foe.
+    Thus shall worship and riches to vs long.
+    Than to the Noble shall we doe no wrong,
+    To beare that coyne in figure and in deede,
+    To our courage, and to our enemies dreede:
+    For which they must dresse hem to peace in haste,
+    Or ellis their thrift to standen and to waste.
+    As this processe hath proued by and by
+    All by reason and expert policy;
+    And by stories which proued well this parte:
+    Or ellis I will my life put in ieoparte,
+    But many londs would seche her peace for nede,
+    The see well kept: it must be doo for drede.
+    Thus must Flanders for nede haue vnitee
+    And peace with vs: it will non other bee,
+    Within short while: and ambassadours
+    Would bene here soone to treate for their succours.
+
+[Sidenote: Tres sunt causć prćdictć custodić scilcet, honor commodum
+regnum, & opprobrium inimicis.]
+
+    This vnitie is to God pleasance:
+    And peace after the werres variance.
+    The ende of battaile is peace sikerly,
+    And power causeth peace finally.
+    Kept than the sea about in speciall,
+    Which of England is the towne wall.
+    As though England were likened to a citie,
+    And the wall enuiron were the see
+    Kepe then the sea that is the wall of England:
+    And than is England kept by Goddes hande;
+    That as for any thing that is without,
+    England were at ease withouten doubt,
+    And thus should euery lond one with another
+    Entercommon as brother with his brother
+    And liue togither werrelesse in vnitie,
+    Without rancour in very charitie,
+    In rest and peace, to Christes great pleasance,
+    Without strife, debate and variance.
+     Which peace men should enserche with businesse,
+    And knit it saddely holding in holinesse.
+
+[Sidenote: Ephes. 4. Solliciti sitis seruare vnitatem spiritus in vinculo
+pacis.]
+
+    The Apostle seith, if ye list to see,
+    Bee yee busie for to keepe vnitee
+    Of the spirit in the bond of peace.
+    Which is nedeful to all withouten lese.
+    The Prophet biddeth vs peace for to enquire
+    To pursue it, this is holy desire.
+    Our Lord Iesu saith, Blessed motte they bee
+    That maken peace; that is tranquillitee.
+
+[Sidenote: Matth. 5. Beati pacifici quoniam filij Dei vocabuntur.]
+
+    For peace makers, as Matthew writeth aright,
+    Should be called the sonnes of God almight.
+    God giue vs grace, the weyes for to keepe
+    Of his precepts, and slugly not to sleepe
+    In shame of sinne: that our verry foo
+    Might be to vs conuers, and turned so.
+
+[Sidenote: Cum placuerint Domino vić hominis eius inimicos ad pacem
+conuertet]
+
+    For in the Prouerbs is a text to this purpose
+    Plaine inough without any glose:
+    When mens weyes please vnto our Lord,
+    It shall conuert and bring to accord
+    Mans enemies vnto peace verray,
+    In vnitie, to liue to Goddis pay,
+    With vnitie, peace, rest and charitie.
+    Hee that was here cladde in humanitie,
+    That came from heauen, and styed vp with our nature,
+    Or hee ascended, he gaue to vs cure,
+    And left with vs peace, ageyne striffe and debate,
+    Mote giue vs peace, so well irradicate
+    Here in this world: that after all this feste
+
+[Sidenote: Vrbs beata Ierusalem dicta pacis visio.]
+
+    Wee may haue peace in the land of beheste
+    Ierusalem, which of peace is the sight,
+    With his brightnes of eternall light,
+    There glorified in rest with his tuition,
+    The Deitie to see with full fruition:
+    Hee second person in diuinenesse is,
+    Who vs assume, and bring vs to the blis. Amen
+
+Here endeth the true procease of the Libel of English policie, exhorting
+  all England to keepe the sea enuiron: shewing what profit and saluation,
+  with worship commeth thereof to the reigne of England.
+
+    Goe forth Libelle, and meekely shew thy face;
+    Appearing euer with humble countenance:
+    And pray my Lords to take in grace,
+    In opposaile and cherishing the aduance.
+    To hardines if that not variance
+    Thou hast fro trought by full experience
+    Authors and reasons: if ought faile in substance
+    Remit to hem that yafe thee this science;
+    That seth it is soth in verray fayth,
+
+[Sidenote: The wise lord of Hungerfords iudgement of this booke.]
+
+    That the wise Lord Baron of Hungerford
+    Hath thee ouerseene, and verely he saith
+    That thou art true, and thus he doeth record,
+    Next the Gospel: God wotte it was his worde,
+    When hee thee redde all ouer in a night.
+    Goe forth trew booke, and Christ defend thy right.
+
+_Explicit libellus de Politia conseruatiua maris_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Breuis Commentarius de Islandia: quo Scriptorum de hac Insula errores
+  deteguntur, & extraneorum quorundam conuitijs, ac calumnijs, quibus
+  Islandis liberiůs insultare solent, occurritur: per Arngrimum Ionam
+  Islandum. Serenissimo Principi ac Domino, domino Christiano IIII, Danić,
+  Noruegić, Vandalorum, Gothorúmque, Regi electo: Slesuici, Holsatić,
+  Stormarić & Dithmarsić Duci: Comiti in Oldenburg & Delmenhorst: Domino
+  suo clementissimo.
+
+Prćclaram sanč apud Historicos meretur laudem, Sereniss. Princeps, Anchuri
+illius Midć regis filij ausus plusquam humanus, & in patriam pietas, ferč
+exemplo carens, quňd ad occludendum ingentem circa Celćnam Phrygić oppidum,
+terrć hiatum, quotidie homines haud exiguo numero, & quicquid in propinquo
+erat, absorbentem, sese vltrň obtulerit. Cum enim ab oraculo Midas pater
+accepisset, non prius conclusum iri istam voraginem, quam res eň
+preciosissimć immitterentur: Anchurus existimans, nihil esse anima
+pretiosius, sese viuum in illud profundissimum chasma prćcipitem dedit:
+ídque tanto animi cum feruore, vt neque parentis desiderio, neque
+dulcissimć coniugis amplexu vel lachrymis, ab isto proposito se retrahi
+passus sit.
+
+Nec inferiorem multň consecuti sunt gloriam Sperthius & Bulis, Lacedćmonij,
+qui ad auertendam potentissimi Regis Persarum Xerxis, ob occisos ŕ
+Lacedemonijs Darij patris legatos, vltionem, ad Regem profecti sunt, & vt
+legatorum necem in se, non in patria vlcisceretur, erectis & constantibus
+animis sese obtulerunt.
+
+Quć verň res, Sereniss. Princeps, illos ac alios complures mouit, vt patrić
+flagrantes amore, nullum pro ea periculum, nullas molestias, imň ne mortem
+ipsam recusarint, ea profectň me quoque impulit, non quidem, vt quemadmodum
+illi, mortem sponte oppeterem, aut me mactandum vltro offerrem, sed tamen,
+vt id quňd solum possem, in gratiam patrić tentarem: Hoc est, vt scriptorum
+de ea errores colligerem & rumusculos vanos refellerem: Ac ita rem profectň
+periculosam, & multorum forsan sinistro obnoxiam iudicio, aggrederer.
+
+In eo proposito me etiam Cn. Pompeij exemplum confirmauit: Quem rei
+frumentariać apud Romanos procuratorem, cum in summa Vrbis annonć
+charitate, in Sicilia, Sardinia & Africa frumentum collegisset, maiorem
+patrić, quŕm sui, tradunt rationem habuisse. Cum enim Romam versus
+properaret, & ingenti ac periculosa oborta tempestate, Naucleros trepidare,
+nec se ventorum aut maris sćvitić committere velle animaduerteret, ipse
+nauim primus ingressus, anchoras tolli iussit, in hćc verba exclamans: Vt
+nauigemus vrget necessitas: vt viuamus, non vrget. Quibus vir
+prudentissimus innuisse videtur, patrić periclitantis maiorem habendam
+rationem, quŕm priuatć incolumitatis.
+
+Hunc ego sic imitor,
+
+(Si parua licet componere magnis, & muscam Elephanto conferre) vt collectis
+ac comportatis ijs, quibus ad succurrendum gentis nostrć nomini ac famć,
+apud extraneos, ex maleuolorum quorundam inuidia iam diu laboranti vterer;
+paucula hćc in lucem emittere, méque pelago huic quantumuis turbulento
+committere, lintea ventis tradere, cúmque illo exclamare non dubitem: Vt
+scribamus, vrget necessitas: Vt verň scriptum nostrum, cuiusuis, delicato
+palato, vbíque satisfaciat, aut omnem Momi proteruiam effugiat, non vrget.
+Institutum meum complures probaturos spero: successum forsan non itidem
+omnes probabunt. Nihiiominus tamen maiorem habendam rationem patrić,
+multorum hactenus opprobria & contumelias sustinentis, quŕm siue laudis,
+siue vituperationis, ad me ipsum hinc forsan rediturć, existimabam. Quid
+enim causć esse potest, cur nonnullorum odium & inuidentiam, cum hoc
+patrić, benefaciendi seu gratificandi studio fortč coniunctam recusem?
+
+Quodsi scriptorum errores liberius notare, si quorundam calumnias durius
+perstringere videbor, eos tamen ćquos me habiturum censores confido, qui
+paulň diligentius animaduertere volent, quam parům tolerabiles sint
+scriptorum de nostra gente errores: quot etiam & quŕm graues quorundam in
+nos calumnić, quibus nationem nostram varijs modis laccssiuere, & etiamnum
+lacessere non desistunt. Dandum etiam aliquid omnibus congenito soli
+natalis amori est; Dandum iusto, ob hanc patrić illatam iniuriam, dolori.
+Et ego quidem, quantum fieri potuit, vbíque mihi temperaui, ac ŕ conuitijs
+abstinere volui: quňd si quid videatur mollius dicendnm fuisse, id prćdicta
+ratione veniam, spero, merebitur.
+
+Cum igitur hćc mihi subeunda sit alea, quod omnibus scriptum aliquod
+edituris in more positum animaduerto, id mihi hoc tempore solicitč curandum
+est: Nempč vt patronum & mecćnatem aliquem huic meo commentariolo qućram,
+sub cuius nomine & numine, tutius in vulgi manus exeat.
+
+Eam igitur ad rem nihil poterit contingere optatius, vestra, clementissime
+Princeps Sereniss. Maiestate: Et enim nos ei, qui vitam & fortunas nostras
+in suam potestatem & tutelam accepit, ei inquam, nomen quoque gentis nostrć
+innocenter contaminatum, curć vt sit, supplices rogamus.
+
+Imň verň, Rex clementiss. non solům ad hanc rem, S. Maiestatis V. clemens
+implorare auxilium necessum habemus; Sed ad multa quoque alia, quć in
+nostra patria desiderantur, aut quć alioqui ad huius vtilitatem & salutem
+communem spectant: qućque non per me, sed per summorum nostrć gentis
+viroram libellos supplices hoc tempore exponuntur, aut certč breui
+exponentur. Nihil enim dubitamus quin S. V. Maiestas, Christianissimorum
+maiorum exemplo, etiam nostram patriam, inter reliquas imperij sui Insulas,
+sua cura & protectione regia dignari velit. Nam quć nostra est ad S.
+Maiestatem V. confugiendi necessitas, ea est S. Maiestatis V. in nobis
+subleuandis, curandis & protegendis, gloria: Et ob nutritam extremi ferč
+orbis Arctoi ecclesiam, in remotissimis M. V. imperij finibus, quć
+tranquillitatem & tuta singulari Dei beneficio halcyonia habet, prćmium, ac
+reposita in coelis immarcessibilis vitć ćternć corona.
+
+Cćterum cům illa huius loci non sint, id quod mei est propositi subiungo: &
+ŕ S. Maiestate V. ea, qua par est, amimi submissione peto, vt huic meć
+opellć & studio in patriam collato, fauere, & patroni benigni esse loco,
+clementer dignetur. Quod superest, Sereniss. Princeps, Dom. clementissime,
+Maiestatem V. sapientić & prudentić, omniúmque adeň virtutnm heroicarum
+indies incrementa sumentem, ad summum imperij fastigium, summas ille
+regnorum, omniúmque adeň rerum humanaram dispensator, Deos opt. max.
+euehat: Euectam, omni rerum foelicissimo successu continuč beet: Beatámque
+hoc modo, vt summum horum regnorum ornamentum, columen, prćesidium,
+Ecclesić clypeum & munimen, quŕm diutissimč conseruet: Ac tandem in altera
+vita, in solido regni coelestis gaudio, cům prćcipuis ecclesić Dei
+nutritijs, syderis instar, illustrem fulgere faciat. Faxit etiam idem Pater
+clementis. vt hćc vota, quanto sćpius, in amplissimorum Maiestatis V.
+regnorum & Insularem quouis angulo, quotidič repetuntur ac ingeminantur,
+tantň rata magis & certiora, maneant.
+
+Haffnić 1593. Mense Mart.
+
+S. M. V. humiliter subiectus:
+
+Aragrimos Ionas Islandus.
+
+The same in English.
+
+A briefe commentarie of Island: wherein the errors of such as haue written
+  concerning this Island, are detected, and the slanders, and reproches of
+  certaine strangers, which they haue vsed ouer-boldly against the people
+  of Island are confuted.
+
+By Arngrimus Ionas, of Island.
+
+To the most mighty Prince and Lord, Lord Christian the 4. [Footnote:
+  Christian IV. was the last elective king of Denmark and Norway. Frederick
+  III. in 1665 changed the constituion to an hereditary monarchy, vested in
+  his own family.] of Denmarke, Norway, and of the Vandals and Gothes, King
+  elect: of Sleswic, Holste, Stormar, and Dithmarse Duke: Earle of
+  Oldenburg, and Delmenhorst: His most gratious Lord.
+
+That heroical attempt of Anchurus, sonne of King Midas (most gratious
+prince) and that pietie towards his countrey in maner peerelesse, deserueth
+highly to be renowmed in histories: in that freely and couragiously he
+offered his owne person, for the stopping vp of an huge gulfe of earth,
+about Celoena, a towne in Phrigia, which daily swallowed multitudes of men
+and whatsoeuer else came neere vnto it. For when his father Midas was
+aduertised by the Oracle, that the said gulfe should not be shut vp, before
+things most precious were cast into it; Anchurus deeming nothing to be more
+inualuable then life plunged himselfe aliue downe headlong into that
+bottomless hole; and that with so great vehemencie of mind, that neither by
+his fathers request nor by the allurements and teares of his most amiable
+wife, he suffered himselfe to be drawne backe from this his enterprise.
+[Footnote: It is added that Midas raised an altar to Jupiter on the spot.]
+
+Sperthius also and Bulis, two Lacedemonians, were not much inferiour to the
+former, who to turne away the reuenge of Xerxes that most puissant King of
+the Persians, entended against the Lacedemonians, for killing the
+ambassadors of his father Darius, hyed them vnto the sayd king and that he
+might auenge the ambassadours death vpon them, not vpon their countrey,
+with hardy, and constant mindes presented themselues before him.
+
+The very same thing (most gracious prince) which moued them and many others
+being enflamed with the loue of their countrey, to refuse for the benefite
+thereof, no danger, no trouble, no nor death it selfe, the same thing (I
+say) hath also enforced me, not indeed to vndergoe voluntarie death, or
+freely to offer my selfe vnto the slaughter, but yet to assay that which I
+am able for the good of my countrey: namely, that I may gather together and
+refute the errors, and vaine reports of writers, concerning the same: and
+so take vpon me a thing very dangerous, and perhaps subiect to the sinister
+iudgement of many.
+
+In this purpose the example of Cneius Pompeius hath likewise confirmed me:
+who being chosen procurator for corne among the Romanes, and in an extreme
+scarcetie and dearth of the citie hauing taken vp some store of grains in
+Sicilia, Sardinia, and Africa, is reported to haue had greater regard of
+his countrey, then of himselfe. For when he made haste towards Rome, and a
+mighty and dangerous tempest arising, he perceiued the Pilots to tremble,
+and to be vnwilling to commit themselues to the rigor of the stormie sea,
+himselfe first going on boord, and commanding the anchors to be weighed,
+brake foorth into these words: That we should sayle necessitie vrgeth: but
+that we should liue, it vrgeth not. In which words he seemeth wisely to
+inferre, that greater care is to be had of our countrey lying in danger,
+then of our owne priuate safetie.
+
+This man doe I thus imitate,
+
+    If small with great as equals may agree:
+    And Flie with Elephant compared bee.
+
+Namely that gathering together and laying vp in store those things which
+might be applied to succour the fame and credite of our nation, hauing now
+this long time bene oppressed with strangers, through the enuie of certeine
+malicious persons, I boldly aduenture to present these fewe meditations of
+mine vnto the viewe of the world, and so hoysing vp sailes to commit my
+selfe vnto a troublesome sea, and to breake foorth into the like speeches
+with him: That I should write necessitie vrgeth: but that my writings in
+all places should satisfie euery delicate taste, or escape all peeuishnes
+of carpers it vrgeth not. I doubt not but many will allow this my
+enterprise: the successe perhaps all men will not approue. Neuertheles, I
+thought that there was greater regard to be had of my countrey, sustaining
+so many mens mocks and reproches, then of mine owne praise or dispraise,
+redounding perhaps vnto me vpon this occasion. For what cause should moue
+me to shunne the enuie and hate of some men, being ioyned with an endeuour
+to benefite and gratifie my countrey?
+
+[Sidenote: The errors of the writers of Island intolerable.]
+
+But if I shall seeme somewhat too bold in censuring the errors of writers,
+or too seuere in reprehending the slanders of some men: yet I hope all they
+will iudge indifferently of me, who shall seriously consider, how
+intolerable the errors of writers are, concerning our nation: how many also
+and how grieuous be the reproches of some, against vs, wherewith they haue
+sundry wayes prouoked our nation, and as yet will not cease to prouoke.
+They ought also to haue me excused in regard of that in-bred affection
+rooted in the hearts of all men, towards their natiue soile, and to pardon
+my iust griefe for these iniures offered vnto my countrey. And I in very
+deed, so much as lay in me, haue in all places moderated my selfe, and haue
+bene desirous to abstaine from reproches but if any man thinke, we should
+haue vsed more temperance in our stile, I trust, the former reason will
+content him.
+
+Sithens therefore, I am to vndergo the same hazard, which I see is commonly
+incident to all men that publish any writings: I must now haue especiall
+regarde of this one thing: namely, of seeking out some patron, and Mecoenas
+for this my briefe commentary, vnder whose name and protection it may more
+safety passe through the hands of all men.
+
+But for this purpose I could not finde out, nor wish for any man more fit
+then your royal Maiestie, most gratious prince For vnto him, who hath
+receiued vnder his power & tuition our liues and goods, vnto him (I say)
+doe we make humble sute, that he would haue respect also vnto the credit of
+our nation, so iniuriously disgraced.
+
+Yea verily (most gracious King) we are constreined to craue your Maiesties
+mercifull aide, not only in this matter, but in many other things also
+which are wanting in our countrey, or which otherwise belong to the
+publique commoditie and welfare thereof which not by me, but by the letters
+supplicatory of the chiefe men of our nation, are at this time declared, or
+will shortly be declared. For we doubt not but that your sacred Maiesties,
+after the example of your Christian predecessors, will vouchsafe vnto our
+countrey also, amongst other Islands of your Maiesties dominion, your
+kingly care and protection. For as the necessitie of fleeing for redresse
+vnto your sacred Maiestie, is ours so the glory of relieuing, regarding,
+and protecting vs, shal wholy redound vnto your sacred Maiestie: as also,
+there is layd vp for you, in respect of your fostering and preseruing of
+Gods church, vpon the extreme northerly parts almost of the whole earth,
+and in the vttermost bounds of your Maiesties dominion (which by the
+singular goodnes of God, enioyeth at this present tranquillitie and quiet
+safetie) a reward and crowne of immortall life in the heauens.
+
+But considering these things are not proper to this place, I wil leaue
+them, and returne to my purpose which I haue in hand: most humbly
+beseeching your S. M. that yon would of your clemencie vouchsafe to become
+a fauorer, and patron vnto these my labours and studies, for the behalfe of
+my countrey.
+
+It now remaineth (most gracious and mercifull souereigne) for vs to make
+our humble prayers vnto almighty God, that king of kings, and disposer of
+all humane affaires, that it would please him of his infinite goodnes, to
+aduance your Maiestie (yearely growing vp in wisedome & experience, and all
+other heroicall vertues) to the highest pitch of souereigntie: and being
+aduanced, continually to blesse yon with most prosperous successe in all
+your affaires: and being blessed, long to preserue you, as the chief
+ornament, defence and safegarde of these kingdomes, and as the shield and
+fortresse of his church: and hereafter in the life to come, to make you
+shine glorious like a starre, amongst the principall nurcing fathers of
+Gods Church, in the perfect ioy of his heauenly kingdome. The same most
+mercifull father likewise grant, that these praiers, the oftener they be
+dayly repeated and multiplied in euery corner of your Maiesties most ample
+territories & Islands, so much the more sure and certain they may remaine,
+Amen. At Haffnia, or Copen Hagen 1593. in the moneth of March. Y. S. M.
+most humble subiect,
+
+Arngrimus Ionas, Islander. [Footnote: A celebrated Icelandic astronomer,
+disciple of Tycho Brahe, and coadjutor of the Bishop of Holen, died in 1649
+at the great age of 95. His principal works, besides his Description and
+History of Iceland, (published at Amsterdam in 1643, 4to), are _Idea Vera
+Magistratus_ (Copenhagen, 1689, 8vo); _Rerum Islandicarum libri tres_
+(Hamburg, 1630, 4to); _The Life of Gundebrand de Thorlac_, etc. He is
+remembered amongst the peasantry of Iceland as the only instance known in
+that country of a man of ninety-one marrying a girl in her teens.]
+
+Benigno & pio Lectori salutem.
+
+In lucem exijt circa annum Christi 1561. Hamburgi foetus valdč deformis,
+patre quodam Germanico propola: Rhythmi videlicet Germanici, omnium qui
+vnquam leguntur spurcissimi & mendacissimi in gentem Islandicam. Nec
+sufficiebat sordido Typographo sordidum illum foetum semel emisisse, nisi
+tertiům etiam aut quartům publicasset, quo videlicet magis innocenti genti
+apud Germanos & Danos, aliósque vicinos populos summam & nunquam delendam
+ignominiam, quantum, in ipso fuit, inureret. Tantum Typographi huius odium
+fuit, & ex re illicita lucri auiditas. Et hoc in illa ciuitate, quć
+plurimos annos commercia sua magno suorum cům lucro in Islandia exercuit,
+impunč fecit. Ioachimus Leo nomen illi est, dignus certč qui Leones pascat.
+
+Reperiuntur prćterea multi alij scriptores, qui cum miracula naturć, quć in
+hac Insula creduntur esse plurima, & gentis Islandicć mores ac instituta
+describere se velle putant, ŕ re ipsa & veritate prorsus aberrarunt,
+nautarnm fabulas plusquam aniles, & vulgi opiniones vanissimas secuti. Hi
+Scriptores etsi non tam spurca & probrosa reliquerunt, quŕm sordidus iste
+Rhythmista: multa tamen sunt in illorum scriptis, quć illos excusare non
+possunt, aut prorsus liberare, quo minus innocentem gentem suis scriptis
+deridendam alijs exposuerint. Hćc animaduertens, legens, expendens, subinde
+nouis, qui Islandorum nomen & ćstimationem lćderent, scriptoribus ortis,
+alienorum laborum suffuratoribus impudicis, qui etiam non desinunt gentem
+nostram nouis conspurcare mendacijs, lectorésque noua monstrorum
+enumeratione & descriptionibus fictis deludere, sćpe optabam esse aliquem,
+qui ad errata Historicorum, & aliorum iniquorum censorum responderet,
+quíque aliquo scripto innocentem gentem ŕ tot conuicijs si non liberaret,
+certč aliquo modo apud pios & candidos Lectores defenderet. Quare hoc
+tempore Author eram honesto studioso, _Arngrimo Ionć_ F. vt reuolutis
+scriptorum monumentis, qui de Islandia aliquid scripserunt, errores &
+mendacia solidis rationibus detegeret. Ille etsi primň reluctabatur, vicit
+tamen demum admonitio, amórque communis patrić, ita vt hunc qualemcunque
+commentariolum conscriberet, non ex vanis vulgi fabulis, sed & ex sua &
+multorum fide dignorum experientia, comprobationibus sumptis.
+
+Ille verň, qui hanc rem meo est aggressus instinctu, vicissim ŕ me suo
+quasi iure flagitabat, vt in has pagellas, vel tribus saltem verbis
+prćfarer: existimans aliquid fidei vel authoritatis opusculo inde
+conciliatum iri. Quare vt mentem breuiter exponam: Ego quidem & honestam &
+necessariam quoque operam nauasse eum iudico, qui non modň scriptorum
+varias sententias de rebus ignotis perpendere, & inuicem conferre, nec non
+ad veritatis & experientić censuram exigere: Sed etiam patriam ŕ venenatis
+quorundam sycophantarum morsibus vindicare conatus sit. Ćquum est igitur,
+Lector optime, vt quicquid hoc est opusculi, velut sanctissimo veritatis &
+patrić amore aduersus Zoilorum proteruiam munitum & muniendum excipias.
+Vale.
+
+Gudbrandus Thorliacus Epěscopus
+Holensis in Islandia.
+Anno 1592. Iul. 29.
+
+[Footnote: In the _original_ edition of the description of Iceland by
+Arngrimus, follow these lines:
+
+¶   Authoris ad Lectorem.
+    Imbute Lector suauis arte Palladis,
+    Lector benigne, humane, multům candide,
+    Qui cuncta scis collis sacri mysteria:
+    Has videris si fortč quando paginas
+    Non lectione síque dedignabere,
+    Fac, nos tuo candori vt hćc committimus
+    Et ćquitati, fronte sic non tetrica,
+    Vultu legas nec ista quando turbido:
+    Communis vnquam sortis haud sis immemor,
+    Infirmitas quam nostra nobis contulit.
+    Obnoxius nam non quis est mortalium
+    Erroribus nćuísque semper plurimis?
+    Quod si diu multúmque cogitauens,
+    Nostris eris conatibus paulň ćquior,
+    Tuis & isto rite pacto consules:
+    Candore nam quo nostra arctans vtere,
+    En te legentes rursus vtentur pari:
+    Sic ipse semper alteri quć feceris.
+    Ćqualitatis lege & hćc fient tibi.
+
+    De gente multis prćdicata Islandica
+    Authoribus quamuis probata maximis,
+    Nostro periclo hucúsque vulgň credita,
+    Licere nobis credimus refellere,
+    Non vt notam scriptorum muram nomini,
+    Nostrum sed ŕ nota probosa vindicem:
+    Hoc institutum iúsque fásque comprobant:
+    Hoc nostra consuetudo léxque comprobant:
+    Hoc digna lectu exempla denique comprobant.
+    Ergo faue: nostris faue conatibus,
+    Sis mitis indulgens et ćquus arbiter,
+    O lector arte imbute suauis Palladis,
+    Lector benigne, amice, multum candide,
+    Qui cuncta scis collis sacri mysteria.]
+
+The same in English.
+
+To the courteous and Christian reader Gudbrandus Thorlacius, Bishop of
+  Holen in Island, wisheth health.
+
+There came to light about the yeare of Christ 1561, a very deformed impe,
+begotten by a certain Pedlar of Germany: namely a booke of German rimes of
+al that euer were read the most filthy and most slanderous against the
+nation of Island. Neither did it suffice the base printer once to send
+abroad that base brat, but he must publish it also thrise or foure times
+ouer: that he might thereby, what lay in him, more deepely disgrace our
+innocent nation among the Germans, & Danes, and other neighbour countries,
+with shamefull, and euerlasting ignominie. So great was the malice of this
+printer, & his desire so greedy to get lucre, by a thing vnlawfull. And
+this he did without controlment, euen in that citie, which these many yeres
+hath trafficked with Island to the great gaine, and commodity of the
+citizens. His name is Ioachimus Leo, a man worthy to become lions foode.
+
+[Sidenote: Great errors grow vpon mariners fabulous reports.]
+
+Moreouer, there are many other writers found, who when they would seeme to
+describe the miracles of nature, which are thought to be very many in this
+Island, & the maners, & customs of the Islanders, haue altogether swarued
+from the matter and truth it selfe, following mariners fables more trifling
+than old wiues tales, & the most vain opinions of the common sort. These
+writers, although they haue not left behind them such filthy and reprochful
+stuffe as that base rimer: yet there are many things in their writings that
+wil not suffer them to be excused, & altogether acquited from causing an
+innocent nation to be had in derision by others. Wherefore marking,
+reading, & weighing these things with my selfe, & considering that there
+dayly spring vp new writers, which offer iniury to the fame & reputation of
+the Islanders, being such men also as do shamelesly filtch out of other
+mens labours, deluding their readers with feined descriptions, & a new
+rehearsal of monsters, I often wished that some one man would come forth,
+to make answere to the errors of historiographers & other vniust censurers:
+and by some writing, if not to free our innocent nation from so many
+reproches, yet at leastwise, in some sort to defend it, among Christian &
+friendly readers. And for this cause I haue now procured an honest and
+learned young man one Arngrimus Fitz-Ionas, to peruse the works of authors,
+that haue written anything concerning Island, and by sound reasons to
+detect their errors, & falshoods. And albeit at the first he was very loth,
+yet at length my friendly admonition, & the common loue of his countrey
+preuailed with him so farre, that he compiled this briefe commentary,
+taking his proofes, not out of the vaine fables of the people, but from his
+owne experience, and many other mens also of sufficient credit.
+
+Now, he that vndertooke this matter at my procurement, did againe as it
+were by his owne authority chalenge at my hands, that I should in two or
+three words at least, make a preface vnto his booke; thinking it might
+gaine some credit, and authority thereby. Wherfore to speake my minde in a
+word: for my part, I iudge hin to haue taken both honest & necessary
+paines, who hath done his indeuour not onely to weigh the diuers opinions
+of wrighters concerning things vnknowen, and to examine them by the censure
+of trueth, and experience, but also to defend his countrey from the
+venemous bitings of certaine sycophants. It is thy part therefore (gentle
+reader) to accept this small treatise of his, being as it were guarded with
+the sacred loue of truth, and of his countrey, against the peruersnes of
+carpers. Farewel.
+
+Anno 1592. Iulii 19.
+
+
+COMMENTARII DE ISLANDIA INITIUM.
+
+Quemadmodum in militia castrensi, alios nulla ćqua ratione adductos, sed
+ambitione, inuidia & auaritia motos, Martis castra sequi animaduertimus:
+Alios verň iustis de causis arma sumere; vt qui vel doctrinć coelestis
+propagandć aut seruandć ergo bella mouent, vel aliquo modo lacessiti
+paratam vim ac iniuriam repellunt, vel saltem non lacessiti, propter
+obsidentem hostem metu in armis esse coguntur: Non secus Apollini
+militantes: alij animo nequaquam bono, Philosophico seu verius Christiano,
+ad scribendum feruntur: puta qui glorić cupiditate, qui liuore ac odio, qui
+affectata ignorantia alios sugillant, vt ipsi potiores habeantur, nunc in
+personam, nomen ac famam alicuius, nunc in gentem totam stylum acuentes,
+atque impudenter quasi mentiendo, insontem nationem & populos
+commaculantes: Alij verň contrŕ, animo ingenuo multa lucubrando inuestigant
+& in lucem emittunt; vt qui scientiam Theologicam & Philosophicam scriptis
+mandarunt, quique suis vigilijs veterum monumenta nobis explicuerunt: qui
+quicquid in illis obscurum, imperfectum, inordinatum animaduerterunt, vsu &
+experientia duce illustrarunt, explerunt, ordinarunt: qui mundi historias,
+bona fide, ćternć memorić consecrarunt: qui linguarum cognitionem suis
+indefessis laboribus iuuerunt: denique qui aliorum in se suamue gentem vel
+patriam, licentiosam petulantiam reprimere, calumnias refellere, & quandam
+quasi vim iniustam propulsare annixi sunt.
+
+Et quidem ego, cui literas vix, ac ne vix quidem videre contigit, omnium
+qui diuinć Palladi nomen dederunt, longč infimus (vt id ingenuč de mea
+tenuitate confitear) facere certč non possum, quin me, in illorum aciem
+conferam, qui gentis suć maculam abluere, veritatem ipsam asserere, &
+conuitiantium iugum detrectare studuerunt: Maiora ingenio sors denegauit:
+Id quoquo modo tentare compellit ipsius veritatis dignitas, & innatus amor
+patrić, quam extraneos nonnullos falsis rumoribus deformare, varijs
+conuitijs, magna cum voluptate proscindere, aliísque nationibus deridendam
+propinare comperimus. Quorum petulantić occurrere, & criminationes falsas,
+detectis simul scriptorum de hac Insula erroribus, apud bonos & cordatos
+viros, (Nam vulgus sui semper simile, falsi & vani tenacissimum, non est
+quňd sperem me ab hac inueterata opinione abducere posse) diluere hoc
+commentariolo decreui.
+
+Etsi autem Islandia multos habet, vt ćtate, ita ingenio & eruditione me
+longe superiores, ideóque ad hanc causam patrić suscipiendam multň magis
+idoneos: Ego tamen optimi & clarissimi viri, Dom. Gudbrandi Thorlacij,
+Episcopi Holensis, apud Islandos, sollicitationibus motus communi causć,
+pro viribus, nequaquam deesse volui, tum vt ćquissimć postulationi ipsius
+parerem, atque amorem & studium debitum erga patriam declararem, tum vt
+reliquos sympatriotas meos, in bonarum literarum scientia foelicius
+versatos, atque in rerum plurimarum cognitione vlterius progresses, ad hoc
+gentis nostrć patrocinium inuitarem: Tantum abest, vt ijs qui idem
+conabuntur, obstaculo esse voluerim.
+
+Cćterum vt ad rem redeamus, quoniam illi quicunque sunt nostrć gentis
+obtrectatores, testimonio scripto se vti ac niti iactitant: videndum omnino
+est, quidnam de Islandia, & quŕm vera scriptores prodiderint, vt si fortč
+isti, alijs in nos dicendi aliquam occasionem dederint, patefactis ipsorum
+erroribus (nolo enim quid durius dicere) quŕm meritň nos calumnientur,
+reliquis planum fiat, Porrň, quamuis vetustiorum quorundam scripta de hac
+Insula, ad veritatis & experientić normam exigere non verear: Tamen nobis
+eorundem alioqui sacra est memoria, reuerenda dignitas, suspicienda
+eruditio, laudanda voluntas & in Rempub. literariam studium; Nouitij verň,
+si qui sunt id genus scriptores, aut verius pasquilli, cum ijs longč
+veriora quŕm scripserant, audire & nosse de Islandia licuerit, sua leuitate
+& ingenio malč candido, nihil nisi inuidić & calumnić maculam lucrati esse
+videbuntur.
+
+[Sidenote: Commentarij duć partes.]
+
+Atque vt Commentarius hic noster aliquid ordinis habeat, duo erunt
+propositć orationis capita, vnum de Insula, de incolis alterum: quantum
+quidem de his duobus capitibus Scriptores qui in nostris manibus versantur,
+annotatum reliquerunt: Quoniam vltra has metas vagari, vel plura quŕm hćc
+ipsa, & quć huc pertinere videbuntur attingere nolo. Non enim ex professo
+Historicum vel geographum sed disputatorem tantům agimus. [Sidenote: Primć
+partis tractatio.] Itaque omissa longiore prćfatione partem primam, quć est
+de situ, nomine, miraculis & alijs quibusdam adiunctis Insulć, aggrediamur.
+
+The same im English.
+
+HERE BEGINNETH THE COMMENTARY OF ISLAND.
+
+Euen as in war, dayly experience teacheth vs, that some vpon no iust &
+lawful grounds (being egged on by ambition, enuie, and couetise) are
+induced to follow the armie, and on the contrary side, that others arme
+themselues vpon iust and necessary causes: namely such as go to battell for
+the defence and propagation of the Gospel, or such as being any way
+prouoked thereunto, doe withstand present violence and wrong, or at least
+(not being prouoked) by reason of the enemie approching are constrained to
+be vp in armes right so, they that fight vnder Apolloes banner. Amongst
+whom, a great part, not vpon any honest, philosophical, or indeede
+Christian intention, addresse themselues to wright: especially such as for
+desire of glory, for enuy and spight, or vpon malicious and affected
+ignorance, carpe at others: and that they may be accompted superiours,
+sometimes whette their stiles against the person, name and fame of this or
+that particular man, sometimes inueighing against a whole countrey, and by
+shamelesse vntrueths disgracing innocent nations and people. Againe, others
+of an ingenuous minde, doe by great industry, search and bring to light
+things profitable: namely, they that write of Diuinity, Philosophy, History
+and such like: and they who (taking vse and experience for their guides) in
+the said Sciences haue brought things obscure to light, things maimed to
+perfection, and things confused to order: and they that haue faithfully
+commended to euerlasting posteritie, the stories of the whole world: that
+by their infinite labours haue aduaunced the knowledge of tongues: to be
+short, that endeuour themselues to represse the insolencie, confute the
+slanders, and withstand the vniust violence of others, against themselues,
+their Nation or their Countrey:
+
+And I for my part, hauing scarce attained the sight of good letters, and
+being the meanest of all the followers of Minerua (that I may freely
+acknowledge mine owne wants) can do no lesse then become one of their
+number, who haue applied themselues to ridde their countrey from dishonor,
+to auouch the trueth, and to shake off the yoke of railers & reuilers. My
+estate enabled me onely to write; howbeit the excellencie of trueth and the
+in bred affection I beare to my countrey enforceth me to do the best I can:
+sithens it hath pleased some strangers by false rumours to deface, and by
+manifolde reproches to iniurie my sayd countrey, making it a by word, and a
+langhing-stocke to all other nations. To meet with whose insolencie and
+false accusations, as also to detect the errours of certeine writers
+concerning this Island, vnto good and well affected men (for the common
+people will be alwayes like themselues, stubbornly mainteining that which
+is false and foolish, neither can I hope to remooue them from this
+accustomed and stale opinion) I haue penned the treatise following.
+
+And albeit Island is not destitute of many excellent men, who, both in age,
+wit, and learning, are by many degrees my superiors, and therefore more fit
+to take the defence of the countrey into their hands: notwithstanding,
+being earnestly perswaded thereunto, by that godly & famous man Gudbrandus
+Thorlacius Bishop of Hola in Island, I thought good (to the vtmost of mine
+ability) to be no whit wanting vnto the common cause: both that I might
+obey his most reasonable request, and also that I might encourage other of
+my countreymen, who haue bene better trained vp in good learning, and
+indued with a greater measure of knowledge then I my selfe, to the defence
+of this our nation: so farre am I from hindering any man to vndertake the
+like enterprise.
+
+But to returne to the matter, because they (whatsoeuer they be) that
+reproch and maligne our nation, make their boast that they vse the
+testimonies of writers: we are seriously to consider, what things, and how
+true, writers haue reported of Island, to the end that if they haue giuen
+(perhaps) any occasion to others of inueying against vs, their errours
+being layd open (for I will not speake more sharpely) all the world may see
+how iustly they do reproch vs. And albeit I nothing doubt to examine some
+ancient writers of this Island, by the rule of trueth and experience: yet
+(otherwise) their memory is precious in our eyes, their dignity reuerend,
+their learning to be had in honour, and their zeale and affection towards
+the whole common wealth of learned men, highly to be commended: but as for
+nouices (if there be any such writers or rather pasquilles) when they shall
+heare and know truer matters concerning Island, then they themselues haue
+written, they shall seeme by their inconstancie and peruerse wit to haue
+gained nought else but a blacke marke of enuy and reproch.
+
+And that this commentarie of mine may haue some order, it shall be diuided
+into two general parts: the first of the Island, the second of the
+inhabitants: and of these two but so farfoorth as those writers which are
+come to our hands haue left recorded: because I am not determined to wander
+out of these lists, or to handle more then these things and some other
+which perteine vnto them. For I professe not my selfe an Historiographer,
+or Geographer, but onely a Disputer. Wherefore omitting a longer Preface,
+let vs come to the first part concerning the situation, the name, miracles,
+and certaine other adiuncts of this Iland.
+
+SECTIO PRIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munst. lib. 4. Cosmograph.] Insula Islandić, quć per immensum ŕ
+  cćteris secreta longč sita est in Oceano, vixque ŕ nauigantibus
+  agnoscitur, &c.
+
+Et si hćc tractare, quć ipsam terram vel illius adiuncta seu proprietates
+concernunt, ad gentem vel incolas ŕ calumniantium morsu vindicandos parům
+faciat: tamen id nequaquam omittendum videtur. Sed de his primům, & quidem
+prolixiůs aliquantň agendum est, vt perspecto, quŕm vera de hac re tradant
+illi Islandić scriptores, facilč inde candidus Lector, in ijs quć de
+Incolis scripta reliquerant, qućque ab illis alij, tanquam Dijs
+prodentibus, acceperunt, vnde sua in gentem nostram ludibria depromi aiunt,
+quantum fidei mereantur, iudicet.
+
+Primum igitur distantiam Islandić ŕ reliquis terris non immensam esse, nec
+tantam, quanta vulgň putatur, si quis insulć longitudinem & latitudinem
+aliquo modo cognitam haberet, facilč demonstrari posset. Non enim id alio,
+quŕm isto cognosci exactč posse modo existimarim, cum nulli dubium sit,
+quŕm semper nautarum vel rectissimus, vt illis videtur, cursus aberret.
+Quare varias authorum de situ Islandić sententias subiungam, vt inde quiuis
+de distantia id colligat, quod maximč verisimile videbitur, donec fortč
+aliquando propria edoctus experientia, meam quoque sententiam si non
+interponam, tamen adiungam.
+
+                                       Longit.    Latitud.
+Munsterus Islandiam collocat sub
+ gradibus ferč                         20         68
+Gerardus Mercator                     352         68
+Gemma Frisius:
+ Medium Islandić:                       7   0     65  30
+ Hersee:                                7  40     60  42
+ Thirtes:                               5  50     64  44
+ Nadar:                                 6  40     57  20
+    Iacobi Ziegleri:
+Littus Islandić Occident.              20         63
+Chos promontorium:                     22  46     63
+Latus orientale extenditur contra
+  Septentrionem: & finis extensionis
+  habet                                30         68
+Latus septentrionale contra occidentem
+  extenditur, & finis extensionis
+  habet                                28         69
+Lateris Occidentalis descriptio.
+Heckelfel promontorium                 25         67
+Madher promontorium                    21  20     65  10
+Ciuitates in ea mediterraneć sunt
+Holen Episcopalis                      28         67  50
+Schalholten Episcopalis                22         63  30
+         Reinholdus.
+Per Holen Islandić                               68
+      Ioh. Myritius.
+Per Med. Islandić                                69
+        Neander.
+Islandia tribus gradibus in circulum
+   vsque Arcticum ab ćquinoctiali
+   excurrit, adeň ferč, vt
+   mediam circulus ille secet, &c.
+
+Et si qui sunt prćterea, qui vel in mappis, vel alioqui suis scriptis
+Insulć situm notarunt, quorum plures sententias referre nihil attinet, cům
+quň plures habeas, eň magis dissidentes reperias. Ego quamuis verisimiles
+coniecturas habeo, cur nullć citatć de Islandić situ sententić assentiar,
+quin potius diuersum quippiam ab ijs omnibus statuam, tamen id ipsum in
+dubio relinquere malo, quŕm quicquam non exploratum satis affirmare, donec,
+vt dixi, fortč aliquando non coniecturam, sed obseruationem & experientiam
+propriam afferre liceat.
+
+[Sidenote: Bidui nauigatio ab Islandia ad Noruagiam desertam.]
+
+Distantiam ab ostio Albis ad portum Istandić meridionalis Batzende, quidam
+scripserat esse circiter 400. milliarium: Vnde si longitudinis differentiam
+ad meridianum Hamburgensem supputaueris, nullam modň positarum longitudinum
+habebit illo in loco Islandia. Ego ternis Hamburgensium nauigationibus
+docere possum, septimo die Hamburgum ex Islandia peruentum esse. Prćterea
+etiam, Insulć quć ab ouium multitudine Fćreyjar, seu rectius Faareyjar
+dictć sunt, bidui nauigatione, vt & littora Noruagić deserta distant.
+Quatridui verň nauigatione in Gronlandiam habitabilem, & pari ferč temporis
+interuallo, ad prouinciam Noruagić Stad. inter opida Nidrosiam & Bergas
+sitam peruenitur, quemadmodum in harum nationum vetustis codicibus
+reperimus.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FIRST SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus lib. 4. cosmographić] The Isle of Island being seuered
+  from other countreys an infinite distance, standeth farre into the Ocean,
+  and is scarse knowen vnto Sailers.
+
+Albeit a discourse of those things which concerne the land, and the
+adiuncts or properties thereof be of little moment to defend the nation or
+inhabitants from the biting of slanderers, yet seemeth it in no case to be
+omitted, but to be intreated of in the first place; that the friendly
+reader perceiuing how truely those writers of Island haue reported in this
+respect, may thereby also easily iudge what credit is to be giuen vnto them
+in other matters which they haue left written concerning the inhabitants,
+and which others haue receiued from them as oracles, from whence (as they
+say) they haue borrowed scoffes and taunts against our nation.
+
+First therefore, that the distance of Island from other countreys is not
+infinite, nor indeed so great as men commonly imagine, it might easily be
+prouided, if one did but in some sort know the true longitude & latitude of
+the said Iland. For I am of opinion that it cannot exactly be knowen any
+other way then this, whenas it is manifest how the Mariners course (be it
+neuer so direct, as they suppose) doth at all times swerue. In the meane
+while therfore I will set downe diuers opinions of authors, concerning the
+situation of Island, that from hence euery man may gather that of the
+distance which seemeth most probable, vntil perhaps my selfe being one day
+taught by mine owne experience, may, if not intrude, yet at least adioin,
+what I shal thinke true as touching this matter. [Footnote: The real
+position of Iceland is 700 miles west of Norway, 200 miles east of
+Greenland, and 320 miles north-west of the Faroe Islands. It lies between
+latitude 63° 25 and 66° 32 north and longitude 13° 30' and 24° 30' west;
+length east to west 280 miles; breadth 210 miles. It will be thus seen that
+while Frisius is nearly right in his latitude, Gerard Mercator is
+considerably out. As regards the longitude, whilst Munster's estimate is
+converted to the standard of Greenwich, Mercator's reckoning is from
+Copenhagen or Hamburg, and Frisius has reckoned east of Reikiavik or
+Skallholt.]
+
+                                     Longit.     Latitud.
+                                    deg  min.    deg  min.
+
+Munster placeth Island almost in     20           68
+Gerardus Mercator                   325           68
+Gemma Frisius placeth the midst
+   of Island                          7    0      65   30
+  Hersee                              7   40      60   42
+  Thirtes                             5   50      64   44
+  Nadar                               6   40      57   10
+     Iacobus Zieglerus
+The West shore of Island             20    0      63    0
+The promontorie of Chos              22   46      63    0
+The East shore is extended
+  Northward, and hath bounds
+  of extension in                    30    0      68    0
+The North shore is extended
+  Westward and hath bounds of
+  extension in                       28    0      69    0
+The description of the West side
+The promontorie of Heckelfell        25    0      67    0
+The promontorie of Madher            21   20      65   10
+The inland cities of Island
+Holen the seat of a bishop           28    0      67   50
+Schalholten the seat of a bishop     22           63   30
+         Reinholdus
+By Holen in Island                                68
+         Iohannes Miritius
+By Mid-Island                                     69-1/2
+         Neander
+Island stretcheth it selfe 3 degrees
+  within the circle arctic from the
+  equinoctial, insomuch that the
+  said circle arctic doeth almost
+  diuide it in the midst &c.
+
+There be others also, who either in their maps, or writings haue noted the
+situation of Island: notwithstanding it is to no purpose to set downe any
+more of their opinions, because the more you haue, the more contrary shall
+you finde them. For my part, albeit I haue probable coniectures perswading
+me not to beleeue any of the former opinions, concerning the situation of
+Island, but to dissent from them all: yet had I rather leaue the matter in
+suspense then affirme an vncerteinty, vntill (as I haue sayd) I may be able
+perhappes one day not to gesse at the matter, but to bring forth mine owne
+obseruation, and experience.
+
+[Sidenote: Seuen dayes sailing from Island to Hamburg Island but two dayes
+sailing distant from Faar-Islands & from the desert shores of Norway.]
+
+A certeine writer hath put downe the distance betweene the mouth of Elbe &
+Batzende in the South part of Island to be 400 leagues: from whence if you
+shall account the difference of longitude to the meridian of Hamburgh,
+Island must haue none of the forenamed longitudes in that place. I am able
+to proue by three sundry voyages of certaine Hamburgers, that it is but
+seuen dayes sailing from Island to Hamburgh. Besides all those Islands,
+which by reason of the abundance of sheepe, are called Fareyiar or more
+rightly Faareyiar,[Footnote: Faroe Islands.] as likewise the desert shores
+of Norway, are distant from vs but two dayes sailing. We haue foure dayes
+sailing into habitable Gronland; and almost in the same quantitie of time
+we passe ouer to the prouince of Norway, called Stad, lying betweene the
+townes of Nidrosia or Trondon, [Footnote: Trondheim.] and Bergen, as we
+finde in the ancient records of these nations.
+
+
+
+
+SECTIO SECUNDA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus, Olaus magnus & reliqui.] In hac, ćstiuo solstitio,
+  sole signum Cancri transeunte, nox nulla, brumali Solstitio proinde
+  nullus dies. Item, Vadianus. In ea autem Insula quć longe Supra Arcticum
+  circulum in amplissimo Oceano sita est, Islandia hodie dicta, & terris
+  congelati maris proxima, quas Entgronlandt vocant, menses sunt plures
+  sine noctibus.
+
+Nullum esse hyemali solstitio diem, id est, tempus quo sol supra horizontem
+conspicitur in illo tantum Islandić angulo, si modň quis est, fatemur, vbi
+polus ad integros 67. gradus attollitur. Holis autem, quć est sedes
+Episcopalis Borealis Islandić, sita etiam in angustissima & profundissima
+conualle, latitudo est circiter grad. 65. 44. min. vt ŕ Domino Gudbrando
+eiusdem loci Episcopo accepimus, & illic diem breuissimum habemus ad
+minimum duarum horarum, in meridionali autem Islandia longiorem, vt ex
+artificum tabulis videre est. Vnde constat nec Islandiam vltra Arcticum
+circulum positam esse, nec menses plures noctibus in ćstiuo, vel diebus in
+brumali solstitio carere.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SECOND SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus, Olaus Magnus and others.] In this Iland, at the
+  Summer solstitium, the Sun passing thorow the signe of Cancer, there is
+  no night, and therefore at the Winter solstitium there is no day. Also:
+  Vadianus. But in that Iland, which farre within the artic circle is
+  seated in the maine Ocean, at this day called Island, and next vnto the
+  lands of the frozen sea, which they call Engrontland, there be many
+  moneths in the yere without nights.
+
+At the solstitium of winter, that there is no day (that is to say, no time,
+wherein the Sunne is seene aboue the horizon) we confesse to be true onely
+in that angle of Island (if there be any such angle) where the pole is
+eleuated full 67. degrees. But at Holen (which is the bishops seat for the
+North part of Island, and lieth in a most deepe valley) the latitude is
+about 65. degrees and 44. minutes, as I am enformed by the reuerend father,
+Gudbrand, bishop of that place: and yet there, the shortest day in all the
+yere is at least two houres long, and in South-Island longer, as it
+appeareth by the tables of Mathematicians. [Sidenote: Island is not within
+the circle arctic.] Heerehence it is manifest, first that Island is not
+situate beyond the arctic circle: [Footnote: This is true, except for the
+very small portion of Iceland round about Cape North.] secondly, that in
+Island there are not wanting in Summer solstitium many nights, nor in
+Winter solstitium many dayes.
+
+
+
+SECTIO TERTIA.
+
+[Sidenote: Musterus Saxo.] Nomen habet ŕ glacie quć illi perpetuo ad Boream
+  adheret Item. A latere Occidentali Noruagić Insula, quć Glacialis
+  dicitur, magno circumfusa Oceano repentur, obsoletć admodum habitationis
+  tellus, &c. Item, Hćc est Thyle, nulli veterum non celebrata.
+
+Nomen habet ŕ glacie) Tria nomina consequenter sortita est Islandia.
+[Sidenote: Snelandia.] Nam qui omnium primus eius inuentor fuisse creditur
+Naddocus genere Noruagus, cum versus insulas Farenses nauigaret tempestate
+valida, ad littora Islandić Orientalis fortč appulit: vbi cum fuisset
+aliquot septimanas cum socijs commoratus, animaduertit immodicam niuium
+copiam, montium quorundam cacumina obtegentem, atque ideň ŕ niue nomen
+Insulć Snelandia indidit. Hunc secutus alter, Gardarus, fama quam de
+Islandia Naddocus attulerat impulsus, Insulam qućsitum abijt, reperit, &
+nomen de suo nomine Gardarsholme id est, Gardars Insula imposuit. Quin &
+plures nouam terram visendi cupido incessit: nam & post illos duos adhuc
+tertius quidam Noruagus (Floki nomen habuit) contulit se in Islandiam,
+illique ŕ glacie qua viderat ipsam cingi nomen fecit.
+
+Obsoletć admodum) Ego ex istis verbis Saxonis hanc sententiam nequaquam
+eruo, vt quidam, quňd inde ab initio habitatam esse Islandiam, seu vt verbo
+dicam, Islandos autocthonas dicat, cum constet vix ante annos 718. incoli
+coeptam.
+
+Hćc est Thyle) Grammatici certant & adhuc sub iudice lis est. Quam tamen
+facilč dirimi posse crediderim, si quis animaduertat, circa annum Domini
+874. primům fuisse inhabitatam. Nisi quis dicere velit Thulen illum Ćgypti
+Regem, quem hoc ipsi nomen dedisse putant, ad Insulam iam tum incultam &
+inhabitatam penetrasse. Illud verň rursus si quis neget, per me sanč
+licebit, vt illud sit quaddam quasi spectaculum, dum ita in contrarias
+scinduntur sententias. Vnus affirmat esse Islandiam. Alter quandam insulam,
+vbi arbores bis in anno fructificant. Tertius vnam ex Orcadibus, siue
+vitimam in ditione Scoti, vt Ioannes Myritius & alij, qui nomen illius
+referunt, Thylensey, quod etiam Virgilius per suam vltimam Thylen sensisse
+videtur. Siquidem vltra Britannos, quo nomine Angli hodie dicti & Scoti
+veniunt, nullos populos statueret. Quod vel ex illo Virgilij Eclog I.
+apparet:
+
+  Et penitus toto diuisos orbe Britannos.
+
+Quartus vnam ex Farensibus. Quintus Telemarchiam Noruagić. Sextus
+Schrichfinniam.
+
+Perpetuň ad Boream adhćret.) Illud verň, Glaciem Insulć perpetuň, vel vt
+paulň post asserit Munsterus: Octo continuis mensibus adhćrere: neutrum
+verum est. [Sidenote: Glacies Aprili aut Maio soluitur.] Nam vt plurimum in
+mense Aprili aut Maio soluitur, & Occidentem versus propellitur, nec ante
+Ianuarium aut Februarium sćpissimč etiam tardius redit. Quid? quňd plurimos
+annos numerare licet, quibus glaciem illam huius nationis immite flagellum,
+ne viderit quidem Islandia: Quod etiam hoc anno 1592. compertum est. Vnde
+constat quŕm verč ŕ Frisio scriptum sit, nauigationem ad hanc insulam
+tantům quadrimestrem patere, propter glaciem & frigora, quibus
+intercludatur iter, Cům Anglicć naues quotannis nunc in Martio, nunc in
+Aprili, qućdam in Maio, Germanorum & Danorum in Maio & Iunio, plćrumque ad
+nos redeant, & harum qućdam non ante Augustum iterum hinc soluunt.
+Superiore autem anno 1591. qućdam nauis Germanica, cupro onusta, portum
+Islandić Vopnafiord 14. dies circiter in Nouembri occupauit, quibus lapsis
+inde foeliciter soluit Quare cum glacies Islandić, nec perpetuň, neque octo
+mensibus adhćreat, Munsterus & Frisius manifestč falluntur.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE THIRD SECTION.
+
+It is named of the ice which continually cleaueth vnto the North part
+  thereof. [Sidenote: Munsterus Saxo] Another writeth: From the West part
+  of Norway there lieth an Iland which is named of the ice, enuironed with
+  an huge sea, and being a countrey of ancient habitation, &c. Zieglerus.
+  This is Thyle [Footnote: Thule] whereof most of the ancient writers haue
+  made mention.
+
+It is named of ice, &c. Island hath beene called by three names, one after
+another. [Sidenote: Island first discouered by Naddocus in a tempest.] For
+one Naddocus a Noruagian borne, who is thought to be the first Discouerer
+of the same, as he was sailing towards the Faar-Ilands, [Footnote: Faroe
+Islands.] through a violent tempest did by chance arriue at the East shore
+of Island; [Sidenote: Sneland.] where staying with his whole company
+certaine weeks, he beheld abundance of snow couering the tops of the
+mountaines, and thereupon, in regard of the snow, called this Iland
+Sneland. [Sidenote: Gardarsholme] After him one Gardarus, being mooued
+thereunto by the report which Naddocus gaue out concerning Island, went to
+seeke the sayd Iland who when he had found it, called it after his owne
+name Gardars-holme, that is to say, Gardars Ile. There were more also
+desirous to visit this new land. [Sidenote: Island.] For after the two
+former a certaine third Noruagian, called Flok, went into Island, and named
+it of the ice, wherewith he saw it enuironed.
+
+Of ancient habitation &c. I gather not this opinion out of these wordes of
+Saxo (as some men do) that Island hath bene inhabited from the beginning or
+(to speake in one word) that the people of Island were autochthones, that
+is, earth-bred, or bred out of their owne soile like vnto trees and herbs:
+sithens it is euident that this Island scarse began to be inhabited no
+longer agoe then about 718 yeres since. [Footnote: The Viking Naddodr is
+said to have discovered Iceland in 860, and it was colonised by Ingulf, a
+chieftain from the west coast of Norway.]
+
+This is Thyle, &c. Grammarians wrangle about this name, and as yet the
+controuersie is not decided. Which notwithstanding, I thinke might easily
+grow to composition, if men would vnderstand that this Iland was first
+inhabited about the yeere of our Lord 874. Vnlesse some man will say that
+Thule King of Ćgypt (who, as it is thought, gaue this name thereunto)
+passed so farre vnto an Iland, which was at that time vntilled, and
+destitute of inhabitants. Againe, if any man will denie this, he may for
+all me, that it may seeme to be but a dreame, while they are distracted
+into so many contrary opinions. One affirmes that it is Island: another,
+that it is a certeine Iland, where trees beare fruit twise in a yeere: the
+third, that it is one of the Orcades, or the last Iland of the Scotish
+dominion, as Iohannes Myritius and others, calling it by the name of
+Thylensey, which Virgil also seemeth to haue meant by his vltima Thyle. If
+beyond the Britans (by which name the English men and Scots onely at this
+day are called) he imagined none other nation to inhabit. Which is euident
+out of that verse of Virgil in his first Eclogue:
+
+    And Britans whole from all the world diuided.
+
+The fourth writeth, that it is one of the Faar-Ilands: the fift, that it is
+Telemark in Norway: the sixt, that it is Scrichfinnia.
+
+[Sidenote: The ice of Iseland sets always to the West.] Which continually
+cleaueth to the North part of the Iland. That clause that ice continually
+cleaueth &c. or as Munster affirmeth a little after, that it cleaueth for
+the space of eight whole moneths, are neither of them both true, when as
+for the most part the ice is thawed in the moneth of April or May, and is
+driuen towards the West: neither doth it returne before Ianuarie or
+Februarie, nay often times it commeth later. [Sidenote: No ice at all some
+yeres in Island.] What if a man should recken vp many yeeres, wherein ice
+(the sharpe scourge of this our nation) hath not at all bene seene about
+Island? which was found to be true this present yeere 1592. Heereupon it is
+manifest how truely Frisius hath written that nauigation to this Iland
+lieth open onely for foure moneths in a yeere, and no longer, by reason of
+the ice and colde, whereby the passage is shut vp, when as English ships
+euery yere, sometimes in March, sometimes in April, and some of them in
+May; the Germans and Danes, in May and Iune, doe vsually returne vnto vs,
+and some of them depart not againe from hence till August. [Sidenote:
+Nauigation open to Island from March till the midst of Nouember.] But the
+last yere, being 1591, there lay a certeine shippe of Germanie laden with
+Copper within the hauen of Vopnafiord in the coast of Island about
+fourteene dayes in the moneth of Nouember, which time being expired, she
+fortunately set saile. Wherefore, seeing that ice, neither continually, nor
+yet eight moneths cleaueth vnto Iland, Munster and Frisius are much
+deceiued. [Footnote: The mean temperature of Iceland is said to be 40
+degrees.]
+
+
+
+
+SECTIO QUARTA
+
+[Sidenote: Kranzius. Munsterus.] Tam grandis Insula, vt populos multos
+  contineat. Item, Zieglerus. Situs Insulć extenditur inter austrum &
+  boream ducentorum prope Schćnorum longitudine.
+
+Grandis.) Wilstenius quidam, rector Scholć OLDENBVRGENSIS Anno 1591. ad
+auunculum meum in Islandia Occidentali misit breuem commentarium, quem ex
+scriptorum rapsodijs de Islandia collegerat. Vbi sic reperimus Islandia
+duplo maior Sicilia,&c. Sicilia autem secundum Munsterum 150. milliaria
+Germanica in ambitu habet. [Sidenote: Magnitudo Islandić.] Nostrć verň
+Insulć ambitus etsi nobis non est exactč cognitus, tamen vetus & constans
+opinio, & apud nostrates recepta 144. milliaria numerat per duodecim
+videlicet promontoria Islandić insigniora, quć singula 12. inter se
+milliaribus distent, aut circiter, quć collecta prćdictam summam ostendunt.
+
+Populos multos.) Gysserus quidam, circa annum Domini 1090, Episcopus
+Schalholtensts in Islandia, omnes Insulć colonos seu rusticos qui tantas
+facultates possiderent, vt regi tributum soluere tenerentur (reliquis
+pauperibus cum foeminis & promiscuo vulgo omissis) lustrari curauit,
+reperítque in parte Insulć Orientali 700, meridionali 1000, Occidentali
+1100, Aquilonari 1200. Summa 4000. colonorum tributa soluentium. Iam si
+quis experiatur, inueniet Insulam plus dimidio fuisse inhabitatam.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FOURTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius. Munsterus.] The Iland is so great that it conteineth
+  many people. Item Zieglerus sayth: The situation of the Iland is extended
+  betweene the South and the North almost 200 leagues in length.
+
+So great, &c. One Wilstenius schoolemaster of Oldenburg, in the yere 1591,
+sent vnto mine Vncle in West Island, a short treatise which he had gathered
+out of the fragments of sundrie writers, concerning Island. Where we found
+thus written: Island is twise as great as Sicilie, &c. But Sicilie,
+according to Munster, hath 150. Germaine miles in compasse. [Sidenote: 144.
+Germaine miles in compasse.] As for the circuit of our Iland, although it
+be not exactly knowen vnto vs, yet the ancient, constant, and receiued
+opinion of the inhabitants accounteth it l44 leagues; namely by the 12
+promontories of Iland, which are commonly knowen, being distant one from
+another 12 leagues or thereabout, which two numbers being mulitplied,
+produce the whole summe. [Footnote: The exact area is 39,737 square miles.]
+
+Many people, &c. One Gysserus about the yere of our Lord 1090, being bishop
+of Schalholten in Island, caused all the husbandmen, or countreymen of the
+Iland, who, in regard of their possessions were bound to pay tribute to the
+king, to be numbred (omitting the poorer sort with women, and the meaner
+sort of the communally) and he found in the East part of Island 700, in the
+South part 1000, in the West part 1100, in the North part 1200, to the
+number of 4000. inhabitants paying tribute. Now if any man will trie, he
+shall finde that more then halfe the Iland was at that time vnpeopled.
+[Footnote: In 1875 the population was 69,800.]
+
+
+
+
+SECTIO QUINTA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munst. Frisius, Ziegler] Insula multa sui parte montosa est &
+  inculta. Qua parte autem plana est prćstat plurimum pabulo, tam lćto, vt
+  pecus depellatur ŕ pascuis, ne ab aruina suffocetur.
+
+Id suffocationis periculum nullo testimomo, nec nostra nec patrum
+nostrorum, vel quŕm longč retro numeraris, memoria confirmari potest.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FIFTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munster. Frisius. Zieglerus.] The Iland, most part thereof, is
+  mountainous and vntilled But that part which is plaine doth greatly
+  abound with fodder, which is so ranke, that they are faine to driue their
+  cattell from the pasture, least they surfet or be choaked.
+
+That danger of surfetting or choaking was neuer heard tell of, in our
+fathers, grandfathers, great grandfathers or any of our predecessours
+dayes, be they neuer so ancient. [Footnote: In the tenth and eleventh
+centuries, corn and other crops seem to have been raised in considerable
+quantities, but at present only small crops of potatoes, turnips, and
+cabbages are grown. The pastures are good, and many horses, cattle, and
+sheep are reared.]
+
+
+
+
+SECTIO SEXTA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munst. Frisius.] Sunt in hac Insula montes elati in coelum,
+  quorum vertices perpetua niue candent, radices sempiterno igne ćstuant.
+  Primus Occidentem versus est, qui vocatur Hecla, alter crucis, tertius
+  Helga. Item Zieglerus. Rupes siue promontorium Hecla ćstuans perpetuis
+  ignibus. Item Saxo. In hac itidem Insula mons est, qui rupem sideream
+  perpetuć flagrationis ćstibus imitatus, incendia sempiterna iugi
+  flammarum eructatione continuat.
+
+Miracula Islandić Munsterus & Frisius narraturi mox in vestibulo, magno suo
+cum incommodo impingunt. Nam quod hic de monte Hecla asserunt, etsi aliquam
+habet veritatis speciem, tamen quod idem de duobus alijs montibus perpetuo
+igne ćstuantibus dicunt, manifestč erroneum est. Illi enim in Islandia non
+extant, nec quicquam, quod huic tanto scriptorum errori occasionem dederit,
+imaginari possumus. Facta tamen est, sed nunc demum Anno 1581. ex monte
+quodam australis Islandić, maritimo, perpetuis niuibus & glacie obducto
+memorabilis fumi ac flammć eruptio, magna saxorum ac cineris copia eiecta.
+Cćterum ille mons longe est ab his tribus, quos authores commemorant,
+diuersissimus. Porro etsi hćc de montibus ignitis maximč vera narrarent,
+annon naturaliter ista contingerent? An ad extruendam illam, quć mox in
+Munstero, Zieglero & Frisio sequitur, de orco Islandico opinionem aliquid
+faciunt? Ego sanč nefas esse duco, his vel similibus naturć miraculis ab
+absurda asserenda abuti, vel hćc tanquam impossibilia cum quadam impietate
+mirari. Quasi verň non concurrant in huiusmodi incendijs causć ad hanc rem
+satis validć. Est in horum montium radicibus materia vri aptissima, nempe
+sulphurea & bituminosa. Accedit aër per poros ac cauernas in terrć viscera
+ingressus, ac illum maximi incendij fomitem exsufflans vnŕ cum nitro, qua
+exsufflatione tanquam follibus quibusdam, ardentissima excitatur flamma.
+Habet siquidem ignis, his ita conacnientibus, quć tria ad vrendum sunt
+necessaria, materiam scilicet, motum, & tandem penetrandi facultatem:
+Materiam quidem pinguem & humidam ideoque flammas diuturnas alentem: Motum
+prćstat per terrć cauernas admissus aër: Penetrandi facultatem facit ignis
+vis inuicta, sine respiraculo esse nescientis, & incredibili conatu
+violenter erumpentis, atque ita (non secus ac in cuniculis machinisue seu
+tormentis bellicis, globi č ferro maximi, magno cum fragore ac strepitu, ŕ
+sulphure & nitro, č quibus pyrius puluis conficitur, excitato, eijciuntur)
+lapides & Saxa in ista voragine ignita, ceu quodam camino, collique facta
+cum immodica arenć & cinerum copia, exspuentis & eiaculantis, idque vt
+plurimum, non sine terrćmotu: qui si secundum profunditatem terrć fiat,
+succussio ŕ Possidoneo appellatur vel hiatus erit, vel pulsus. Hiatu terra
+dehiscit: pulsu eleuatur intumescens, & nonunquam, vt inquit Plinius
+[Sidenote: Lib. 2. cap. 20.], motes magnas egerit: Cuiusmodi terrćmotus iam
+mentionem fecimus, maritima Islandić Australis Anno 1581 infestantis quíque
+ŕ Pontano his verbis scitissimč describitur.
+
+    Ergo incerta ferens raptim vestigia, anhelus
+    Spiritus incursat, nunc huc, nunc percitus illuc,
+    Explorátque abitum insistens, & singula tentat,
+    Si qua forte queat victis erumpere claustris.
+    Interea tremit ingentem factura ruinam
+    Terra, suis quatiens latas cum moenibus vrbes:
+    Dissiliunt auulsa iugis immania saxa, &c.
+
+Hćc addere libuit, non quňd cuiquam hćc ignota esse existimemus; sed ne nos
+alij ignorare credant, atque ideo ad suas fabulas, quas hinc extruunt,
+confugere velle.
+
+Cćterum video quid etiamnum admirationem non exiguam scriptoribus moueat,
+in his, quos ignoranter fingunt, tribus Islandić montibus, videlicet cum
+eorum basin semper ardere dicant, summitates tamen nunquam niue careant.
+Porrň id admirari, est prćter authoritatem tantorum virorum, quibus Ćtnć
+incendium optimč notum erat, quć, cům secundum Plinium hybernis temporibus
+niualis sit, noctibus tamen, eodem teste, semper ardet. Quare etiam
+secundum illos, ille mons, cum adhac niuium copia obducitur, & tamen ardeat
+sordidarum animarum quoque erit receptaculum: id quod Heclć propter niues
+in summo vertice & basin ćstuantem, adscribere non dubitarunt. [Sidenote:
+Cardanus.] Vix autem mirum esse potest, quňd ignis montis radicibus latens,
+& nunquam, nisi rarissimč erumpens, excelsa montis cacumina, quć niuibus
+obducuntur, non collique faciat. Nam & in Caira, altissima montis cacumina
+niuibus semper candentia esse perhibentur: & in Beragua quidem similiter,
+sed 5000 passuum in coelum elata, quć niuibus nunquam liberentur, cum tamen
+partibus tantum decem ab ćquatore distent. Vtrámque hanc prouinciam iuxta
+Pariam esse sitam accepimus. Quid? quod illa Teneriffć (quć vna, est ex
+insulis Canarijs, quć & fortunatć) pyramis, secundum Munsterum, 8 aut 9
+milliarium Germanicorum altitudine in aëra assurgens, atque instar Ćtnć
+iugiter conflagrans, niues, quibus media cingitur, teste Benzone Italo,
+Indić occidentalis Historico, non resoluit. Quod ipsum in nostra Hecla quid
+est, quod magis miremur? Atque hćc ita breuiter de incendijs montanis.
+
+Nunc illud quoque castigandum arbitramur, quod hos montes in coelum vsque
+attolli scribant. Habent enim nullam prć cćteris Islandić montibus
+notabilem altitudinem. Precipuč tertius ille Helga ŕ Munstero appellatus,
+nobis Helgafel. i. Sacer mons, apud monasterium eiusdem nominis, nulla sui
+parts tempore ćstiuo nimbus obductus, nec montis excelsi, sed potius collis
+humilis nomen meretur, nunquam, vt initio huius sectionis dixi, de incendio
+suspectus. Nec verň perpetuć niues Heclć, vel paucis alijs adscribi
+debebant: Permultos enim habet eiusmodi montes niuosos Islandia, quos omnes
+vel toto anno, non facilč collegerit aut connumerarit, horum prćdicator &
+admirator Cosmographus. Quin etiam id non negligendum, quod mons Hecla non
+occidentem versus, vt ŕ Munstero & Zieglero annotatum est, sed inter
+meridiem & orientem positus sit. Nec promontorium est: sed mons ferč
+mediterraneus.
+
+[Sidenote: Annales Islandić.] Incendia perpetua ragi, &c. Quicunque
+perpetuam flammarum cructationem Heclć adscripserunt, toto coelo errarunt,
+adeň, vt quoties flammas eructarit, nostrates in annales retulerint, viz.
+anno Christi 1104. 1157. 1222. 1300. 1341. 1362. & 1389. Neque enim ab illo
+de montis incendio audire licuit, vsque ad annum 1558. quć vltima fuit in
+illo monte eruptio. Interea non nego, fieri posse, quin mons infernč
+latentes intus flammas & incendia alat, quć videlicet statis interuallis,
+vt hactenus annotatum est, eruperint, aut etiam forte posthac erumpant.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SIXTH SECTION
+
+[Sidenote: Monsterus. Frisius.] There be in this Iland mountaines lift vp
+  to the skies, whose tops being white with perpetuall snowe, their roots
+  boile with euerlasting fire. The first is towards the West, called Hecla:
+  the other the mountaine of the crosse: and the third Helga. Item
+  Zieglerus. The rocke or promontone of Hecla boileth with continuall fire.
+  Item: Saxo. There is in this Iland also a mountaine, which resembling the
+  starrie firmament, with perpetuall flashings of fire, continueth alwayes
+  burning, by vncessant belching out of flames.
+
+Munster and Frisius being about to report the woonders of Island doe
+presently stumble, as it were, vpon the thresholde, to the great
+inconuenience of them both. For that which they heere affirme of mount
+Hecla, although it hath some shew of trueth: notwithstanding concerning the
+other two mountaines, that they should burne with perpetuall fire, it is a
+manifest errour. For there are no such mountaines to be found in Island,
+nor yet any thing els (so farre foorth as wee can imagine) which might
+minister occasion of so great an errour vnto writers. Howbeit there was
+seene (yet very lately) in the yeere 1581 out of a certaine mountaine of
+South Island lying neere the Sea, and couered ouer with continuall snow and
+frost, a marueilous eruption of smoke and fire, casting vp abundance of
+stones and ashes. But this mountaine is farre from the other three, which
+the sayd authours doe mention. Howbeit, suppose that these things be true
+which they report of firie mountaines: is it possible therefore that they
+should seeme strange, or monstrous, whenas they proceed from naturall
+causes? What? Doe they any whit preuaile to establish that opinion
+concerning the hell of Island, which followeth next after in Munster,
+Ziegler, and Frisius? For my part, I thinke it no way tollerable, that men
+should abuse these, and the like miracles of nature, to auouch absurdities,
+or, that they should with a kinde of impietie woonder at them, as at
+matters impossible. As though in these kindes of inflammations, there did
+not concurre causes of sufficient force for the same purpose. There is in
+the rootes of these mountaines a matter most apt to be set on fire, comming
+so neere as it doeth to the nature of brimstone and pitch. There is ayer
+also which insinuating it selfe by passages, and holes, into the very
+bowels of the earth, doeth puffe vp the nourishment of so huge a fire,
+together with Salt-peter, by which puffing (as it were with certeine
+bellowes) a most ardent flame is kindled. [Sidenote: Three naturall causes
+of firie mountaines.] For, all these thus concurring fire hath those three
+things, which necessarily make it burne, that is to say, matter, motion,
+and force of making passage: matter which is fattie and moyst, and
+therefore nourisheth lasting flames: motion which the ayer doeth performe,
+being admitted into the caues of the earth: force of making passage, and
+that the inuincible might of fire it selfe (which can not be without
+inspiration of ayre, and can not but breake foorth with an incredible
+strength) doeth bring to passe: and so (euen as in vndermining trenches and
+engines or great warrelike ordinance, huge yron bullets are cast foorth
+with monstrous roaring, and cracking, by the force of kindled Brimstone,
+and Salt-peeter, whereof Gunne-powder is compounded) chingle and great
+stones being skorched in that fiery gulfe, as it were in a furnace,
+together with abundance of sande and ashes, are vomitted vp and discharged,
+and that for the most part not without an earthquake which, if it commeth
+from the depth of the earth, (being called by Possidonius, Succussio) it
+must either be either an opening or a quaking. Opening causeth the earth in
+some places to gape, and fall a sunder. By quaking the earth is heaued vp
+and swelleth, and sometimes (as Plinie saith) [Sidenote: Lib. 20. cap. 20.]
+casteth out huge heaps: such an earth-quake was the same which I euen now
+mentioned, which in the yere 1581 did so sore trouble the South shore of
+Island. And this kinde of earth-quake is most clearkely described by
+Pontanus in these verses:
+
+    The stirrng breath runnes on with stealing steppes,
+      vrged now vp, and now enforced downe:
+    For freedome eke tries all, it skips, it leaps,
+      to ridde it selfe from vncouth dungeon.
+      Then quakes the earth as it would burst anon,
+    The earth yquakes, and walled cities quiuer.
+    Strong quarries cracke, and stones from hilles doe shiuer.
+
+I thought good to adde these things, not that I suppose any man to be
+ignorant thereof: but least other men should thinke that we are ignorant,
+and therefore that we will runne after their fables, which they do from
+hence establish. But yet there is somewhat more in these three famed
+mountaines of Island, which causeth the sayd writers not a little to
+woonder, namely whereas they say that their foundations are alwayes
+burning, and yet for all that, their toppes be neuer destitute of snowe.
+Howbeit, it beseemeth not the authority and learning of such great clearks
+to marueile at this, who can not but well know the flames of mount Aetna,
+which (according to Plinie) being full of snowe all Winter, notwithstanding
+(as the same man witnesseth) it doth alwayes burne. Wherefore, if we will
+giue credit vnto them, euen this mountaine also, sithens it is couered with
+snowe, and yet burneth, must be a prison of vncleane soules: which thing
+they haue not doubted to ascribe vnto Hecla, in regard of the frozen top,
+and the fine bottome. And it is no marueile that fire lurking so deepe in
+the roots of a mountaine, and neuer breaking forth except it be very
+seldome, should not be able continually to melt the snowe couering the
+toppe of the sayd mountaine. [Sidenote: Cardanus] For in Caira (or Capira)
+also, the highest toppes of the mountaine are sayd continually to be white
+with snowe: and those in Veragua likewise, which are fiue miles high, and
+neuer without snowe, being distant notwithstanding but onely 10 degrees
+from the equinoctiall. We haue heard that either of the forsayd Prouinces
+standeth neere vnto Paria. What, if in Teneriffa (which is one of the
+Canarie or fortunate Islands) the Pike [Footnote: The Peak.] so called,
+arising into the ayre, according to Munster, eight or nine Germaine miles
+in height, and continually flaming like Aetna: yet (as Benzo an Italian,
+and Historiographer of the West Indies witnesseth) is it not able to melt
+the girdle of snowe embracing the middest thereof. Which thing, what reason
+haue we more to admire in the mountaine of Hecla? And thus much briefly
+concerning firie mountaines.
+
+Now that also is to be amended, whereas they write that these mountaines
+are lifted vp euen vnto the skies. For they haue no extraordinarie height
+beyond the other mountaines of Island, but especially that third mountaine,
+called by Munster Helga, and by vs Helgafel, that is the holy mount,
+standing iust by a monastery of the same name, being couered with snowe,
+vpon no part thereof in Summer time, neither deserueth it the name of an
+high mountaine, but rather of an humble hillocke, neuer yet as I sayd in
+the beginning of this section, so much as once suspected of burning.
+Neither yet ought perpetuall snowe to be ascribed to Hecla onely, or to a
+few others; for Island hath very many such snowy mountaines, all which the
+Cosmographer (who hath so extolled and admired these three) should not
+easily find out, and reckon vp in a whole yere. And that also is not to be
+omitted, that mount Hecla standeth not towards the West, as Munster and
+Ziegler haue noted, but betweene the South and the East: neither is it an
+headland, but rather a mid-land hill.
+
+[Sidenote: The chronicles of Island.] Continueth alwayes burning &c.
+whosoeuer they be that haue ascribed vnto Hecla perpetuall belching out of
+flames, they are farre besides the marke: insomuch that as often as it hath
+bene enflamed, our countreymen haue recorded it in their yerely Chronicles
+for a rare accident: namely in the yeeres of Christ 1104, 1157, 1222, 1300,
+1341, 1362, and 1389: For from that yeere we neuer heard of the burning of
+this mountaine vntill the yeere 1558, which was the last breaking foorth of
+fire in that mountaine. In the meane time I say not that is impossible, but
+that the bottome of the hill may inwardly breed and nourish flames, which
+at certaine seasons (as hath bene heretofore obserued) haue burst out, and
+perhaps may do the like hereafter. [Footnote: The surface of the country is
+very mountainous, but there are no definite ranges, the isolated volcanic
+masses being separated by elevated plateaux of greater or less size. The
+whole centre is, in fact, an almost continuous desert fringed by a belt of
+pasture land, lying along the coast and running up the valleys of several
+of the greater riuers. This desert is occupied partly by snow mountains and
+glaciers, partly by enormous lava streams, partly by undulating plains of
+black volcanic sand, shingle, and loose stones. This region is of course
+without verdure, and entirely uninhabited. The rocks are all of igneous
+origin, but of very different ages, traps, basalts, amygdaloids, tufas,
+ochres, and porous lavas. The number of active volcanoes is, at present,
+not great, but hot springs and mud volcanoes testify to the existence of
+volcanic action along a line running from the extreme south west at Cape
+Reykjanes to the north coast near Husavik. The only recent well ascertained
+eruptions have been from Hecla, Aotlugja, Skaptar Vokul, and (in 1874-5)
+from the mountains to the south-east of Myratu Lake. The eruption of
+Skaptar in 1783 is the greatest anywhere on record in respect of the
+quantity of lava and ashes ejected. Earthquakes are not unfrequent. The
+greatest mountain group is the Vatna or Klofa Yokul, on the south coast, a
+mass of snow and ice covering many hundred square miles, and sending down
+prodigious glaciers which almost reach the sea. From one of these a torrent
+issues, little more than a hundred yards long, and a mile and a half broad.
+The line of perpetual snow ranges from 2,000 to 3,000 feet. The loftiest
+summits of this great mountain mass have never been ascended, but the
+highest point is believed to be the Orefa Yolcal, 6,405 feet. The other
+considerable peaks in different parts of the island are Herdubreidr (an
+extinct volcano), 5,290 feet, Eyjafjalla Yokul, 5,579 feet, Snćfels Yokul,
+5,965 feet, and Hecla, 5,095 feet.]
+
+
+
+
+SECTIO SEPTIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius. Munst.] Montis Heclć flamma nec stuppam lucernarum
+  luminibus aptissimam adurit, neque aqua extinguitur: Eóque impetu, quo
+  apud nos machinis bellicis, globi eijciuntur, illinc lapides magni in
+  aera emittuntur, ex frigoris & ignis & sulphuris commixtione. Is locus ŕ
+  quibusdam putatur carcer sordidarum animarum. Item Zieglerus. Is locos
+  est carcer sordidarum animarum.
+
+Nec stuppam adurit.) Vnde habeant Scriptores, non satis conijcitur. Hćc
+enim nostris hominibus prorsus ignota, nec hic vnquam, nisi prodidissent
+illi, audita fuissent. Nemo enim est apud nos tam temerarić curiositatis,
+vt huius rei periculum, ardente monte, facere ansit, vel quod scire licuit,
+vnquam ausis fuerit. Quod tamen Munsterus asserit. Qui, inquit, naturam
+tanti incendij contemplari cupiunt, & ob id ad montem propius accedunt, eos
+vna aliqua vorago viuos absorbet &c. Quć res, vt dixi, nostrć genti est
+ignota prorsus. Exstat tamen liber veteri Noruagorum lingua scriptus, in
+quo terrarum, aquarum, ignis, aëris, &c. miracula aliquot confusa reperias,
+pauca vera, plurima vana & falsa. Vnde facile apparet, ŕ Sophis quibusdam,
+si dijs placet, in Papatu olim esse conscriptum: [Sidenote: Speculum
+Regale.] Speculum Regale nomen dederunt, propter vanissima mendacia, quibus
+totus, sed plćrúmque sub religionis & pietatís prćtextu (quo difficilius
+est fucum agnoscere) scatet speculum minimč regale, sed Anile & Irregulare.
+In hoc speculo figmenta qućdam de Heclć incendio, his quć nunc tractamus
+non multum dissimilia, habentur, nullo experimento magis quŕm hćc
+stabilita, ideóque explodenda.
+
+Cćterum ne audaculus videar, qui speculum illud Regale mendacij accusem;
+nullum verň ex his quć minus credibilia affert, recenseam; Accipe horum
+pauca Lector, quć fidem minimč mereri existimarim.
+
+1. De quadam Insula Hybernić; quć templum & Parochiam habet: Cuius incolć
+decedentes non inhumantur: sed ad aggerem seu parietem coemeterij, viuorum
+instar erecti, consistunt perpetuň: Nec vlli corruptioni, nec ruinć.
+obnoxij: vt posterum quiuis suos maiores ibi qućrere & conspicere possit.
+
+2. De altera Hybernić Insula, vbi homines emori nequeant.
+
+3. De omni terrâ & omnibus arboribus Hybernić, quć omnibus omninň venenis
+resistant, serpentes & alia venenata, vbiuis terrarum, solâ virtute &
+prćsentia, etiam sine contactu, enecent.
+
+4. De tertia Hybernić Insula: Quňd hćc dimidia Diabolorum colonia facta
+sit. In dimidiam vero propter templum ibidem exstructum, iuris habeant
+nihil, licet & pastore (vt tota Insula incolis) & sacris perpetuň careat:
+idque per naturam ita esse.
+
+5. De quarta Hybernić Insula, quć in lacu quňdam satis vasto fluitet: cuius
+gramina, quibusuis morbis prćssentissimum remedium existant: Insula verň
+ripam lacus statis temporibus accedat, idque vt plurimum, diebus Dominicis,
+vt tum quiuis facilč eam veluti nauim quandam, ingrediatur: id quod tamen
+pluribus simul, per fatum licere negat. Hanc vero Insulam septimo quoque
+anno ripć adnasci tradit, vt ŕ continente non discernas: In eius autem
+locum mox succedere alteram, priori, naturam, magnitudine & virtute
+consimilem: quć vnde veniat, nesciri: idque cum quňdam quasi tonitru
+contingere.
+
+6. De venatoribus Noruegić, qui lignum domare (sic enim loquitur,
+quantumuis improprič: cům ligno vt non vita, ita nec domitura competat)
+adeo docti sint, vt asseres 8. vlnas longi, plantis pedum eorundem
+alligati, tanta eos celeritate, vel in excelsis montibus, promoueant, vt
+non modň canum venaticorum, aut caprearum cursu, sed etiam auium volatu
+superari nequeant: atque vnico cursu, vnico etiam hastć ictu, nouem vel
+plures capreas feriant. [Sidenote: Gronlandia.] Hćc & similia, de Hybernia,
+Noruegia, Islandia, Gronlandia, de aquć & aëris etiam miraculis, centonum
+ille magister, in suum speculum collegit: Quibus, licet suis admirationem,
+vulgo stuporem, nobis tamen risum concitauit.
+
+Sed Frisium audiamus. Flamma, inquit, Montis Heclć nec stuppam, lucernarum
+luminibus aptissimam, adurit, nec aqua extinguitur. Atqui inquam, ex Schola
+vestra Philosophica petitis rationibus hoc Paradoxon confirmari poterit.
+Docent enim Physici, commune esse validioribus flammis omnibus vt siccis
+extinguantur, alantur verň humidis: Vnde etiam fabri, aqua inspersa, ignem
+excitare solent. Cům enim, aiunt, ardentior fuerit ignis, ŕ frigido
+incitatur, & ab humido alitur, quorum vtrumque aquć inest. Item: Aqua solet
+vehementes accendere ignes: Quoniam humidum ipsum quod exhalat, pinguius
+redditur, nec ŕ circumfuso fumo absumitur, sed totum ignis ipse depascitur,
+quň purior inde factus, ac simul collectus, ŕ frigido alacrior inde
+redditur. Vnde etiam ignes artificiosi aqua minimč extinguibiles. Item:
+Sunt sulphure & bitumine loca abundantia, quć sponte ardent, quorum flamma
+aqua minimč extinguitur. Prodidit etiam Philosophus, Aqua ali ignem. Arist.
+3. de anim. Et Plin. lib. 2. Nat. Histor. cap. 110. Et Strabo lib. 7. In
+Nymphćo excitč Petra flamma, que aqua accenditur. Idem, Viret ćternům
+contexens fontem igneum fraxinus. Quin & repentinos ignes in aquis
+existere, vt Thrasumenum lacum in agro Perusino arsisse totum, idem autor
+est. [Sidenote: Chronica Islandie.] Et anno 1226, & 1236. non procul ŕ
+promontorio Islandić Reykianes, flamma ex ipso mari erupit. Etiam in
+corporibus humanis repentinos ignes emicuisse, vt Seruio Tullio dormienti,
+č capite flammam exsilijsse: Et L. Martium in Hispania, interfectis
+Scipionibus, concionem seu orationem ad milites habentem, atque ad vltionem
+exhortantem, conflagrasse, Valerius Antias narrat. Meminit etiam Plinius
+flammć montanć, quć, vt aqua accendatur, ita terra aut foeno extinguatur.
+Item, Alterius campestris, que frondem densi supra se nemoris non adurat.
+Quć cum ita sint, mirum, homines id in solâ Heclâ mirari (ponam enim iam
+ita esse, cum non sit tamen, quňd ŕ quoquam scire potuerim) quňd multis
+aliarum terrarum partibus seu locis, tam montanis, quŕm campestribus, cum
+ea commune esset.
+
+Eo impetu quo apud nos globi. Sic enim Munsterus. [Sidenote: Frisius.] Mons
+ipse cum furit, inquit, horribilia tonitrua insonat, proijcit ingentia
+Saxa, sulphur euomit, cineribus egestis, tam longč terram circumcirca
+operit, vt ad vicesimum lapidem coli non possit, &c. Cćterum oportuit
+potius cum Ćtnâ, aut alijs montibus flammiuomis, quos mox recitabo,
+comparasse, cum non deesset, non modň simile, sed prope idem: Nisi fortč
+quňd incendia rarius ex Heclâ erumpant, quŕm alijs id genus montibus. Nam
+proxunis 34. annis prorsus quieuit, facta videlicet vltima eruptione, An.
+1558. vt superius annotauimus. Et nihil tam magnificč dici potest de nostra
+Hecla, quin idem, vel maius cćteris montibus flammiuomis competat, vt mox
+apparebit. Quňd verň sulphur eiaculetur, manifestum est commentum nullo
+experimento apud nostrates cognitum.
+
+Is locus est carcer sordidarum animarum. Hic prćfandum esse mihi video,
+atque veniam ŕ Lectore petendam quňd cum initio proposuerim, de terra &
+incolis diuisim agere in hac prima parte tamen, quć sunt meritň secundć
+partis miscere cogar. Euenit hoc scriptorum culpa, qui Insulć situi ac
+miraculis, religionis incolarum particulam hanc, de opinione infernalis
+carceris, confuderunt. Quare etiam vt hunc locum attingamus, quis non
+miretur isthoc commentum ab homine cordato in Historia positum esse? Quis
+non miretur, viros sapientes eň perduci, vt hćc vulgi deliramenta
+auscultent, nedum sequantur? Vulgus enim extraneorum & hominum colluuies
+nautica (hic enim saniores omnes tam inter nautas quam reliquos excipio,)
+de hoc insolito naturć miraculo audiens, ingenito stupore ad istam, de
+carcere animarum, imaginationem fertur: Siquidem incendio nullam substerni
+materiam videt, quemadmodum in domesticis focis fieri consueuit. Atque hac
+persuasione vulgi fama inoleuit dum (vt ad maledicta optimč assuefactum
+est) vnus alteri huius montis incendum imprecatur. Quasi verň ignis
+elementaris & materiatus ac visibilis, animas, i. substantias spirituales
+comburat. Quis deníque non miretur cur eundem carcere damnatorum, non in
+Ćtna etiam, nihilo minus ignibus ac incendijs celebri, confingant? At
+confinxit dices, Gregorius Pontifex. Purgatorium igitur est. Sit sanč:
+Eadem igitur huius carceris veritas quć & purgatorij. Sed priusquam longius
+procedamus, libet hic referre fabulam perlepidam, huius opinionis
+infernalis originem & fundamentum: Nempe cuidam extraneorum naui Islandiam
+relinquenti & turgidis velis citissimo cursu iter suum rectŕ legenti,
+factam obuiam alteram similiter impigro cursu, sed contra vim tempestatum,
+velis & remis nitentem: cuius prćfectus rogatus, quinam essent? Respondisse
+fertur: De Bischop van Bremen. Iterum rogatus quo tenderent? ait. Thom
+Heckelfeldt tho, Thom Heckelfeldt tho. Hćc videns Lector vereor, ne peluim
+postulet dari: Est enim mendacium adeo detestandum, vt facilč nauseam
+pariat. Abeat igitur ad Cynosarges & ranas palustres: illud enim eiusde
+facimus atque illarum coax, coax. Nec verň dignum est hoc commentum, quod
+rideatur, nedum refutetur. Sed nolo cum insanis Papistis nugari: Quin
+potius ad scriptores nostros conuertamur.
+
+Atque inprimis nequeo hic, clarissimi viri, D. Casparis Peuceri, illud
+prćterire. Est in Islandia, inquit, mons Hecla, qui immanis barathri, vel
+inferni potius profunditate terribilis, eiulantium miserabili & lamentabili
+ploratu personat, vt voces plorantium circumquaque, ad interuallum magni
+milliaris audiantur. Circumnolitant hunc coruorum & vulturum nigerrima
+agmina, quć nidulari ibidem ab incolis existimantur. Vulgus incolarum
+descensum esse per voraginem illam ad inferos persuasum habet: Inde cum
+prćlia committuntur alibi in quacunque parte orbis terrarum aut cćdes fiunt
+cruentć commoueri horrendos circumcirca tumultus & excitari clamores atque
+eiulatus ingentes longâ experientiâ didicerunt. Quis verň rem tam
+incredibilem ad te vir doctissime perferre ausus fuit? Nec enim vultures
+habet Islandia, sed genus aquilarum secundum, quod ab albicante caudâ
+Plinius notauit & Pygarsum appellauit. Nec vlli sunt huius spectaculi apud
+nos testes: Nec deníque ibidem coruos aut aquilas nidificare probabile est,
+quć, igni & fumo semper inimicissimo, potius ŕ focis vel incendijs
+arceantur. Et nihilominus in huius rei testimonium, (vt & exauditi per
+voraginem montis tumultus extranei,) experientiam incolarum allegant, quć
+certč contraria omnia testatur. Vnde verň foramen vel fenestra illa
+montana, per quam clamores, strepitus & tumultus apud antipodes, perićcos &
+antćcos factos exaudiremus? De quâ re multa essent, quć authorem istius
+mendacij interrogatum haberem, modň quid de illo nobis constaret: qui
+vtinam veriora narrare discat, nec tam perfrictâ fronte similia,
+incomperta, átque, adeň incredibilia, clarissimo viro Peucero, aut alijs
+referre prćsumat.
+
+Ast verň Munsterus cum incendij tanti & tam incredilis caussas in
+famosissimâ Ćtna inuestigare conatus sit, quam rem illic naturalem facit,
+hic verň prćternaturalem imo infernalem faciat, an non monstri simile est?
+Cćterum de Ćthnâ quid dico? Quin potius videamus quid de Heclć incendio
+alias sentiat Munsterus.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus Cosmograph. vniuersal. lib. 1. cap. 7.] Dubium non
+est, inquit, montes olim & campos arsisse in orbe terrarum: Et nostra
+quidem state ardent. Verbi gratia: In Islandia mons Hecla statis temporibus
+foras proijcit ingentia Saxa, euomit sulphur spargit cineres, tam longč
+circumcirca, vt terra ad vicesimum lapidem coli non possit. Vbi autem
+montium incendia perpetua sunt, intelligimus nullam esse obstructionem
+meatuum, per quos modň, quasi fluuium quendam, ignes, modň flammas, nunc
+verň fumum tantům euomunt. Sin per temporum interualla increscunt, internis
+meatibus obturatis, eius viscera nihilominus ardent Superioris autem partis
+incendia, propter fomitis inopiam, non nihil remittunt ad tempus. Ast vbi
+spiritus vehementior, rursus reclusis meatibus ijsdem vel alijs, ex carcere
+magnâ vi erumpit, cineres, arenam, sulphur, pumices, massas, quć habent
+speciem ferri, saxa, aliásque materias foras proijcit, plerúnque non sine
+detrimento regionis adiacentis. Hćc Munsterus. Vbi videas qućso Lector,
+quomodo suo se iugulet gladio, videas inquam hic eadem de incendio Heclć &
+Ćtnć opinionem & sententiam, quć tamen lib 4. eiusdem, admodum est dispar,
+vt illic ad causas infernales confugiat.
+
+Habet profectň Indić occidentalis mons quidam flammiuomus ćquiores multň,
+quŕm hic noster censores & historicos, minimč illic barathrum
+exćdificantes: Cuius historiam, quia & breuis est, & non illepida,
+subijciam, ab Hieronimo Benzone Italo in Historiar noui orbis, lib. 2. his
+verbis descriptam.
+
+Triginta quínque, inquit, milliarium interuallo abest Legione mons
+flammiuomus, qui per ingentem craterem tantos sćpe flammarum globos
+eructat, vt noctu latissimč vltra 10000. passuum incendia reluceant.
+Nonnullis fuit opinio, intus liquefactum aurum esse, perpetuam ignibus
+materiam. Itáque Dominicanus quidam monachus cum eius rei periculum facere
+vellet, ahenum & catenam ferream fabricari curat móxque in montis iugum cum
+quatuor alijs Hispanis ascendens, catenam cum aheno ad centum quadraginta
+vlnas in caminum demittit. Ibi ignis feruore, ahenum cum parte catenć
+liquefactum est. Monachus non leuiter iratus Legionem recurrit, fabrum
+incusat, quňd catenam tenuiorem multň, quŕm iussisset ipse, esset
+fabricatus. Faber aliam multo crassiorem excudit. Monachus montem repetit:
+Catenam & lebetem demittit. Res priori incoepto similem exitum habuit. Nec
+tantům resolutus lebes euanuit, verum etiam flammć globus repentč č
+profundo exsiliens, propemodum & Fratrem & socios absumpsit. Omnes quidem
+adeo perculsi in vrbem reuersi sunt, vt de eo incoepto exequendo nunquam
+deinceps cogitarent &c.
+
+O quam censura dispar? In montano Indić occidentalis camino auram: Islandić
+verň, infernum qućrunt. Sed hoc vt nimis recens, ac veteribus ignotum
+fortasse reijcient: Cur igitur eundem, quem in Hecla Islandić, animarum in
+Chimćra carcerem, Lycić monte, cuius noctu diúque flamma immortalis
+perhibetur, non sunt imaginati scriptores? Cur no in Ephesi montibus, quos
+tćda flammante tactos, tantum ignis concipere accepimus, vt lapides quoque
+& arenć in ipsis aquis ardeant, & ex quibus accenso baculo, si quis sulcum
+traxerit, riuos ignium sequi narrator ŕ Plinio? Cur non in Cophantro
+Bactrorum monte, noctu semper conflagrante? Cur non in Hiera Insula, medio
+mari ardente? Cur non in Ćolia, similiter in ipso mari olim dies aliquot
+aliquot accensa? Cur non in Babyloniorum campo, interdiu flagrante? Cur non
+in Ćthiopum campis, Stellarum modo, noctu semper nitentibus? Cur non in
+illo Liparć tumulo, ampla & profunda voragine hiante, teste Aristotele, ad
+quem non tutň noctu accedatur: ex quo Cymbalorum sonitus, crotalorum
+boatus, cum insolitis & inconditis cachinnis exaudiantur? Cur non in
+Neapolitanorum agro ad Puteolos? Cur non in illa superius commemorata
+Teneriffć pyramide montana, instar Ćtnć, iugiter ardente, & lapides, vt ex
+Munstero videre est, in aëra exspuente? Cur non in illo Aethiopum iugo,
+quod Plinius testatur, horum omnium maximo aduri incendio? Cur non denique
+in Vesuuio monte, non sine insigni vicinić clade, & C. Plinij exitiali
+detrimento, dum insueti incendij causas perscrutaturus venit, nubium tenus
+flammas cum saxis euomente, pumicum & cinerum ineffabili copiâ aëra
+replente, & solem meridianum per totam viciniam densissimis tenebris
+intercipiente? Dicam, & dicam quod res est: Quia scilicet illis, vtpote
+notioribus, fidem, etsi inferni esse incendia finxissent, minimč adhiberi
+prćuidebant: Heclć verň ćstum, cuius rumor tardius ad eorum aures peruenit,
+huic commento vanissimo stabiliendo, magis inseruire putabant. Sed
+facessite: Deprćhensa fraus est: Desinite posthac illam de inferno Heklensi
+opinionem cuiquam velle persuadere. Docuit enim & nos, & alios, vobis
+inuitis, consimilibus incendijs, operationes suas Natura, non Infernus. Sed
+videamus iam plura eiusdem farinć vulgi mendacia, quć Historicis &
+Cosmographis nostris adeň malč imposuerunt.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SEUENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius. Munsterus.] The flame of mount Hecla will not burne
+  towe (which is most apt for the wieke of a candle) neither is it quenched
+  with water: and by the same force that bullets are discharged out of
+  warlike engines with vs, from thence are great stones cast foorth into
+  the aire, by reason of the mixture of colde, and fire, and brimstone.
+  This place is thought of some to be the prison of vncleane soules. Item:
+  Zieglerus. This place is the prison of vncleane soules.
+
+Will not burne towe. Where these writers should finde such matters, it is
+not easie to coniecture. For our people are altogether ignorant of them,
+neither had they euer bene heard of heere among vs, if they had not brought
+them to light. For there is no man with vs so rashly and fondly curious,
+that dareth for his life, the hill being on fire, trie any such
+conclusions, or (to our knowledge) that euer durst: which notwithstanding
+Munster affirmeth, saying: They that are desirous to contemplate the nature
+of so huge a fire, & for the same purpose approch vnto the mountaine, are
+by some gulfe swallowed vp aliue, &c. which thing (as I sayd) is altogether
+vnknowen vnto our nation. [Sidenote: Speculum regale written in the
+Noruagian tongue.] Yet there is a booke extant, written in the ancient
+language of the Noruagians, wherein you may finde some miracles of earth,
+water, fire, and aire, &c. confusedly written, few of them true, and the
+most part vaine and false. Whereupon it easily appeareth that it was
+written long since by some that were imagined to be great wise men in the
+time of Popery. [Sidenote: Whence the fables of Island grew.] They called
+it a royall looking glasse: howbeit, in regard of the fond fables,
+wherewith (but for the most part vnder the shew of religion and piety,
+whereby it is more difficult to finde out the cousinage) it doeth all ouer
+swarme, it deserueth not the name of a looking glasse royall, but rather of
+a popular, and olde wiues looking glasse. In this glasse there are found
+certaine figments of the burning of Hecla, not much vnlike these which we
+now entreat of, nor any whit more grounded vpon experience, and for that
+cause to be reiected.
+
+But that I may not seeme somewhat foolehardy, for accusing this royall
+looking glasse of falshood (not to mention any of those things which it
+reporteth as lesse credible) loe heere a few things (friendly reader) which
+I suppose deserue no credit at all.
+
+1. Of a certain Isle in Ireland, hauing a church and a parish in it, the
+inhabitants whereof deceasing are not buried in the earth, but like liuing
+men, do continually, against some banke or wall in the Churchyard, stand
+bolt-vpright: neither are they subiect to any corruption or downefall:
+insomuch that any of the posteritie, may there seeke for, and beholde their
+ancestors.
+
+2. Of another Isle of Ireland, where men are not mortall.
+
+3. Of all the earth and trees of Ireland, being of force to resist all
+poisons, and to kill serpents, and other venimous things, in any countrey
+whatsoeuer, by the only vertue and presence thereof yea euen without
+touching.
+
+4. Of a third Isle of Ireland, that the one halfe thereof became an
+habitation of deuils, but that the sayd deuils haue no iurisdiction ouer
+the other halfe, by reason of a Church there built, although, as the whole
+Isle is without inhabitants, so this part is continually destitute of a
+Pastor, and of diuine seruice: and that it is so by nature.
+
+5. Of a fourth Isle of Ireland floating vp and downe in an huge lake, the
+grasse whereof is a most present remedy for all kinde of diseases, and that
+the Iland, at certeine seasons, especially on Sundayes, commeth to the
+banke of the lake, so that any man may then easily enter into it, as it
+were into a shippe: which notwithstanding (sayth he) destiny will not
+suffer any more then one to enter at a time. Furthermore he reporteth that
+this Island euery seuenth yere groweth fast to the banke, so that you
+cannot discerne it from firme land: but that into the place thereof there
+succeedeth another, altogether like the former, in nature, quantitie, and
+vertue: which, from what place it commeth, no man can tell: and that all
+this happeneth with a kinde of thundering.
+
+6. Of the hunters of Norway who are so expert to tame wood (for so he
+speaketh very improperly, whereas vnto wood neither life nor taming can be
+ascribed) that wooden pattens of eight elnes long being bound to the soles
+of their feet do cary them with so great celeritie euen vpon hie
+mountaines, that they cannot be outrun, either by the swiftnes of hounds
+and deere, or yet by the flying of birds. And that they will kill nine roes
+or more at one course & with one stroke of a dart.
+
+These and such like, concerning Ireland, Norway, Island, Gronland. of the
+miracles of water, and aire, this master of fragments hath gathered
+together into his looking glasse: whereby, although he hath made his owne
+followers woonder, and the common people to be astonished, yet hath he
+ministred vnto vs nothing but occasion of laughter.
+
+But let vs heare Frisius. The flame of mount Hecla (sayth he) will not
+burne towe (which is most apt matter for the wicke of a candle) neither is
+it quenched with water. But I say that this strange opinion may be
+confirmed by many reasons borrowed out of your schoole of Philosophy. For
+the natarall Philosophers doe teach, That it is common to all forcible
+flames to be quenched with dry things, and nourished with moiste:
+whereupon, euen blacksmithes, by sprinckling on of water, vse to quicken
+and strengthen their fire. For (say they) when fire is more vehement, it is
+stirred vp by colde, and nourished by moisture, both which qualities doe
+concurre in water. Item, water is wont to kindle skorching fires: because
+the moisture it selfe, which ariseth, doth proue more fattie and grosse,
+neither is it consumed by the smoke enclosing it, but the fire it selfe
+feedeth vpon the whole substance thereof, whereby being made purer, and
+gathering round together, it becommeth then more vehement by reason of
+colde. And therefore also wild-fires cannot be quenched with water. Item,
+There be places abounding with brimstone and pitch, which burne of their
+owne accord, the flame wherof cannot be quenched with water. The graund
+Philosopher also hath affirmed, that fire is nourished by water. Arist 3.
+de anim. And Plinie, in the second booke of his naturall historie cap. 110.
+And Strabo in his 7. booke. In Nympheum there proceedeth a flame out of a
+rocke, which is kindled with water. The same author sayth: The ashe
+continually flourisheth, couering a burning fountaine. And moreouer that
+there are sudden fires at some times, euen vpon waters, as namely that the
+lake of Thrasumenus in the field of Perugi, was all on fire, as the same
+Strabo witnesseth. And in the yeares 1226, and 1236, not farre from the
+promontorie of Islande called Reykians, a flame of fire brake forth out of
+the sea. Yea euen vpon mens bodies sudden fires haue glittered: as namely,
+there sprang a flame from the head of Seruius Tullius lying a sleepe: and
+also Lucius Martius in Spaine after the death of the Scipions, making an
+oration to his souldiers, and exhorting them to reuenge, was all in a
+flame, as Valerius Antias doth report. Plinie in like sort maketh mention
+of a flame in a certaine mountaine, which, as it is kindled with water, so
+is it quenched with earth or haye: also of another field which burneth not
+the leaues of shadie trees that growe directly ouer it. These things being
+thus, it is strange that men should accompt that a wonder in Hecla onely
+(for I will graunt it to be, for disputation sake, when indeede there is no
+such matter so farre foorth as euer I could learne of any man) which is
+common to manie other parts or places in the world, both hilly and plaine,
+as well as to this.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] And by the same force that bullets, &c. Munster saith
+the like also. This mountaine when it rageth, it soundeth like dreadfull
+thunder, casteth forth huge stones, disgorgeth brimstone and with the
+cinders that are blowen abroad, it couereth so much ground round about it,
+that no man can inhabite within 20. miles thereof, &c. Howbeit, they ought
+to haue compared it with Aetna, or with other fierie mountaines, whereof I
+will presently make mention, seeing there is to be found in them, not onely
+a like accident, but in a manner the very same. Vnlesse perhaps this be the
+difference, that flames brake seldomer out of Hecla, then out of other
+mountaines of the same kinde. For it hath now rested these 34. yeares full
+out, the last fierie breach being made in the yeare 1558. as we haue before
+noted. And there can no such wonders be affirmed of our Hecla, but the same
+or greater are to be ascribed vnto other burning mountaines, as it shall by
+and by appeare.
+
+But that brimstone should be sent foorth it is a meere fable, and neuer
+knowen vnto our nation, by any experiment.
+
+This place is the prison of vncleane soules. Here I am constrained to vse a
+preface, and to craue pardon of the Reader, because, whereas in the
+beginning I propounded vnto my selfe to treat of the land, and of the
+inhabitants distinctly by themselues, I must of necessitie confusedly
+handle certaine matters in this first part, which do properly belong vnto
+the second. This is come to passe through the fault of these writers, who
+haue confounded this part of the inhabitants religion concerning the
+opinion of hell, or of the infernall prison, with the situation & miracles
+of the island. Wherfore that we may come to this matter, who can but wonder
+that wise men should be growen to this point, not onely to listen after,
+but euen to follow and embrace the dotings of the rude people: For the
+common sort of strangers, and the offskowring of mariners (here I do except
+them of better iudgement aswell mariners as others) hearing of this rare
+miracle of nature, by an inbred and naturall blockishnesse are earned to
+this imagination of the prison of soules: and that because they see no wood
+nor any such fewell layed vpon this fire as they haue in their owne
+chimneys at home. And by this perswasion of the grosse multitude, the
+report grew strong, especially (as they are too much accustomed to banning
+and cursing) while one would wish to another the firie torments of this
+mountaine. As though elementarie, materiall and visible fire could consume
+mens soules being spirituall, bodiless and inuisible substances. And to be
+short, who can but woonder, why they should not faine the same prison of
+damned soules, aswell in mount Aetna, being no lesse famous for fires and
+inflamations then this: But you will say, that Pope Gregorie fained it so
+to be. Therefore it is purgatorie. I am content it should be so: then there
+is the same trueth of this prison that there is of purgatorie. But before I
+proceede any further I thinke it not amisse to tell a merie tale, which was
+the originall and ground of this hellish opinion: namely that a ship of
+certaine strangers departing from Island, vnder full saile, a most swift
+pace, going diectly on her course, met with another ship sailing against
+winde & weather, and the force of the tempest as swiftly as themselues, who
+hailing them of whence they were, answere was giuen by their gouernor, De
+Bischop van Bremen: being the second time asked whether they were bound: he
+answered, Thom Heckelfeld tho, Thom Heckelfeld tho. I am affeard lest the
+reader at the sight of these things should call for a bason: for it is such
+an abominable lie, that it would make a man cast his gorge to heare it.
+Away with it therefore to fenny frogs, for we esteeme no more of it, then
+of their croaking coax coax. Nay, it is so palpable that it is not worthy
+to be smiled at, much lesse to be refuted. But I will not trifle any longer
+with the fond Papists: let vs rather come vnto our owne writers.
+
+And first of all I cannot here omit a saying of that most worthie man
+Doctor Caspar Peucer. There is in Islande (quoth he) mount Hecla, being of
+as dreadfull a depth as any vaste gulfe, or as hell it selfe, which
+resoundeth with lamentable, & miserable yellings, that the noise of the
+cryers may be heard for the space of a great league round about. Great
+swarmes of vgly blacke Rauens and Vultures lie hoouering about this place
+which are thought of the inhabitantes to nestle there. The common people of
+that countrey are verily perswaded, that there is a descent downe into hell
+by this gulfe: and therefore when any battailes are foughten else where, in
+whatsoeuer part of the whole world, or any bloudie slaughters are
+committed, they haue learned by long experience, what horrible tumults and
+out-cryes, what monstrous skritches are heard round about this mountaine.
+Who durst be so bold (most learned Sir) to bring such an incredible report
+to your eares: Neither hath Island any Vultures, but that second kinde of
+Eagles, which Plinie noted by their white tayles, and called them Pygarsi:
+neither are there any with vs, that can beare witnesse of the foresaid
+spectacle: nor yet is it likely that Rauens and Eagles would nestle in that
+place, when as they should rather be driuen from thence by fire and smoke,
+being things most contrarie to their nature. And yet notwithstanding for
+proofe of this matter, as also of a strange tumult heard within the hollow
+of the mountaine, they allege the experience of the inhabitants, which
+indeede testifieth all things to the contrarie. But whereabout should that
+hole or windowe of the mountaine be, by the which we may heare outcries,
+noyse and tumults done among them, who inhabite the most contrarie,
+distant, and remote places of the earth from vs: Concerning which thing I
+would aske the author of this fable many questions, if I might but come to
+the knowledge of him: in the meane time I could wish that from hencefoorth
+he would learne to tell troth, & not presume with so impudent a face to
+enforme excellent Peucer, or others, of such vnknowen and incredible
+matters.
+
+But to returne to Munster, who endeuouring to search out the causes of the
+great and strange fire of that famous hill Aetna, is it not monstrous that
+the very same thing which he there maketh natural, he should here imagine
+to be preternaturall, yea infernal? But why do I speake of Aetna? Let vs
+rather consider what Munster in another place thinketh of the burning of
+Hecla.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus Cosmograph. vniuersalis lib. 1. cap. 7.] It is without
+doubt (saith he) that some mountaines and fields burned in old time
+throughout the whole world: and in this our age do burne. As for example:
+mount Hecla in Island at certaine seasons casteth abroad great stones,
+spitteth out brimstone, and disperseth ashes, for such a distance round
+about, that the land cannot be inhabited within 20. miles thereof. But
+where mountaines do continually burne we vnderstand that there is no
+stopping of the passages, wherby they poure forth abundance of fire
+sometime flaming, & sometime smoaking gas it were a streaming flood. But if
+betweene times the fire encreaseth, all secret passages being shut vp, the
+inner parts of the mountaine are notwithstanding enflamed. The fire in the
+vpper part, for want of matter, somewhat abateth for the time. But when a
+more vehement spirite (the same, or other passages being set open again)
+doth with great violence breake prison, it casteth forth ashes, sand,
+brimstone, pumistones, lumpes resembling iron, great stones, & much other
+matter, not without the domage of the whole region adioyning. Thus farre
+Munster. Where consider (good Reader) how he cutteth his throat with his
+owne sword, consider (I say) that in this place there is the very same
+opinion of the burning of Hecla, & the burning of Aetna, which
+notwithstanding in his 4. booke is very diuerse, for there he is faine to
+run to infernall causes. A certaine fierie mountaine of West India hath
+farre more friendly censurers, & historiographers then our Hecla, who make
+not an infernall gulfe therof. The History of which mountain (because it is
+short & sweete) I will set downe, being written by Hieronimus Benzo an
+Italian, in his history of the new world, lib. 2. These be the words.
+"About 35. miles distant from Leon there is a mountaine which at a great
+hole belcheth out such mightie balles of flames, that in the night they
+shine farre and neare, aboue 100. miles. Some were of opinion that within
+it was molten gold ministring continuall matter & nourishment for the fire.
+Hereupon a certain Dominican Frier, determining to make trial of the
+matter, caused a brasse kettle, & an iron chain to be made: afterward
+ascending to the top of the hill with 4. other Spaniards, he letteth downe
+the chaine & the kettle 140. elnes into the fornace: there, by extreme
+heate of the fire, the kettle, & part of the chaine melted. The monke in a
+rage ran back to Leon, & chid the smith, because he had made the chaine far
+more slender then himselfe had commanded. The smith hammers out another of
+more substance & strength then the former. The Monke returnes to the
+mountains, and lets downe the chaine & the cauldron; but with the like
+successe that he had before. Neither did the caldron only vanish & melt
+away: but also, vpon the sudden there came out of the depth a flame of
+fire, which had almost consumed the Frier, & his companions. Then they all
+returned so astonished, that they had small list afterward to prosecute
+that attempt, &c." What great difference is there betweene these two
+censures? In a fiery hill of West India they search for gold: but in mount
+Hecla of Island they seeke for hel. Howbeit they wil perhaps reiect this as
+a thing too new, & altogether vnknowen to ancient writers. Why therefore
+haue not writers imagined the same prison of soules to be in Chimćra an
+hill in Lycia (which, by report, flameth continually day and night) that is
+in mount Hecla of Island? Why haue they not imagined the same to be in the
+mountaines of Ephesus, which being touched with a burning torch, are
+reported to conceiue so much fire, that the very stones & sand lying in the
+water are caused to burne, & from the which (a staffe being burnt vpon
+them, & trailed after a man on the ground) there proceede whole riuers of
+fire, as Plinie testifieth? Why not in Cophantrus a mountaine of Bactria,
+alwayes burning in the night? Why not in the Isle of Hiera, flaming in the
+midst of the sea? Why not in Aeolia in old time likewise burning for
+certaine daies in the midst of the sea? Why not in the field of Babylon
+burning in the day season? Why not in the fields of Aethiopia glittering
+alwaies like stars in the night? Why not in the hill of Lipara opening with
+a wide and bottomlesse gulfe (as Aristotle beareth record) whereunto it is
+dangerous to approch in the night: from whence the sound of Cymbals and the
+noyse of rattles, with vnwonted and vncouth laughters are heard? Why not in
+the field of Naples, neare vnto Puteoli? Why not in the Pike of Teneriffa
+before mentioned, like Aetna continually burning and casting vp stones into
+the aier, as Munster himselfe witnesseth? Why not in that Aethiopian hill,
+which Plinie affirmeth to burne more then all the former? And to conclude,
+why not in the mountaine of Vesuuius, which (to the great damage of al the
+countrey adioyning, & to the vtter destruction of Caius Plinius prying into
+the causes of so strange a fire) vomiting out flames as high as the clouds,
+filling the aire with great abundance of pumistones, and ashes, & with
+palpable darknesse intercepting the light of the sunne from al the region
+therabout? I wil speake, & yet speake no more then the truth: because in
+deede they foresaw, that men would yeeld no credite to those things as
+being too well knowen, though they should haue feined them to haue beene
+the flames of hell: but they thought the burning of Hecla (the rumour
+whereof came more slowly to their eares) to be fitter for the establishing
+of this fond fable. But get ye packing, your fraud is found out: leaue off
+for shame hereafter to perswade any simple man, that there is a hel in
+mount Hecla. For nature hath taught both vs & others (maugre your opinion)
+to acknowledge her operations in these fire workes, not the fury of hell.
+But now let vs examine a few more such fables of the common people, which
+haue so vnhappily misledd our historiographers & cosmographers.
+
+
+SECTIO OCTAUA.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius Zieglerus, Olauus Magn.] Iuxta hos montes (tres
+  prćdictos Heclam, &c.) sunt tres hiatus immanes, quorum altitudinem apud
+  montem Heclam potissimum, ne Lynceus quidem perspicere queat: Sed
+  apparent ipsum inspicientibus, homines primům submersi, adhuc spiritum
+  exhalantes, qui amicis suis, vt ad propria redeant, hortantibus, magnis
+  suspirijs se ad montem Heclam proficisci debere respondent: Sicque subitň
+  euanescunt.
+
+Ad confirmandum superius mendacium de Inferno terrestri ac visibili,
+commentum hoc, non minus calumniosum (etsi facilč largiar, Frisium non tam
+calumniandi, quŕm noua & inaudita prćdicandi animo ista scripsisse) quŕm
+falsum ac gerris Siculis longč vanius ac detestabilius, excogitarunt
+homines ignaui, nec coelum ec infernum scientes. Quos scriptores isti, viri
+alioqui prćclarissimi & optimč de Repub. literaria meriti, nimium
+prćpropero iudicio secuti sunt.
+
+Cćterum optandum esset, nullos tanto nouitatis studio Historias scribere,
+vt non vereantur aniles quasuis nugas ijs inserere, atque ita aurum purum
+coeno aspergere. Qui verň demum sunt homines illi submersi, in lacu
+infernali natitantes, & nihilominus cum notis & amicis confabulantes? Anne
+nobis veterem Orphea, cum sua Euridice, in Stygias relabente vndas,
+colloquentem, & in his extremi orbis partibus, tanquam ad Tanaim Hebrúmque
+niualem, cantus exercentem lyricos, rediuiuum dabitis? Certč, etsi nolint
+alij futilem huiusmodi ineptiarum leuitatem ac mendacium agnoscere, agnouit
+tamen rerum omnium haud negligens ćstimator Cardanus, lib. 18. subtil.
+cuius hćc sunt verba.
+
+Est Hecla mons in Islandia, ardétque non aliter ac Ćtna in Sicilia per
+interualla, ideóque persuasione longa (vulgi) concepta, quňd ibi expientur
+animać. Alij, ne vani sint, affingunt inania fabulć, vt consona videantur.
+Quć sunt autem illa inania? Quňd spectra comminiscuntur, se ad montem
+Heclam ire respondentia, ait idem. Et addit. Nec in Islandia solum, sed
+vbique, licet rarň, talia contingunt: Subdítque de laruâ homicidâ
+Historiam, quć sic habet. Efferebatur, inquit, anno prćterito, funus viri
+plebeij Mediolani, orientali in porta iuxta templum maius foro venali, quňd
+ŕ caulium frequentia nomen caulis nostra lingua sonat. Occurrit mihi notus:
+Peto, vt medicorum moris est, quo morbo excesserit? Respondet ille:
+consuesse hunc virum hora noctis, tertia ŕ labore redire domum: Vidit
+lemurem nocte quadam insequentem: Quam cum effugere conaretur, ocyus citato
+pede abibat: Sed ŕ spectro captus atque in terram proiectus videbatur.
+Exclamare nitebatur: Non poterat. Tandem, cum diu in terra cum larua
+volutatus esset, inuentus ŕ prćtereuntibus quibusdam, semiuiuus domum
+relatus, cum resipuisset, interrogatus, hćc quć minus expectabantur,
+retulit. Ob id animam despondens, cum nec ab amicis, nec medicis, nec
+sacerdotibus persuaderi potuisset, inania esse hćc, octo inde diebus
+perijt. Audiui postmodum & ab alijs, qui vicini essent illi, neminem ab
+inimico vulneratum tam constanter de illo testatum, vt hic, quod ŕ mortuo
+fuisset in terram prouolutus. Cum quidam qućrerent, quid ille postquam in
+terram volutaretur ageret? Conatum, inquit, mortuum adhibitis gulć manibus,
+vt eum strangularet: Nec obstitisse quicquam, nisi quňd se ipsum tueretur
+manibus. Cum alij dubitarent, ne fortč hćc ŕ viuo passus esset,
+interrogarentque in quo mortuum ŕ viuo secernere potuisset? Caussam
+reddidit satis probabilem, dicens se tanquam cottum attrectasse, nec pondus
+habuisse, nisi vt premebatur. Et paulň post addit. Eadem verň ratione qua
+in Islandia, in arenć solitudinibus Ćgypti & Ćthiopić, Indićque vbi Sol
+ardet, ećdem imagines, eadem spectra viatores ludificare solent. Hactenus
+Cardanus. Inde tamen nemo concluseret, sicut de Islandia scriptores nostri
+faciunt, in illis Ćgypti and Ćthiopić, Indićque locis, carcerem existere
+damnatorum.
+
+Hćc ex Cardano adscribere libuit, vt etiam extraneorum testimonia pro
+nobis, contra figmenta tanta afferamus. Conuincit autem prćsens Cardani
+locus hćc duo, scilicet: nec esse Islandić proprias spectrorum
+apparitiones: (quod etiam omnes norunt, nisi eius rei ignorantiam nimis
+affectent) nec illud mortuorum cum viuis, in hiatu Heclensi, colloquium,
+nisi ementitis hominum fabulis, quauis ampulla vani oribus, niti, quibus
+beluć vulgares, ad confirmandam de animarum cruciatibus opinionem, vsć
+fuerant. Et quisquam est, qui illis scriptorum hiatibus, mortuorum
+miraculis ad summum vsque refertis, adduci potest vt credat? Quisquam, qui
+vanitatem tantam non cotemnat? Certč. Nam & hinc conuicia in gentem nostram
+recte sumi aiunt: Nihil scilicet hac proiectius ac deterius esse vsquam,
+quć intra limites Orcum habeat. Scilicet hoc commodi nobis peperit
+Historicorum ad res nouas diuulgandas auiditas. Verum illa č vulgi dementia
+nata opinio, vt stulta ac inanis, & in opprobrium nostrć gentis conficta,
+hactenus, vt spero, satis labefactata est. Quare iam perge Lector, vlterius
+hanc de secretis infernalibus Philosophiam cognoscere.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE EIGHT SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius. Zieglerus. Olaus magnus.] Neare vnto the mountaines
+  (the 3. fornamed Hecla &c.) there be three vaste holes, the depth
+  whereof, especially at mount Hecla, cannot be discerned by any man, be he
+  neuer so sharpe sighted: but there appeare to the beholders thereof
+  certaine men at that instant plunged in, & as yet drawing their breath,
+  who answere their friends (exhorting them with deepe sighs to returne
+  home) that they must depart to mount Hecla: and with that, they suddenly
+  vanish away.
+
+To confirme the former lie, of an earthly & visible hell (albeit I will
+easily grant that Frisius in writing these things did not entend to reproch
+any, but only to blaze abroad new & incredible matters) certaine idle
+companions knowing neither hell nor heauen haue inuented this fable, no
+lesse reprochfull then false, and more vaine & detestable then Sicilian
+scoffes. Which fellowes these writers (being otherwise men of excellent
+parts, and to whom learning is much indebted) haue followed with an ouer
+hastie iudgement.
+
+But it were to be wished, that none would write Histories with so great a
+desire of setting foorth nouelties & strange things, that they feare not,
+in that regard to broch any fabulous & old-wiues toyes, & so to defile pure
+gold with filthy mire. But I pray you, how might those drowned men be
+swimming in the infernal lake, & yet for al that, parletng with their
+acquaintance & friends? What? Will you coniure, & raise vp vnto vs from
+death to life old, Orpheus conferring with his wife Euridice (drawen backe
+againe down to the Stigian flood) & in these parts of the world, as it were
+by the bankes of snowey Tanais, & Hebrus descanting vpon his harpe? But in
+very deed although others will not acknowledge the falsbood, & vanity of
+these trifles, yet Cardane being a diligent considerer of al things in his
+18. booke de subtilitate, doth acknowledge & find them out. Whose words be
+these. There is Hecla a mountaine in Island, which burneth like vnto Ćtna
+at certain seasons, & hereupon the comon people haue conceiued an opinion
+this long time, that soules are there purged: some, least they should seeme
+liars, heape vp more vanities to this fable, that it may appeare to be
+probable, & agreeable to reason. But what be those vanities? namely, they
+feine certaine ghosts answering them, that they are going to mount Hecla;
+as the same Cardane saith. And further he addeth. Neither in Island only,
+but euery where (albeit seldome) such things come to passe. And then he
+tels this storie following of a man-killing spright. There was (saith he)
+solemnized this last yeare the funerall of a comon citizen, in the gate
+neare vnto the great Church, by that marketplace, which in regard of the
+abundace of herbs, in our tong hath the name of the herbmarket. There meets
+with me one of mine acquaintance: I (according to the custome of
+Phisitians) presently aske of what disease the man died? he giueth me
+answere that this man vsed to come home from his labour 3. houres within
+night: one night among the rest he espied an hobgoblin pursuing him: which
+to auoid, he ran away with al speed: but being caught by the spright, he
+was throwne down vpon the ground. He would faine haue made a shout, & was
+not able. At length (when the spright & he had struggled together vpon the
+ground a good while) he was found by certain passengers, & carried home
+halfe dead. And when he was come to himselfe againe, being asked what was
+the matter, he vp and tolde this strange relation. Hereupon (being vtterly
+daunted, & discouraged, when neither by his friends, nor by Phisitians, nor
+by Priests, he could be perswaded, that these things were but his owne
+conceits, & that there was no such matter) 8. daies after he died. I heard
+also afterward of others which were his neighbors, that no man could more
+constantly affirme himselfe to be wounded of his enemy, then this man did,
+that he was cast vpon the ground by a ghost. And when some demanded what he
+did, after he was tumbled on the earth? The dead man (quoth he) laying his
+hands to my throat, went about to strangle me: neither was there any
+remedy, but by defending my selfe with mine own hands. When others doubted
+least he might suffer these things of a liuing man, they asked him how he
+could discerne a dead man from a liuing? To this he rendered a very
+probable reason, saying that he seemed in handling to be like Cottum, &
+that he had no weight, but held him down by maine force. And presently
+after he addeth. In like manner as in Island, so in the desert sands of
+Ćgypt, Ćthiopia, and India, where the sunne is hot, the very same
+apparitions, the same sprights are wont to delude wayfaring men. Thus much
+Cardane. Yet from hence (I trow) no man will conclude as our writers of
+Island do, that in the places of Ćgypt, Ćthiopia, and India, there is a
+prison of damned soules.
+
+I thought good to write these things out of Cardane, that I may bring euen
+the testimony of strangers on our sides, against such monstrous fables.
+This place of Cardane implieth these two things, namely that apparitions of
+sprights are not proper to Island alone (which thing al men know, if they
+do not maliciously feigne themselues to be ignorant). And secondly that
+that conference of the dead with the liuing in the gulfe of Hecla is not
+grounded vpon any certainty, but only vpon fables coined by some idle
+persons, being more vaine then any bubble, which the brutish common sort
+haue vsed, to confirme their opinion of the tormenting of soules. And is
+there any man so fantasticall, that wilbe induced to beleeue these gulfes,
+mentioned by writers, to be any where extant, although they be neuer so ful
+of dead mens miracles? yea doubtlesse. For from hence also they say, that
+reproches are iustly vsed against our nation: namely that there is nothing
+in all the world more base, & worthlesse then it, which conteineth hell
+within the bounds therof. This verely is the good that we haue gotten by
+those historiographers, who haue bin so greedy to publish nouelties. But
+this opinion, bred by the sottishnes of the common people hath hitherto (as
+I hope) bene sufficiently ouerthrowen as a thing foolish & vaine, and as
+being deuised for the vpbrayding of our nation. Wherefore, proceede
+(friendly Reader) and be farther instructed in this philosophy of infernall
+secrets.
+
+SECTIO NONA.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius & Munst.] Circum verň Insulam, per septem aut octo
+  menses fluctuat glacies, miserabilem quendam gemitum, & ab humana voce
+  non alienum, ex collisione edens. Putant incolć, & in monte Hecla, & in
+  glacie loca esse, in quibus animć suorum crucientur.
+
+Egregium scilicet Historić augmentum, de Orro Islandico in vnius montis
+basin, haud sanč vastam, coacto: Et interdum (statis forsan temporibus)
+loca commutante. Vbi scilicet domi in foco montano delitescere piget, &
+exire, pelagúsque sed sine rate, tentare iuuat, seseque in glaciei
+frustella colligere. Audite porrň, huius secreti admiratores: En porrigam
+Historicis aliud Historić auctarium nequaquam contemnendum. Scribant
+igitur, quotquot his scriptorum commentis adherent, Islandos non solům
+infernum intra limites habere, sed & scientes volentes ingredi, atque
+intactos eodem die egredi. Quid ita? Quia peruetus est Insulć consuetudo,
+vt maritimi in hanc glaciem, ab Historicis infernalem factam, manč phocas,
+seu vitulos marinos captum eant, ac vesperi incolumes redeant. Addite
+etiam, in scrinijs & alijs vasis ab Islandis carcerem damnatorum asseruari,
+vt paulň post ex Frisio audiemus.
+
+Sed maturč prćvidendum erit vobis, ne Islandi fortitudinis & constantić
+laudem vestris nationibus prćripiant: Quippe qui tormenta (vt historicis
+vestris placet) barathri sustinuisse & velint & possint, illáque sine vllo
+grauiore damno perrumpere atque effugere valeant, quod quidem ipsum ex iam
+dictis efficitur: Et multos nostratium enumerare possum, qui in ipso
+venationis actu longiusculč ŕ littore digressi, glacie ŕ Zephyris
+dissipata, multa milliaria glaciei insidentes, tempestatis violentia
+profligati, & aliquot dies ac noctes continuas crudelissimi pelagi
+fluctibus iactati, sicque (id enim, inquam, ex prćsenti Historicorum
+problemate consequitur) tormenta & cruciatus barathri glacialis experti
+sunt: Qui tandem mutata tempestate, atque ŕ Borea spirantibus ventis, ad
+littora, cum hoc suo glaciali nauigio rursus adacti, incolumes domum
+peruenerunt: Quorum aliqui etiam hodie viuunt. Quare hoc nouitatis auidi
+arripiant, indeque, si placet, iustum volumen conficiant, atque ad
+Historiam suam apponant. Nec enim vanissima illa commenta aliter, quŕm
+eiusmodi iocularibus excipienda & confundenda videntur. Cćterum, ioco
+seposito, vnde digressi sumus, reuertamur.
+
+Primům igitur ex sectione secunda satis constat, glaciem, neque septem,
+neque octo mensibus circa ipsam Insulam fluitare: Deinde etiam, glaciem
+hanc, et si interdum ex collisione grandes sonitus & fragores edit,
+interdum propter vndarum alluuionem, raucum murmur personat, quicquam tamen
+humanć voci simile resonare aut eiulare minimč fatemur.
+
+Quod autem dicunt, nos & in glacie, & in monte Hecla loca statuere, in
+quibus animć, nostrorum crucientur, Id verň seriň pernegamus, Deóque ac
+Domino nostro Iesu Christo, qui nos ŕ morte & inferno eripuit, & regni
+coelestis ianuam nobis reserauit, gratias ex animo agimus, quňd nos de
+loco, in quem animć nostrorum defunctorum commigrent, rectius, quŕm dicunt
+isti Historici, instituerit. Scimus & tenemus animas piorum non in
+Purgatoriam Pontificiorum, aut campos Elysios, sed in sinum Abrabć, in
+manum Dei, in Paradisum coelestem, mox č corporis ergastulo transferri.
+Scimus & tenemus de impiorum animabus, non in montanos focos & cineres, vel
+glaciem nostris oculis expositam, deflectere, sed in extremas mox abripi
+tenebras, vbi est fletus & stridor dentium, vbi est frigus, vbi est ignis
+ille, non vulgaris, sed extra nostram scientiam & subtilem disputationem
+positus. Vbi non modň corpora, sed animć etiam, i.e. substantić
+spirituales, cruciantur. Huic extremo & tenebricoso carceri non Islandos
+viciniores, quŕm Germanos, Danos, Gallos, Italos, aut quamuis aliam gentem,
+quoad loci situm, statuimus. Nec de huius carceris loco sitúue quicquam
+disputare attinet: sufficit nobis abundč, quňd illius tenebricosum foetorem
+& reliqua tormenta, dante & iuuante Domino nostro Iesu Christo, cuius
+precioso sanguine redempti sumus, nonquam sumus visuri aut sensuri. Atque
+hic de orco Islandico disputationis colophon esto.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE NINTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius and Munster.] But round about the Iland, for the space
+  of 7. or 8. moneths in a yere there floateth ise, making a miserable kind
+  of mone, and not vnlike to mans voice, by reason of the clashing
+  together. The inhabitants are of opinion that in mount Hecla and in the
+  ise, there are places wherein the soules of their countreymen are
+  tormented.
+
+No doubt, a worthy augmentation of the history, concerning the hel of
+Island, shut vp within the botome of one mountaine, & that no great one:
+yea, at some times (by fits and seasons) changing places: namely, when it
+is weary of lurking at home by the fires side within the mountaine, it
+delighteth to be ranging abroad, & to venter to sea, but without a ship, &
+to gather it selfe round into morsels of yce. Come forth, & giue care all
+ye that wonder at this secret. Lo, I will afford these historiographers
+another addition of history very notable. Let them write therfore, that the
+Islanders haue not only hel within their iurisdictction, but also that they
+enter into it willingly & wittingly, & come forth againe vntouched the very
+same day. How can that be? [Sidenote: Taking of Seales on the the ice.] Why
+it is an ancient custome of the Island that they which inhabite neare the
+sea shore do vsually go betimes in a morning to catch Seales, euen vpon the
+very same ise which the historiographers make to be hel, & in the euening
+returne home safe and sound. Set downe also (if ye please) that the prison
+of the damned is kept in store by the Islanders in coffers and vessels, as
+we shall anon heare out of Frisius.
+
+But you had need wisely to foresee, lest the Islanders beguile all your
+countries of the commendation of courage & constacy: namely, as they (for
+so it pleaseth your writers to report) who both can and will endure the
+torments of hell, & who are able to breake through & escape them, without
+any farther hurt: which thing is necessarily to be collected out of that,
+that hath bin before mentioned. [Sidenote: Westrerne winds disperse the
+ice.] And I am able to reckon vp a great many of our countnmen who in the
+very act of hunting, wandring somewhat farre from the shoare (the ice being
+dispersed by westerne winds) & for the space of many leagues resting vpon
+the ice, being chased with the violence of the tempest, & some whole daies
+& nights being tossed vp & downe in the waues of the raging sea, & so (for
+it followeth by good consequence out of this probleme of the
+historiographers) haue had experience of the torments, & paines of this
+hell of ice. Who at the last, the weather being changed, & the winds
+blowing at the North, being transported again to the shoare, in this their
+ship of ice, haue returned home in safety: some of which number are aliue
+at this day. Wherefore let such as be desirous of newes snatch vp this, &
+(if they please) let them frame a whole volume hereof, & adde it to their
+history. Neither do these vaine phantasies deserue otherwise to be handled
+& confuted, then with such like meriments, & sportings. But to lay aside
+all iesting, let vs returne to the matter from whence we are digressed.
+[Sidenote: Ice floateth not 7. or 8. moneths about Island.] First of all
+therefore it is euident enough out of the second section, viz. ice floateth
+not about this Iland, neither 8. nor 7. moneths in a yere then, that this
+ice (although at some times by shuffling together it maketh monstrous
+soundings & cracklings, & againe at some times with the beating of the
+water, it sendeth forth an hoarse kind of murmuring) doth any thing at all
+resound or lament, like vnto mans voice, we may in no case confesse. But
+wheras they say that, both in the Isle, and in mount Hecla we appoint
+certaine places, wherin the soules of our countrimen are tormented, we
+vtterly stand to the deniall of that and we thanke God & our Lord Iesus
+Christ from the botome of our hearts (who hath deliuered vs from death &
+hell, & opened vnto vs the gate of the kingdome of heaćn because he hath
+instructed vs more truely, concernmg the place, whether the soules of our
+deceased countrimen depart, then these historiographers doe tell vs. We
+know and maintain that the soules of the godly are transported immediatly
+out of their bodily prisons, not into the Papists purgatory, nor into the
+Elysian fields, but into Abrahams bosome, into the hand of God, & into the
+heauenly paradise. We know & maintaine concerning the soules of the wicked,
+that they wander not into the fires & ashes of mountaines or into visible
+ice, but immediatly are carried away into vtter darknesse, where is weeping
+& gnashing of teeth, where there is colde also, & fire not comon, but far
+beyond our knowledge & curious disputation. Where not onely bodies, but
+soules also, that is spirituall substances are tormented. And we do also
+hold, that the Islanders are no whit nearer vnto this extreame & darke
+prison, in regard of the situation of place, then the Germans, Danes,
+Frenchmen, Italians, or any other nation whatsoeuer. Neither is it any
+thing to the purpose, at all to dispute of the place or situation of this
+dungeon. It is sufficient for vs, that (by the grace and assistance of our
+Lord Iesus Christ, with whose precious blood we are redeemed) we shall
+neuer see that vtter darknesse, nor feele the rest of the torments that be
+there. Now let vs here shut vp the disputation concerning the hell of
+Island.
+
+SECTIO DECIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius, Zieglerus Saxo fere similiter.] Quňd si quis ex hac
+  glacie magnam partem ceperit, eámque vasi ant scrinio inclusam, quŕm
+  diligentissimč asseruarit, illa tempore glaciei, quć circum insulam est,
+  degelantis, euanescit, vt neque minima eius particula vel guttula aquć
+  reperiatur.
+
+Id profecto necessariň addendum fuit: Hanc scilicet glaciem, voces humanas,
+secundum Historicos, representatem, & damnatorom receptaculum existentem,
+non esse, vt reliqua in vastissima hac vniuersitate omnia, ex Elementi
+alicuius materia conflatam. Siquidem cum corpus esse videatur, corpus tamen
+non sit, (quod ex Frisij paradoxo rectč deducitur) cum etiam corpora dura &
+solida perrumpat, non secus ac, spectra & genij: Restat igitur cum non sit
+elementaris naturć, vt vel spiritualem habeat materiam, vel coelestem, vel
+quod ipsi forsan largiantur, infernalem. Infernalem tamen esse non
+assentiemur, quia ad aures nostras peruenit frigus infernale longč esse
+intractabilius, quam est hćc glacies, humanis manibus in scrinio reposita,
+nec quicquam suo contactu, vel nudatam carnem lćdere valens. Nec profectň
+spiritualem esse dabimus; accepimus enim ŕ Physicis, substantias
+spirituales nec cerni, nec tangi, nec ijs quicquam decedere posse: quć
+tamen omnia in hanc historicorum glaciem, quantumuis, secundum illos,
+hyperphysicam, cadere certum & manifestum est. Prćterea & hoc verissimum
+est, eam calore solis resolutam, ac in superficie sua stagnantem, siti
+piscatorum restinguendć, non secus ac riuos terrestres, inseruire: Id quod
+substantić spirituali denegatum est. Non est igitur spiritualis, vt nec
+infernalis. Iam verň coelestem habere materiam, nemo audebit dicere: Ne
+forte inde aliquis suspicetur, glaciem hanc barathrum, quod illi Historici
+affingunt, secum č coelo traxisse: Vel id coelo, quippe eiusdem materić cum
+glacie, commune esse, atque ita carcer damnatorum cum Paradiso coelesti
+loca commutasse, Historicorum culpa putetur.
+
+Quare cum glacies hćc Historica nec sit elementaris, vt ex prćsenti loco
+Frisij optimč sequi iam toties monuimus: nec spiritualis, nec infernalis,
+quod vtrúmque breuibus, solidis tamen rationibns demonstrauimus: nec
+coelestis materić, quod opinari religio vetat: relinquitur omnino, vt
+secnndum eosdem Historicos nulla sit, quam tamen illi tŕm cum stupenda
+admiratione prćdicant, & nos videri ac tangi putamus. Est igitur, & non
+est: Quod axioma vbi secundum idem, & ad idem, & eodem tempore, verum esse
+poterit, nos demum miraculis istis glacialibus credemus. Itáque iam vides
+Lector, ad hćc refellenda nullo alio esse opus, quŕm monstrari quomodo
+secum dissideant. Sed haud mirum, eum qui semel vulgi fabulosis rumoribus
+se cermisit, sćpius errare. Cuiusmodi etiam prodidit quidam de glaciei
+huius Sympathia, quňd videlicet molis, cuius pars esset, discessum
+insequeretur, vt omnem obseruatíonis diligentiam ineuitabili fugć
+necessitate deciperet. Atqui sćpe idimus eiusmodi solitariam molem post
+abactam reliquam glaciem, nullis vectibus nullis machinis detentam, ad
+líttus multis septimanis consistere. Palam est igitur, illud de glacie
+miraculum fundamento niti, quŕm est ipsa glacies, magis lubrico.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE TENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius. Zieglerus. Saxo.] If any man shall take a great
+  quantity of this ice, & shall keepe it neuer so warily enclosed in a
+  coffer or vessel, it wil at that time when the ice thaweth about the
+  Iland, vtterly vanish away, so that not the least part thereof, no nor a
+  drop of water is to be found.
+
+Surely, this was of necessity to be added: namely, that this ice, which
+according to historiographers representeth mans voice, & is the place of
+the damned, doth not as all other things in this wide world, consist of the
+matter of some element. For whereas it seemeth to be a body, when indeed it
+is no body: (which may directly be gathered out of Frisius absurd opinion)
+whereas also it pierceth through hard & solide bodies, no otherwise then
+spirits & ghosts: therefore it remaineth, seeing it is not of an elementary
+nature, that it must haue either a spirituall, or a celestial, or an
+infernal matter. But that it should be infernall, we can not be perswaded,
+because we haue heard that infernall cold is farre more vnsufferable then
+this ise, which vseth to be put into a boxe with mens hands, & is not of
+force any whit to hurt euen naked flesh, by touching thereof. Nor yet will
+we grant it to be spirituall: for we haue learned in naturall Philosophy,
+that spiritual substances can neither be seene nor felt, & cannot haue any
+thing taken from them: all which things do notwithstanding most manifestly
+agree to this ise of the Historiographers, howsoeuer according to them it
+be supernatural. Besides also, it is most true, that the very same yse
+being melted with the heat of the sunne, & resolued into water, vpon the
+vpper part therof, standeth fishermen in as good stead to quench their
+thirst, as any land-riuer would do, which thing can no way be ascribed to a
+spirituall substance. It is not therefore spirituall, nor yet infernall.
+Now none wilbe so bold to affirme, that it hath celestiall matter, least
+some man perhaps might hereupon imagine, that this ise hath brought hell
+(which the historiographers annexe vnto it) downe from heauen together with
+it selfe: or that the same thing should be common vnto heauen, being of one
+& the same matter with ise, & so that the prison of the damned may be
+thought to haue changed places with the heauenly paradise, & all by the
+ouersight of these Historiographers. Wherfore seeing the matter of this
+historicall ise is neither elementarie (as we haue so often proued by this
+place of Frisius) neither spirituall, nor infernall, both which we haue
+concluded euidently in short, yet sound and substanciall reasons: nor yet
+celestiall matter, which, religion forbiddeth a man once to imagine: it is
+altogether manifest, that according to the said historiographers, there is
+no such thing at all, which notwithstanding they blaze abroad with such
+astonishing admiration, & which we thinke to be an ordinary matter commonly
+seene and felt. Therefore it is, and it is not: which proposition when it
+shall fall out true, in the same respect, in the same part, and at the same
+time, then will we giue credite to these frozen miracles. Now therefore the
+Reader may easily iudge, that wee need none other helpe to refute these
+things, but onely to shew how they disagree one with another. But it is no
+maruell that he, which hath once enclined himselfe to the fabulous reports
+of the common people, should oftentimes fall into error. There was a like
+strange thing inuented by another concerning the sympathy or conioining of
+this ise: namely, that it followeth the departure of that huge lumpe,
+whereof it is a part, so narrowly, & so swiftly, that a man by no diligence
+can obserue it, by reason of the vnchangeable necessitie of following. But
+we haue oftentimes seene such a solitarie lumpe of ise remaining (after the
+other parts thereof were driuen away) and lying vpon the shore for many
+weekes together, without any posts or engines at all to stay it. Therefore
+it is plaine that these miracles of ise are grounded vpon a more slippery
+foundation then ise it selfe.
+
+
+SECTIO VNDECIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] Non procat ab his montibus, (tribus prćdictis) ad
+  maritimas oras vergentibus, sunt quatuor fontes diuersissimć naturć. Vnus
+  suo perpetuo ardore omne corpus sibi immissum raptim conuertit in saxum,
+  manente tamen priore formâ. Alter est algoris intolrerabilis. Tertius vel
+  melle dulcior & restinguendć siti iucundissimus. Quartus plane exitialis,
+  pestilens, & virulentus.
+
+Etiam hćc fontium topographia satis apertč monstrat, quŕm ex impuro fonte
+has suas narrationes omnes miraculosas hauserit Geographus. Id enim dicere
+videtur: Montes hos tres prćdictos ferč, contiguos esse: Siquidem tribus
+montibus quatuor fontes indiscrete adscribit. Alioqui si non vicinos
+statuisset, vni alicui horam duos fontes adscripsisset. Sed neque hi montes
+contigui sunt (quippe multis milliaribus inuicem dissiti) neque iuxta hos
+fontes illi quatuor reperiuntur: quod, qui credere nolit, experiatur.
+Cćterum ad hćc confundenda sufficit, credo, ipsorum historicorum
+contrarietas. Nam de duobas fontibas quidam Frisio his verbis contradicit.
+Erumpunt ex eodem monte (Heclâ) fontes duo, quorum alter equarum
+frigiditate, alter feruore intolerabili exedit omnem elementarem vim. Hi
+duo sunt primi illi Frisij fontes, nisi quod hîc miraculum indurandi
+corpora, alteri fontium attributum, omissum sit. Atqui non simul possunt ex
+ipso monte, & iuxta montem erumpere.
+
+Hîc vero libenter qućsierim, quâ ratione quisquam ex Peripatecicis dicat,
+aliquid ipso elemento aquć frigidius, aut igne calidius? Vnde demum,
+scriptores, ista frigiditas? Vnde iste feruor? Nonne č Schola vestra
+accepimus aquam esse elementum frigidissimum & humidum, atque adeo
+fngidissimum, vt ad constituendas qualitates secundas, remitti sit necesse,
+nec simplicem vsibus humanis inseruire? (Hćc ego nunc Physicorum oracula
+fundo, vera an falsa, nescio). Testis est vnus omnium, & pro omnibus,
+Iohannes Fernelius lib. 2. Physiologić, cap. 4. Sic, inquit, qualitates hć
+(quatuor primć) quatuor rerum naturis summć obtigerunt, vt quemadmodum paro
+igne nihil calidius, nihilque leuius: Sic terra nihil siccius, nihil
+grauius: Aquam sinceram, nullius medicamenti vis gelida euincet, vt nec
+aërem, vllius humor. Summć prćterea sic illis insunt, vt ne minimum quidem
+possint augescere, remitti verň possint. Nolo huc rationes seu argumenta
+Physicorum aggregare. Vnum profecto hic cauendum est, ne dum fontium
+miracula prćdicant scriptores, vt glaciem Islandorum, ita etiam fontes
+creatorum numero eximant. Nos fontium adiuncta, quć huc scriptores
+pertraxerunt ordine persequemur. Primus suo perpetuo calore: Plurimć sunt
+in Islandia thermć seu fontes calidi: Pauciores ardentes: quos neque
+cuiquam miraculo esse debere existimamus, cum huiusmodi, vt a scriptoribus
+didici, passim abundet Germania, prćcipuč in ijs locis, quć non sunt procul
+ab Alpium radicibus. Nota est fama thermarum Badensium, Gebarsuiliensium,
+Calbensium, in ducatu Wirtebergensi, & multarum aliarum quarum meminit
+Fuchsius in lib. de arte medendi. Et non solum Germania, sed etiam Gallia,
+& longe magis omnium bonorum parens Italia, inquit Cardanus. Et Aristoteles
+narrat, circa Epyrum calidas aquas scaturire, vnde locus Pyriphlegeton
+appellatur. Atque inquam, hćc ideo minus miranda, quod vt incendij montani,
+ita feruoris aquei caussas indagarint Naturć speculatores: Aquam scilicet
+per terrć venas sulphureas, aut aluminosas labi, indeque non calorem solům,
+sed saporem etiam & virtutes alienas concipere. Docuit hoc Aristoteles
+libro de mundo. Continet, inquit, terra in se multos fontes, vt aquć, ita &
+spiritus & ignis: Quidam amnium more fluunt, & vel ignescens eijciunt
+ferrum: Nunc tepidć aquć erumpunt, nunc feruentissimć, nunc temperatć.
+[Sidenote: Lib 3. Nat. qućst.] Et Seneca: Empedocles existimabat ignibus,
+quos multis locis apertos tegit terra, aquam calescere, si subiecti sint
+solo, per quod aquć transitus est. Et scite de thermis Baianis Pontanus.
+
+     Baiano sed ne fumare in littore thermas
+     Mirere, aut liquidis fluitare incendia venis:
+     Vulcani fora sulphureis incensa caminis
+     Ipsa monent, latč multům tellure sub ima
+     Debacchari ignem, camposque exurere opertos.
+     Inde fluit, calidum referens ex igne vaporem,
+     Vnda fugax, tectis feruent & balnea flammis.
+
+Hoc loco attingendum duxi quod tradit Saxo Grammaticus, Danorum
+celebratissimus historicus, Islandić fontes quosdam nunc ad summum
+excrescere, & exundare: Nunc adeň subsidere, vt vix fontes agnoscas. Qui
+etsi rariores apud nos inueniuntur, adscribam tamen similes, etiam alibi ŕ
+natura productos, ne quis hic monstri quippiam imaginetur. Hos autem
+recitat Plinius. In Tenedo Insula vnum, qui semper ŕ tertia noctis hora, in
+sextam solstitio ćstiuo exundet. In agro Pitinate, trans Apenninum montem,
+fluuium esse, qui omnibus Solstitijs ćstiuis exundet, brumali tempore
+siccetur. Refert etiam de fonte quodam satis largo, qui singulis horis
+intumeseat & residat. Nec id magis neglidendum: subire terras flumina,
+rursusque redire; vt Lycus in Asia, Erasinus in Argolica, Tigris in
+Mesopotamia, quibus Cardanus addit Tanaim in Moscouia: Et quć in Ćsculapij
+fonte Athenis immersa sunt, in Phaletico reddi. Et Seneca scribit esse
+flumina, quć in specum aliquem subterraneum demissa, ex hominum oculis se
+subducunt, quć consumi paulatim & intercidere constet: Eademque post
+interuallum reuerti, recipereque & nomen & cursum priorem. Et iterum
+Plinius; fluuium in Atinate campo mersum, post 20 millia passuum exire. Quć
+omnia, & his similia, Islandić fontes, miraculo nullo, prć cćteris esse
+debere, ostendunt.
+
+Omne corpus immissum continuň conuertit in saxum. His duobus adiunctis,
+feruore nempe, seu ardore vehementissimo, & virtute indurandi corpora,
+primum suum fontem describit Frisius. Et fama quidem accepi, ipse non sum
+expertus, existere similem fontem in Islandia, non procul ŕ sede Episcopali
+Schalholt, apud villam nomine Haukadal. Habet simile Seneca, dicens, fontem
+quendam esse, qui ligna in lapides conuertat, hominumque viscera
+indurescere, qui aquam eius biberint: Et addit eiusmodi fontes in quibusdam
+Italić locis inueniri: quod Ouidias Ciconum flumini tribuit 15. Metamorph.
+
+     Flumen habent Cicones, quod potum saxea reddit
+     Viscera, quod tactis inducit marmora rebus.
+
+Et Cardanus: Georgius Agricola, inquit, in Elbogano tractu iuxta oppidum ŕ
+falconibns cognominatum, integras cum corpore abietes in lapidem conuersas
+esse, atque quod maius est, in rimis etiam Pyritidem lapidem continere. Et
+Domitius Brusonius, in Sylare amne, qui radices montis eius, qui est in
+agro vrbis Vrsentinorum olim, nunc Contursij lambit, folia & arborum ramos
+in lapides transire, non fide aliorum, sed propria, vt qui incola sit
+regionis, (cui rei etiam Plinius astipulatur) narrat, cortices aute
+lapidum, annos numero ostendere. Sic (si scriptoribus credimus) guttć
+Gotici fontis sparsć lapidescunt. Et in Vngaria, Cepusij aqua, in vrceos
+infusa, lapidescit. Plinius refert etiam, vt in Ciconom flumine, & in
+Piceno lacu velino, lignum deiectum, lapideo cortice obduci.
+
+Secundus algoris intolerabitis. Quantum ad secundum fontem attinet, nullus
+hic est quňd quisquam sciat, algoris intolerabilis, sed plurimi bene
+frigidi, ita vt vulgaribus riuis ćstiuo sole tepescentibus, non sine
+voluptate ex frigidioribus illis aquam hauriamus. Sunt & longč frigidiores
+fortč alibi: Nam & Cardanus in agro Corinthio č montis vertice fluentem
+riuum commemorat, niue frigidiorem: Et intra primum ŕ Culma lapidem,
+Insanam vocatum: quć aqua cum feruere videatur, sit tamen longe
+frigidissima, &c.
+
+Tertius vel melle dulcior. Neque id prorsus verum est. Non enim est vllus
+apud nos, qui vel minima ex parte cum mellis dulcedine conferri possit.
+Rectius igitur Saxo, qui fontes (quoniam plures sunt) in Islandia dicit
+inueniri Cerealem referentes liquorem, vt etiam ibidem non diuersi saporis
+solům, sed diuersi etiam coloris fontes & flumina reperiuntur.
+
+Etsi autem tradunt Physici aquam naturaliter ex se neque saporem neque
+odorem habere, tamen, vt superius attigimus, veri simile est, quod alij per
+accidens vocant, eam sćpe referre qualitatem terrć, in qua generatur, & per
+cuius venas transitum atque excursum habet: Atque hinc aquarum odores,
+colores, sapores, alios atque alios existere, Cuiusmodi sunt, de quibus
+narrat Seneca, quorum alij famem excitant, alij bibentes inebrient, alij
+memorić officiant, alij inuent eandem, alij vini saporem & virtutem
+reprćsentent: [Sidenote: Lib. de mirab. auscultat.] Vt ille apud Plinium in
+Andro Insula fons, in templo Liberi, qui Nonis Ian: vini sapore fluat. Et
+apud Aristotelem fons in agro Carthaginensi, qui oleum prćbeat, & guttulas
+Cedri odore representet. Item, Orcus fluuius Thessalić, influens in Peneum,
+olei instar supernatans: [Sidenote: Lib. 2. de Element.] Cuiusmodi etiam
+narrat Cardanus in Saxonia esse, iuxta Brumonis oppidum, fontem oleo
+perfusum: Et in Sueuia, iuxta Coenobium, cui Tergensche nomen est. Item, in
+valle mentis Iurassi. Causam huius rei putat esse bitumen valde pingue,
+quod oleum sine dubio contineat. Idem, famam esse ait, in Cardia, iuxta
+locum Dascbyli, in campo albo aquam esse lacte dulciorem. Aliam quoque
+iuxta pontem, qua Valdeburgum itur. Iam aquarum vini saporem referentium
+meminit his verbis Propertius, 3. lib. Elegiar.
+
+     En tibi per mediam bene olentia flumina Naxon,
+     Vnde tuum pota Naxia turba merum.
+
+Est autem Naxus Insula vna ex Cycladibus, in mari Ćgeo. Causam huius
+assignat Cardanus, quod hydromel vetustate transeat in vinum. Aristoteles
+commemorat Sicilić fontem, quo incolć loco aceti vtantur. Idem saporum aquć
+causam in calorem retulit, quod terra excocta mutet & prćbeat saporem aquć.
+
+Iam de aquć coloribus ita Cardanus. Eadem est ratio colorum aquć, ait, quć
+& saporum: videlicet ŕ terra originem trahere. Nam Candida est aqua, ad
+secundum lapidem ŕ Glauca, Misenć oppido: Rubea, vt in Radera Misenć
+fluuio, iuxta Radeburgum: Et olim in Iudća iuxta Ioppen: Viridis, in
+Carpato monte, iuxta Neusolam: Cćrulea aut blaua, inter Feltrium &
+Taruisium, & in Thermopylis etiam talem fuisse referunt: Nigerrima in
+Allera fluuio Saxonić, vbi in Visurgim se exonerat. Caussć sunt argillć
+colores, sed tenuiores. Item Aristoteles: circa Iapygiam promontorium, esse
+fontem, qui sanguinem fundat, addens, eam maris partem suo foetore
+nauigantes procul arcere. Aiunt prćterea in Idumća fontem esse, qui quater
+in anno colorem mutet, cum sit colore nunc viridi, nunc albo, nunc
+sanguineo, nunc lutulento.
+
+Et de aquarum odore sic Cardanus. Similis ratio differentić est in
+odoribus. Plerumque tamen aquarum odores iniucundi sunt, quňd rarň terra
+bene oleat. Pessimč olim foetabat in Ćlide, Anigri fluminis aqua, vsque ad
+perniciem, non solum piscium, sed etiam hominum. Iuxta Metonem in Messania,
+in puteo quodam optimč olens aqua hauriebatur. Hćc ideo recito, vt nullus
+magis in Islandia quŕm alibi, aquarum, colores, odores, sapores, miretur.
+
+Quartus plane exitialis. Autor est Isidoras, esse fontem quendam, cuius
+aqua pota vitam extinguat: Et Plinius: Iuxta Nonarim, inquit, Arcadić, Styx
+(iuxta Cyllenem montem, ait Cardan. Sola equi vngula continebatur: referunt
+ea sublatum Alexandrum magnum) nec odore differens, nec colore, epota
+illico necat. Idem, In Beroso Taurorum colle sunt tres fontes sine remedio,
+sine dolore mortiferi: Et quod longč maximum est, quod Seneca stagnum esse
+dicat, in quod prospicientes statim moriantur. Nos verň Islandi etiam hunc
+quartum Frisij fontem, cuius etiam Saxo meminit, vt antehac semper, itidem
+etiam nobis hodie penitus ignotum testamur: Hocque igitur nomine, Deo
+immortales gratias agimus, quňd ab eiusmodi fontibus & serpentibus,
+insectis venenatis, ac alijs pestiferis & contagiosis, esse nos immunes
+voluerit.
+
+Prćterea est apud prćdictos fontes tanta sulphuris copia. Montes tres ŕ
+Munstero & Frisio igniuomi dicti, omnes longissimo interuallo ŕ nostris
+fodinis distant. Quare cum iuxta hos montes fontibus quatuor, quos
+tantopere miraculis celebrant, locum & situm faciant, necesse est eos
+fontes pari ferč interuallo ŕ fodinis sulphureis remotos esse. Nec verň
+apud montem Heclam, vt Munsterus, nec apud hos Frisij fontes (quorum rumor
+quŕm verus sit, hactenus ostensum est) sulphur effoditur: Nec patrum
+nostrorum memoria effossum esse arbitramur. [Sidenote: Sulpher in bore. ali
+Islandić parte.] Neque verum est, quod de sulphuris copia tradit Munsterus,
+esse videlicet pene vnicum Insulć mercimonium & vectigal. Nam cum insula in
+quatuor partes diuisa sit, quarta pars, nempe borealis, tantum dimidia, hoc
+vtitur mercimonio, nec sulphuris mica in vectigal Insulć penditur.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE ELEUENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] Not farre from these mountaines (the three forenamed)
+  declining to the sea shoare, there be foure fountaines of a most contrary
+  nature betweene themselues. The first, by reason of his continuall heat
+  conuerteth into a stone any body cast into it, the former shape only
+  still remaining. The second is extremely cold. The third is sweeter then
+  honey, and most pleasant to quench thirst. The fourth is altogether
+  deadly, pestilent, and full of ranke poison.
+
+Euen this description of fountaines doth sufficiently declare howe impure
+that fountaine was, out of which the geographer drew all these miraculous
+stories. For he seemeth to affirme, that the three foresaid mountaines doe
+almost touch one another: for he ascribeth foure fountaines indifferently
+vnto them all. Otherwise if he had not made them stand neare together, he
+would haue placed next vnto some one of these, two of the foresaid
+fountaines. But neither doe these mountaines touch (being distant so many
+leagues a sunder), neither are there any such foure fountaines neare vnto
+them, which, he that wil not beleeue, let him go try. But to confute these
+things, the very contrariety of writers is sufficient. For another
+concerning two fountaines gainsayth Frisius in these words. There do burst
+out of the same hill Hecla two fountames, the one whereof, by reason of the
+cold streames, the other with intollerable heat exceedeth al the force of
+elements. These be Frisius his two first fountaines, sauing that here is
+omitted the miracle of hardening bodies, being by him attributed to one of
+the said fountaines. But they cannot at one time breake forth, both out of
+the mountaine it selfe, and neare vnto the mountaine.
+
+But here I would willingly demannd, by what reason any of the Peripateticks
+can affirme, that there is some thing in nature colder then the element of
+water, or hotter then the element of fire. From whence (I pray yon, learned
+writers) proceedeth this coldnesse: From whence commeth this heate: Haue we
+not learned out of your schole that water is an element most colde and
+somewhat moist: and in such sort most cold, that for the making of
+secundarie qualities, it must of necessitie be remitted, & being simple,
+that it cannot be applyed to the vses of mankind: I do here deliuer these
+Oracles of the naturall Philosophers, not knowing whether they be true or
+false. M. Iohn Fernelius, lib. 2. Phys. cap. 4. may stand for one witnesse
+amongst all the rest, & in stead of the all. So excessiue (satth he) be
+these foure first qualities in the foure elements, that as nothing is
+hotter then pure fire, & nothing lighter: so nothing is drier then earth, &
+nothing heauier: and as for pure water, there is no qualitie of any
+medicine whatsoeuer exceedeth the coldnes thereof, nor the moisture of
+aire. Moreouer, the said qualities be so extreme & surpassing in them, that
+they cannot be any whit encreased, but remitted they may be. I wil not
+heare heape vp the reasons or arguments of the natural Philosophers. These
+writers had need be warie of one thing, lest while they too much magnifie
+the miracles of the fountains, they exempt them out of the number of things
+created, as wel as they did the ice of the Islanders. We wil prosecute in
+order the properties of these fountains set downe by the foresaid writers.
+[Sidenote: Many hote Baths in Island.] The first by reason of his
+continuall heat. There be very many Baths or hote fountains in Island, but
+fewer vehemently hote, which we thinke ought not to make any man wonder,
+when as I haue learned out of authors, that Germanie euery where aboundeth
+with such hote Baths, especially neere the foot of the Alpes. The hote
+Baths of Baden, Gebarsuil, Calben in the dutchy of Wirtenberg and many
+other be very famous: all which Fuchsius doeth mention in his booke de Arte
+medendi. And not onely Germanie, but also France, & beyond all the rest
+Italy that mother of all commodities, saith Cardan. And Aristotle
+reporteth, that about Epyrus these hote waters doe much abound, whereupon
+the place is called Pyriplegethon. [Sidenote: The causes of hote Baths.]
+And I say, these things should therefore be the lesse admired, because the
+searchers of nature haue as wel found out causes of the heate in waters, as
+of the fire in mountaines: namely, that water runneth within the earth
+through certaine veines of Brimstone & Allom and from thence taketh not
+onely heat, but taste also & other strange qualities. Aristotle in his
+booke de Mundo hath taught this. The earth (saith he) conteineth within it
+fountains not only of water, but also of spirite & fire: some of them
+flowing like riuers, doe cast foorth red hote iron: from whence also doeth
+flow, sometimes luke-warme water, sometimes skalding hote, and somtimes
+temperate. And Seneca. [Sidenote: Lib. 3. nat. qućst.] Empedocles thought
+that Baths were made hote by fire, which the earth secretly conteineth in
+many places, especially if the said fire bee vnder that ground where the
+water passeth. And Pontanus writeth very learnedly concerning the Baian
+Baths.
+
+     No maruell though from banke of Baian shore
+       hote Baths, or veines of skalding licour flow:
+     For Vulcans forge incensed euermore
+       doeth teach vs plaine, that heart of earth below
+     And bowels burne, and fire enraged glow.
+       From hence the flitting flood sends smokie streames,
+       And Baths doe boil with secret burning gleames.
+
+I thought good in this placel to touch that which Saxo Grammaticus the most
+famous historiographer of the Danes reporteth. That certaine fountains of
+Island do somtime encrease & flow vp to the brinke: sometimes againe they
+fall so lowe that you can skarse discerne them to be fountaines. Which kind
+of fountaines, albeit they bee very seldome found with vs, yet I will make
+mention of some like vnto them, produced by nature in other countries, lest
+any man should think it somwhat strange. Plinie maketh a great recitall of
+these. There is one (saieth he) in the Isle of Tenedos, which at the
+Solstitium of sommer doth alwaies flow from the third houre of the night,
+till the sixt. In the field of Pitinas beyond the Apennine mountaine, there
+is a riuer which in the midst of sommer alwaies encreaseth, and in winter
+is dried vp. He maketh mention also of a very large fountaine, which euery
+houre doeth encrease and fall. Neither is it to be omitted, that some
+riuers run vnder the ground, and after that fall againe into an open
+chanel: as Lycus in Asia, Erasinus in Argolica, Tigris in Mesopotamia, vnto
+which Cardan addeth Tanais in Moscouia: and those things which were throwen
+into Ćsculapius fountaine at Athens, were cast vp againe in Phaletico. And
+Seneca writeth that there are certaine riuers which being let downe into
+some caue vnder ground, are withdrawen out of sight, seeming for the time
+to be vtteriy perished and taken away, and that after some distance the
+very same riuers returne, enioying their former name and their course. And
+againe Plinie reporteth that there is a riuer receiued vnder ground in the
+field of Atinas that issueth out twentie miles from that place. All which
+examples and the like, should teach vs that the fonutaines of Island are
+not to be made greater wonders then the rest.
+
+Doth forthwith conuert into a stone any body cast into it. By these two
+properties, namely warmth or most vehement heat, & a vertue of hardening
+bodies doth Frisius describe his first fountaine. And I haue heard reported
+(though I neuer had experience thereof my selfe) that there is such a
+fountain in Island not far from the bishops seat of Schalholt, in a village
+called Haukadal. Seneca reporteth of the like, saying: That there is a
+certain fountain which conuerteth wood into stone, hardening the bowels of
+those men which drinke thereof. And addeth further, that such fountains are
+to bee found in certaine places of Italy: which thing Ouid in the 15. booke
+of his Metamor. ascribeth vnto the riuer of the Cicones.
+
+     Water drunke out of Ciconian flood
+       fleshy bowels to flintie stone doeth change:
+     Ought else therewith besprinckt, as earth or wood
+       becommeth marble streight: a thing most strange.
+
+And Cardane. Georgius Agricola affirmeth, that in the territorie of
+Elbogan, about the town which is named of Falcons, that the whole bodies of
+Pine trees are conuerted into stone, and which is more wonderfull, that
+they containe, within certaine rifts, the stone called Pyrites, or the
+Flint. And Domitius Brusonius reporteth, that in the riuer of Silar
+(running by the foote of that mountain which standeth in the field of the
+citie in old time called Vrsence, but now Contursia) leaues and boughs of
+trees change into stones, & that, not vpon other mens credite, but vpon his
+own experience, being borne & brought vp in that country, which thing
+Plinie also auoucheth, saying, that the said stones doe shew the number of
+their yeeres, by the number of their Barks, or stony husks. So (if we may
+giue credite to authors) drops of the Gothes fountain being dispersed
+abroad, become stones. And in Hungary, the water of Cepusius being poured
+into pitchers, is conuerted to stone. And Plinie reporteth, that wood being
+cast into the riuer of the Cicones, and into the Veline lake in the field
+of Pice, is enclosed in a barke of stone growing ouer it.
+
+[Sidenote: Riuers of Island in sommer season lukewarme.] The second is
+extremely cold. As for the second fountaine, here is none to any mens
+knowledge so extremely cold: In deed there be very many that bee
+indifferently coole, insomuch that (our common riuers in the Sommer time
+being luke-warme) wee take delight to fetch water from those coole springs.
+It may be that there are some farre colder in other countries: for Cardane
+maketh mention of a riuer (streaming from the top of an hill in the field
+of Corinth) colder then snow, and within a mile of Culma, the riuer called
+Insana seeming to be very hote is most extremely cold, &c.
+
+The third is sweeter than honie. Neither is this altogether true. For there
+is not any fountaine with vs, which may in the least respect be compared
+with the sweetnesse of honie. And therfore Saxo wrote more truly, saying,
+that certaine fountaines (for there be very many) yeelding taste as good as
+beere, and also in the same place there are fountains & riuers not onely of
+diuers tasts, but of diuers colours.
+
+And albeit naturall Philosophers teach, that water naturally of it selfe
+hath neither taste nor smel, yet it is likely (as we haue touched before,
+which other call per accidens) that oftentimes it representeth the
+qualities of that earth wherein it is engendred, and through the veines
+whereof it hath passage and issue: and from hence proceed the diuers &
+sundry smels, colours and sauours of all waters. Of such waters doeth
+Seneca make mention, whereof some prouoke hunger, others make men drunken,
+some hurt the memory, & some helpe it, & some resemble the very qualitie
+and taste of wine, as that fountaine which Plinie speaketh of [Sidenote: In
+lib. de mirab.] in the Isle of Andros, within the temple of Bacchus, which
+in the Nones of Ianuary vsed to flow ouer with wine. And Aristotle
+reporteth, that in the field of Carthage there is a fountain which yeeldeth
+oile, & certaine drops smelling like Cedar. Also Orcus a riuer of Thessalie
+flowing into Peneus, swimmeth aloft like oile. Cardane reporteth, that
+there is in Saxonie, neere vnto the town of Brunswic, a fountaine mixed
+with oile: and another in Sueuia neere vnto the Abbey called Tergensch.
+Also in the valley of the mountain Iurassus. He supposeth the cause of this
+thing to bee very fattie pitch, which cannot but conteine oile in it. The
+same author saieth: It is reported that in Cardia neere to the place of
+Daschylus, in the white field, there is water sweeter then milke. Another
+also neere vnto the bridge which we passe ouer going to the towne of
+Valdeburg. Propertius likewise in the third booke of his Elegies mentioneth
+certaine waters representing the sauour of wine in these words.
+
+     Amidst the Isle of Naxus loe, with fragrant smels and fine
+     A freshet runs; ye Naxians goe fill cups, carouse, there's wine.
+
+This Naxus is one of the Islands called Cydades lying in the Ćgćan sea.
+Cardane giueth a reason hereof, namely, because Hydromel or water-hony, in
+long continuance will become wine. Aristotle nameth a fountaine in Sicilia,
+which the inhabitants vse in stead of vineger. The same author maketh the
+cause of sauours in water to be heate, because the earth being hote
+changeth and giueth sauour vnto the water.
+
+Now concerning the colours of water so saieth Cardane. There is the same
+reason (saith he) of the colours of water, that there is of the sauours
+thereof, for both haue their originall from the earth. For there is white
+water within two miles of Glanca a town in Misena: red water in Radera a
+riuer of Misena not farre from Radeburg: & in old time neere vnto Ioppa in
+Iudea: greene water in the mountaine of Carpathus by Nensola: skie-coloured
+or blue water betweene the mountains of Feltrius & Taruisius: & it is
+reported that there was water of that colour in Thermopylis; cole-blacke
+water in Alera a riuer of Saxonie, at that place where it dischargeth it
+self into the Weser. The causes of these colours are the colours of the
+soile. Also Aristotle saieth, that about the promontorie of Iapigia, there
+is a fountaine which streameth blood: adding moreouer, that Mariners are
+driuen farre from that place of the sea, by reason of the extreme stench
+thereof. Furthermore, they say that in Idumća there is a fountaine which
+changeth color foure times in a yeere: for somtimes it is greene, somtime
+white, somtime bloodie, & somtimes muddy coloured.
+
+Concerning the smels of waters, thus writeth Cardane. There is the like
+reason of difference in smell. But for the most part the steames of waters
+bee vnpleasant, because the earth doeth seldome times smel well. The water
+of the riuer Anigris in Aelis stanke, to the destruction, not onely of
+fishes, but also of men. About Meton in Messania, out of a certaine pond
+there hath bene drawen most sweet smelling, and odoriferous water. I doe
+recite all these examples to the end that no man should make a greater
+wonder at the colours, smels, and sauours of waters that be in Island, then
+at those which are in other countreis.
+
+The fourth is altogether deadly. Isidore affirmeth, that there is a
+certaine fountaine whose water being drunke, extingnisheth life. And Plinie
+saieth, That about Nonaris in Arcadia, the riuer of Styx (neere the
+mountaine of Cillene, saieth Cardane: it would be contained in nothing but
+an horse-hoofe: and it is reported that Alexander the great was poisoned
+therewithal) not differing from other water, neither in smell nor colour,
+being drunke, is present death. [Sidenote: The same Author saieth.] In
+Berosus an hill of the people called Tauri, there are three fountains,
+euery one of them deadly without remedy, & yet without griefe. And (which
+is the strangest thing of all the rest) Seneca maketh mention of a poole,
+into which whosoeuer looke, do presently die. But, as for this fourth
+fountaine of Frisius, which Saxo doeth likewise mention, we Islanders, as
+alwayes heretofore, so euen at this day do testifie, that it is vtterly
+vnknowen vnto vs: [Sidenote: Island free from snakes and other venemous
+beasts.] and therefore in this regard, we render vnto God immortall thanks,
+because he hath vouchsafed to preserue our nation from such fountains, from
+serpents and venemous wormes, & from al other pestiferous & contagious
+creatures.
+
+Furthermore about the foresaid mountaines there is such abundance of
+brimstone. The three mountains called by Munster and Frisius, Fierie
+mountains, do all of them stand an huge distance from our Mines. Wherefore,
+when as neere vnto these hils they haue found out a place for foure
+fountains, which they doe so mightily extoll for wonders, they must needs
+haue some Brimstone Mines also, standing a like distance from the said
+fountaines. And assuredly, neither about mount Hecla, as Munster would haue
+it, nor by Frisius his fountaines (the report whereof how true it is, hath
+bene hitherto declared) is Brimstone digged vp at this day: nor I thinke
+euer was within the remembrance of our fathers. Neither is it true that
+Munster reporteth concerning the abundance of Brimstone namely, that it is
+almost the onely merchandize and tribute of the Iland. [Sidenote: Brimstone
+Mines onely in the North part of Island.] For whereas the Iland is deuided
+into foure partes, the fourth part onely towards the North (nay, but euen
+the halfe thereof) doeth vse it for merchandize, and there is not one
+crumme of Brimstone paied for tribute the Iland.
+
+
+SECTIO DVODECIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munst] Piscium tanta est copia in hac Insula, vt ad altitudinem
+  domorum sub aperto coelo vendedi exponantur.
+
+Sub aperto coelo. Id quidem facere vidimus mercatores extraneos, donec
+naues mercibus extraneis exonerarint, incipiantque easdem rursus piscibus &
+reliquis nostratium mercibus onerare. An verň nostri homines id aliquando
+fecerint, non satis liquet. Certč copiosa illa & vetus piscium abundantia
+iam desijt, Islandis & istius boni, & aliorum penuria laborare
+incipientibus, Domino Deo meritum impietatis nostrć flagellum, quod vtinam
+fitč agnoscamus, immittente.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE TWELFTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munster] There are so great store of fishes in this Iland, that
+  they are laid foorth on piles to be sold in the open aire, as high as the
+  tops of houses.
+
+In the open aire. In deed we haue seen other country merchants doe so,
+vntill they had vnladen their ships of outlandish wares, & filled them
+againe with fishes & with other of our countrey merchandize. But whether
+our men haue done the like at any time, it is not manifest. [Sidenote:
+Abundance of fish about island diminished.] Certainly, that plentifull and
+ancient abundance of fish is now decaied, and the Islanders now begin to be
+pinched with the want of these and other good things, the Lord laying the
+iust scourge of our impietie vpon vs, which I pray God we may duely
+acknowledge.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMATERTIA.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] Equos habent velocissimos, qui sine intermissione 30.
+  millaria continuo cursu conficiunt.
+
+Quidam in sua mappa Islandić, 20. millaria comunuo cursu assequi tradit
+cuiusdam paroscić equos. Sed vtrumque impossibile ducimus. Nam maximć
+celeritatis & roboris bestias (Rangiferos appellant) scribit Munsterus non
+nisi 30. millaria 24. horarum spacio conficere.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE THIRTEENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] They haue most swift horses, which wil run without
+  ceasing a continual course for the space of 30. leagues.
+
+A Certaine Cosmographer in his Map of Island reporteth concerning the
+horses of one parish, that they will run 20. leagues at once in a continued
+race. But we account both to bee impossible. For Munster writeth that those
+beasts which excell all other in swiftnesse & strength of body, called
+Rangiferi [Marginal note: Raine deere], cannot run aboue 36. leagues in 24.
+houres.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMAQUARTA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munst.] Cete grandia instar montium prope Islandium aliquando
+  conspiciuntur, quć naues euertunt, nisi tubarum sono absterreantur, aut
+  missis in mare rotundis & vacuis vasis, quorum lusu delectantur,
+  ludificentor. Fit aliquando, vt nautć in dorsa cetorum, quć Insulas esse
+  putant, anchoras figentes. sćpe periclitentur, vocantur autem eorum
+  lingua Trollwal, Tuffelwalen. i. Diabolica cete.
+
+Instar montium: En tibi iterum, Lector, Munsteri, Telenicis Echo, et cćcum,
+vt dici solet, insomnium. Deformat, me Hercule, adeň mendax et absurda
+hyperbole historiam, idque tantň magis quantň minus est necessaria. Nam
+quorsum attinet mentiri Historicum, si historia est rei verć narratio?
+Quorsum tropicas hyperboles assumet? Quid conabitur persuadere, aut quo
+pertrahere Lectorem, siquidem nihil nisi simplicem rerum expositionem sibi
+proponit?
+
+     Pictoribus atque, Poëtis,
+     Quodlibet audendi semper fuit ćqua potestas:
+       Non itidem Historicis.
+
+Dorsa cetorum, quć insulas putant. Nata est hćc fabula, vt et reliquć, ex
+mendacio quodam, vt antiquo, ita ridiculo et vano, cuius ego fidem
+titiuilitio non emam. Est autem tale: Missos fuisse olim Legatos cum
+sodalitio monastico, ab Episcopo Bremensi (Brandanus veteribus Noruagis,
+Crantzio, ni fallor, Alebrandus appellatur) ad fidem Papisticam, quć tum
+Christiana putabatur, in Septentrione prćdicandam et diuulgandam: Eosque,
+vbi immensum iter Septentrionem versus nauigando consumpsissent ad insulam
+quandam peruenisse: ibique iacta anchora descensum in Insulam fecisse,
+focos accendisse: (Nam verisimile est nautas in ipso mari glaciali frigore
+non parum esse vexatos) et commeatum naualem ad reliquum iter expediuisse.
+Ast vbi bene ignibus accensis incaluerant foci, Insulam hanc submersam cito
+euanuisse, nautas autem per prćsentem scapham vix seruatos fuisse. Habes
+huius rei fundamentum, Lector, sed quŕm incredibile, ipse vides. Quid verň
+tandem est animi nautis, qui in mari procelloso videntes scopulum, vel, vt
+Munsterus, Insulam perexiguam emergere, non vitent potius omni studio,
+allisionem et naufragium metuentes, quŕm vt in portu parum tuto quiescere
+tentent? Sed vbi anchora figenda? Solent enim, vt plurimum deesse nautis
+tam immensi funes, vt in altissimo ćquore anchoram demittant: Igitur in
+dorsis cetorum, respondet Munsterus. Oportet igitur, vestigium vnci prius
+effodiant. O stultos nautas, balenarum carnem, ŕ terrć cespitibus, inter
+fodiendum, non dignoscentes nec lubricam cetorum cutem, ŕ terrestri
+superficie internoscentes. Digni profectň, quibuscum ipse Munsterus,
+nauclerus transfretaret. Equidem hoc loco, vt et superius, de miraculis
+Islandić terrestribus agens, č Tantali; vt aiunt, horto fructus colligit,
+id est, ea consectatur, quć nunquam reperiuntur, nec vsquam sunt, dum
+miracula hinc inde conquirere, terram et pelagus verrere, ad Historić suć
+supplementum studet: Vbi tamen nihil nisi cotnmentitia tantum venari
+potest.
+
+Vocantur autem lingua eorum Trollwal. Ne vltra peram, Munstere: Nullam
+siquidem es linguć nostrć cognitionem adeptus: Quare meritň puderet tantum
+virum, rem ignotam alios velle docere: Est enim eiusmodi incoeptum
+erroribus obnoxium complurimis, vt vel hoc tuo exemplo docebimus. Dum enim
+vis alijs autor esse, quomodo nostra lingua balenć vel cete appellentur,
+detracta, per inscitiam, aspiratione, quć pene sola vocis significationem
+facit, quod minimč verum est, affers: Non enim val nostra lingua balenam,
+sed electionem siue delectum significat, ŕ verbo, Eg vel .i. eligo, vel
+deligo: vnde val, &c. At balena Hualur nobis vocatur: Vnde tu Trollhualur
+scribere debebas. Nec verň Troll Diabolum, vt tu interpretaris, sed
+Gigantes quosdam montanos significat. Vides igitur, quomodo in toto
+vocabulo turpiter, quod haud tamen mirum, erres. Leuis quidem illa in
+linguam nostram iniuria, in vnica tantum voce: quoniam plures, haud dubič,
+non noras.
+
+Idem alijs etiam vsu venit: Non enim probandum est, quňd quidam, dum
+Islandić descriptionem, ab Islandis acceptam, ederet, maluerit omnia, aut
+certč plurima promontoriorum, sinuum, montium, fontium, fluminum,
+tesquorum, vallium, collium, pagorum nomina desprauare (quňd nostrć linguć
+ignaris, non sciret ŕ nostratibus accepta satis exactč legere) atque
+corrumpere, quŕm prius ab ipsis Islandis, qui turn temporis, id est, Anno
+1585. In Academia Haffniensi vixerunt, quomodo singula legi ac scribi
+deberent, ediscere. Ipsum certč hac natiuorum nominum et appellationum
+voluntaria deprauatione, (qua factum est, vt ipsi ea legentes, paucissima
+nostra agnoscamus) in linguam nostram, alioqui puram et auitam penč
+elegantiam retinentem, non leuiter peccasse reputamus.
+
+Cćterum iam plurima Islandić miracula, quć quidem scriptores nostri
+attigerunt, sic vtcunque examinauimus. Sed tamen priusquam alio diuertamur,
+in hac parte attingendum videtur, quod idem ille in mappa Islandić, quam
+sub suo nomine, prćdicto anno edi fecerat, de duobus, prćter supra dictos,
+fontibus Islandić prodidit: quorum alter lanas albas colore nigro, alter
+nigras, albo inficiat. Quod quidem vbi acceperit, aut vnde habeat, scire
+equidem non possumus: Nec enim apud nostrates, nec apud extraneos
+scriptores, reperire licuit. Sed vndecunque est, fabula est, nec veritatis
+micam habet. Quamuis autem sit incredibile, Lanas nigras albo infici
+colore, cum traditum sit a Plinio, Lanarum nigras nullum imbibere colorem:
+Tamen simile quiddam narratur ŕ Theophrasto: Flumen esse in Macedonia, quod
+oues nigras, albas reddat. Et illa, cuius etiam superious memini, rapsodia
+Noruagica, speculum scilicet illud Regale, hos ipsos fontes Irlandić, quć
+hodie Hybernia, non Islandić esse affirmat. Quod forsan Lectori imposuit,
+in lingua peregrina, pro R, S, legenti.
+
+Non maiorem fidem meretur, quod Historicus quidam habet. Esse in Islandia
+saxum, quod montium prćrupta non extrinseca agitatione, sed propria
+natiuaque motione peruolitet: Id qui credere volet, quid incredibile ducet?
+Est enim commentum tam inauditum, vt nullum eius simile, fabulatos fuisse
+Epicurćos (qui tamen multa incredibilia excogitasse Luciano visi sunt)
+constet: Nisi fortč hominem qui Islandis proprio nomine Stein dicitur,
+sentit Historicus rupes quasdam circuisse, vel circumreptasse. Quod, etsi
+ridiculum est in Historiam miraculosam referre, hominem scilicet moueri vel
+ambulare, tamen ad saluandam Historici fidem, simulandum: ne figmentum
+illud, per se satis absurdum, nec dignum quod legatur, durius
+perstringamus.
+
+Eodem crimine tenentur, quicunque; Islandić, coruos albos, picas, lepores,
+et vultures adscripserunt: Perrarň enim vultures, cum glacie marina, sicut
+etiam vrsos (sed hos sćpius quam vultures) et cornicum quoddam genus,
+Islandis Isakrakur, aduenire obseruatum est. Picas verň et lepores, vt et
+coruos albos, nunquam Islandia habuit.
+
+Atque hćc ferč sunt, quć de prima commentarij nostri parte per quotidianas
+oocupationes, in prćsentia, affere licuit. Quć in hunc finem ŕ me scripta
+sunt, (quod etiam prius testatus sum,) vt scriptorum de terra ignota
+errores, et quorundam etiam affectata vanitas, patefierent: Neque enim
+eorum famć quicquam detractum cupio: Sed quňd veritati et patrić, operam
+meam consecraram, ilia, quć hactenus dicta sunt ŕ multis, de Insula, fidem
+valde exiguam mereri, necesse habui ostendere: ac ita mihi viam ad
+sequentia de Incolis sternere.
+
+Commentarij primć partis Finis.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FOURETEENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munster] There be seen sometimes neere vnto Island huge Whales
+  like vnto mountains, which ouerturne ships, vnlesse they be terrified
+  away with the sound of trumpets, or beguiled with round and emptie
+  vessels, which they delight to tosse vp and downe. It sometimes falleth
+  out that Mariners thinking these Whales to be Ilands, and casting out
+  ankers vpon their backs, are often in danger of drowning. They are called
+  in their tongue Trollwal Tuffelwalen, that is to say, the deuilish Whale.
+
+Like vnto mountains. Loe here once againe (gentle Reader) Munsters
+falsifying eccho, and (as the prouerbe saieth) his blind dreame. Such a
+false and sencelesse ouer reaching doeth exceedingly disgrace an historie,
+and that by so much the more, by how much the lesse necessary it is. For to
+what purpose should an Historiographer make leasings, if history be a
+report of plaine trueth? Why should he vse such strange surmountings? What
+is it that he would perswade, or whither would he rauish the reader, if he
+propoundeth vnto himselfe nothing but the simple declaration of things:
+
+     Poets and Painters had leaue of old,
+     To feigne, to blaze, in all things to be bold.
+                      But not Historiographers.
+
+The backs of Whales which they thinke to be Ilands. This fable, like all
+the rest, was bred of an old, ridiculous and vaine tale, the credite and
+trueth whereof is not woorth a strawe. [Sidenote: Certain letters sent by
+Brandan bishop of Breme, to preach Christian faith in the North.] And it is
+this that foloweth, namely, that the bishop of Breme (called by the ancient
+Norwaies Brandan, and by Krantzius, if I be not deceiued, Alebrandus) in
+old time sent certanie Legates with a Couen of Friers to preach and publish
+in the North the popish faith, which was then thought to bee Christian, and
+when they had spent a long iourney in sailing towards the North, they came
+vnto an Iland, and there casting their anker they went a shore, and kindled
+fiers (for it is very likely that the Mariners were not a litle vexed with
+the nipping cold which they felt at sea) and so prouided victuals for the
+rest of their iourny. But when their fires grew very hote, this Iland
+sanke, and suddenly vanished away, and the Mariners escaped drowning very
+narowly with the boate that was present. This is the foundation of the
+matter, but how incredible it is, I appeale to the Reader. But what ailed
+these Mariners, or what meant they to doe, who in a tempestuous sea, seeing
+a rocke before their eyes, or (as Munster saieth) a little Iland, would not
+rather with all diligence haue auoided it for feare of running a shore and
+shipwracke, then to rest in such a dangerous harbour? But in what ground
+should the anker be fastened? for Mariners for the most part are destitute
+of such long cables, whereby they may let downe an anker to the bottom of
+the maine sea, therfore vpon the backs of Whales, saith Munster. But then
+they had need first to bore a hole for the flouke to take hold in. O silly
+Mariners that in digging can not discern Whales flesh from lumps of earth,
+nor know the slippery skin of a Whale from the vpper part of the ground:
+with out doubt they are woorthy to haue Munster for a Pilot. Verily in this
+place (as likewise before treating of the land-miracles of Island) he
+gathereth fruits as they say, out of Tantalus his garden, and foloweth hard
+after those things which will neuer and no where be found, while he
+endeuoureth to proule here and there for miracles, perusing sea and land to
+stuffe vp his history where notwithstanding he cannot hunt out ought but
+feigned things.
+
+But they are called in their language Trollwal. Go not farther then your
+skil, Munster, for I take it you cannot skill of our tongue: and therefore
+it may be a shame for a learned man to teach others that which he knoweth
+not himselfe: for such an attempt is subiect to manifold errours, as we
+will shew by this your example. For while you take in hand to schoole
+others, & to teach them by what name a Whale-fish is to be called in our
+tongue, leauing out through ignorance the letter H, which almost alone
+maketh vp the signification of the worde, you deliuer that which is not
+true: for val in our language signifieth not a Whale, but chusing or choise
+of the verbe Eg vel, that is to say, I chuse, or I make choise, from whence
+val is deriued, &c. But a Whale is called Hualur with vs, & therefore you
+ought to haue written Trollhualur. Neither doeth Troll signifie the deuill,
+as you interprete it, but certaine Giants that liue in mountaines. You see
+therefore (and no maruel) how you erre in the whole word. It is no great
+iniurie to our language being in one word onely: because (doubtlesse) you
+knew not more then one.
+
+Others also do offend in the same fault, for it is not to be allowed that a
+certaine man being about to publish a Map of Island receiued from Islanders
+themselues, had rather marre the fashion of all, or in very deed of the
+most names of Capes, Baies, mountaines, springs, riuers, homocks, valleis,
+hils & townes (because that being ignorant of our language, he was not able
+to read those things aright, which he receiued from our countreymen) he had
+rather (I say) depraue & corrupt them all, then learne of the Islanders
+themselues, which at that time, namely in the yeere 1585, liued in the
+vniuersitie of Hafnia, or Copen Hagen, how euery thing ought to be read and
+written. And we esteeme him for this his wilfull marring of our natiue
+names and words, (where vpon it came to passe that we reading the same,
+could acknowledge very few to be oure owne) that he is no slight offender
+against our tongue, otherwise retaining the pure and the ancient propertie.
+
+But now we haue after some sort examined most of the myracles of Island,
+which our writers haue mentioned. Notwithstanding before we enter into any
+further matter, we thinke it good in this section to touch that which the
+last forenamed man (in this Map of Island, that he caused to be put forth
+in the foresaid yeere vnder his own name) hath giuen out concerning two
+other fountains besides the former: whereof the one should die white wooll
+black, & the other blacke wooll white. [Sidenote: Who be the Islandish
+writers?] Which thing where he receiued it, or whence he had it, we can by
+nomeans imagine: for it is not to be found in our own writers, nor in the
+writers of other countries. But whence soeuer it be, it is but a tale, &
+hath not one iote of trueth in it. And although it be incredible That black
+wooll may be died of a white colour, seeing it is affirmed by Plinie, that
+blacke wooll (of all other) will receiue no colour: notwithstanding there
+is some such thing reported by Theophrastus: namely, that there is a riuer
+in Macedonia which maketh blacke sheepe white. [Sidenote: Speculum regale.]
+Also that Norway pamphlet called the Roiall looking-glasse, which I
+mentioned before, doth attribute these fountains to Ireland, which is also
+called Hybernia, and not to Island. Which peraduenture deceiued the Reader,
+reading in a strange language S in stead of R.
+
+That likewise deserueth no better credite which another Author writeth:
+That there is a certaine great stone in Island which runneth vp and downe
+the crags and clifs of mountaines by no outward force, but by the owne
+proper and natural motion. Hee that will beleeue this, what will he not
+beleeue? For it is such a rare deuise that the Epicures themselues (who yet
+seemed to Lucian to haue fained many incredible things) I am sure neuer
+inuented the like: vnlesse perhaps the sayd Author doeth imagine (that a
+man who is called of the Islanders by the proper name of Stein) should
+compasse about, and clime vp certaine rockes: which although it be
+ridiculous to put into a story of wonders, namely, that a man should mooue
+or walke, yet is it so to bee supposed to saue the credite of the Author,
+that we may not more seuerely condemne that fable, which is so sencelesse
+of it selfe and not woorthy to be read.
+
+[Sidenote: Vultures, beares and crows come vpon the drift Ice into Island.]
+They are gulltie of the same crime also who haue found out rauens, pies
+[Footnote: Magpies.], hares and vultures, all white in Island for it is wel
+knowen that vultures come very seldome together with the Ise of the sea,
+vnto vs, as beares also (but they seldomer then vultures) and a certaine
+kind of crowes called by the Islanders Isakrakur. But as for white pies,
+hares, and rauens Island neuer had any. [Footnote: All modern writers,
+however, ascribe white hares to Iceland.]
+
+And these in a maner be the things which, in regard of our daily busines,
+we were able at this present to affoord, as touching the former part of our
+treatise, which were penned by me for this purpos (as in the beginning I
+did protest) that the errors of Authors concerning an vnknowen land, and
+the affected vanitie also of some men might be disclosed, for I am not
+desirous to diminish any mans good name: but because I consecrated these my
+labours to trueth and to my countrey, I could not chuse but shew, that
+those things which hitherto haue bene reported by many concerning our
+Island deserue very litle credite: and so to addresse my selfe vnto the
+matters folowing concerning the Inhabitants.
+
+Here endeth the first part of the Commentarie.
+
+
+Commentarij de Islandia pars secunda: quć est de incolis.
+
+Absolutis hactenus miraculis Islandić, (cum nonnullis alijs, primć parti
+annexis) quć dum scriptores, velut Agamemnonios quosdam fontes, imň, vt
+quiddam prćter et contra omnem naturam, mirantur, nec non varič
+deprćdicant, minus veritati ipsi, et authoritati suć cousulunt; monet
+propositć orationis series, vt ad alteram commentarij partem nos
+conferamus, quć est de incolis: Vbi quid primům dicam, aut vnde initium
+sumom, non satis teneo. Tanta enim sunt in nos vltimos Islandos, et tot
+quorundam ludibria, tot opprobria, tot scommata, tot dicteria, (Atque inter
+hćc etiam nonnulla eorum, qui simplicissimam veritatem profiteri, volunt,
+nempe historicorum) vt si singula recensere velim, non aliud quŕm
+
+     Icarić numerum dicere *corier* aquć.
+
+Sed, vt dixi initio, non cum omnibus ćquč stricto iure agemus. Nam licet
+Krantzius, Munsterus, Frisius, et alij, nimis audacter multa de gente
+nostra scripserint: Tamen suis monumentis de studijs liberalibus alioqui
+benč meriti, etiam apud nos eo erunt in precio, quo merentur. Verům
+interea, etsi quis velit eos ŕ calumniandi nota liberare, tamen non leue
+est, eos res quasdam tam absurdas, impossibiles et ridiculas proposuisse,
+cuiusmodi illa fuerunt, quć hactenus exposuimus, tum impias, et atrocitate
+mendaciorum horrendas, cuiusmodi iam sequentur aliquot, in historias
+retulisse. Ast alijs, quicunque; sunt, qui quotidianus conuicijs nationem
+Islandorum incessunt, responsio, quam merentur, parata esse debet: Ex
+quorum numero, scurra ille fuit, qui rhythmis aliquot, in gentis nostrć
+contumeliam, Germanica lingua editis, nomen suum immortali dedecori
+consecrauit.
+
+Quapropter, vt instituti nostri ratio exigit, dum scriptorum de hac re
+monumenta persequimur, etsi qućdam in eis occurrant, quć coutumelić parum
+habent, nos tamen plćraque excutiemus, et errores, vt hactenas,
+annotabimus: tum si quid veri interea attulerint, id nequaquam
+dissimulabimus. [Sidenote: Secundć partis distributio.] Ac eo modo, primům
+Munsterum, Krantzium, Frisium, et si qui sunt alij, audiemus, Graculo illo,
+cum suis rhythmis Germanicis, dira calumnia infectis in postremum, vt
+dignus est, relecto locum. [Sidenote: 1. Capitis huius partis diuisio.] In
+hunc igitur modum, primům de fide seu Religione Islandorum: Deinde de
+ipsorum moribus, institutis seu viuendi ratione, authores isti scribunt.
+
+The same in English.
+
+Of Island the second part, concerning the Inhabitants.
+
+Hauing hitherto finished the miracles of Island with certaine other
+particulars belonging to the first part, the which while writers doe wonder
+at and diuersly extoll as it were the fountains of Agamemnon, yea, as
+things besides and against all nature, they haue bene very carelesse both
+of trueth it selfe, & of their owne credite. Now the course of the present
+speach doeth admonish mee to make haste vnto the other part of the treatise
+concerning the Inhabitants wherein what I should first say, or where I
+should begin, I am altogether ignorant. For there be such monstrous, and so
+many mocks, reproches, skoffes, and taunts of certaine men against vs poore
+Islanders dwelling in the vtmost parts & the world (and amongst these also,
+some things of theirs who take vpon them to professe most simple trueth,
+namely Historiographers) insomuch, that to reckon vp the particulars were
+nothing els but to tell the drops of the Icarian sea. But as I said in the
+beginning, we will not deale alike seuerely with all. For although
+Krantzius, Munsterus, Frisius & others haue written many things too boldly
+of our nation yet hauing otherwise deserued wel of learning by their
+monuments, they shalbe still in ye same reputation with vs that they are
+worthy of. Howbeit in the meane time, although a man would free them from
+the marke of slanderers, yet is it no small matter that they should broch
+certaine sencelesse, impossible & ridiculous things, such as those are
+which we haue hitherto laid downe as also that they should record in
+histories prophane and horrible vntrueths, some of which kind shal now
+immediately be discussed. As for others, whatsoeuer they be, who vpbraid
+the nation of Islanders with daily reproches, they are to haue that answere
+in a readinesse which such men deserue. In the number of whom, that scoffer
+is to be accounted, who by a company of rimes published in the Germane
+tongue, to the disgrace of our countrey, hath brought his name into
+euerlasting ignominie.
+
+Wherefore as our present businesse requireth, while we are in hand with the
+writings of Authors concerning this matter, although we meet with some
+things containing litle reproch, notwithstanding we will examine most of
+them, noting the errors as hitherto we haue done in the meane time also
+when they shall alleage any trueth, we will in no case dissemble it. And
+after this maner, first we will heare Munster, Krantzius and Frisius, and
+others also, if there be any more, what they haue to say, reiecting that
+Paro and his Dutch rimes infected with fell slander, as he is woorthy vnto
+the last place. First therefore the sayd Authors write concerning the faith
+or religion of the Islanders and secondly, of their Maners, Customes, and
+course of life in maner folowing.
+
+
+SECTIO PRIMA.
+
+Adalbertius Metropolitanus Hamburgensis, Anno Christi
+  1070. Vidit ad Christum conuersos Islandos: licet
+    ante susceptam Christi fidem, lege Naturali vuuentes,
+    non multum ŕ lege nostra discrepantes: itaque, pretentibus
+    illis, ordinauit quendam virum sanctum, primum
+    Episcopum, nomine Isleif.
+
+Krantzius his verbis, et Munsterus alibi, fidei seu Religionis Christianć
+dignitatem Islandis videntur adscribere: Facerentque et se, et veritate
+dignum, nisi eandem alias nobis adimerent. Nam (vt de Krantzio infra)
+Munsterus, quć supra prodidit, de fide nostra, seu opinione circa Inferni
+locum situmque, omnino est ŕ Christiana pietate alienum: Velle scilicet
+scrutari arcana, quć Deus sibi soli reseruauit, qućque voluit nostrum
+captum excedere: Non enim reperitur de hac re quicquam in literis sacris,
+vbi locus vel sitis inferni seu ignis ćterni, Diabolo et Angelis ipsius,
+adeoque damnatis omnibus animabus destinati, determinetur, aut
+circumscribatur: Nullam inquam, infra terram, seu in ea, aut vlla alia
+huius mundi parte, corporalem seu localem situm illi damnatorum carceri
+pagina sacra assignat: quinimo, terram hanc interituram, et terram nouam et
+coelos nouos, iustorum et sanctorum habitacula, creanda affirmat: Apoc. 2.
+2, Petri 3, Esa. 65. Quare Christianus rerum adeň abstrusarum inquisitionem
+libenter prćterit: tum dogmata nullis appertis et illustribus scripturć
+sacras testimonijs stabilita, velut certa et vera recipere, aut alijs
+tradere, nefas esse ducit. Deut 4. et 12, Esa. 8. Matth, 17. 2, Timoth. 3.
+
+Deinde etiam pugnat acriter cum Religione Christiana, quo Munsterus &
+Krantzius Islandos ornant, encomium: Eos videlicet, catulos ac pueros suos
+ćquo habere in precio. De quo infra, section. 7. Sic igitur secum dissidet
+Munst. dum quos Christianos assent, inferni architectos alias facit: Item,
+Krantzius et Munsterus, dum quos fide Christo insertos affirmant, eosdem
+omni pietatis et honestatis sensu exuunt: quňd scribant filios ab his, non
+maiore cura, quŕm catulos diligi.
+
+Sed vt ad rem: De Religione equidem nostra, quć qualiseu fuerit, cum
+Ethnicismus primům fugari coepit, nihil magnificč diceret possumus:
+quemadmodum nec alia Septentrionis Regna vicina, vti existimo, de suis
+fidei initijs. Fatendum enim est, et cum serijs gemitibus deplorandum vsque
+ad illam nunquam satis prćdicatam diem, quć nobis velut immortalitatis
+initium illuxit et repurgati Euangelij doctrinam attulit, tenebras plusquam
+Cimmerias, etiam nostris hominibus, vt reliquis Septentrionis Ecclesijs,
+offusas fuisse. Illud tamen pič nobis sentire liceat, apud nos, vt et in
+vicina Noruegia (nam nolo vltra septa vagari, et de populis ignotis
+quicquam pronunciare) eiecta primům Idololatria Ethnica, sinceriorem longč
+et simpliciorem fidem seu religionem Christianam viguisse; quippe veneno
+Papistico minus infectam, quam posteŕ, vbi auctum Romanć sedis fermentum
+pestiferum, et malum contagiosum maturuit, et per totum orbem virus suum
+diffudit: Nam vt posteŕ apparebit, multis annus antequam noua Pontificiorum
+Idololatria vires et incrementum cepit, Islandia Christum amplexa est: et
+vt laudatissimi duo illi Noruegić Reges, quibus vt commune nomen, ita
+commune nominis Christi propagandi studium et professio, nihil nisi fidem
+in Deum Patrem, Filium, et spiritum Sanctum, sonabat. Dico autem illum
+Olaum Thryggonis F. qui Anno Christi 968. natus, Anno ćtatis 27. imperium
+Noruegić adeptus est, et primus, vt accepimus, Noruegis Christum obtrusit:
+quibus imperitabat annis 5. Et huic cognominem, Olaum nuncupatum Sanctum,
+Haraldi F. Qui anno Christi 1013. aut circiter, imperij habenas arctius in
+primis obtinuit. Per annos fere 17. Christi doctrinam audacter tradidit.
+Anno Christi 1030. ab improbis parricidis nefarič interfectus, in pago
+Noruegise Stickla Stodum, pro Christi nomine cruorem fudit.
+
+Habuit etiam nostra patria inter multos alios quendam insignem pietate
+virum; cui Nialus nomen erat, qui circa annum Christi 1000 vixit in prćdio
+seu villa Berthors huol, sita in Parochia Islandić, Landenum: Quique rerum
+humanarum experientia, circumspecta animi prudentia, sagacitate et
+consilio, habebatur insignis. Cum enim, eius seculo, indomitis Islandia
+motibus fluctuaret, incolis ŕ nullo ferč superiore magistratu repressis,
+nullis se factionibus immiscuit: Plurimas cauta animi virtute ac industria
+composuit. Nunquam vim fecit, nec passus est, si vltimum tantum in vita
+diem excipias. Adeň studiosč seditiones et turbas vitauit aliosque vitare
+aut euadere cupientes optimč iuuit. Nec quisquam eius consilio, nisi maximo
+suo commodo est vnquam vsus: nec quisquam ab eo, nisi cum vitć et
+fortunarum penculo deflexit. Tam certum ab eo oraculum petebatur, vt valde
+mirandum sit, vnde homini tanta futurorum euentuum, et tam certa coniectura
+et consilium esse potuerit, quanta in ipso deprehensa est. Vnde ipsius
+cauta, prouidens et consilij plena sapientia, apud nostrates in prouerbium
+abijt: Nials biita raden: quasi dicas, Niali consilium; vel, Niali consilio
+res geritur, aut succedit: cům quid prudenter et admirando cum consilio
+gestum est.
+
+Hic cum domi suć, ŕ 100. viris coniuratis ob cćdem ŕ filio ipsius, ipso
+tamen inscio, patratam cingeretur, et inimicis domum vndique igni
+succendentibus, sibi videret supremum fatum instare, ait tandem. Hćc quidem
+fato, hoc est, voluntate diuina accidunt. Cćterum spem et fiduciam in
+Christo sitam habeo, nos (de se et vxore loquens) licet corpus hoc nostrum
+caducum, inimicorum flammis, mortalitatis corruptionem subeat, ab ćternis
+tamen flammis liberatum iri. Sicque inter has voces, et flammarum sćvitiam,
+vitam, An. Christo 1010. cum vxore et filio homicida, finiuit. Vox profectň
+filijs Dei non indigna, animć, cum mortis acerbitate luctantis summum
+solatium arguens.
+
+Hćc ideo addidi, vt ostendam quŕ coniectura adducar ad extstimamdum mox
+initio Christianismi (vt sic loquar) apud nos recepti, non fuisse tam
+deceptas et errorum tenebris immersas hominum mentes, quŕm nunc, paulň ante
+hćc nostra tempora fuerunt.
+
+Ast verň iam postquam Dominus Deus per Lutherum, et Lutheri in vinea Domini
+collegas, et pios successores, salutis doctrinam illustriorem reddidit,
+mentiůmque nostrarum graui veterno et densa caligine excussis, dextrć suć
+digito, hoc est, spiritu Sancto, (Matth. 12. vers. 28.) cordis nostri
+auriculas vellicauit, ac oculos, quibus saluificam ipsius veritatem
+cerneremus, nobis aperuit: Nos omnes et singuli credimus et confitemur Deum
+esse Spiritum, (Iohan. 4. vers. 24.) ćternum (Esai 40. vers. 28.) Infinitum
+(Ierem. 23. vers. 24. Psalm. 136. vers. 7. 8. 9.) optimum (Matth. 19. 17.)
+omnipotentem (Gene. 17. 1. Apocal. 1. 8.) Vnum essentia et natura: Vnum
+prouidentia: vnum efficentia rerum et administratione (Deut 6. 5. Ephes. 4.
+5.) At personis diuinitatis, proprietatibusque distinctum, Patrem, Filium
+et spiritum Sanctum (Matth. 28. 19. & 3. 17.) Deum Patrem quidem, primam
+diuinitatis personam, coeli terrć et omnium rerum creatorem (Gene. 1. vers.
+1. & sequent.) Sustentatorem et gubernatorem (Psal. 115. 3. Heb. 1. 3.)
+Patrem Domini nostri Iesu Christi (Psalm. 2. 7. & sequent:) et nostrum per
+eundem Patrem (Rom. 8. 15.) Animć et corporis curatorem (Luc. 12. 12,) Tum
+Iesum Christum, secundam diuinitatis personam, filium Dei patris (Iohan. 1.
+18. &c.) Vnigenitum (Iohan. 1. 29. Heb. 1. 2.) ćqualem patri (1. Paral. 17.
+13. Iohan. 1. 1.) Deum verum (Iohan. 1. 2. &c.) ante omnia creata
+prćordinatum (1. Pet. 1. 20. Apocal. 13. 8. &c.) et statim post lapsum,
+promissum Messiam (Gen. 3. 15.) Sanctis Patriarchis identidem promulgatum,
+vt Abrahć (Gen. 12. 3. &c.) Isaac. (Gen. 26. 4.) Iacob. (Gen. 28. 14.) et
+promissionibus confirmatum (Genes. 49. 9. Esa. 11. 1. 10.) Sacrificijs
+Mosaicis (Leuit. 1. 2. &c.) Et alijs typis prćfiguratum: immolatione Isaac
+(Gen. 22.) Exaltatione ćnei serpentis. (Num. 21.) Iona (Ion. 2. &c.)
+Prophetarum testimonio proclamatum (Esai 7. 14. &c.) ac tandem in
+plenitudine temporis verč exhibitum: hominem verum (Iohan. 1. 14. &c. Paul.
+Galat. 4.) mortuum pro peccatis nostris: resuscitatum propter
+iustificationem nostri (Rom. 4. 25. &c.) Ascendentem in coelum (Act. 1. 9.
+&c.) ac pro nobis ad dexteram patris sine intermissione interpellantem (1.
+Iohan, 2. 1. &c.) per spiritum Sanctum suum qui tertia est diuinitatis
+persona patri et filio compar et consubstantialis. (Actor. 5. 4.) Ecclesiam
+sibi verbo et Sacramentis colligentem (Matth. 16. 18. Roman. 10. 14. &c) Et
+ad vitam ćternam sanctificantem (Actor. 9. 31. &c.) Ac tandem consummatis
+seculis č coelo, venturum (Actor, 1. 11.) Iudicare viuos et mortuos (1.
+Thess. 4. 15.) redditurum impijs secundum opera sua, eňsque poenis ćternis
+adiudicaturum (Mat 13. 42. & 25. 41.) credentes verň in nomine ipsius
+ćterna vita donaturum (Mat 25. 34. &c.) Hunc, inquam, Iesum Christum
+redemptorem (Mat 1. 21.) Caput (1. Corinth. 12. 27.) et Dominum nostrum
+(Ephes. 4. 5.) agnoscimus: Nosque illi nomen in sacro baptismo dare ac
+dedisse (Actor. 2. 38.) Et per baptismum illi insertos esse (1. Cor. 12.
+13.) apertč, ingenuč, liberč ac libenter fatemur ac contestamur: omnesque
+alios, quicunque aliud nomen sub coelo datum esse hominibus, per quod salui
+fiant, comminiscuntur, seriň detestamur, execramur et damnamus. (Actor. 4.
+12.) Verbum ipsius sanctissimum vnicam salutis normam statuimus, illudque
+tantummodň, omnibus humanis commentis abiectis et spretis, infallibilem
+fidei nostrć regulam et amussim nobis proponimus: (Galat 1. 8. Esa. 29. 13.
+Ezech. 20.) Quod duplicis Testamenti, veteris et noui appellatione
+complectimur. (Hebr. 8.) traditum per Prophetas et Apostolos (Ephes. 2.
+20.) singulari et immensa Dei bonitate in hunc vsque diem semper in
+Ecclesia conseruatum et conseruandum in posterum. (Matth. 28. vlt. Psalm.
+71. 18. 1. Cor. 11. 26.)
+
+Deo igitur optimo maximo gratias ex animo et toto pectore agimus, quňd
+etiam ad nos, vastissimo interuallo ŕ reliquo Ecclesić corpore diuulsos et
+vltimas mundi partes habitantes, lumen hoc suum, concessum, ad reuelationem
+gentium, et paratum ante faciem omnium populorum, olim pio Simeoni benigne
+ostensum (Nam in Christo omnes thesauri saptentić reconditi) quod nunc
+totam nostram gentem radijs suis saluificis illuminat ac fouet, pertingere
+voluerit. Hćc ita breuiter, ipsam summam perstringendo, fides nostra est,
+et nostra religio, quaro monstrante spirtu Sancto, et ipsius in vinea
+Christi ministris, bausimus: idque ex fontibus Isrćlis.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius.] Anno Domini 1070. vidit ad Christum conuersos
+  Islandos.
+
+Dubium nobis est, vtrum his verbis dicere voluerit Krantzius, Islandos
+primům Anno Domini 1070. ad Christum esse conuersos an verň, prius quidem
+esse conuersos non neget, sed eo primům anno id Adalberto innotuisse dicat.
+[Sidenote: Chronologić Islandicć gentis antiquissimć.] Vtrumuis autem
+affirmet, tamen fidem ipsius hoc loco suspectam reddunt annales et
+chronologić nostrć gentis antiquissimć, quć contrarium testantur: quibus
+vtrum malis, de rebus nostris proprijs et domesticis et intra nostrć insulć
+limites gestis credere, an verň Krantzio, aut cuius alteri in nostratium
+rerum historia peregrino, sit penes tuum, candide Lector, arbitrium. Ego
+profecto multis adducor vt nostris potius assentiar. Nostrates emm nota
+tantum et fere domestica asserunt: ille peregrina et ignota. Hi suas
+Chronologias sine aliarum omnium nationum labe, macula et sugillatione
+contexuerunt tantummodň, vt rebus gestis suum verum tempus seu ćram
+assignarent; ille qućdam cum re et veritate pugnantia in contumeliam gentis
+nostrć ignotissimć, historić suć admiscuit, vt paulň post apparebit: hi
+omnium episcoporum Islandić nomina, annos, ordinem et successum describunt:
+ille vnius tantům mentionem facit, idque longč secus quŕm res habet. Porrň
+vt his fidem faciam, panca, quć in ventustissimis nostris annalibus de
+Islandia ad Christum conuersa, et de Episcoporum in nostris Ecclesijs
+successione reperi, quorum etiam fides apud nos publicč recepta est, cum
+extraneis communicabo. [Sidenote: Vetustissmum annales.] Quć tametsi
+leuiuscula, nec omnia prorsus digna quć scribantur, scribenda tamen omninň
+sunt ad nostrarum rerum veritatem, aduersus Krantzium et alios asserendam:
+Sic igitur habent.
+
+[Sidenote: 874. Islandia primum inhabituta.] Anno Christi 874. prius
+quidem, vt ante commemorauimus, inuenta, sed tunc primum ŕ Noruagis (quorum
+princeps fuit Ingulphus quidam, č cuios nomine promontorium Islandić
+orientalis Ingulffs hoffdi appellatitionem traxit) occupata est Islandia.
+Hi plures quam 400. cum cognatis et agnatis et prćterea numerosa familia
+nominatim in annalibus nostris recensentur: nec illorum tantům numerus
+describitur, sed quas oras, quć littora, et quć loca mediterranea, singuli
+occupauerint et incoluerint, et quomodo primi inhabitatores, fretis,
+sinibus, portubus, Isthmis, porthmis, promontorijs, rupibus, scopulis,
+montibus, collibus, vallibus, tesquis, fontibus, fluminibus, riuis, ac
+denique villis seu domicilijs suis nomina dederint, quorum hodič plćraque
+retinentur et in vsu sunt, apertč narratur. Itaque Noruagi occupatć iam
+Islandić 60. annorum spacio, aut circiter, habitabiles partes sua
+multitudine implent: Centum verň prope modum annis Ethnici manserunt, ci
+paucissimos, qui in Noruagia fortč sacro fonte abluti fuerant, excipias.
+[Sidenote: 974.] Annis autem vix centum ŕ primo ingressu elapsis, mox de
+religione Christiana agi coeptum est, nempe circa annum Domini 974. quć res
+non sine insigni rebellione plusquam 20 annis varič ŕ multis tentata est.
+[Sidenote: Fredericus Saxo.] Commemorantur autem duo Episcopi extranei, qui
+cum alijs, in conuertenda ad fidem Christi insula, diligenter laborarint:
+Prior Fridericus, Saxo natione, qui anno 981. ad Islandos venit, atque
+docendi munere strenuč functus est, ac tantum fecit, vt Anno 984, sacrć
+ćdes Islandis in vsu fuerint.
+
+Alter verň ille extraneus Episcopus siue concionator, quem Thangbrandt
+nuncupauere, anno 997. in Islandiam primům venit.
+
+[Sidenote: Anno Dom. 1000.] Hinc post 26, annorum disceptationem de
+religione, tandem Anno 1000. in conuentu generali omnium incolarum decretum
+est, vniuersali eorundem consensu, vt Ethnicorum numinum cultu seposito,
+religionem sectarentur Christianam.
+
+Rursus in solenni incolarum conuentu Anno 1050. sancitum est, vt leges
+seculares seu politicć (quarum constitutiones allatas ex Noruagia quidam
+Vlfliotus, Anno 926. Islandis communicarat) vbique cederent iuri Canonico
+seu diuino.
+
+Anno 1056. abit peregrč ex Islandia Isleifus quidam, in Episcopum Islandić
+ordinandus.
+
+Redit ordinatus in Islandiam, et Cathedram Schalholtensem adit Anno 1057.
+Moritur 1080. Ćtatis 74. 4. Kalendas Iulias.
+
+Videbuntur forsitan hćc minuta, concisa, vilia, nec narratione satis digna,
+cum multis fortč quć sequuntur: Sed nec historiam Romanam conteximus, nec
+tam minuta erunt, quin contra Krantzij et aliorum errores conuincendos,
+prout nostrum est institutum, valeant. Et certč, quantum ad fidem nostrarum
+Chronologiarum, constat Saxonem Grammaticum non parum illis tribuisse:
+Cuius, in prćfatione suć Danć, hćc sunt verba. Nec Thylensium inquit, (sic
+enim Islandos appellat) industria silentio obliteranda: qui cum ob natiuam
+soli sterilitatem, luxurić nutrimentis carentes, officia continuć
+sobrietatis exerceant, omniŕque vitć momenta ad alienoram operum notitiam
+conferre soleant, inopiam ingenio pensant. Cunctarum quippe nationum res
+gestas cognosse, memorićque mandare, voluptatis loco reputant non minoris
+glorić iudicantes, alienas virtutes disserere, quam proprias exhibere.
+Quorum thesauros Historicarum rerum pignoribus refertos curiosius
+consulens, haud paruam prćsentis operis partem ex eorum relationis
+imitatione contexui: nec arbitros habere contempsi, quos tamta vetustatis
+peritia callere noui. Hćc Saxo. Quare lubet Episcoporum Islandić Catalogum
+persequi, vt ex annalibus nostris continuata diligenter, quoad eius fieri
+potest, omnium series, his quć de primo Isleifo contra Krantzium attulimus,
+fidem faciat.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FIRST SECTION
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius in prćfatione suć Norwegić.] Adalbert Metropolitane of
+  Hamburg in the yeere of Christ 1070. saw the Islanders concerted
+  Christianitie: albeit, before the receiuing of Christian faith, they
+  liued according to the lawe of nature, and did not much differ from our
+  lawe: therefore at their humble request, he appointed a certaine holy man
+  named Islief to be their first Bishop.
+
+Krantzios in these words, and Munster other where, doe seeme to attribute
+vnto the Islanders the prerogatiue of Christian faith and they should deale
+both beseeming themselues and the trueth, if they did not in other places
+depriue vs of the same. For (to speake of Krantzras anone) that which
+Munster before reported concerning our faith or opinion about the place and
+situation of hell, is very farre from Christian pietie: namely to be
+desirous to prie into those secrets which God hath kept close vnto himselfe
+alone, and which his pleasure is, should exceed our capacitie: for there is
+not any thing found in the holy Scriptures of this matter, where the place
+and situation of hell, or of eternall fire prepared for the deuill and his
+angels, and so for all damned soules, is bounded or compassed about. The
+holy Bible (I say) assigneth no locall or bodily situation beneath the
+earth, or vpon the earth, or in any other place of this world, to that
+prison of the damned: but it affirmeth that this earth shall perish, and
+that a new earth, and new heauens shall be created for the habitation of
+iust and holy men, Reuel. 2. 2. Pet. 3. and Esay [Footnote: Isaiah] 65.
+wherefore a Christian man willingly giueth ouer to search into such hidden
+secrets and he accounteth it vnlawful to receiue or deliuer vnto others,
+opinions (grounded vpon no plaine and manifest places of Scripture) for
+certainties and trueths, Deut. 4. and 12. Esay 8. Matth. 27. 2. Tim 3.
+
+Further also that commendation wherewith Munster and Krantzius doe grace
+the Islanders, is meerly contrary to Christian religion: namely that they
+make al one reckoning of their whelps and of their children. But more of
+this matter anone in the 7. section. So therefore Munster disagreeth with
+himselfe, whereas those whom he affirmeth to be Christians, afterward, he
+maketh to be master builders of hell. Also Krantzius and Munster both
+together, when as those whom they affirme to be engraffed by faith into
+Christ, they except from all sense of piety and honesty, in that they write
+that their sonnes are not dearer vnto them then their whelpes.
+
+But to returne to the matter: In very deed we haue no great thing to say
+concerning our religion, what, or of what sort it was when Gentilisme was
+first put to flight. No more (I thinke) haue other Northern nations neere
+vnto vs to say concerning the beginning of their faith. For (alas) we must
+needs confesse and bewaile with deepe sighes, that vntill that day which
+shined vnto vs like the beginning of immortalitie, and brought vnto vs the
+pure doctrine of the gospel, our countrymen, as likewise other churches of
+the North, were ouerspred with more then Cimmerian darkenesse. But we may
+iustly and religiously thinke thus muche, that among vs and our neighbours
+of Norway (for I will not range out of my bounds, nor affirme any thing of
+vnknowen people) after heathenish idolatry was rooted out, Christian faith
+and religion did florish far more sincere, and simple, as being lesse
+infected with the poison of poperie, at that time, then afterward, when as
+the pestiferous leauen of the see of Rome being augmented, and the
+contagious mischiefe growing ripe, the poison thereof was dispersed through
+the whole world: for, as it shal afterward appeare, Island embraced Christ
+many yeeres before the new idolatry of the papists began to preuaile, and
+did sound foorth nothing but faith in God the Father, the Sonne and the
+holy Ghost, like vnto those two most renouned kings of Norway, who as they
+had one common name, so had they one common care and profession to aduance
+the gospel of Christ. [Sidenote: The first christian king of Norway] I
+meane Olaus the sonne of Thryggo, who was borne in the yere of Christ 968.
+attaining to the kingdom of Norway in the 27. yeere of his age, and was the
+first, as we haue heard, that offred Chnst vnto the Norwegians, ouer whom
+hee reigned fiue yeeres and another of that name called Olaus Sanctus the
+sonne of Harald, who in the yeere of Christ 1013. or there about, gouerned
+with more seueritie, and for the space of 17. yeeres did boldly deliuer the
+doctrine of Christ. In the yere of Chnst 1030. being vniustlie slaine by
+wicked murtherers, he shed his blood for the name of Christ in a town of
+Norway called Sticfla Stodum.
+
+[Sidenote: Nialus the first knowne professour of Christian faith in
+Island.] Our countrey also had, among many other, one man of excellent
+pietie whose name was Nialus, who about the yeere of Chnst 1000. liued in
+the village of Berthorshuol situate in the parish of Island called
+Landehum: who also for his experience in humane affaires, for his great
+wisedome and sage counsell was accompted famous. For whereas in his time
+Island was turmoiled with many fierce mutinies, the inhabitants being in
+subiection to no superiour magistrate, he intermedled not in any quarels,
+sauing that by his discreet vertue and diligence he set through and brought
+to composition a great number: hee neuer did nor suffered violence, but
+onely vpon the last day of his life. So carefully auoyded he al seditions
+and strifes: and gaue good assistance to others, who were desirous also to
+auoyd and escape them: neither did any man euer put in practise his
+counsel, but it turned to his especiall good: nor euer any did swerue
+therefrom, but with the danger of his life and possessions. The wordes or
+rather the oracles that came from him were so certaine, that it was
+wonderful from whence any man should haue so great and so sure forecast and
+counsell of things to come, as was found to be in him. Whereupon his
+discreet and prouident wisedome, ioyned with counsell became a prouerbe
+amongst vs, "Nials byta raden:" That is to say, the counsel of Nialus or,
+the thing is done, or succeedeth by Nialus his counsel: when any business
+was atchieued prudently, and with admirable discretion. This man, when, for
+a slaughter committed by his sonne without his knowledge, he was in his
+owne house beset with a 100. men, who had conspired his death, and when his
+enemies began on all sides to set his house on fire, seeing his ende
+approch, at length he brake into these words. "Doubtlesse these things
+happen by fate, that is, by the will of God. Howbeit, I put my hope and
+confidence in Christ, that we (meaning his wife and himselfe) although this
+our fraile body shal vndergoe the corruption of death, in the fire of our
+enemies, yet, that it shalbe deliuered from eternal flames." And so in the
+midst of these voyces, and in the fury of the flames, he with his wife and
+the manslayer his sonne, in the yere of Christ 1010. ended his life. A
+voyce vndoubtedly full well beseeming the sonnes of God, arguing the
+notable comfort of his soule amidst the very pangs of death.
+
+I therefore added those things to shew by what reason I was moued to thinke
+that in the very beginning of Christianitie receiued amongst vs, mens minds
+were not so beguiled and ouerwhelmed in the darkenes of errors, as of late,
+a little before these our times they haue bene.
+
+[Sidenote: A summe of the Islanders Religion.] But after the Lord God by
+Luther, and Luthers fellow-labourers in the vineyard of the Lord, and by
+godly successours, did make the doctrine of saluation more manifest, and
+shaking off the heauie slothe, and thicke miste of our minds by the finger
+of his right hand, that is by his holy spirit (Matth. 12. v. 28.) did
+plucke the eares of our hearts, and opened our eyes that we might behold
+his sauing health: We all, and euery of vs do belieue and confesse that God
+is a spirit (Iohn 4. v. 24.) eternal (Esay. 40. v. 28.) infinite (Iere. 23.
+v. 24. Psal 139. v. 7. 8. 9.) most good (Matth. 19. v. 17.) almighty (Gen.
+17. 1. Reuel. 1. 8.) one in being, and nature: one in prouidence, one in
+the making and gouerning of all things (Deut. 6. 5. Ephe. 4. 5.) But
+distinguished by the persons of the Godhead and their properties, the
+Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost (Matth. 28. 19. and 3. 17.) God the
+Father the first person of the Godhead creator of heauen and earth, and all
+other things (Gen. 1. v. 1. and in those that folow) the vpholder and
+gouernor of all (Psa. 115. 3. Heb. 1. 3.) Father of our Lord Iesus Christ
+(Psal. 2, 7. and verses following) and our Father through him (Rom. 8. 15.)
+keeper of our soules and bodies (Luke 12. 12.). And that Iesus Christ the
+second person of the Godhead is the sonne of God the Father (Iohn 1. 18.
+&c.) onely begotten (Iohn 1. 29. Heb. 1. 2.) equal to his Father (1. Chro.
+17. 13. Ioh. 1. 1.) true God (Iohn 1. 2. &c.) foreappointed before the
+creation of all things (1. Pet. 1. 20, Reuel 13. 8. &c.) and presently
+after mans fell promised to be the Messias (Gene. 3. 15. &c.) published
+eftsoones vnto the holy Patriaches, as vnto Abraham (Gen. 12. 3. &c.) vnto
+Isaac (Gen. 26. 4.) vnto Iacob (Gene. 28. 14.) and confirmed by promises
+(Gen. 49. 9. Esa. 11. 1, 10.) prefigured by the sacrifices of Moses (Leu.
+1. 2. &c.) and by other types, as namely by the offering of Isaac (Gen.
+22.) by the lifting vp of the brazen serpent (Num. 21.) by Ionas (Ionas 2.
+&c.) proclaimed by the testimony of the Prophets (Esa. 7. 14.) and at
+length in the fulnesse of time truely exhibited: true man (Iohn 1. 14. &c.
+Gal. 4.) that he died for our sinnes, and was raised again for our
+iustification (Rom. 4. 25. &c.) Ascending into heauen (Acts 1. 9. &c.) and
+making intercession for vs at the right hand of his Father without ceasing
+(1. Iohn 2. 1. &c.) by his holy Spirit (which is the thirde person of the
+Godhead, coequall, and consubstantial to the Father and the Sonne, Acts. 5.
+4.) gathering the Church to himselfe by the word, and Sacraments (Matth.
+16. 18. Rom. 10. 14. &c.) and sanctifying it to eternal life, (Acts. 9. 31.
+&c.) And that one day at the end of the world he will come from heauen
+(Acts 1. 11.) to iudge the quicke and the dead (1. Thessal. 4. 15.) that he
+will render vnto the wicked according to their workes, and that he will
+iudge mem to eternal paines (Matth. 13. 42. and 25. 4.) but that he wil
+reward them, with eternal life, who beleeue in his Name (Matth. 25. 34.)
+This Iesus Christ (I say) wee acknowledge to be our Redeemer (Matth. 1.
+21.) our head (1. Corinth. 12. 27.) and our Lord (Ephe. 4. 5.) And that wee
+in our holy baptisme do giue, and haue giuen our names vnto him (Acts. 2.
+38.) and that wee are engraffed into him by baptisme (1. Corin. 12. 13.)
+And this we do plainely, ingenuously, freely, and willingly confesse and
+witnesse: And as for all others who inuent any other name in heauen giuen
+vnto men by which they may be saued, we doe earnestly detest, cursse, and
+condemne them (Acts. 4. 12.) We holde his most holy Word to be the onely
+rule of our saluation: and that alone (al mans deuises being cast away and
+contemned) we propound vnto our selues as an infallible rule, and leuel of
+our faith (Galat. 1. 8. Esai 29. 13. Ezech. 20.) which we conteine vnder
+the name of the olde and newe Testament (Hebr. 8.) deliuered by the
+Prophets and Apostles (Ephe 2. 20) by the singular and infinite goodnesse
+of God, presented euer vnto this day and to be preserued here after alwayes
+in the Church (Matth 28. last verse. Psal 71. 18. 1 Cor 11. 26.)
+
+Therefore we render thankes vnto our most gratious and Almighty God from
+our soule, and from our whole heart, because that euen vnto vs being
+separated an huge distance from the rest of the body of his Church, and
+inhabiting the farthest parts of the world, hee would that this light
+graunted for the reuelation of the Gentiles, and prepared before the face
+of all people, and in olde time fauourably shewed to holy Simeon (for in
+Christ are all the treasures of wisedome hidden) which now doeth enlighten
+and cherish with the sauing beames thereof our whole nation, that hee would
+(I say) this light should come vnto vs. This in briefe (running ouer the
+very summe) is our faith, and our Religion, which by the direction of the
+holy Spirt and of his Ministers in the vineyard of Christ, we haue drawen
+and that out of the fountaines of Isrćl.
+
+[Sidenote: Kranzius] In the yeere of our Lord 1070. saw the Ilanders
+  conuerted vnto Christ, &c.
+
+It is doubtful vnto vs whether in these words Kranzius would haue said,
+that the Islanders were first conuerted vnto Christ in the yeere of our
+Lord 1070. or whether he doth not deny that they were indeed before
+conuerted, but saith that it was knowne first vnto Adalbert that yeere.
+[Sidenote: The most ancient Chronicles of Island.] But whethersoeuer of
+these he affirmeth: notwithstanding the yeerely records, and most auncient
+Chronicles of our nation testifying the contrary do make his credite to be
+suspected in this place, vnto which records and Chronicles, whether you had
+rather giue assent concerning our owne proper and domesbcal affaires, done
+within the bounds of our Island, or to Krantzaus or any other being
+ignorant in the story of our countrey, I appeale (friendly reader) vnto
+your owne discretion. For my part I am enforced by many reasons to agree
+rather vnto our owne writers. For our countreymen affirme those things
+onely that be knowen, and in a maner domesticall he writeth matters
+forreine and vnknowen they haue compiled their histories without the
+diffaming, disgracing or reprehending of any other nations, onely that they
+might assigne vnto their owne acts and exploits the true time or age
+thereof: he hath intermedled in his historie certaine things contrary to
+the trueth, and that to the vpbraiding of our nation being most vnknowen
+vnto him, as it shall immediatly appeare: they describe the names, yeres,
+order, succession of all the Bishops of Island: he mentioneth onely one,
+and that farre otherwise then the trueth. Furthermore that I may make good
+the credite of our Countreymen, I wil impart with strangers a fewe things
+which I found in our most ancient records of the conuersion of Island vnto
+Christ, and of the succession of Bishops in our Churches. Which although
+they be of litle moment, and not altogether worthy to be written, yet must
+they of necessitie bee set downe for the defence of the trueth of our
+affaires against Krantzius and others: thus therefore standeth the
+certaintie thereof.
+
+[Sidenote: Island first inhabited.] In the yeere of Christ 874. Island
+(being indeed discouered before that time, as is aboue mentioned) was then
+first of all inhabited by certaine Noruagians. Their chiefetaine was one
+Ingulphus from whose name the East cape of Island is called Ingulffs
+hoffdi. These planters are reckoned vp by name in our recordes more then to
+the number of 400 together with those of their blood and kinred, and great
+families besides neither onely is their number described, but it is also
+plainely set downe, what coasts, what shores, and what inland places eche
+of them did occupie and inhabite, and what names the first inhabitants did
+giue vnto Streights, bayes, harboroughs, necklands, creekes, capes, rockes,
+cragges, mountaines, hilles, valleys, homockes, springs, floods, riuers.
+And to be short, what names they gaue vnto their graunges or houses,
+whereof many at this day are reteined and vsed. Therefore the Norwayes with
+their company peopled all the habitable parts of Island now occupied by
+them for the space of 60. yeeres or thereabout but they remayned Ethnickes
+almost 100. yeres, except a very fewe which were baptised in Norwaie. But
+scarce a 100. yeres from their first entrance being past, presently
+Christian religion began to be considered vpon, namely about the yeere of
+our Lord 974. Which thing aboue 20. yeres together, was diuersly attempted
+of many not without notable rebellion: amongst the rest there are mentioned
+two outlandish Bishops, who with others diligently laboured in conuerting
+the Island to Christian faith: [Sidenote: Saxo, the first preacher of the
+Christian faith in Island. Anno Domini 981.] the former was one Fridericus
+a Saxon borne, who in the yeere 981. came into Island, and behaued himselfe
+couragiously in the office of preaching, and preuailed so much, that in the
+yeere 984. Churches were vsed in Island.
+
+But the other outlandish Bishop or preacher whom they called Thangbrandt
+came first into Island in the yeere 997.
+
+[Sidenote: Anno Domini 1000.] And then after 26. yeeres consulting about
+Religion, at length in the yeere 1000, it was decreed in a generall
+assembly of all the inhabitants by their whole consent, that the worship of
+heathenish Idoles being abandoned, they should embrace Christian Religion.
+
+Againe, in the yeere 1050, it was decreed in a solemne assembly of the
+inhabitants, that temporall or politique lawes (the constitutions whereof
+being brought out of Norwaie were communicated vnto the Islanders by one
+Vlfliot in the yeere 926.) should euery where giue place to the Canon or
+diuine Lawe.
+
+In the yere 1056. one Isleif went beyond the seas out of Island to be
+consecrated bishop of Island.
+
+He came home consecrated into Island, and entred into the bishopricke of
+Scalholt in the yeere 1057. He died 1080. in the yeere of his age 74. The
+4. of the Kalends of Iuly.
+
+These things perhaps wil seeme trifling, short and base, not sufficiently
+worthy to be mentioned, together with many other matters which follow: but
+neither doe wee compile the Romane history, neither yet shall these things
+be so trifling, but that they may be of sufficient force to conuince the
+errours of Krantzius and others, according to our purpose. [Sidenote: A
+notable testimonie of Saxo concerning the Islanders.] And vndoubtedly as
+touching the trueth of our histories, it is euident that Saxo Grammaticus
+attributeth very much vnto them: whose words in his preface of Denmarke be
+these: Neither is the diligence of the Thylenses (for so he calleth
+Islanders) to be smothered in silence: who when as by reason of the natiue
+barrennes of their soile, wanting nourishments of riot, they do exercise
+the duties of continuall sobrietie, and vse to bestow all the time of their
+life in the knowledge of other men's exploits they supply their want by
+their wit. For they esteeme it a pleasure to know and commit vnto memory
+the famous acts of other nations, reckoning it no lesse praiseworthy to
+discourse of other mens vertues, then to practise their owne. Whose
+treasures replenished with the monuments of historical matters, I more
+curiously searching into, haue compiled no smal part of this present worke
+by following of their relation neither despised I to haue those men for my
+iudges, whom I knew to be skilful in so great knowledge of antiquitie. Thus
+farre Saxo.
+
+Wherefore I thinke it not amisse to proceede in the recitall of the Bishops
+of Island, that the order and descent of them all, being so farre foorth as
+is possible, diligently put together out of our yeerely records, may make
+good that which we haue alledged against Krantzius concerning Isleif the
+first Bishop of Island.
+
+
+CATALOGUS CHRONOLOGICUS EPISCOPORUM ISLANDIĆ.
+
+Anno               Episcopi Schalholtenses
+Christi
+                             I.
+                           Isleif.
+1056    Ordinatur peregrč.
+1057    Redit et Schalholtensem cathedram adit
+1080    Anno ćtat 74. Moritur 4. Kalend. Iul.
+
+                             II.
+                           Gysserus.
+1082    Ordinatur peregrč,
+1083    Redit in Islandiam cum Episopatu.
+1118    Moritur 5. Kalend. Maias qui fuit dies Martis.
+
+                             III.
+                     Thorlacus Runolphi. F.
+Anno
+ćtatis  Ordinatur eodem anno, quo prćdecessor.
+32:     Gysserus vita excessit, sed tamen ante illius obitum 30. die
+1133    Moritur.
+
+                             IV.
+                           Magnus
+1134    Ordinatur.
+1148    Postridič festi omnium Sanctorum in villa sacerdotali Hittardal
+        comuiuans, coenaculo fulmine percusso, cum viris 70. flammis
+        absumptus est.
+
+                             V.
+                          Klaingus.
+1151    Eligitur.
+1152    Cathedram adit.
+1176    Moritur.
+
+                             VI.
+                          Thorlacus.
+        Eligitur biennio ante obit, prćdecessoris
+1178    Ordinatur.
+1193    Moritur.
+
+                             VII.
+                           Paulus.
+1195    Ordinatur.
+1211    Moritur.
+
+                             VIII.
+                            Magnus.
+1216    Ordinatur.
+
+                             IX.
+                          Siguardus.
+1239    Cathedram adit.
+1268    Moritur.
+
+                             X.
+                          Arnerus.
+1269    Cathedram adit.
+1298    Moritur.
+
+                             XI.
+                     Arnerus Helgonis F.
+1304    Ordinatur.
+1305    Cathedram adit.
+1309    In Noruagiam abit ligna ŕ rege Noruagić petiturus, quibus
+          templum Schalholtense rećdificaretur, quod eodem anno
+          fulmine tactum conflagrarat.
+1310    Redit ex intinere.
+1320    Moritur.
+
+                             XII.
+                        Ionas Haldorus.
+1321    Eligitur.
+1322    Ordinatur Kal. Augusti.
+1323    Cathedram adit.
+1338    Moritur.
+
+                             XIII.
+                   Ionas Indridi F. Roruages
+1339    Cathedram adit.
+1341    Moritur.
+
+                             XIV.
+                      Ionas Siguardi F.
+1343    Cathedram adit.
+1348    Moritur pridič Diui Magni.
+
+                             XV.
+                           Gyrthus.
+1349    Ordinatus Asloić Noruagorum, ab Episcopo Asloensi Salomone.
+1356    Abiens peregrč fluctibus vitam finit.
+
+                             XVI.
+                         Thorarinnus.
+1362    Cathedram adit.
+1364    Moritur.
+
+                             XVII.
+                          Oddgeirus.
+1366    Cathedram adit.
+
+1381    Moritur in assumpt. beatć virginis, in portu Noruagić Burgensi, č
+          mercium aceruo in imum nauis delapsus. Sepultus Bergis in ćde
+          Saluatoris.
+
+                             XVIII.
+                         Michaël Danus.
+1385    Cathedral adit.
+1388    Resignat profectus in Daniam.
+
+                             XIX.
+                       Wilhelmus Danus.
+1394    Cathedram adit. Moritur.
+
+                             XX.
+                          Arnerus.
+        Hic cognomento fuit Milldur. i. liberalis. Gessit vna pćfecturam
+          Islandić tertius: Episcopatum Schalholtens. & vice Episcopatum
+          Holensem.
+1420    Obijt.
+
+                             XXI.
+                       Ionas Gerichso.
+
+1432    Suecus siue cognomento siue natione prćest Ecclesić Schalholtensi:
+          ac posteŕ ob qućdam nimis audacter tentata, ŕ quodam Thorualdo
+          de Modruvallum (vt fama est) captus, & aligato ad collum saxo in
+          amne Schalholtensi, qui ŕ ponte nomen habet, viuus submersus &
+          strangulatus est.
+
+                            XXII.
+                          Gosuinus.
+1445    Prćest Ecclesić Schalholtensi.
+
+                           XXIII.
+                           Sueno.
+1472    Dictus sapiens prćest.
+
+                           XXIV.
+                     Magnus Riolphi F.
+1489    Prćest.
+
+                           XXV.
+                       Stephanus.
+1494    Cathedram adit.
+        Deinde Godtschalco episcopo Holensi, qui crudelis nomen meritus
+          esse videtur, Synchronos similem cum illo clementić & iusticić
+          laudem reportauit.
+1519    Moritur: aut circiter.
+
+                          XXVI.
+                        Augmundus.
+        Eligitur anno obitus Stephani
+1522    Cathedram adit.
+        Hoc episcopo, prefectus regius cum comitibus aliquot Scalhotiam
+          inuitatus, in ipso conuiuio ŕ coniuram quibusdam interfectus est,
+          eň quňd impič passim in incolas & bona ipsorum grassatus esset.
+          Augmundus vcro tanquam istius cćdis author, quanquam se iuramento
+          purgarat in Daniam transuectus, Obijt.
+
+                          XXVII.
+                         Gysserus.
+1540    Eligitur viuente Augmundo
+1541    Cathedram adit, Papisticarum traditionum abrogator circa coniugium
+1544      sacerdotum: Eius nuptić Schalholtić celebratć.
+
+                          XXVIII.
+                         Martinus.
+1547    Prćest, & sequentibus.
+
+                          XXIX.
+                      Gislaus Ionas.
+
+        Hic statim, Augmundo episcopo, coepit iuuenis verć pietatis &
+          purioris doctrinć Euangelicć studio, & amore flagrare, eandemque
+          pastor ecclesić Sclardalemsis diligenter propagare, qua ratione
+          Pontificiorum odium adeň in se deriuauit, vt illorum insidijs ac
+          rabiei cedere coactus, Hamburgum se contulerit, vnde Haffniam
+          Danorum profectus, in coepto verć Theologić studio strenuč
+          pergens, in multorum, prćcipuč verň in summa D. D. Petri Palladu
+          tum temporis Episcopi, familiaritate et gratia viuebat.
+1556      Postea, inde in patriam reuerso, Martinus sponte cessit.
+
+1587      Moritur et hic 31. annos plus minus Euangelium Iesu Christi
+            professus: nec tantum viua voce, sed et quocunque demum potuit
+            modo, docendo, dicendo, scribendo, re et consilio Ecclesiam Dei
+            iuuit et promouit.
+
+                            XXX.
+                         Otto Knerus
+          Vir grauis, pius et eruditus.
+1588      Electus abit patria.
+1589      Ordinatur.
+          Redit et cathedram adit, susceptique muneris labores aggreditur.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Anno                Episcopi Holenses.
+Christi
+
+                             I.
+                       Ionas Augmundi F.
+        Isleifi discipulus.
+1106    Ordinatur peregrč: anno ćtat. 64. cognomentum illi, sanctus: curus
+          memorić dies 3. Martij, apud Islandos est antiquitůs dicatus.
+1121    Moritur 11. Kalend. Maias.
+
+                             II.
+                    Ketillus siue Catullus.
+1122    Ordinatur.
+1145    Moritur.
+
+                             III.
+                            Biorno.
+1147    Ordinatus venit in Islandiam.
+1162    Moritur.
+
+                             IV.
+                           Brandus.
+1163    Ordinatur.
+1165    Cathedram adit.
+1201    Moritur.
+
+                             V.
+                  Gudmundus, cognomento Bonus.
+1203    Eligitur et ordinatur.
+1237    Moritur.
+
+                             VI.
+                          Botolphus.
+1239    Redit ordinatus.
+1246    Moritur.
+
+                             VII.
+                           Henricus.
+1247    Cathedram adit.
+1260    Moritur.
+
+                             VIII.
+                           Brandus.
+1262    Abbas peregrč abit.
+1263    Cathedram adit.
+1264    Moritur.
+
+                             IX.
+                          Iorundus.
+1267    Cathedram adit.
+1313    Moritur.
+
+                             X.
+                          Audunnus.
+1314    Cathedram adit.
+1322    Moritur.
+
+                             XI.
+                         Laurentius.
+1324    Eligitur & ordinatur.
+1331    Moritur Idib. April.
+
+                             XII.
+                           Egillus.
+1332    Cathedram adit.
+1341    Moritur.
+
+                             XIII.
+                             Ormus.
+1343    Cathedram adit.
+1355    Moritur in festo omnium Sanctorum.
+
+                             XIV.
+               Ionas Erici F. _cognomento_ Skalle
+
+1358    Cathedram Holensem aditurus venit in Islandiam. Hic Ionas, olim in
+Grondlandić  Episcopatum Gronlandis ordinatus, ŕ Pontifice Romano
+Episcopus  impetrauit, vt liceret sibi Episcopatum Holensem adire, qui
+1356       tunc temporis vacabat. Vnde cum confirmationem huius dignitatis
+           ac munerus, ŕ Pontifice acceptam, veniens non proferret, apud
+           Presbyteros dioecesis Holensis, suspectć fidet esse coepit.
+           Quare abijsdem in Noruagiam relegćus est, vt ea res arbitrio
+           Regis componeretur. Rege igitur ipsius partibus fauente
+           Cathedram Holensem obitnuit.
+1391    Moritur.
+
+                              XV.
+                            Petrus.
+        Ordinatur, quo anno prćdecessor rebus mortalium exemptus est.
+1392    Cathedram adit Holensem.
+        Moritur.
+
+                              XVI.
+                        Ionas Wilhelmus.
+1432    Anglus, siue genere, siue cognomine, prćfuit Ecclcsić Holensi.
+
+                              XVII.
+                           Godschalcus.
+1457    Moritur.
+
+                              XVIII.
+                          Olaus Rogwaldi F.
+
+1458    Prćdicti Godschalchi ex sorore nepos, vterque Noruagus, eligitur.
+1497    Moritur.
+
+                              XIX.
+                          Godschalcus.
+        De mortus Olai nepos ex fratre, et ille Noruagus, eligitur eodem
+          anno quo patruus decessit.
+
+1500    Cathedram adit, ac per totos 20. annos multos ex subditis duriter
+          exercuisse fertur.
+        Anno 1520. cum inter pocula et voluptates conuiuales versaretur
+          audirétque obijsse Ionam Sigismundum, quem cum vxore et liberis
+          multos annos crudelissimč vexauerat, in subitum morbum repentč
+          incidit, et sic paulň post, eam, qua in tota vita in miseros
+          subditos vsus est vim cum miserabili morte commutauit.
+
+                               XX.
+                       Ionas Arćsonius.
+1525     Cathedram adit: etiam hic papisticarum superstitionum vltimus et
+           acerrimus assertor. Qui, cum Gyssero et Martino episcopus
+           Schalhotić acriter resisteret, ŕ pientiss. Rege Christiano
+1548       tertio iubetur sub poena exilij protinus in Daniam aduentare.
+1550       Sed hoc neglecto, captum Martinum Schalholtić Episcopum custodić
+           mandauit.  Tandem et ipse ŕ viro quodam magni nominis, quem
+           prius vt fertur, lacessiuerat, captus, ac Schalholtiam adductus,
+           ibidem cum filijs duobus, authoritate regij prćfecti, capitis
+1551       supplicio affectus est. In cuius vltionem, non multň post
+           prćfectus ille regius, cum socijs aliquot, ŕ quibusdam sicarijs,
+           decollatorum olim famulis, nefarie occisus est.
+
+                               XXI.
+                         Olaus Bialterus.
+1552     Abit patria.
+1553     Cathderam adit.
+         Hic primus sincerioris doctrinć apud Holenses amorem in multorum
+           animis, etiam adhuc prćdecessoris sui collega, accendit: Deinde
+           eandem doctrinam Episcopus apertius docuit et propugnauit.
+1568     Moritur.
+
+                               XXII.
+                       Gudbrandus Thorlacius.
+         Ille non modň suć ćtatis, sed et posterntatis ornamentum. Qui
+           prćterquam quod inchoatum opus ŕ prćdecessore Olao sibi relictum
+           ducente S. S. optimč ad eam, quam dedit Deus perfectionem,
+           deduxit, (dico labores et diligentiam in asserenda veritate
+           Euangelica, et papisticis superstitionibus abrogandis) etiam in
+           hac patria sua officinam Typographicam primus Islandorum
+           aperuit. Cui idcirco patria inter libros complures in linguam
+           vernaculam translatos, etiam sacrosancta Biblia, elegantissimis
+           typis Islandica lingua in officna ipsius excusa, in ćternum
+           debebit.
+         Hic inquam Episcopus prćsens, officium suscepturus.
+1570     Abijt.
+1571     Redit Cathedram Holensem ingreditur.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF THE BlSHOPS OF ISLAND.
+
+The Bishops of Schalholt.                                     In the yeere
+                                                                of Christ
+                      I.
+                   Isleif.
+Consecrated beyond the seas.                                       1056
+Returneth and entereth the Bishops sea of Schalholt.               1057
+Dieth in the yere of his age 74. the 4. of the                     1080
+   Kalends of Iuly.
+
+                      II.
+                   Gysserus.
+Consecrated beyond the sea.                                        1082
+Returneth into Island with his Bishopricke.                        1083
+Dieth the 5. of the Kal. of May being tuesday.                     1118
+
+                     III.
+          Thorlacus sonne of Runulphus.
+Consecrated the same yeere, wherein his predecessor.         In the year
+   Gysserus deceased, but yet 30. dayes before               of his age 32
+   his death. Dieth.                                               1133
+
+                      IV.
+                    Magnus.
+Consecrated.                                                       1134
+On the morrowe after the feast of all Saints, in his               1148
+  parish towne of Hiitardal, the house being striken
+  with lightning, hee, and 70. men with him were
+  consumed with fire.
+
+                      V.
+                   Klaingus.
+Chosen.                                                            1151
+Entreth the see.                                                   1152
+Dieth.                                                             1176
+
+                      VI.
+                   Thorlacus.
+Chosen two yeres before the death of his predecessour.
+Consecrated.                                                       1178
+Dieth.                                                             1193
+
+                      VII.
+                     Paulus.
+Consecrated.                                                       1195
+Dieth.                                                             1211
+
+                      VIII.
+                     Magnus.
+Consecrated.                                                       1216
+
+                      IX.
+                   Siguardus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1239
+Dieth.                                                             1268
+
+                      X.
+                   Arnerus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1269
+Dieth.                                                             1298
+
+                      XI.
+              Arnerus sonne of Helgo.
+Consecrated.                                                       1304
+Entreth the see.                                                   1305
+Saileth into Norwaie, to craue timber of the king of Norway,       1309
+  wherewith the Church of Schalholt might be reedified, which the
+  same yere being toucht with lightning, was burnt downe.
+
+Returneth home.                                                    1310
+Dieth.                                                             1320
+
+                      XII.
+                 Ionas Haldorus
+Elected.                                                           1321
+Consecrated the first of August.                                   1322
+Entreth his see.                                                   1323
+Dieth.                                                             1338
+
+                      XIII.
+      Ionas, sonne of Indred, a Noruagian borne.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1339
+Dieth.                                                             1341
+
+                      XIV.
+            Ionas sonne of Siguardus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1343
+Dieth on S. Magnus euen.                                           1348
+
+                      XV.
+                    Gyrthus.
+Consecrated at Aslo in Norway by Salomon bishop of Aslo.           1349
+Going beyond the seas he was drowned.                              1356
+
+                      XVI.
+                  Thorarinnus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1362
+Dieth.                                                             1364
+
+                      XVII.
+                    Oddgeirus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1366
+Dieth vpon the Assumption of the Blessed Virgin, in the port of    1381
+  Bergen in Norway, falling downe from a packe of wares into the
+  botome of the ship. He was buried at Bergen in the Church of our
+  Sauiour.
+
+                      XVIII.
+                 Michael a Dane.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1385
+Resigneth, and saileth into Denmarke.                              1388
+
+                      XIX.
+                 William a Dane.
+Entereth the Bishopricke.                                          1394
+Dieth.
+
+                      XX.
+                   Arnerus.
+Arnerus sirnamed Mildur, that is to say Liberall. He was at one
+  time Lord President of all Island, bishop of Schalholt, and
+  vicebishop of Holen. He died.                                    1420
+
+                      XXI.
+               Ionas Gerichson.
+Sueden either sirnamed or borne is made Bishop ouer the Church of  1432
+  Schalholt and afterward for certaine bolde attempts being taken
+  by one Thorualdus de Modruuollum (as it is reported) and a great
+  stone being bound to his necke, hee was cast aliue into the
+  riuer of Schalholt, (which taketh name of the bridge) and was
+  there strangled.
+
+                      XXII.
+                    Goswinus.
+Bishop of Schalholt.                                               1445
+
+                      XXIII.
+                      Sueno.
+Called the wise, bishop of Schalholt.                              1472
+
+                      XXIV.
+            Magnus sonne of Riolphus.
+Bishop &c.                                                         1489
+
+                      XXV.
+                    Stephen.
+
+Entreth the See. Then (liuing at one time with Godschalchus bishop 1494
+  of Holen, who seemed worthy to be sirnamed cruel) he had the
+  same commendations for mercy and iustice, that Godschalchus had.
+He died: or thereabout.                                            1519
+
+                      XXVI.
+                   Augmundus.
+
+Chosen in the yeere wherein Stephen deceased.
+Entreth the see.                                                   1522
+While he was Bishop, the kings Lieutenant with some of his
+  followers being inuited to Schalholt, in the time of the banquet
+  was slaine by certaine conspirators because hee had in all
+  places wickedly wasted the inhabitants and their goods. But
+  Augmundus as the authour of that murther (although he purged
+  himselfe with an othe) being transported into Denmarke there
+  ended his life.
+
+                     XXVII.
+                   Gysserus.
+Elected, Augmundus yet liuing.                                     1540
+Entred the see.                                                    1541
+He was the abolisher of Popish traditions about Priests marriages:
+  his owne marriage being solemnized at Schalholt.                 1544
+
+                     XXVIII.
+                    Martinus.
+Bishop &c. And the yeeres following.                               1547
+
+                     XXIX.
+                 Gislaus Ionas.
+This man presently, in the time of bishop Augmund began in his
+  youth to be enflamed with the loue of true pietie, & of the pure
+  doctrine of the Gospel, & being pastour of the Church of
+  Selardal, diligently to aduance the same, by which meanes he did
+  so procure vnto himselfe the hatred of Papists, as being
+  constreined to giue place vnto their craft & crueltie, he
+  departed ouer to Hamburg, from whence comming to Copen Hagen in
+  Denmarke & painefully proceeding in his former study of
+  diuintie, he liued in the familiaritie, and fauour of many, but
+  specially of D. D. Peter Palladius: who was at that time bishop
+  there. Afterward returning into his countrey, Martine gaue place 1556
+  vnto him of his owne accord. This man died also, hauing for the  1587
+  space of 31. years or there abouts, professed the Gospel of
+  Iesus Christ: neither did he helpe & further the Church of God
+  by the sound of his voice much, but by all other meanes to the
+  vtmost of his abilities, by teaching, preaching, writing, by his
+  wealth & his counsel.
+
+                     XXX.
+                  Otto Knerus.
+A graue, godly, and learned man. Being Chosen he departeth his     1588
+  country. Hee is consecrated returneth, and entreth the sea,      1589
+  endeuouring himselfe in the labours of his function.
+
+       *        *       *       *       *
+
+The Bishops of Holen                                          In the yeere
+                                                                of Christ
+
+                     I.
+           Ionas sonne of Augrnundus.
+Isleif his disciple.                                               1106
+Consecrated beyonde the seas in the yeere of his age 64, his
+  surname was Sanctus, vnto whose memorie the 3. of March was by
+  the inhabitants in old time dedicated.
+Dieth the 11. of the Kalends of May.                               1121
+
+                     II.
+             Ketillus or Catullus.
+Consecrated.                                                       1121
+Dieth.                                                             1145
+
+                     III.
+                    Biorno.
+Being consecrated came into Island.                                1147
+Dieth.                                                             1162
+
+                     IV.
+                   Brandus.
+Consecrated                                                        1163
+Entreth his Episcopall see.                                        1165
+Dieth.                                                             1201
+
+                     V.
+           Gudmundus sirnamed Bonus.
+Elected and consecrated.                                           1203
+Dieth.                                                             1237
+
+                     VI.
+                 Botolphus.
+Returneth consecrated.                                             1239
+Dieth.                                                             1246
+
+                     VII.
+                   Henricus.
+Entreth the see.                                                   1247
+Dieth.                                                             1260
+
+                     VIII.
+               Brandus an Abbat.
+Goeth beyond the seas.                                             1262
+Entreth the Bishopricke.                                           1263
+Dieth.                                                             1264
+
+                     IX.
+                  Iorundus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1267
+Dieth.                                                             1313
+
+                     X.
+                  Audunnus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1314
+Dieth.                                                             1322
+
+                     XI.
+                 Laurentinus.
+Elected and consecrated.                                           1324
+Dieth in the Ides of April                                         1331
+
+                     XII.
+                    Egillus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1332
+Dieth.                                                             1341
+
+                     XIII.
+                    Ormus.
+Entreth his see.                                                   1343
+Dieth vpon the feast of all Saints.                                1355
+
+                     XIV.
+          Ionas Sonne of Ericus, sirnamed Skalle.
+
+Being to enter his sea of Holen came into Island. This Ionas       1358
+  being before time consecrated bishop of Gronland, obteined       A Bishop
+  licence of the bishop of Rome to enter the See of Holen, which   Gronland
+  was at that time vacant. Whereupon comming and not bringing      1356
+  with him the confirmation of this dignitie and function,
+  receiued from the Pope hee began to be suspected among the
+  priests of the diocesse of Holen. Wherefore he was sent backe
+  by them into Norway that the matter might bee set through by
+  the iudgement of the king. The king therefore fauouring his
+  part, he obteined the bishopricke of Holen.
+He dieth.                                                          1391
+
+                      XV.
+                     Peter.
+Consecrated the same yeere wherein his predecessour departed out
+  of this present life.
+Entreth the see of Holen.                                          1392
+Dieth
+
+                      XVI.
+               Ionas Wilhelmus.                              An Englishman
+                                                                Bishop of
+English, either borne or sirnamed.                               Island.
+Entred the see.                                                   1432
+
+                      XVII.
+                   Godschalcus.
+Died.                                                             1457
+
+                      XVIII.
+                      Olaus.
+
+Son of Rogwaldus nephew to the forenamed Godschalcus by the
+  sisters side, both of them being Norwayes.
+He was established.                                               1458
+He died.                                                          1497
+
+                      XIX.
+                   Godschalcus.
+
+The nephewe of Olaus deceased, by the brothers side: also hee
+  being a Noruagian was elected the same yeere wherein his vncle
+  deceased.
+He entreth the see. And for the space of 20. whole yeres is       1500
+  reported cruelly to haue entreated many of the subiects. In
+  the yeere 1520. when he was in the midst of his cups, and
+  banquetting dishes, and heard that Ionas Sigismundus was
+  departed out of this life (whom with his wife and children,
+  he had for many yeres most cruelly oppressed) he presently
+  fell into a sudden disease, and so not long after changed that
+  violence for miserable death, which in his whole life he had
+  vsed against his distressed subiects.
+
+                      XX.
+                 Ionas Arćsonius.
+Entreth the see.                                                  1525
+This man was the last and most earnest mainteiner of Popish
+  superstitions. Who stoutely withstanding Gysserus and Martinus
+  bishops of Schalholt, was commanded by the most religious king
+  Christian the 3. vnder paine of banishment to come with all
+  speed into Denmarke. But neglecting the king's commaundement,
+  hee tooke Martine bishop of Schalholt, and committed him to
+  ward. At length he himselfe also being taken by a man of great
+  name (whom before that time, it is saide, he had prouoked) and
+  being brought to Schalholt, was, together with his two sonnes,
+  by the authoritie of the kings Lieutenant beheaded. In reuenge  1551
+  whereof not long after, the saide Lieu-tenant with some of his
+  company, was villanously slaine by certaine roysters, which
+  were once seruants to the parties beheaded.
+
+                      XXI.
+                 Olaus Walterus.
+Departed his countrey.                                            1552
+Entreth the see.                                                  1553
+
+This man (being as yet in the life time of his predecessour
+  fellow-labourer with him) was the first that kindled the loue
+  of sincere doctrine at Holen in the hearts of many: and then
+  being bishop did openly teache and defend the said doctrine.
+He died.                                                          1568
+
+                      XXII.
+              Gudbrandus Thorlacius.
+The ornament, not onely of his age, but of posteritie also who
+  besides that, by the direction of the holy spirit, he hath
+  most notably brought the worke begunne, and left vnto him by
+  his predecessour Olaus to that perfection which it hath
+  pleased God to vouchsafe: (namely his labours and diligence
+  in maintayning the trueth of the Gospel, and in abolishing of
+  Popish superstitions) euen in this his countrey hee is the
+  first that hath established a Printing house. For which cause
+  his countrey (besides, for many other books translated into our
+  mother tongue) shalbe eternally bounded vnto him, that the
+  sacred Bible also, by his meanes, is fairely printed in the
+  language of Island. (I say) being at this present, Hee Bishop,
+  when he was about to take his charge:
+Departed his countrey.                                            1570
+Returned and entred the see of Holen.                             1571
+
+
+Circa hćc igitur tempora mentibus nostris č coelo redditta lux est, et
+regni coelestis ianua per sinceriorem doctrinć Christianć expositionem
+reserata. Nam et Schola triuialis in vtraque sede Episcopali, laudatissimi
+Regis Danić Christiani tertij munificentia et pietate, circa annum 1553.
+fundata est: ac subinde patris Christianissimi eximiam pietatem imitante
+filio, Diuo Friderico secundo rege nostro sanctissimo, Anno 1588. ad
+coelestem patriam euocato, aucta et promota: quć etiam hodič, clementissimi
+regis et principis nostri, Christiani 4. fauore et nutu viget floretque: in
+qua iuuentus nostrć Insulć, artium dicendi et sacrć Theologić rudimentis
+imbuta, ad scientiam et veram pietatem formatur, vt hinc ministri
+Ecclesiarum petantur.
+
+Peruenimus tandem ad hodiernum vsque diem in Episcoporum Islandić catalogo:
+quo prćdicti viri clarissimi Dom. Gudbrandus Thorlacius, et Dom. Otto
+Enerus ille Holis, hic Schalholtić Ecclesiarum sunt antistites: quorum
+vtrumque, vt Deus opt. max. Ecclesić suć saluum et superstitem, propter
+gloriam nominis sui sanctissimi, diu conseruare velit, omnes seriň et
+ardentibus votis flagitamus.
+
+The same in English.
+
+In these times therefore light is restored vnto our soules from heauen, and
+the gate of the kingdome of heauen is opened vnto vs by the sincere
+preaching of Christian doctrine. For in either of the Bishops seats there
+is a free schoole founded by the liberality and pietie of that most
+renoumed King of Denmarke Christian the third: and afterward the sonne
+following the godly steppes of his most Christian father, the said Free
+schooles by Lord Friderick the second, our most religious King, being
+called vp to his heauenly countrey in the yeare 1588, haue beene encreased
+and furthered: which at this day also doe prosper and flourish by the
+fauour and authoritie of the most gracious King and our Prince, Christian
+the fourth, wherein the youth of our Islande being instructed in the
+rudiments of liberall artes, and sacred diuinitie, are trained vp to
+knowledge and true godlinesse, that from hence ministers of Churches may
+proceede.
+
+We are come at length in the register of the Bishops of Island downe to
+this present day, wherein the forenamed excellent men Gudbrandus
+Thorlacius, and Otto Enerus, the one at Holen, and the other at Schalholt
+are Bishops of our Cathedrall Churches both of which men, that it would
+please God long to preserue vnto his Church in health and life, for the
+glorie of his most holy name, we all doe earnestly and with feruent prayers
+beseech him.
+
+SECTIO SECVNDA.
+
+[Sidenote: Must. Krantz. Frisius.] Specus habitant plerůmque, aut ad
+  montium latera in excauatis mansiunculis. Et mox: Templa habent multa et
+  domos ex ossibus piscium et balenarum constructas. Item: Multi etiam ad
+  pellendam frigoris asperitatem in cauernis latitant, quemadmodum Africani
+  ad solis ćstum vitandum. Item Munsterus. Multi in Islandia hodie costis
+  et ossibus balenarum, domos suas construunt, &c.
+
+Hic membrum secundum initium sumit, de incolarum viuendi ratione et
+moribus. Et primům, quibus vtantur, edificijs seu domibus: nempč secundum
+Munsterum, Krantzium, Frisium, &c. Specubus et montium cauernis. Quamuis
+autem in splendidis ćdificijs, alijsque id genus mundani ornatus pretiosis
+rebus parum inest, quod ad verč beatam vitam conferre queat, tamen nec hîc
+veritatem tacere possumus: dicimúsque omnino Cosmographos et Historicos in
+errore etiam hîc versari. Etenim, cuiusmodi gentis publica domicilia esse
+scribunt, ea sunt tantům in paucis locis, tum magalia, vt opilionum, tum
+piscatorum casć et receptacula, eo tantum anni tempore quo piscaturć operam
+dare, aut propter gregem excubare opus habent. [Sidenote: Negotiatio cum
+Noruagis desijt. Sylua fluctibus maris delatć.] At ipsas domus, seu ipsa
+hominum domicilia, antiquitus quidem satis magnificč et sumptuosč, quoad
+huius terrć fert conditio, ligno, cespite et saxis habuerunt Islandi
+constructa, vsque ad illud tempus, quo illis cum Noruagis, qui ligna
+sufficiebant, negociatio, et mercium commutatio esse desijt, quć inde
+paulatim collabi incipiunt: Cum nec syluas ćdificijs aptas habeamus, nec
+fluctuum maris beneficio iam vt olim ad littora, quod minima ex parte
+sufficiat, adferatur: Nec mercatores extranei inopić nostrć succurrant.
+Vnde plurima rura ignobiliora ab antiqua illa integritate multum
+declinarunt, et iam qućdam collapsa sunt, qućdam ruinam minantur.
+Nihilominus multa sunt prćdia, multć villć, quas haud facile recensuero,
+quarum ćdificia veterem illam excellentiam imitantur, et quarum domus sunt
+maximć, et latć et longć, tum plćrúmque benč altć. Vt exempli gratia.
+Prćdia seu villć, quć cubilia habent plusquam 50. cubitos longa, 10. lata,
+alta 20. Tum reliquas domus, vt coenaculum, hypocaustum, penuarium &c. huic
+sua proportione respondentes. Possum multa nostratium ćdificia ampla et
+vasta, nec in speciem deformia, nec ob artis structuram et sumptuosam
+firmitudinem, seu robur, contemnenda cum aliquot delubris, siue sacris
+ćdibus, solis lignis, antiqua et operosa grauitate et pulchritudine
+extructis commemorare: Cuiusmodi est templum Cathedrale Holense atrium
+habens, cuius columnć vtrinque quinque vlnas 14. altć, 5. circiter crassć:
+tum trabes ac tigna, et reliquum culmen, huic substructioni
+proportionaliter respondens. Ligna ad hoc ipsum atrium Anno 1584. horrenda
+tempestate collapsum, clementissimus Rex noster D. Fridericus cuius nobis
+sacratissima est memoria, Anno 1588. benignissimč largitus est. Ipsum verň
+templum atrium suum omni quantitate manifeste excedit: tum templi intima
+pars quć chorus appellari solet, et templi meditullio, et atrio magnitudine
+nonnihil cedit. Erat autem hoc longč maius olim, vt accepi Schalholtense,
+quod iam bis concrematum, ad inferiorem magnitudinem redactum est. Prćtereŕ
+aliquot alia templa nostrć Insulć horum antiquam magnificentiam imitantia
+licet non ćquintia. Sed hic nequaquam res exigere videtur, vt in
+prolixiorem eius rei descriptionem euager. Vt enim Domus et edificia nostra
+nihil depredicamus: ita eorundem nos nihil pudet, quňd contenti paupertate
+nostra Christo gratias immortales agamus, qui ŕ nobis vili tecto non
+dedignatur recipi, quňdque templa et domus nostras quas Munsterus Krantzius
+et Frisius piscium et balenarum ossibus non verč dicunt extructas, non
+aspernetur magis, quŕm illa extraneorum culmina marmorea, parietes
+vermiculatos pauimenta tesselata reliquůmque id genus ornamenti.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SECOND SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus. Krantzius. Frisius.] They inhabite for the most part
+  in caues, or hollowe places within the sides of mountaines. And againe,
+  They haue many houses and Churches built with the bones of fishes, and
+  Whales. Againe. Many of them also to auoide the extremitie of colde, doe
+  keepe themselues close in their caues, euen as the people of Africa doe
+  to auoyde the heate of the sunne. Also Munster sayth: Many in Island at
+  this day build their houses with the ribbes and bones of Whales.
+
+Here the second member taketh his beginning concerning the course of life,
+and the manners of the inhabitants. And first of all what buildings or
+houses they doe vse namely according to Munster, Krantinus, Frisius &c.
+Holes and caues of mountaines. But although in gorgeous buildings, and such
+other worldly braueries there is very little helpe to the attayning of a
+life truely happie: notwithstanding, wee can not in this place conceale the
+truth and we plainly affirme that Cosmographers and Historiographers also
+doe erre in this point. For such habitations as they write to be common
+vnto the whole nation, are but in verie fewe places, and are either
+sheepe-cots for shepheards, or cottages and receptacles for fishermen at
+that time of the yeere onely when they goe a fishing, and the others stande
+in neede to watch their flocke. [Sidenote: Traffike with the people of
+Norway ceaseth.] But for their houses themselues, and the verie dwelling
+places of men, the Islanders haue had them built from auncient time stately
+and sumptuously enough, according to the condition of the Countrey, with
+timber, stones, and turfes, vntill such time as traffike and exchange of
+wares beganne to cease betweene them and the Noruagians, who were wont to
+supply them with timber, and for that cause nowe our houses beginne to
+decay whenas neither we haue woods of conuenient for building, [Sidenote:
+Drift wood not so plentifull now as in times past] nor yet there are nowe a
+dayes, as there were in olde time, trees cast vpon our shores by the
+benefite of the sea, which may in any sort relieue vs: neither doe
+outlandish Merchants succour our neccessities; whereupon many of our
+meanest countrey villages are much decayed from their auncicnt integritie,
+some whereof be fallen to the ground, and others bee very ruinous.
+Notwithstanding there be many farmes and villages which I cannot easily
+reckon vp, the buildings whereof doe resemble that auncient excellencie,
+the houses being verie large both in breadth and length, and for the most
+part in height also As for example farmes or granges which conteine
+chambers in them, more than fiftie cubites in length, tenne in breadth, and
+twentie in height. And so other roomes, as a parler, a stoue, a butterie,
+&c. answering in proportion vnto the former. I could here name many of our
+countrey buildings both large and wide neither ilfauoured in shewe, nor
+base in regarde of their workemanship and costly firmenesse or strength,
+with certaine Churches also, or religious houses, built of timber onely,
+according to auncient and artificiall seemelinesse and beautie: as the
+Cathedrall Church of Holen hauing a bodie the fiue pillars whereof on both
+sides be foure elnes high, and about fiue elnes thicke, as also beames and
+weather-bourdes, and the rest of the roofe proportionally answering to this
+lower building. Our most gracious King Lord Frederick, whose memory is most
+sacred vnto vs, in the yere 1588. did most liberally bestowe timber for the
+reedifying of this body being cast downe in the yere 1584. by an horrible
+tempest. But the Church it selfe doth manifestlie exceed the body thereof
+in all quantity: also the inner part of the Church, which is commonly
+called the quier is somwhat lesse, both then the middle part of the Church,
+and also then the bodie.
+
+The Church of Schalholt was farre greater as I haue heard in olde time,
+then this our Cathedrall, which hauing now beene twise burnt, is brought to
+a lesser scantling. Likewise there be some other Churches of our Island,
+although not matching, yet resembling the auncient magnificence of these.
+But here the matter seemeth not to require that I shoulde runne into a long
+description of these things. For as wee doe not greatly extoll our houses
+and buildings, so are we nothing ashamed of them, because being content
+with our pouertie, we render vnto Christ immortall prayse who despiseth not
+to be receiued of vs vnder a base roofe, and contemneth not our temples and
+houses (which Munster, Krantzius, and Frisius doe not truely affirme to be
+built of fishes and Whales bones) more then the marble vaults, the painted
+walles, the square pauements, and such like ornamentes of Churches and
+houses in other countries.
+
+
+SECTIO TERTIA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus Krantzius.] Commum tecto, victu, statu, (hic Krantzius
+  habet, strato) gaudent cum iumentis. Item: Solo pastu pecorum et nunc
+  captura piscium victitant.
+
+Hćc sunt et sequentia, quć Krantzius suo Munstero prćmansa, in os ingessit,
+adeň vt Munstero non opus fuent ea vel semel masticare, quod ex collatione
+vtriusque patet. Munsterus enim hćc opprobria, vt ex Krantzij in suam
+Noruegiam prćfatione hausta deglutierat, ita eadem cruda lib. 4.
+Cosmographić capit. 8. in gentem nostram euomit. Quć hactenus fuerunt, etsi
+satis grauia sunt, tolerabiliora tamen erant. Hoc verň commentum
+malignissimum, et quć sequentur, non facilč est sine stomacho prćterire.
+Nostrum igitur est, etiam hîc veritatem asserere, et mendacium in Authoris
+caput retorquere.
+
+Tecto: Primům igitur quod de commum tecto (vti etiam de victu et statu) cum
+iumentis dicunt, falsum et erroneum clamamus, teste non modň re ipsa, si
+quis id hodič perquirere volet: Sed etiam multorum extraneorum, qui aliquot
+apud nos annos egerant, et veritati plus quam gentem nostram calumniandi
+affectui tribuunt, experientia; qui ipsi domos et habitationes nostras
+viderunt, et norunt in singulis prćdijs seu villis, multas esse distinctas
+domus: nempe in abiectissimis et vilissimis 7. vel 8. in maioribus, nunc
+decem, nunc 20. In maximis, nunc 40, nunc 50; quć vt plurimům, et tecto et
+parietibus distinctć, vni possessori vel domino, rarň duobus aut tribus,
+rarissimč pluribus inseruiunt, ac vsibus quotidianis et domesticis
+sufficiunt. Vnde facilč intelligis, Lector, quŕm verč eodem tecto cum
+iumentis vtantur Islandi, cum singuli rustici in hac domuum varietate,
+peculiaria bouilia, ouilia, equitia, agnilia, debitis interuallis dissita
+habeant, quć serui, quoties opus est, petunt, vnde rursus habitationem
+subinde repetunt.
+
+Quňd autem quidam in mappa Islandić de prouinca Skagefiord annotauit, sub
+eodem tecto homines, canes, sues et oues, viuere, partim falsum, partim
+minimč mirandum est. De ouibus quidem, vt iam dictum est, et prćcipuč
+suibus (cum illa prouincia sues non habeat) falsum: De canibus haud mirum,
+cum illis nec regum aulć caruerint nec hodič careant, vt nimis omnibus est
+notum. Sed de canibus paulň post Sect 7. huius.
+
+Victu. An iumentorum pabula possint commodč victus appellatione contineri,
+meritň dubitauerim. Cům Doletus, Ciceronis interpretem agens, dicat:
+Victum, inquit, cum iureconsultis, ita exponemus, vt victus verbo
+contineantur, quć esui, potui, cultuique corporis, qućque ad viuendum
+homini sunt necessana. Et Vlpianus, de verborum significat. Ijsdem verbis
+victum definit. Hoc loco verň Authores illi, etiam iumentorum pabula,
+victum appellant.
+
+Cćterum videamus quomodo hîc eluceat veritatis et candoris prćstantia.
+Iumenta non habemus prćterquam equos et boues: His gramina et foenum (nisi
+vbi foeni inopia obrepit) pabulum, aqua potum prćbet. At hi ipsi scriptores
+fatentur, Islandos piscibus, butyro, carnibus, tum bubulis, tum ouillis,
+etiam frumento, licet pauco et aduentitio viuere. Non igitur cibum habent
+cum brutis communem, quod tamen ijdem his verbis asserunt. Communi victu
+gaudent cum iumentis: Quod quid sit Munstero, ipse paulň superius haud
+obscurč docuit. Islandia, innquit, populos multos continet, solo pecorum
+pastu, et nunc captura piscium victitantes. Quid autem est pecorum pastus,
+aliud, quŕm pecorum cibus? ait Doletus: nisi Munsterus fortč pecorum
+pasium, ipsa pecora ad pastum hominum mactata appellet: cui, vt existimo,
+vsus Romanorum refragatur, qui, vt homines vesci, ita pecora pasci docuit:
+hominúmque victum pecorum autem, pastum et pabulum vocari iussit. An verň
+existimem tam dementes fuisse Munsterum et Krantzium vt senserint Islandos
+graminibus et foeno viuere? Quo miserić Nabuchodonozor, diuinć vltionis
+iugum subiens redactus est Dani 4. 30. Facilč dabimus multa, quibus
+homines, non modň nostrates, sed vestrates quoque vescuntur, iumenta et
+pecora fortč non reijcere, si familiari pabulo destituantur. Vt equi
+frumento et panibus hordeaceis pascuntur: ijdem lac (quemadmodum etiam
+vituli et agni) et cereuisiam, si offeratur bibunt, et quidem auidč. Sed et
+canes qućvis fercula et cibaria deuorant. An idcircň quisquam dicet,
+homines communi victu cum canibus et iumentis gaudere?
+
+Iam qućcunque famis grassantis tempore contigere pro vniuersali gentis
+alicuius consuetudine in historiam referri non debent. Vt non licet nobis
+de extraneis scribere huius aut illius terrć populos canum murium aut
+felium vsu victitare solitos, etsi fortč fame siue obsidione, siue alioqui
+annonas charitate inualescente immissa, id factitarint.
+
+Potum autem interdum esse multis cum iumentis communem non magnoperč
+contraibimus: nempč aquam limpidissimam, naturalem ilium potum omnibus
+animantibus ŕ Deo creatum quem etiam ex parte, medicinć consulti comendant,
+imň nec patres Hebrći nec ipse Seruator noster fastidiebat.
+
+Ad amictum verň quod attinet, (Nam et amictum victus vocabulo
+comprehendimus) nequaquam hic cum iumentis communis est. Illa enim pilis et
+villis natura (quod Munsterum et Krantzium nouisse iurarim) vestiuit:
+homines, alioqui nudi, pannis corpus induere necesse habent. Hćc indumenta,
+quć quidem Islandia suppeditat, ex lanis ouium conficiuntur. Sed non
+cogitaram ideň recte dici, amictum esse nobis cum ouibus communem siue
+eundem. Vtuntur etiam extranei pannis ex ouilla lana confectis, licet
+artificio subtiliore. Sed de indumentis nihil: Stultum enim est, ex eo
+laudem vel superbam ćstimationem qućrere quod naturć nostrć infirmitatem
+arguit.
+
+Statu. Restat ille status quem cum brutis habere communem dicimur. Qui
+qualis aut cuiusmodi sit, aut eum esse velint nostri scriptores, certč non
+facilč assequor. Status inquit Doletus est vel corporis, vel causarum vel
+ordinis et conditionis. Certč alium esse statum nostri corporis quŕm
+iumentorum (nam prćter duos pedes etiam manus habemus et corpore ac vultu
+sursum erecto incedimus) alium item ordinem et conditionem nostram ducimus.
+Illi boni viri si id de se aut alijs cognitum habent fateantur. Nos hćc tam
+vana et in Deum creatorem nostrum tam contemptibilia irridemus, nec
+prolixiore tractatu dignamur.
+
+[Sidenote: Occasi harum fabularum.] Cćterum quia nostrum est nec amori
+patrić, nec vlli rei tantum tribuere, quin plus semper et vbique veritati
+largiamur: Dicam quid sit quod huic infami scriptorum conuicio occasionem
+fortč dederit.
+
+Sunt in vicinia Schalholtić, ad littus Islandie australe paroechiolć tres,
+inter duos rapidissimos amnes Thiorsaa et Olffwis Aa interceptć; quć et
+syluis et cespitibus consueto gentis ad focos alendos fomite ferč
+destituuntur. In istis paroechijs habitantes et si qui sint vicini, quamuis
+plures eorum, vt de omnibus rebus ad rem familiarem pertinentibus, ita
+etiam de his, quć ad focos et balnea opus habent, sibi opportunč
+prospiciunt: Tamen sunt inter eos quidam sed infirma tantum sortis coloni,
+qui quoniam estis rebus domi destituantur, nec aliunde petere eas valeant
+in culinis foeno ad coquendos cibos vtuntur: Ast vbi hyemis niuosć sćvitia
+horrida ingruit, coloni isti miseri ad suum bouile refugiunt illic scilicet
+exstructis tabulatis interidiů operas domesticas exercentes, ŕ bobus, cum
+focos habere nequeant, calorem mutuantur, quemadmodum mihi ab alijs
+narratum est. Sicque illi tantům qui sanč paucissimi sunt, communi cum
+bobus tecto in bruma vti quidem non gaudent, sed coguntur. Verům victum et
+statum longč alium habent, de qua re hactenus. Hćc est in istis
+Paroechiolis quorundam sors et inopia, quorum conditio idcirco etiam apud
+nos fabula vulgi effecta est, quamuis non satis iustč. Vbi quo iure toti
+genti tribuatur, quod vix ac ne vix quidem de istis paucis colonis verům
+est, libentur qućsierim? Tćdet de his pluribus agere: Tantum quia mihi cum
+Theologis res est illud Saiomonis ijs reponam. [Sidenote: Prouerb 14.] Qui
+calummatur egenum, deridet factorem eius.
+
+Equidem quia gens hćc nostra pauper et egena est et fuit, ad veluti quidam
+mendicus inter diuites, tot extraneorum probra et scommata tulit. Sed
+videant cui exprobrent. Certč, si aliud nihil nobis cum illis commune est,
+tamen omnes ex ijsdem constamus elementis, et vnus et idem omnium Pater,
+Deus.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE THIRD SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius Munsterus.] They and their cattell vse all one house,
+  all one food or victuals, one state (here Krantzius hath it lodging.)
+  Also. They liue onely by feeding of cattell, and sometimes by taking of
+  fishes.
+
+Those be the things together with those that followe, which Krantzius hath
+champed, and put into Munsters mouth, so that Munster shall not neede so
+much as once to chewe them, which may appeare by comparing them both
+together. For Munster, as hee swallowed these reproches, taking them out of
+Krantzius his preface vpon Norway, so he casteth vp the verie same morsels
+vndigested and rawe against our nation, in his fourth booke of Cosmographie
+cap. 8. Those things which haue beene hitherto, although they haue
+sufficiently grieued vs yet will we let them seeme more tollerable: but
+this most malitious deuise, and those which follow we cannot easily brooke.
+It is our part therefore in this place also to auouch the trueth, and to
+turne the leasing vpon the authors owne head.
+
+House, &c. First, that which they say concerning the same common house (as
+also liuing, and state) with our cattell, we plainely affirme to be false
+and erronious, not onely the truth it selfe being our witnesse, if any man
+would make triall, but also the experience of manie strangers, that haue
+liued some yeeres amongst vs, and haue more minde to speake the trueth then
+to reuile our nation: who haue seene our house and habitations with their
+owne eyes, and knewe that in euery particular farme or graunge there were
+many seuerall roomes namely, in those that were most simple and base, seuen
+or eight: In others which were greater, sometimes tenne, and sometimes
+twentie. In the greatest sometimes fortie, and sometimes fiftie. Which for
+the most part being seuered, both by roofes and walles, doe serue for the
+dayly and household affaires of one owner or master, seldome of two or
+three, but almost neuer of more: whereupon the Reader may easily iudge,
+howe true it is that the Islanders and their cattell haue all one house to
+lie in, when euery husbandman in this varietie of roomes hath seuerall oxe
+stalles, sheepe-cotes, stables lambes-cots separated in different spaces
+one from another, which the seruants goe vnto so oft as neede requireth,
+and from thence returne backe to the dwelling houses.
+
+But whereas one noted in his Mappe of Island, concerning the prouince of
+Skagefiord, that vnder the same roofe, men, dogges swine and sheepe liue
+altogether, it is partly false, and partly no maruell: for sheepe, as it
+hath been sayde, and especially for swine (when as that prouince hath no
+swine at alt) it is vtterly false: for dogges it is no maruell, when is not
+kings courts were euer, or at this day are destitute of them, as it is well
+knowen to all men. But as touching dogges afterward in the seuenth section.
+
+Victuals, &c. Whither beasts meate may fitly be termed by the name of
+Victus, a man may lustly doubt: When Doletus interpreting a peece of
+Tullie, saith: As for Victus (sayth he) wee will so expound it with the
+Ciuilians, namely that we comprehend vnder the word of Victus all things
+necessarie for the life of man as meate, drinke, attire of the bodie, &c.
+And Vlpianus de verborum significatione defineth Victus in the very same
+words. But in this place the saide authors call beaste meate by the name of
+Victus.
+
+But let vs see what trueth and plaine dealing is to be found in these men.
+We haue no labouring cattel besides horses and oxen: these haue grasse and
+hay (except where haye is wanting) for their fodder, and water to drinke.
+Now, the very same writers confesse, that the Islanders liue by fish,
+butter, flesh both beefe and mutton, and corne also, though it bee scarce,
+and brought out of other countries. Therefore they haue not the same foode
+with brute beasts, which notwithstanding the sayde writers affirme in these
+wordes: They and their cattel vse all one victuals or food. What Munsters
+meaning is in this clause, he himselfe a little before hath plainely
+taught.
+
+Island (saith he) conteineth many people liuing onely with the food of
+cattell, and sometimes by taking of fishes. But what else is the food of
+cattell, but the meat of cattell, saith Doletus? Vnlesse perhaps Munster
+calleth the food of cattell, cattell themselues slaine for the foode of
+men: whom, as I thinke, the vse of the latine tongue doth gaine say, which
+hath taught vs that as men doe eate, so beasts do feede, and hath termed
+the victuals of men, and the food or fodder of cattell. But may I thinke
+that Munster and Krantzius were so mad as to imagine that the Islanders
+liue vpon grasse and hay: To this passe of miserie was Nabuchodonozor
+brought vndergoing the yoke of Gods vengeance Daniel 4. vers. 30. We will
+easily graunt that beasts and cattell will not perhaps refuse many things,
+which men not onely of our countrey but of yours also eate, if the saide
+beasts be destitute of their vsuall food: as horses are fedde with corne
+and barley loaues: they will drinke milke also (like vnto calues and
+lambes) and ale if it be proffered them, and that greedily. And dogges in
+like manner will deuour any deinty dishes whatsoeuer. May any man therefore
+say that men vse the same common victuals with dogges and horses?
+
+Now, whatsoeuer things haue happened in the time of grieuous famine ought
+not to be recorded in historie for the generall custome of any countrey. As
+it is not lawfull for vs to write concerning other nations, that the people
+of this or that countrie, doe vsually liue by eating of dogs, mise, cats,
+although perhaps in the time of famine or seige or dearth of corne, they
+haue often bene constrained so to doe.
+
+But that the same drinke is sometimes common to many men with beasts we
+will not greatly gainesay: namely most pure water, that naturall drinke
+created by God for all liuing creatures: which also in some respect
+Phisicians doe commende, yea, neither the Patriarkes themselues, nor our
+sauiour Christ despised it.
+
+As touching apparell (for we comprehend apparell also vnder the name of
+Victus) it is no wise common to vs with beasts. For nature hath clad them
+with hairs and bristles (as I dare say Munster and Krantzius cannot be
+ignorant) men, being otherwise naked stande in neede of clothes to couer
+their bodies. But I had not thought it might therefore haue properly beene
+sayde that sheepe and we haue all one apparell. Men of other countries also
+weare cloth of sheepes wooll, although it be more finely wrought. But no
+more concerning the attire of the bodie. For it is a meere folly to seeke
+for praise, and ambitious reputation by that, which argueth the infirmitie
+of our nature.
+
+State, &c. Now, it remaineth that we should speake of that state, which we
+are sayd to haue common with beasts; but of what kinde or maner it should
+be, or our writers would haue it to be I cannot easily discerne. State
+(sayth Doletus) is either of the body, or of causes, or of order and
+condition. Doubtlesse, that there is another state of our bodies then of
+beasts (for besides our two feet, we haue hands also, and go with our
+bodies, and countenances lift vpright) and that we be of another order and
+condition from them, we are verily perswaded. As for these good fellowes,
+if they know any such matter by themselues or others, let them disclose it.
+We doe altogether scorne these, being so vaine things, and breeding so
+great contempt against the Maiesty of God our creator, neither do we
+vouchsafe them any larger discourse.
+
+But because it is our duty not so highly to regard either the loue of our
+countrey, or of any other thing whatsoeuer, but that we may be ready at all
+times and in all places, to giue trueth the preheminence: I will say in a
+word what that was which perhaps might minister occasion to this infamous
+reproch of writers.
+
+There be neere vnto Schalholt, vpon the South shore of Island three small
+parishes standing betweene two most swift riuers Thiorsaa and Olffwis Aa,
+being in a maner destitute both of wood and turfe, which is the accustomed
+fewell of the countrey. And although most of the inhabitants of these
+parishes and some of their neighbours, as they doe in time of yeere prouide
+all things necessary for householde, so especially those things which
+belong to fires and bathes: notwithstanding there be certaine among them of
+the basest sort of people, who because they want those things at home, and
+are not able to prouide them from other places, are constrained to vse
+straw for the dressing of their meat. But when the sharpe rigor of snowy
+Winter commeth on, these poore people betake them to their oxe stalles, and
+there setting vp sheds, and doing their necessary businesse in the day
+time, when they are not able to make fires, they borrow heat from their
+oxen, as it hath beene reported to mee by others: And so they onely being
+verie fewe in number, doe not willingly enioye, but are constrayned to vse
+the same common house with their oxen. But for their liuelihoode and state
+it is farre otherwise with them then with their oxen, of which thing I haue
+entreated before. This is the lot, & pouertie of certaine men in those
+pettie parishes, the condition whereof is therefore made a common byworde
+of the people amongst vs, though somewhat iniuriously. Where I would
+willingly demaund with what honestie men can impute that vnto the whole
+nation, which is hard and skantly true of these fewe poore men? I am wearie
+to stay any longer in this matter: onely, because I haue to doe with
+Diuines, let that of Salomon suffice, Prouerbs 17, verse 5. Hee that
+mocketh the poore, reprocheth him that made him.
+
+And in very deede, because this our nation is nowe, and heretofore hath
+been poore and needie, and as it were a begger amongest many rich men, it
+hath susteined so many taunts and scoffes of strangers. But let them take
+heede whom they vpbraide. Verely if there were nothing else common vnto vs
+with them, yet we both consist of the same elements, and haue all one
+father and God.
+
+SECTIO QUARTA.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius Munster] In simplicitate sancta vitam agunt, cum nihil
+  amplius qućrant quŕm natura concedit. Beata gens, cuius paupertati nullus
+  inuidet. Sed mercatores Anglici et Dani quiescere gentem non sinunt, qui
+  ob piscaturam vehendam terram illam frequentantes cum mercibus omnigenis
+  vitia quoque nostra inuexerunt. Nam et fruges aquć miscere in potum
+  didicerunt, et simplicis aquć haustus oderunt. Nunc aurum et argentum cum
+  nostris admirantur.
+
+Simplicitate. Equidem sanctć simphcitatis laudem nobis attribui, meritň
+gaudemus: Sed id dolemus, quňd reperiatur etiam apud nos iustitić ac legum
+ingens deprauatio, ac magna anarchia, quam multorum scelerum myriades
+consequuntur, quod pij et boni omnes quotidič deplorant. Id mali autem
+nequaquam supremi Magistratus, hoc est, Regis nostri clementissimi, sed
+verius nostra culpa accidit: qui hćc quć clŕm ipso prćposterč geruntur et
+quć in inferiore magistratu desiderantur, ad maiestatem ipsius non
+deferimus.
+
+Mercatores. Mercatores porrň, non solům Angli et Dani, sed maximč Germani,
+vt nunc, ita olim terram nostram, non ob piscaturam sed pisces euehendos
+frequentantes, nequaquam artem illam, miscendarum frugum aquć, Islandos
+docuerunt. Quippe ipsi Noruagi primi, quňd nobis constet, terrć nostrć
+incolć; ŕ quibus oriundi sunt Islandi, artem illam, sicut etiam aureos
+argenteósque nummos, secum ex Noruegia attulerunt; vt initio non fuerit
+minor argenti et auri vsus apud nos, quŕm est hodič.
+
+Et quidem ante Danorum, Germanorum, Anglorumue frequentes ad nos
+nauigationes, terra nostra multň, quŕm nunc, senescentis mundi incommoda,
+coelo solóque persentiens, fertilior, in delectis simis quibúsque locis,
+Cereris munera produxit.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FOURTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius. Munster.] They leade their liues in holy simplicitie,
+  not seeking any more then nature doeth afforde. A happie Nation, whose
+  pouertie no man doth enuie. But the English and Danish merchants suffer
+  not the nation to be at rest, who frequenting that countrey to transport
+  fishing, haue conueighed thither our vices, together with their manifolde
+  wares. For nowe, they haue learned to brew their water with corne, and
+  beginne to despise, and loath the drinking of faire water. Now they couet
+  golde and siluer like vnto our men.
+
+Simplicitie, &c. I am exceedingly glad, that the commendation of holy
+simplicitie is giuen vnto vs. But it grieueth vs that there is found so
+great a decay of iustice, and good lawes, and so great want of gouernement
+amongst vs, which is the cause of many thousande haynous offences which all
+honest and godly men doe continually bewayle. This inconuenience doth not
+happen through the negligence of the highest Magistrate, that is of our
+most gracious King, but rather by our owne fault, who doe not present these
+thinges vnto his Maiestie, which are disorderly committed without his
+knowledge, and which are wanting in the inferiour Magistrate.
+
+Merchants. Moreouer, Merchants, not onely of England and Denmarke, but
+especially of Germanie, as at this time, so heretofore frequenting our
+countrey, not to transport fishing, but fishes, taught not Islanders the
+arte of brewing corne with water. For the Noruagians themselues, the first,
+to our knowledge, that inhabited this Island, from whom ye Islanders are
+lineally descended, brought with them out of Norway that arte, as also
+golde and siluer coine, so that in old time there was no lesse vse of
+siluer and golde with vs, then there is at this day.
+
+[Sidenote: Corne of old time growing on Island.] And it is certaine that
+before the often nauigations of Danes, Germans, and English men vnto vs,
+our land was much more fertile then nowe it is (feeling the inconueniences
+of the aged and decayed worlde, both from heauen and earth) and brought
+foorth, in certaine choyse places, corne in abundance.
+
+
+SECTIO QUINTA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus. Krantzius.] Rex Danić qui et Noruagić quotannis
+  prćfectum immittit genti.
+
+Anno Domino 846. natus est Haraldus Harfagre (quod auricomum vel
+pulchricomum dixeris) Qui deinde Anno 858, Rex Noruagić designatus, vbi
+ćtas viresque iustum incrementum acceperunt, formam imperij Noruagici
+mutauit. Nam antea in minutas prouincias diuisum (quas Fylki vocabant, et
+qui his prćerant regulos, Fylkis Konga) ad Monarchiam armis potentibus
+redegit. Id cum et genere et potentia valentes aliquot regni incolć ćgrč
+ferrent, patria exulare, quŕm ipsius Tyrannidis iugum non detrectare
+maluerunt. Vnde hi in Islandiam, antea quidem ŕ quibusdam visam et
+inuentam, at desertam tamen, colonias, dicto Superius Anno 874.
+transtulerunt: Atque sic genti nostrć originem prćbentes, se Islandos
+nuncuparunt, quod nomen hodič posteri retinent. Vixerunt itaque Islandi
+diu, nullius imperium agnoscentes, annis scilicet 386. plus minus. Et
+quamuis Rex Noruagić Haquinus ille conatus, qui omnium regum Noruagić
+diutissimč, nempe plusquam 66. annos imperium gerebat, sćpč per legatos
+tentarat tributarios sibi facere Islandos, constanter tamen semper
+restiterunt, donec tandem circa annum Domini 1260. homagium ipsi
+prćstarent. [Sidenote: Margareta.] Atque postea semper in data fide
+persistentes, et regibus Noruagić parentes, translato per Margaretam,
+Danić, Suecić, et Noruagić reginam, Noruagorum imperio, ad Danos, vnŕ cum
+reliquis imperij Noruagici Insulis, Serenissimum Danić regem; Dominum et
+Regem suum hodič salutant.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FIFTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus. Krantzius.] The King of Denmarke and Norway sendeth
+  euery yeere a Lieutenant into the Countrey.
+
+In the yeere of our Lord eight hundred fortie and sixe Harold Harfagre
+(which is to say, golden haires or faire lockes) was borne. Who afterward
+in the yeere eight hundred fiftie and eight, being chosen king of Norway,
+when he was growen to age, and full strength, chaunged the forme of the
+Noruagian gouernment. For whereas before it was diuided into pettie
+Prouinces (which they called Fylki, and the pettie kings that gouerned
+them, fylkis konga) he reduced it by force of armes vnto a Monarchie.
+[Sidenote: The occasion of the first inhabiting of Island by the people of
+Norway.] But when some inhabitants of the countrie, being mightie, and
+descended of good parentages, could not well brooke this hard dealing, they
+chose rather to be banished their countrey, then not to shake off the yoke
+of tyranny. Whereupon, they in the yeere aboue named eight hundred seuentie
+and foure, transported colonies into Island being before discouered by some
+men and found out, but vnpeopled as yet: And so being the first founders of
+our nation, they called themselues Islanders, which name their posteritie
+reteineth vnto this day. And therefore the Islanders liued a long time,
+namely, three hundred eightie and sixe yeeres, more or lesse, acknowledging
+no submission to any other Nation. [Sidenote: Haquinus coronatus.] And
+although Haquinus that crowned King of Norway who reigned longest of any
+Noruagian king, namely, about sixtie sixe yeares, did oftentimes attempt by
+Ambassadours to make the Islanders become tributaries vnto him,
+notwithstanding at all times they constantly withstoode him, till at length
+about the yeere of our Lord 1260. they performed homage vnto him. And
+afterward continued alwayes in their promised loyaltie, being subiects to
+the king of Norway. But now at this day, since the Empire of the Noruagians
+was translated by Margaret Queene of Denmarke, Suedeland, and Norway vnto
+the Danes, they doe honour as their soueraigne Lord and King the most
+gracious king of Denmarke.
+
+
+SEXIO SEXTA.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius Munsterus] Omnia eos communia sunt, prćter vxores.
+
+Hoc loco prćmittit Krantzius talem Ironiam.
+
+Multa insignia in moribus illorum, &c. Porrň etiam hic fidem vestram eleuat
+ingenium, ad asserendum res incompertas nimis procliue, cupidinem
+nouitatis, et nominis ac famać, imň veritatis curam preposteram arguit,
+omnium et rerum personarúmque et temporum experientia: O scriptores
+suspiciendi.
+
+Testes sunt leges politicć, quibus inde ab initio cum Noruagis vsi sunt
+eisdem Islandi: De Rege et subditis: De foro, et his quć in forensem
+disceptationem cadere possunt: De hćreditatibus: adoptionibus, nuptijs,
+furto, rapinis, mutuo contractibus et cćteris: Quć omnia, quorsum illis,
+quebus res omnes sunt communes? Testes sunt, tot de bonis mobilibus et
+immobilibus contentiones, turbć et certamina, in foris ac iudicijs
+Islandorum: Testes sunt Reges nunc Danić et olim Noruagić, qui tot libellis
+supplicibus Islandorum, ad componendas istas de possessionibus
+controuersias, olim et nunc interpellati sćpč fuerant. Testis contra
+seipsum Krantzius, cuius verba distinction. i. huius, hćc fuerunt. Ante
+susceptam Christi fidem (Islandi) lege naturali viuentes parum ŕ lege
+nostra discrepabant, &c. Si lege naturć, certč lege illa iustitić, quć
+tribuit vnicuique suum: Si lege iustitić, certč proprietatum et dominiorum
+distinctiones in nostra gente locum habuisse oportet: Quanquam autem in
+hanc ipsam legem etiam in Ecclesia, et quidem satis atrocitur, sćpč
+delinquitur tamen et Ecclesia et Ethnici iustissimam et optimam esse semper
+fassi sunt.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SIXTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius. Munsterus.] All things are common among them except
+  their wiues.
+
+Here Krantzius in the first place beginneth with such a gybe There be many
+notable things in their manners, &c. Moreouer, your wit being too hastie in
+affirming things vnknowen, doth here also diminish your credite. The
+experience as well of all things as of persons and times proueth your ouer
+greedie desire of noueltie, of fame and vaine glorie, and argueth your
+great negligence in maintaining the truth. O worthy writers.
+
+But whether the aforesayde things bee true or no, wee call the lawes of our
+Countrey to witnesse, which the Islanders from the beginning haue vsed all
+one with the Norwayes: of the King and his subiects: of the seate of
+iustice, and of law cases which come to be decided there, of inheritances:
+of adoptions, marriages, theft, extortions, lending, bargaines, and the
+rest: all which, to what purpose should they be enioyned vnto them with
+whom all things are common? We call to witnesse so many broyls and
+contentions in our courts, and places of iudgement in Island concerning
+goods mooueable, and immooueable: we call to witnesse our kings now of
+Denmarke, aforetime of Norway, who by so many billes of supplication out of
+Island in old time, and of late haue beene often interrupted, for the
+setting through of controuersies concerning possessions. Wee call Krantzius
+himselfe to witnesse against himselfe, whose words in the first section
+were these: Before the receiuing of Christian faith the Islanders liuing
+according to the lawe of nature did not much differ from our lawe &c. If by
+the lawe of nature, then doubtlesse by that lawe of iustice, which giueth
+to euery man his owne: If by the lawe of iustice, then certainely
+distinctions of properties and possessions must needes haue taken place in
+our Nation: and although this very lawe is often transgressed, and that
+haynously euen in the Church: notwithstanding both the Church, and also
+heathen men doe acknowledge it to be most iust and good.
+
+
+SECTIO SEPTIMA.
+
+Catulos suos et pueros ćquo habent in precio: Nisi quod ŕ pauperioribus
+  facilius impetrabis filium quŕm catulum, &c.
+
+Quamuis principio huius commentarioli censuerim, Munsterum et alios magni
+nominis viros, in ijs, quć de Islandia scripta reliquerunt, esse ŕ calumnć
+nota liberandos: num tamen id hîc, etiam ŕ candidissimo et maxime sincero
+quocunque fieri possit, non satis video. Quid enim mouit tantos viros, vt
+Nautarum maleuolas nugas et mendacia secuti, tam atroci et contumelioso
+opprobrio gentem nostram diffamarent, commacularentque? Nihil profectň,
+nisi secura ridendi et contemnendi gentem pauperem et ignotam, licentia, et
+si quć sunt huic vicia confinia.
+
+Cćterum nôrint omnes non tam Islandis, quŕm ipsis Authoribus, incommodare
+hoc mendacium. Cum enim illud, et plurima etiam alia in historiam suam
+accumulant, efficiunt vnŕ, vt alibi quoque suspectć fidei habeantur.
+Illudque quod ait Aristoteles lucrantur, vt cum vera dixerint, illis sine
+suspitione non credatur.
+
+Sed age Lector, subsiste paulisper, mecůmque grauitatem et sapientiam
+tantorum virorum expende: Ne tantum Islandić Elogium intactum prćtereamus.
+Docuerunt hactenus Krantzius et Munsterus: Islandos esse Christianos. Item:
+Islandos ante susceptam Christi fidem lege naturali vixisse. Item: Islandos
+vixisse lege quadam non multum ŕ lege Germanorum discrepante. Item: Vixisse
+eos in sancta simplicitate. Adesdum igitur Lector, et quas Christianismi,
+Legis naturalis, legis Germanorum, santć simplicitatis notas Authores illi
+requirant, et in Islandis monstrent ac depingant, perpende. Vna fuit supra,
+quňd infernum siue carcerem damnatorum montis Heclć voragine et radicibus
+circumscribant Islandi: de quo vide Sect. i. huius: et sect. 7. prior.
+part. Altera nota, quňd, cum Anabaptistis, proprietatum et dominiorum
+distinctiones tollant: de quo Sect. prćced. Tertia eŕque longe
+excellentissima hćc est: illi prćclari affectus naturales, amor, cura, et
+animus tam pius et paternus Islandorum in liberos, quňd videlicit eiusdem
+precij sint apud illos canes et filij, aut hi etiam viltoris. Siccine nobis
+Munstere et Krantzi. Legem Christi, naturć, Germanorum, et sanctam
+simplicitatem depingitis: O picturam prćclaram et excellentem, quamuis non
+prorsus Apellćam: O Inuentum acutum et admirandum, si benč authenticum: O
+scientiam plusquŕm humanam, etsi non prorsus diuinam.
+
+Nos verň Islandi, quamuis vltimi et gelidum conclusi ad Arcton, longč alias
+Christianismi notas requirimis. Nam et prćceptum Dei habemus, vt quilibet
+proximum diligat velut seipsum. Iam nemo est, puto, qui seipsum non plus
+diligat, aut pluris faciat, quŕm canem. Quod si tantus esse debet proximi
+cuiuslibet fauor, tanta ćstimatio, tantus amor, quantus qućso erit in
+liberos? Quorum arctissimum amorem, prćterquam quod ipsa parens natura
+nobis firmissimč conciliauit, etiam Lex diuina curam summam in enutriendo
+habere iussit (Exo. 12. 24. Ephe. 6, 4.) vt scilicet sint in sancto
+coniugio, Ecclesić qućdam seminaria, omnis pietatis et honestatis
+exercitia: Prout vates ille pulcherrimč cecinit.
+
+     Vult Ecclesiolam quamlibet esse domum.
+
+     Item: Coniugium humanć qućdam est Academia vitć.
+
+Vt iam satis constet, apud Christianos longč pluris faciendos et curandos
+filios, quŕm canes: Et, si qui non aliter curent, Christianos non esse.
+
+Sed et hic in prolem dulcissimam affectus naturalis in Ethnicis etiam satis
+apertč conspicitur: vt si quos hoc penitůs exueris, eosdem etiam homines
+esse negaueris. Monstrant id matres Carthaginenses, cum tertio bello Punico
+adolescentes quique lectissimi obsides in Siciliam mitterentur, quos illć
+fletu et lamentatione miserabili ad naues comitatć, et ex his qućdam ŕ
+filioram compleximus ćgrč diuulsć, cum ventis pandi vela cernerent,
+nauesque č portu egredi, dolore stimulante, in subiectos fluctus
+dissiluere: Sabellico authore. Monstrat Ćgeus, qui nauem filij Thesei, cum
+velis atri coloris, ex Creta redeuntem cerneret, perijsse filium ratus,
+vitam in proximis vndis finiuit. Sabellic. lib. 3. cap. 4. Monstrat
+Gordianus senior, Africć proconsul, qui similiter, ob rumores de morte
+filij, vitam suspendio clausit. Campofulgos. lib. 5. cap. 7. Monstrant idem
+Iocasta Creontis filia, Auctolia Sinonis F. Anius Tuscorum Rex, Orodes Rex
+Parthorum, et alij numero innumero. De quibus vide stat. lib. 2.
+Plutarchum, et alios, &c. Huc illud. Amor descendit, &c. Adeň, vt videas
+non minus esse homini proprium, sobolem intimč diligere, et summo amore
+prosequi, quŕm aut volare; vt si iam aliquando homines esse Islandos, nedum
+Christianos scriptores nostri fassi sint, hunc amorem et affectum in filios
+ijsdem, quantumuis inuiti et repugnantes, adscribant: sin minus, non modň
+hominis titulum et dignitatem illis detrahant, sed etiam infrŕ bruta et
+quasuis bestias, quć ipsć, stimulante natura, maximo prolis suć et
+arctissimo amore tenentur, deprimant.
+
+Non addam contra hoc impudens mendacium exempla etiam nostratium satis
+illustria: Tacebo leges nostras plagiarias ipsis Islandis antiquiores,
+quippe a Noruagis acceptas, quć exstant in codice legum nostrarum, titulo
+Mannhelge: cap. 5. Si quis hominem liberum (quemuis nedum filium) extraneis
+vendat, &c.
+
+Iam verň si quis eň fortunć deueniat, vt proprium filium, siue incolć, siue
+extranei alicuius potestati, vel fame vel extrema quacunque vrgente
+necessitate, aut periculo, permittat, ne familicum *media deficientem
+aspicere cogatur, canem verň in proprias dapes reseruet, Is minimč dicendus
+est filium ćquo aut inferiore loco habere quŕm canem, siue id faciant,
+Islandi, siue extranei quilibet.
+
+Offenderant fortč Germanorum vel Danorum nautć apud nos mendicos quosdam,
+liberis onustos, quorum hîc maximus est numerus, qui iocando, vt sunt nugis
+scurrilibus addicti, dixerint: Da mihi aut vende hoc vel illud: Cumque
+rogarint extranei: Quid tu mihi vicissim? Responderint mendici. Habeo
+liberos 10. vel 14. dabo ex eis vnum vel plures, &c. Solet enim ista
+mendicorum colluuies istiusmodi scurriles dialogismos cum extraneis
+instituere. Quod si tum quispiam bonus vir, misertus stoliditatis et inopić
+mendicorum, vno illos filio leuauerit, eique propter Deum in alijs terris,
+aliquo tandem modo benč prospexerit, num mendicus, qui alioqui cum filio,
+fame et paupertate moriturus, filium miserenti permittit et committit,
+filium istum suum minoris facit quŕm canem? Prćstitum est ŕ multis tam
+Islandis quŕm extraneis huiusmodi beneuolentić et commiserationis opus: ex
+quibus fuit vir nobilissimus Accilius Iulius ŕ serenissimo rege Danić olim
+missus ad Islandos, Anno Domini 1552. Qui vt audiui, 15. pueros pauperculos
+assumpsit et secum in Daniam auexit: Vbi postea ipsius beneficio singulos
+suo vitć generi addictos, in viros bonos et frugi euasisse, mihi narratum
+est.
+
+Quid si quis in extrema constitutus angustia, filium non modň vendat; sed
+si emptorem non habet, ipse mactet et comedat? Nota sunt huius rei exempla:
+Parentum videlicet inuitić crudelitatis in filios, stimulante non odio vel
+astorgia, sed ineuitabili necessitate compellente. Num quis inde vniuersale
+gentis alicuius conuicium exstruxerit? Legimus, in obsidione Samarić matres
+duas filios suos mactasse, et coctos comedisse: 4. Reg. C. 6. Legimus in
+obsidione Ierosolymitana, quam flebilis fuerit vox miserrimć matris, filium
+misellum iam mactaturć. Infans, ait, (referam enim Eusebij verba de hac re,
+etsi notissima, vt miserć matris affectus appareat,) miselle et infelix,
+cuinam in hoc belli. famis, et seditionis tumultu, te commodč reseruem? Si
+Romanorum subijciamur imperio, illic seruitutis iugo pressi, vitam
+infoeliciter exigemus. Sed seruitutum credo fames anteuertet. Accedit
+factiosorum prćdonum turba, his vtrisque miserijs toleratu multň asperior.
+Age igitur mi gnate, sis matri cibus, sis prćdonibus furia, sis communi
+hominum vitć fabula, quć res vna ad Iudćorum calamitates deesse videtur.
+Quć cum dixisset, natum trucidat, assatumque dimidium mox comedit, dimidium
+reseruat &c. Eusebius libro 3. capite 6. Iam quis est, qui non credat
+misserrimam hanc matrem filium hunc suum, domini alicuius, si se
+obtulisset, apud quem credidisset seruatum iri, aut emptoris possessioni
+fuisse permissuram? Nota est fames, Calagurium, Hispanić vrbem, olim ŕ
+Cneio Pompeio obsessam opprimens (Val. libro septimo cap. 7.) cuius
+ciuibus, vxores et liberi in vsum estremć dapis conuersi sunt, quos
+profectň; pro cibarijs et alijs dapibus haud inuiti vendidissent. Nota est
+quoque fames, quć Anno Domini 851. (Vincent. libro 25. cap. 36.) Germaniam
+attriuit, vt etiam pater filium suum deuorare voluerit. Notum etiam est,
+post mortem Henrici septimi Imperat fame per triennium continuata, quomodo
+parentes liberos, vel liberi parentes deuorarint, et prćcipuč quidem in
+Polonia et Bohemia. Et ne exempla tantům antiqua petamus, accepimus tantam
+annonć sćuitiam, Anno 1586. et 1587. in Hungaria grassatam fuisse, vt
+quidam alimentorum inopia adacti immanissimo Christianorum hosti proprios
+liberos vendiderint, et in perpetuum seruitutis iugum manciparint: quidam
+paruulos suos, quos vlterius tolerare non sustinebant, crudeli misericordia
+in Danubium proiecisse, et, suffocasse dicantur. Sed, num hćc et similia
+exempla quempiam eň insanić adigent, vt dicat hanc vel illam nationem,
+liberos in escam propriam mactare *consuettisse, Turcis libenter vendere,
+aut aquis submergere et suffocare solitam esse? Non opinor. Sic neque, quňd
+mendici apud Islandos, extrema vrgente necessitate, cuius durissimi sunt
+morsus, filios suos libenter amittant, toti genti, et quidem probri loco,
+communiter adscribendum est ŕ quoquam, nisi apud eundem omnis pudor,
+candor, humanitas, veritas exulent.
+
+Cćterum optarim ego, parcius Islandis canum curam exprobrare illos populos,
+quorum matronć, et prćcipuč nobiles, canes in maximis delicijs habent, vt
+eos vel in plateis, ne dicam in sacris concionibus, sinum gestent, quem
+morem in peregrinis quibusdam, quos Romć catulos simiarum et canum in
+gremio circumferre Cćsar conspexit, hac qućstione reprehendit, dum
+qućreret: Numquid apud ipsos mulieres liberos non parerent? Monens errare
+eos, qui ŕ natura inditos sibi affectus, quibus in amorem hominum ac
+prćcipuč sobolis incitarentur, in bestias transferunt, quarum deliciarum
+voluptas Islandorum gentem, nunquam cepit aut habuit. Quare iam Munstere et
+Krantzi, alias nobis Christianitatis, (vt sic dicam) legis naturć, legis
+item Germanorum, et sanctć simplicitatis notas qusente.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SEVENTH SECTION.
+
+They make all one reckoning of their whelpes, and of their children: except
+  that of the poorer sort you shall easier obtaine their sonne then their
+  shalke.
+
+Although in the beginning of this Treatise I thought that Munster and other
+men of great name in those things which they haue left written concerning
+Islande, were not to bee charged with slander, yet whether that fauour may
+here be shewed by any man whatsoeuer (be he neuer so fauourable, and neuer
+so sincere) I doe not sufficiently conceiue. For what should moue such
+great men, following the despightful lyes, and fables of mariners, to
+defame and staine our nation with so horrible and so shamefull a reproch?
+Surely nothing else but a carelesse licentiousnesse to deride and contemne
+a poore and vnknowen Nation, and such other like vices.
+
+But, be it knowen to all men that this vntrueth doth not so much hurt to
+the Islanders, as to the authors themselues. For in heaping vp this, and a
+great number of others into their Histories, they cause their credite in
+other places also to be suspected: And hereby they gaine thus muche (as
+Aristotle sayth) that when they speake trueth no man will beleeue them
+without suspition.
+
+But attend a while (Reader) and consider with me the grauitie and wisedome
+of these great Clarkes: that we may not let passe such a notable
+commendation of Island. Krantzius and Munster haue hitherto taught, that
+the Islanders are Christians. Also: that before receiuing of Christian
+faith they liued according to the lawe of Nature. Also: that the Islanders
+liued after a law not much differing from the lawe of the Germanes. Also,
+that they liued in holy simplicitie.
+
+Attend I say (good Reader) and consider, what markes of Christianitie, of
+the lawe of nature, of the Germanes law, of holy simplicitie, these authors
+require, and what markes they shew and describe in the Islanders. There was
+one of the sayd markes before: namely, that the Islanders doe place hell or
+the prison of the damned, within the gulfe and bottome of mount Hecla:
+concerning which, reade the first section of this part, and the seuenth
+section of the former. The seconde marke is, that with the Anabaptists they
+take away distinctions of properties and possessions: in the section next
+going before. The third and most excellent is this: those singular and
+natural affections, that loue and tender care, and that fatherly and godly
+minde of the Islanders towards their children, namely, that they make the
+same accompt of them, or lesse then they doe of their dogges. What? Will
+Munster and Krantzius after this fashion picture out vnto vs the lawe of
+Christ, the lawe of nature, the lawe of the Germanes, and holy simplicitie?
+O rare and excellent picture, though not altogether matching the skill of
+Apelles: O sharpe and wonderfull inuention, if authenticall: O knowledge
+more then humane, though not at all diuine.
+
+But wee Islanders (albeit the farthest of all nations and inhabiting a
+frozen clime) require farre other notes of Christianitie. For we haue the
+commaundement of God, that euery man should loue his neighbour as himselfe.
+Nowe there is none (I suppose) that doeth not loue or esteeme more of
+himselfe then of his dogge. And if there ought to bee so great fauour, so
+great estimation, so great loue vnto our neighbour, then how great
+affection doe we owe vnto our children? The most neare and inseparable loue
+of whom, besides that nature hath most friendly setled in our mindes, the
+loue of God also commaundeth vs to haue speciall regard in trayning them vp
+(Exod 12. 24. Ephes. 6. 4.) namely that there may be in holy marriage
+certaine seminaries of Gods Church, and exercises of all pietie and
+honestie according to the excellent saying of the Poet--
+
+     God will haue each family,
+     A little Church to be,
+
+Also,
+
+     Of humane life or mans societie,
+     A Schole or College is holy matrimonie
+
+That it may be manifest, that among Christians their sonnes are more to be
+accompted of and regarded, then their dogges: and if any doe no otherwise
+esteeme of them, that they are no Christians.
+
+But this naturall affection towarde our most deare of-spring is plainely
+seene in the heathen themselues: that whomsoeuer you totally depriue of
+this, you denie them also to bee men. The mothers of Carthage testifie this
+to be true, when as in the third Punic warre the most choyse and gallant
+young men in all the Citie were sent as pledges into Sicilia, whom they
+followed vnto the shippes with most miserable weeping and lamentation, and
+some of them being with griefe separated from their deare sonnes, when they
+sawe the saules hoysed, and the shippes departing out of the hauen, for
+very anguish cast themselues headlong into the water: as Sabellicus
+witnesseth. Egćus doth testifie this, who when he sawe the shippe of his
+sonne Theseus, returning out of Creete with blacke sayles, thinking that
+his sonne had perished, ended his life in the next waters: Sabell lib. 3.
+cap 4. Gordianus the elder, Proconsul of Affrica, doth testifie this, who
+likewise, vpon rumours of the death of his sonne, hanged himselfe. Campoful
+lib 5. cap. 7. Also, Iocasta the daughter of Creon, Auctolia daughter of
+Simon, Anius King of the Thuscans, Orodes King of the Parthians, and an
+infinite number of others. Concerning whom reade Plutarch stat. lib. 2. and
+other authors, &c. To these may be added that sentence, Loue descendeth,
+&c. So that you see, it is no lesse proper to a man entirely to loue his
+children, then for a bird to flie: that if our writers at any time haue
+confessed the Islanders to be men (muche lesse to be Christians,) they
+must, will they nill they, ascribe vnto them this loue and affection
+towardes their children: if not, they doe not onely take from them the
+title and dignitie of men, but also they debase them vnder euery brute
+beast, which euen by the instinct of nature are bound with exceeding great
+loue, and tender affection towards their young ones.
+
+I will not adde against this shamelesse vntruth most notable examples of
+our owen countreymen: I will omit our lawes of man-stealing, more ancient
+then the Islanders themselues, being receiued from the Noruagians, and are
+extant in our booke of lawes vnder the title Manhelge cap. 5, Whosoeuer
+selleth a free man (any man much more a sonne) vnto strangers, &c.
+
+Now if any man be driuen to that hard fortune, that he must needs commit
+his own sonne into the hands of some inhabitant or stranger, being vrged
+thereunto by famine, or any other extreame necessity, that he may not be
+constrained to see him hunger-starued for want of sustenance, but keepeth
+his dogge still for his owne eating, this man is not to be sayd, that he
+esteemeth equally or more basely of his sonne then of his dogge: whether
+Islanders or any other countreymen do the same.
+
+[Sidenote: The occasion of this slander.] The Germane or the Danish
+mariners might perhaps find amongst vs certaine beggars laden with children
+(for we haue here a great number of them) who in iesting maner, for they
+are much giuen to trifling talke, might saye: Giue me this, or sell me
+that: and when the stranger should aske, What will you giue me for it? the
+beggar might answere: I haue ten or foureteene children, I will giue you
+some one or more of them, &c. For this rabble of beggars vseth thus fondly
+to prate with strangers. Now if there be any well-disposed man, who pitying
+the need and folly of these beggers, releaseth them of one sonne, and doth
+for Gods sake by some meanes prouide for him in another countrey: doth the
+begger therefore (who together with his sonne being ready to die for hunger
+and pouerty, yeeldeth and committeth his sonne into the hands of a
+mercifull man) make lesse account of his sonne then of his dogge? Such
+works of loue and mercie haue bene performed by many, as well Islanders
+themselues as strangers: one of which number was that honourable man
+Accilius Iulius, being sent by the most gracious King of Denmarke into
+Island in the yere of our Lord 1552, who, as I haue heard, tooke, and
+carried with him into Denmarke fiftene poore boyes: where afterward it was
+reported vnto me, that, by his good meanes euery one of them being bound to
+a seuerall trade, proued good and thriftie men.
+
+What if some man be driuen to that passe, that he doth not onely sell his
+sonne but not finding a chapman, his owne selfe killeth and eateth him?
+Examples of this kinde be common, namely of the vnwilling and forced
+cruelty of parents towards their children, not being pricked on through
+hate, or want of naturall affection, but being compelled thereunto by
+vrgent necessity. Shall any man hereupon ground a generall reproch against
+a whole nation? We reade that in the siege of Samaria, two mothers slew
+their sonnes, and eat them sodden: 4. King, chap. 6. We reade in the siege
+of Ierusalem, how lamentable the voice of that distressed mother was, being
+about to kill her tender childe: My sweete babe, sayth she (for I will
+report Eusebius owne words, concerning this matter, though very common,
+that the affection of a mother may appeare) borne to miserie and mishap,
+for whom should I conueniently reserue thee in this tumult of famine, of
+warre, and sedition? If we be subdued to the gouernment of the Romans, we
+shall weare out our vnhappy dayes vnder the yoke of slauery. But I thinke
+famine will preuent captiuity. Besides, there is a rout of seditious rebels
+much more intollerable then either of the former miseries. Come on
+therefore, my sonne, be thou meat vnto thy mother, a fury to these rebels,
+and a byword in the common life of men, which one thing onely is wanting to
+make vp the calamities of the Iewes. These sayings being ended, she killeth
+her sonne, roasting and eating one halfe, and reseruing the other, &c.
+Eusebius lib 3. cap. 6. Now, what man will not beleeue that this vnhappy
+mother would full gladly haue passed ouer this her sonne into the
+possession of some master or chapman, if she could haue happened vpon any
+such, with whom she thought he might haue beene preserued: That famine is
+well knowen which oppressed Calagurium, a city of Spaine, when in olde time
+Cneius Pompeius layed siege thereunto (Valerius lib. 7. cap. 7.) the
+citizens whereof conuerted their wiues and children into meat for the
+satisfying of their extreame hunger, whom doubtlesse they would with all
+their heartes haue solde for other victuals. That famine also is well
+knowen which in the yere of our Lord 851. (Vincent lib. 35. cap 26.)
+afflicted Germany, insomuch that the father was glad to deuoure his owne
+sonne. It was well knowen after the death of the Emperour Henry the
+seuenth, in a famine continuing three whole yeres, how the parents would
+deuoure their children, and the children their parents, and that especially
+in Polonia and Bohemia. And that we may not onely allege ancient examples:
+it is reported that there was such a grieuous dearth of corne in the yeeres
+1586, and 1587, thorowout Hungary, that some being compelled for want of
+food were faine to sell their children vnto the most bloudy and barbarous
+enemy of Christians, and so to enthrall them to the perpetuall yoke of
+Turkish slauery: and some are sayd to haue taken their children, whom they
+could no longer sustaine, and with cruell mercy to haue cast them into
+Danubius, and drowned them. But should these stories and the like make any
+man so mad as to affirme that this or that nation accustometh to kill their
+children for their owne food, and to sell them willingly vnto the Turks, or
+to drowne and strangle them willingly in the water? I cannot thinke it. So
+neither (because beggers in Island being enforced through extreame and
+biting necessitie, do willingly part with their sonnes) is this custome
+generally to be imputed vnto the whole nation, and that by way of disgrace,
+by any man, except it be such an one who hath taken his leaue of all
+modesty, plaine dealing, humanity, and trueth.
+
+But I could wish that the loue of dogges in Islanders might be more
+sparingly reprehended by those people, whose matrons, and specially their
+noble women, take so great delight in dogs, that they carry them in their
+bosomes thorow the open streetes. I will not say in Churches: which feshion
+Cćsar blamed in certaine strangers, whom he sawe at Rome carrying about
+yoong apes and whelpes in their armes, asking them this question: Whether
+women in their countrey brought foorth children or no? signifying heereby,
+that they do greatly offend who bestow vpon beasts these naturall
+affections, wherewith they should be inuited to the loue of mankinde, and
+specially of their owne ofspring, which strange pleasure neuer ouertooke,
+nor possessed the nation of the Islanders. Wherefore now (Munster and
+Krantzius) you must finde vs out other marks of Christianity, of the law of
+nature, of the Germans law, and of holy simplicity.
+
+SECTIO OCTAVA.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius Munsterus] Episcopum suum colunt pro Rege ad cuius
+  nutum respicit totus populus. Quicquid ex lege, scripturis, et ex
+  consuetudine aliarum gentium constituit, quŕm sancte obseruant.
+
+Fuit equidem initio ferč ad repurgatam Euangelij doctrinam maxima Episcopi
+obseruantia; sed nunquam tanta vt exteris legibus aut consuetudini cederent
+nostrć leges politicć, ex nutu Episcopi. Nec tempore Alberti Krantzij,
+multň minus Munsteri (quorum ille 1517, hic 1552. post partum salutiferum
+decessit) Episcopi Islandorum regiam obtinuerunt authoritatem, cům scilicet
+multi ex ijs, qui diuitijs paulň plus valebant aduersus ipsos consurgere
+non dubitarint; quć res apud nostrates liquido constat. Intenm tamen
+Episcopi, anathematis fulmine terribiles, alios in suam potestatem
+redegerunt, alios furibunda sćuitia id temporis persecuti sunt.
+
+Porrň etsi tum fuit magna, imň maxima Episcopi obseruantia, tamen nunc
+dispulsis tenebris Papisticis, alia ratione homines Satan aggreditur,
+eorůmque mentes contemptus libertate et refractaria contumacia, aduersus
+Deum et sacrum ministerium, etiam hîc armare non negligit.
+
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE EIGHTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Krantzius, Munsterus] They honour their Bishop as their King
+  vnto whose command all the whole people haue respect. Whatsoeuer he
+  prescribeth out of the law, the scriptures, or the customes of other
+  nations, they do full holily obserue.
+
+There was indeed at the beginning, about the time of the reformation of
+religion, great reuerence had vnto the bishop; but neuer so great, that our
+politique lawes at the bishops command should giue place to outlandish
+lawes and customes. Neither in the time of Albertus Krantzius, much lesse
+of Munster (of which two the first deceased in the yere of our Lord 1517,
+and the second 1552) the bishops of Island had the authonty of kings, when
+as many of the country which were of the richer sort, would not doubt to
+rebell against them; which thing is too well knowen in our countrey. Yet in
+the meane time, the bishops being terrible with their authority of
+excommunication, reduced some vnder their subiection, and others at that
+time they cruelly persecuted.
+
+Moreouer, albeit at that time the bishop was had in great, yea, in
+exceeding great reuerence, yet now adayes, the darkenesse of popery being
+dispelled, the deuill assaulteth men after another sort, and euen here
+amongst vs, he is not slacke to arme their minds with contempt, and
+peruerse stubburnnesse against God, and his holy ministery.
+
+
+SECTIO NONA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munster.] Illic victitant plerumque piscibus, propter magnam
+  penuriam frumenti, quod aliunde ŕ maritimis ciuitatibus infertur: & qui
+  inde cum magno lucro pisces exportant. Item Munsterus. Illic piscibus
+  induratis vtuntur loco panis qui illic non crescit.
+
+Vide Lector, quŕm Munsterum iuuet, eadem oberrare chorda: vt cum de gente
+ignota nihil scribere possit, quod coloris aliquid habeat, vel falsa
+afferre, vel eadem sćpius repetere, sicque cramben eandem recoquere
+sustineat: Dixerat enim paulň ante, Islandos piscibus viuere. Verba ipsius
+superiůs etiam recitata, hćc sunt. Islandia populos continet multos, solo
+pecorum pastu et nunc captura piscium victitantes, etc. Et vt cćtera
+transeam in quibus leue quiddam notari poterat: Illud sanč, panem in
+Islandia non crescere, perquam verům est. Quod etiam illi cum Germania
+commune esse crediderim, quňd videlicet nec illic panis crescat, nisi fortč
+in Munsteri, agro, vbi etiam acetum naturale optimč crescit. Sed hćc,
+troporum indulgentia, scilicet, salua erunt. Ad conicia autem, quć ex victu
+Islandorum petunt extranei, infrŕ paucis respondebitur, Sect. 15.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE NINTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus.] They liue there for the most part vpon fishes,
+  because of their great want of corne, which is brought in from the port
+  townes of other countreys: who cary home fishes from thence with great
+  gaine. Also Munster sayth, they do there vse stockefish in stead of
+  bread, which groweth not in that countrey.
+
+Consider (friendly reader) how Munster is delighted to harpe vpon one
+string, that when he can write nothing of an vnknowen nation which may cary
+any shew with it, he is faine either to bring in falshood, or often to
+repeat the same things, and so to become tedious vnto his reader: for he
+sayd a little before, that the Islanders liue vpon fish. His words aboue
+recited were these: Island conteineth many people liuing onely with the
+food of cattell, and sometimes by taking of fishes. And that I may omit the
+rest in which some trifle might be noted whereas he sayeth that bread
+groweth not in Island: it is most true: which I thinke is common therewith
+to Germany also, because bread groweth not there neither, except it be in
+Munsters field where naturall vineger also doth marueillously encrease. But
+these toyes, by the liberty of rethoricke forsooth, shall be out of danger.
+Howbeit, vnto these reproches, which strangers do gather from the meats and
+drinks of the Islanders, we will hereafter briefly answere, Sect. 15.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: Munster. Krantzius.] Incolć res maiorum et sui temporis
+  celebrant cantibus et insculpunt scopulis, atque promontorijs, vt nulla,
+  nisi cum naturć iniuria, intercidant apud posteritatem.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] Citharćdi, et qui testudine ludunt, apud eos
+  reperiuntur quŕm plurimi, qui prćdulci modulamine et volucres et pisces
+  irretiant et capiant.
+
+[Sidenote: Veterum gesta apud Islandes conseruata.] Quin veterum gesta
+aliquot cantibus et poematibus nostratium, vt et soluta oratione, apud nos
+conseruentur, non negamus. Quňd verň ŕ nobis aut maioribus nostris eadem
+scopulis vel promontorijs insculpta sunt, eam non licet nobis, vt neque
+illam tantam Citharćdorum, aues aut pieces demulcentium, laudem accipere.
+Statuimus enim animi esse generosi ac veracis, vt crimina falsa refellere,
+ita laudem immeritam sibi haud vendicare, nec, etsi quis tribuat,
+agnoscere.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE TENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: Munsterus. Krantzius.] The inhabitants do celebrate the actes of
+  their ancestours, and of their times, with songs, and they graue them in
+  rocks and promontories, that they may not decay with posterity, but onely
+  by the defect of nature.
+
+[Sidenote: Frisius.] There be diuers found amongst them that be minstrels,
+  and can play vpon the lute, who with their delectable musicke ensnare and
+  take both fowles and fishes.
+
+[Sidenote: The Islanders preserue in writing the acts of their ancestors.]
+We denie not but that some woorthy actes of our forefathers be reserued in
+the songs and poemes of our countreymen, as also in prose: but that the
+same things haue beene engrauen by vs, or by our ancestors in rocks or
+promontories, we may in no case acknowledge that praise be due vnto vs, nor
+yet the other of minstrels, and taking of birds and fishes. For we holde it
+to be part of an honest and ingenuous mind, as to refute false crimes, so
+not to challenge vndeserued praise vnto himselfe, nor to accept it being
+offered.
+
+
+SECTIO VNDECIMA.
+
+Sed cum scriptoribus iam dictis, viris alioqui spectatć eruditionis et
+preclari nominis, qui tamen hćc ita inconsideratč scriptis suis
+interseruerunt, actionis finis esto.
+
+     Etiam magna mei pars est exhaosta laboris:
+
+Sed restat tamen fćtus ille vipereus Germanicus, quem idcircň anonymum
+secundo partu mater edi voluit, vt venenatis aculeis nomen Islandorum tantň
+liberiůs pungeret.
+
+Porrň licet aduersus hanc bestiam in arenam descendere non dubitem, omnibus
+tamen constate volo, quonam hoc animo faciam, videlicet, non vt cum illius
+pestifera virulentia, conuicijs aut maledicentia certem (Nam vt est in
+triuiali paroemia,
+
+     Hoc scio pro certo, quod si cum stercore certo,
+     Vinco, seu vincor, semper ego maculor:)
+
+Sed vt bonis et cordatis omnibus, etiam extraneis, satisfaciam qui
+maledicentiam istam Germanicam lecturi vel audituri sunt, aut olim
+audierint, ne et hi nos meritň calumniam tantam sustinere credant: Tum
+etiam vt alios qui istis virulentis rhythmis Germanicis, in gentis nostrć
+opprobrium vtuntur, et inde dicteria et comumeliosas subsannationes ad
+despiciendos Islandos petunt, ab ilia mordendi licentia in posterum, si
+fieri possit, abducamus.
+
+Ergň, ne longis ambagibus Lectori fastidium oratio nostra pariat, ad ea
+narranda accedam, quć maledicus ille Gennanus in suum pasquillum congessit:
+Quem etiam sua de Islandis carmina Encomiastica recitantem in his pagellis
+introducerem, nisi prćuiderem foetum ilium probrosum, tot et tam varijs
+maledictis turgidum, omnibus bonis nauseam mouere posse, ac sua spurcitie
+ab ijs legendis absterrere.
+
+Referam igitur prćcipua, (ijs scilicet omissis quć cum alijs communia
+habet, atque hactenus ventilata sunt) sed, quŕm ille, longe mitius; ne, vt
+dixi, linguć ipsius obscoena petulantia, aures bonć et eruditć offendantur:
+Qui ipsum videre aut audire volet, qućrat apud propolas. Nobis inquam, non
+est in animo putida ipsius calumnia et conuiciorum sentina, has chartas
+inquinare. [Sidenote: 1. Obiectio seu conuicium.] Primům igitur obijcit
+Germanicus hic noster, si Dijs placet, Historicus: Multos ex pastoribus
+Islandić toto biennio sacram concionem ad populum nullam habere: Vt in
+priore editione, huius pasquilli legitur, quod tamen posterior editio
+eiusdem refutat: Dicens, eosdem pastores in integro anno tantum quinquies
+concionari solitos: quć duo quŕm ritč sibi consentiant, videas bone Lector,
+cum constet Authorem mox ŕ prima editione vix vidisse Islandiam. Ita
+scilicet plerúmque mendacium mendacio proditur, iuxta illud: Verum verň
+consentit; Falsum nec vero nec falso.
+
+Sed com nostrum non sit veritatem vspiam dissimulare, nos haud negandum
+ducimus conciones sacras circa id tempus, quo iste Sycophanta in Islandia
+vixit, nempe anno 1554. aut circiter multň fuisse rariores, quŕm sunt
+hodič, tum scilicet tenebris Papisticis vix dum discussis. Quod etiam de
+Psalmis Dauidicis ŕ vulgo Latinč demurmuratis, vt idem nostratibus
+exprobrat, intelligere est: Papistć enim totam spem salutis in sua Missa
+collocantes, de concione aut doctrina parum fuere solliciti. Postquam verň
+caligine illa exempti sumus, aliter se rem habere, Deo imprimis gratias
+agimus: Licet quorundam pastorum nostrorum tardam stupiditatem, segnitiem
+et curam prćposteram non possimus omni modo excusare. Quod vtrum in nullos
+suorum popularium etiam competat, alić quoque nationes viderint.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE ELEVENTH SECTION.
+
+But now, let this be the end of our controuersie with the authours
+aforesayd, being otherwise men of excellent learning, and of great renoume,
+who notwithstanding so inconsiderately haue entermedled these things in
+their writings. And now the better part of my labour is finished.
+
+But yet there remaynes that viperous German brood, the mother whereof would
+haue come to light, as it were at a second birth, without name, that it
+might so much the more freely wound the fame of the Islanders with venomous
+sting.
+
+Moreouer, although I be not afrayd to encounter with this beast, yet would
+I haue all men to know with what minde I vndertake this enterprise, namely,
+not that I meane to contend with his pestiferous rancour, by reproches, and
+railing speeches (for as it is in the common prouerbe:
+
+  I know, that if I striue with dung most vile,
+  How ere it be, my selfe I shall defile);
+
+but that I may satisfie all honest and well affected men, euen strangers
+themselues, who shall hereafter reade or heare, or haue heretofore heard
+that Germane pasquill, least they also should thinke that we woorthily
+sustaine so monstrous a disgrace: and also that I may from henceforth, if
+it be possible, restraine others (who vse those venomous Germaine rimes to
+the vpbrading of our nation, and from hence borrow their scoffes, and
+reproachfull taunts to the debasing of vs Iselanders) from that libertie of
+backbiting.
+
+Therefore, that I may not be tedious to the reader with long circumstances,
+I will come to the rehearsing of those things which that railing Germane
+hath heaped vp in his leud pasquill: whom also I could bring in, repeating
+his friendly verses of the Ilanders, within the compasse of this my booke,
+but that I doe foresee that the sayd slanderous libell being stuffed with
+so many and diuers reproches, might breed offence to all honest men, and
+deterre them from reading it, with the filthinesse thereof.
+
+I will therefore repeat the principall matters (omitting those things which
+he hath common with others, or, that heretofore haue been examined) but
+farre more modestly then he, least (as I sayd) I cause good and learned
+mens cares to tingle at his leud and vnseemely rimes: that they are
+desirous to see or heare him let them enquire at the Stationers. It is no
+part of our meaning (I say) to defile these papers with his stinking
+slanders, or with the filthy sinke of his reproches.
+
+[Sidenote: The first obiection or reproch.] First therefore, this our
+goodly Germaine Historiographer obiecteth that there be many Pastours in
+Island, which preach not to their people once in two yeres, as it is read
+in the former edition of this pasquill, which notwithstanding the latter
+edition doth refute: saying that the sayd Pastours vse to preach but fiue
+times in an whole yeere which two, how well they agree together, let the
+reader be iudge, seeing it is manifest that the authour himselfe, presently
+after the first edition, had scarse seene Island. So oftentimes one he
+betrayeth another, according to that saying: Trueth agreeth vnto trueth;
+but falshood agreeth neither to trueth nor to falshood.
+
+But sith it is our part not to dissemble the trueth in any place, we will
+not denie that holy sermons, about the time wherein this sycophant liued in
+Island, namely in the yere 1554, were seldomer in vse then they are at this
+day, namely, the darkenesse of popery being scarsely at that time
+dispelled. Which also is to be vnderstood concerning the Psalmes of Dauid
+mumbled by the common people in Latine, as he casteth vs in the teeth: for
+the Papists grounding all the hope of their saluation in the Masse, did
+little regard the sermon or doctrine. But after we were freed from that
+mist, it hath bene (God be thanked) farre otherwise with vs: although we
+cannot altogether excuse the dulnesse, slouth, and preposterous care of
+certeine of our Pastours. Which, whether it agreeth to any of their
+countreymen or no, let other nations iudge.
+
+
+SECTIO DUODECIMA.
+
+[Sidenote: 2. Conuitium] Secundň calumniatur vitilitigator: Adulteria et
+  scortationes non modň publica esse et frequentia scelera inter Islandos:
+  sed ab ijs pro scelere ne haberi quidem.
+
+Etsi autem foedissimć istć turpitudines etiam in nostra repub. non prorsus
+inusitatć sunt: tamen cum omnibus constet in alijs quoque nationibus longč
+etiam frequentiores esse, cum ibi quoque populi frequentia maior: immeritň
+et malignč hoc nomine magis Islandos, quŕm populos et gentes reliquas,
+quarum, vt dixi, nomen etiam plus nostratibus hoc crimine malč audit,
+notauit.
+
+Et licet ex animo optarim longč minus ad scelera, et turpitudines in nostra
+patria conniueri, quŕm passim hîc fieri videmus: tamen etiam innata illa
+mordendi libidine, hoc veterator in prćsenti conuitio attexuit: videlicet,
+quňd scelera ista ab Islandis pro scelere non habeantur. Nam in quâ demum
+repub. id impudens ille asserere audet? Illane; quć in legem codicis ll.
+titulo Mannhelge: cap. 28. iurauit; quć statuit, vt iterum adulterium qui
+cum coniuge alterius commiserit, confiscatis suis bonis, capite etiam
+pectatur? Illane, quć pro adulterio, ŕ famulo cum vxore domini commisso,
+non ita dudum 80. thalerorum mulctam irrogauit? Illane, quć eundem, si ad
+statutum tempus non soluerit vel vades dederit, in exilium proscribendum
+decreuit? Illane: cuius leges politicć, quemuis in adulterio cum vxore, ŕ
+viro legitime deprehensum, si euaserit, homicidij mulctam expendere iubent?
+Illane, cuius itidem leges politicć, in complexu matris, filić aut sororis,
+ŕ filio, patre, vel fratre deprehensum, vitam suam midio eius, quod quis si
+eundem insontem interfecisset, expendere teneretur, redimere iubent?
+Illane, cuius leges politicć adultorium sceleris infandi nomine notarunt et
+damnarunt? Et in eo tertiň deprehensum, capite plectendum seuerč mandant?
+
+Cernis igitur, Lector benigne, quŕm iniurium habeamus notarium, dicentem:
+Adulterium et scortationes in Islandia peccati aut sceleris nomen non
+mereri. Nam licet politici quidam hoc vel illud scelus impunitum omittant,
+non debet tota gens, non leges, non boni et pij omnes, eo nomine in ius
+vocari, aut male audire.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE TWELFTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: The second reproach. ] Secondly, the trifler shamefully
+  reporteth, that adulteries and whoredomes are not onely publique, and
+  common vices amongst Islanders: but that they are not accounted by them
+  for vices.
+
+Although indeed these most filthy abominations, euen in our common wealth,
+be not altogether vnusuall: notwithstanding, since al men know that they
+are farre more common in other nations, where be greater multitudes of
+people, he did vndeseruedly, and maliciously note the Islanders rather with
+this reproch, then other people and nations, who are more infamous with
+this crime then our countreymen.
+
+And albeit I wish with all mine heart that vices and enormities were much
+lesse wincked at in our countrey, then we see they are, yet notwithstanding
+this iugler by reason of his naturall inclination to backbiting, hath added
+this in his last reproch: namely that these vices by the Iselanders are not
+accounted for vice. For, in what common wealth dare the impudent companion
+affirme this to be true? What? in that common wealth which hath sworne to
+obserue the law contained in our statute booke vnder the title of Manhelge
+chap 28, whereby it is enacted, that whosoeuer committeth adultery with
+another man's wife the second time, his goods being confiscate, he shall be
+punished with death? Or in that common wealth, which not long since hath
+inflicted the penalty of 80 dollers vpon a seruant committing adultery with
+his masters wife? Or in that common wealth which hath decreed that if he
+doth not pay, nor lay in sureties at the day appointed he shalbe banished
+the country? Or in that common wealth the politike lawes whereof doe
+streightly command that whosoeuer be according to law found in adultery
+with another man's wife, by her husband, if he escape, he shall vndergoe
+the punishment of manslaughter? Or in that common wealth, the politike
+lawes whereof do also enioyne a man that is taken in carnall copulation
+with the mother, daughter, or sister, by the sonne, father, or brother, to
+redeeme his life with the one halfe of that which he oaght to haue payed,
+if he had shed the innocent bloud of the sayd party? Or in that common
+wealth the pollitike lawes whereof haue noted and condemned adultery vnder
+the name of a most heinous offence? And do straightly command that he which
+is taken the third time in that beastly act shalbe punished with death?
+
+You see therefore (friendly readers) what an iniurious Notary we haue,
+affirming that adultery and whoredome in Island deserueth not the name of
+sinne and wickednesse for although some officers let slip this or that vice
+vnpunished, yet ought not the whole nation, nor the lawes, nor all good and
+godly men, in that regard, to be accused or euill spoken of.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMATERTIA.
+
+[Sidenote: 3. Conuitium] Tertium conuicium est, quo fraudis et perfidić
+erga Germanos Islandis notam inurit. Fuit autem proculdubio famosi huius
+libelli author, cerdo et propola circumforaneus, multňsque Ilandić angulos,
+sordidć mercaturć gratia, ostintim adierat: quod ipse de se in prćclaris
+illi suis rythmis testatur, maximam Islandić partem sibi peragratam esse.
+Vnde cum ipse mala fide cum mulus egerit (plerumque enim fraus et mendacia
+coniunguntur, et mendacem se fuisse, hac ingenij sui experientia satis
+probauit) etiam fortč ŕ se deceptorum fraudem est expertus. Hinc illa in
+totam gentem criminatio extitit: Dissimulato intereŕ, qua fide quidam
+Germanorum, quibus annua est nauigatio ad Islandos, cum nostris hominibus
+agant. Ea autem querela, cum non alios conuiciari, sed aliorum in gentem
+nostram immerita conuncia monstrare instituerim, consultň supersedeo.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE THIRTEENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: The third reproach] The third reproch is, whereby he doth brand
+  the Islanders with the marke of deceit and trechery toward the Germans.
+
+Doubtles the author of this libell was some vagabond huckster or pedler,
+and had gone particularly into many corners of Island to vtter his trumpery
+wares, which he also testifieth of himselfe in his worthy rimes, that he
+had trauailed thorow the greatest part of Island, whereupon when he had
+played the cousining mate with others (for often times deceit and lying are
+ioyned together, and he hath sufficiently proued himselfe to be a liar, by
+this triall of his wit) peraduenture himselfe was beguiled by them whom he
+before time had defrauded.
+
+From hence proceedeth this slander, against our whole Nation: dissembling
+in the meane time with what honestie certaine Germans, making yerely
+voyages into Island, deale with our men. But seeing by this complaint I
+haue not determined to reproch others, but to lay open the vndeserued
+reproches of others against oar nation, I do here of purpose surcease.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMAQUARTA.
+
+[Sidenote: 4. 5. 6. & 7. Conuitia.] Quarto: negat in conuituijs quemquam
+  discumbentium ŕ mensa surgere: sed matres familias singulis conuiuis
+  quoties opus fuerit matellas porrigere. Prćtereŕ variam conuiuiorum
+  edendi bibendíque rusticitatem notat.
+
+Cubandi et prandendi ritus obijcit: quod decem plus minus in eodem lecto
+  promiscuč viri cum foeminis pernoctent, inque lecto cibum capiant: atque
+  interea se non nisi aleć aut latrunculorum ludo exerceant.
+
+Sexto. Calumniatur eosdem faciem et os vrina proluere.
+
+Septimo. Nuptiarum, sponsalium, natalitiorum celebritatem et funerum ritus
+  contemptuosč extenuat.
+
+Hćc et huiusmodi plurima in gentem insontem, imň de se et suis optimč
+meritam, impurus calumniator euomit. Quć quidem eius generis sunt, vt illi
+de his respondere prorsus dedignemur. Nam vt demus (quod tamen non damus)
+aliquid huiusmodi apud homines sordidos, et ex ipsa vulgi colluuie infimos,
+quibuscum longč sćpius, quŕm bonus et honestis conuersabatur,
+animaduertisse prćclarum hunc notarium Gemanicum (vixerat enim, vt eius
+rhythmi testantur, diutiuscule in locis maritimis Islandić, quo ferč
+promiscuum vulgus, tempore piscaturć annuatim confluit, et tam extraneorum
+nautarum, quŕm sua nequitia corruptum, sćpius inhonestč mores et vtam
+instituit) Tamen manifestiorem etiam hoc loco iniuriam nobis facit, vnius
+nebulonis et desperati Sycophantć turpitudine, totam gentem (vt ferč solent
+etiam alij) aspergendo, quŕm vt refutatione vlla indigeat. Cuius rei etiam
+ipsi extranei in nostra Insula non parum versati, locupletissimi testes
+esse possunt.
+
+Possem multas eius farinć foeditates, rusticitates et obscoenitates etiam
+in ipsius natione deprehensas colligere. Sed odi facundiam caninam, nec in
+aliorum opprobrium disertum esse iuuat: nec tam tenet esse volo, vt
+verbulis transuerberer. Id tantum viderint boni et pij omnes, cuius sit
+animi, pessima qućque ab vno aut altera designata, toti genti obijcere. Si
+quis Germanić aut alterius nationes vrbes et pagos omnes peragret, et
+scelera ac mores pessimos, furta, homicidia, parricidia, scortationes,
+adulteria, incestus luxuriem, rapinas et reliquas impietates et
+obscoenitates in vnum coactas, omnibus Germanis, aut alioqui alteri cuiuis
+toti nationi communes esse asserat, atque hćc omnia insigniter mentiendo,
+exaggeret, ísne optimć rei studiosus habebitur?
+
+Sed quid mirum, licet verbero, et, vt proprič notem, porcus impurus, iste,
+inquam, Rhythmista, naturam et ingenium suum eiusmodi loidoria prodiderit?
+
+Notum est enim porcos, cum hortos amćnissimos intrarint, nec lilium nec
+rosas aut flores alioqui pulcherrimos et suauissimos decerpere: Sed rostro
+in coenum prono, quicquid est luti et stercoris volutare, vertere et
+inuertere, donec impurissima, hoc est, suo genio apprimč congruentia
+eruant, vbi demum solida voluptate pascuntur.
+
+Ad istum igitur modum hic porcus Rythmista, optima, et quć in nostra Repub.
+laudabilia esse possunt, sicco pede prćterit, pessima qućque atque ea, vel
+ŕ nullo, vel admodum paucis designata, hoc est, suć naturć, et ingenio
+aptissima, vt se esse, qui dicitur, re ipsa probaret, corrasit; vnde
+posthac porci nomen ex moribus et ingenio ipsius factum, sortitor.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FOURTEENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: The 4. 5. 6. & 7. reproches.] Fourthly, he sayth that in bankets
+  none of the ghests vse to rise from the table: but that the good wife of
+  the house reacheth to euery one a chamber pot, so oft as need requireth.
+  Moreouer, he noteth much vnmanerliness of eating and drinking at bankets.
+
+Fiftly, he obiecteth customes of lying in bed, and of dining: namely that
+  ten persons, more or lesse, men and women be altogether in the same bed,
+  and that they eat their meat lying in bed: and that in the meane time
+  they do nothing but play at dice or at tables.
+
+Sixtly, he reporteth that they wash their hands or their faces in pisse.
+
+Seuenthly, he despightfully abaseth our solemnizings of marriages,
+  spousals, birth-dayes, and our customes at burials.
+
+These, and a number of such like reproches hath this impure slanderer,
+spued foorth against an innocent nation, yea and that nation which hath
+deserued right well of him and his countrimen. Which are of the same kind
+with these, in so much that we altogether disdeigne to make answere vnto
+them. For, that we may graunt (which notwithstanding we will in no case
+yeelde vnto) that this worthy Germane notarie obserued some such matter
+among base companions, and the very of-scouring of the common people, with
+whom he was much more conuersant than with good and honest persons (for he
+had liued, as his rimes testifie, somewhat long vpon the coast of Island,
+whither a confused rout of the meanest common people, in fishing time do
+yerely resort, who being naught aswell through their owne leudnesse, as by
+the wicked behauiour of outlandish mariners, often times doe leade a badde
+and dishonest life) notwithstanding we are in this place more manifestly
+wronged through the knauery of this one varlet, and desperate sycophant by
+his defaming of the whole nation (as others also vsually do) then that it
+should neede any refutation at all. Of which thing strangers themselues,
+who are not a little conuersant in our Iland, may be most sufficient
+witnesses.
+
+I could also gather together many such filthy, vnmannerly, and baudie
+fashions noted by others euen in his own countrey. But I detest this dogged
+eloquence, neither take I any pleasure to be witty in the disgracing of
+others: and yet I will not shew my selfe such a milke-soppe as to be
+daunted with light words. Onely, let all honest and good men consider, what
+disposition it argueth, for one to obiect against a whole nation certaine
+misdemeanours committed by some one or other particular man. If any man
+should trauell thorowout all the cities and townes of Germanie or any other
+nation, and heaping together the offences, and most leud maners, the
+robberies, manslaughters, murthers, whoredomes, adulteries, incests, riots,
+extortions, and other prophane, and filthy actes, should affirme them to be
+common to all Germans, or otherwise to any other whole nation, and should
+exaggerate all these things with notorious lies, is he to be accounted one
+that spends his time in a good argument? But what maruaile is it, though a
+varlet, and, that I may giue him his true title, a filthy hogge, that imer
+(I say) hath bewrayed his nature and disposition in reproches? For it is
+well knowen that swine, when they enter into most pleasant gardens, do not
+plucke lilies or roses, or any other most beautifull aud sweet flowers; but
+thrusting their snouts into the ground, doe tumble and tosse vp and downe
+whatsoeuer durt and dung they can finde, vntill they haue rooted vp most
+vncleane things, namely such as are best agreeable to their nature,
+wherewith they greedily glut themselues: Euen so this hoggish Rimer lightly
+passeth ouer the best and most commendable things of our Common wealth, but
+as for the woorst, and those which haue been committed by none, or by very
+few, namely, such things as best fit his humour and disposition (that he
+might indeed show himselfe to be the same which we haue termed him) those
+things (I say) hath he scraped vp together: whereupon hereafter by my
+consent, for his maners and disposition let him enioy the name of a swine.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMAQUINTA.
+
+[Sidenote: 9. Conuitium.] Nonum conuicium hic recensebimus, quod ŕ victu,
+ac prćcipuč cibo potu Islandorum maledicus ille porcus, non vno aut paucis
+verbis, sed prolixa inuectiua petiuit: Nempe quňd cibis vtantur vetustis,
+et insulsis, idque sine panis vsu: Tum etiam quňd varia et incognita
+extraneis piscium genera illis sint esui, et aquam ac serum lactis in potum
+misceant. Quć omnia venenatus hic pasquillus diserta contumelia, et
+ingeniosa calumnia, pulchrč amplificauit.
+
+Cćterum etsi ilium prolixiore responsione non dignemur: tamen propter
+alios, qui hodie hanc rem partim mirantur, partim haud leuiter nostrć genti
+obijciunt, pauca hoc loco addenda videbantur.
+
+Primům igitur totam hanc gentem bipartitň secabimus: In mendicos, et hos
+qui et se et cum alijs etiam mendicos alunt. Mendicorum, et eorum qui ad
+hos proximč accedunt, omnia cibaria recensere aut examinare haud facile
+est, nec quod illos edere, aut edisse, extrema aliquando coegit necessitas,
+reliquć genti cibariorum genera aut numerum prćscribere fas est. Nam et de
+suffocatis quidem non comedendis legem habemus inter canones, quorum
+seruantissima videri voluit antiquitas.
+
+Deinde etiam tempora distinguemus, vt nihil minim sit grassante annonć
+sćuitia, multa ŕ multis ad explendam famem adhiberi aut adhibita fuisse,
+quć alias vix canes pascant. Vt nuperrimč de Parisiensibus accepimus, Anno
+1590, arctissima Henrici 4. Nauarrći obsidione pressis, et famem
+Saguntinam, vt P. Lindebergius loquitur, perpessis; eos non modň equinam,
+sed morticinam quoque carnem ex mortuorum ossibus in mortario contusis
+farinć pugillo vno aut altero misto, confectam, in suas dapes conuertisse,
+et de alijs quoque populis notum est, qui simili vrgente inopia, etiam
+murium, felium et canum esu victi tarint. Sic etiam Islandis aliquando vsu
+venit (quanquam a canina, munum et felium, vt et humana carne hactenus,
+nobis quantum constat, abstinuerint) licet non ab hoste obsessis: Nam cům
+ad victum necessaria ex terra marique petant, et ab extraneis nihil
+commeatus, aut parum admodum aquehatur, quoties terrć, marisque munera DEVS
+prćcluserit, horrendam annonć caritatem ingruere et ingruisse, et dira fame
+vexare incolas, necesse est. Vnde fit, vt illos qui in diem viuere soliti
+fuerint, nec prćcedentium annorum superantes commeatus habuerint, extrema
+tentasse, quoties egestas vrserit, credibile. Cćterum, vtrum hćc res
+publico et perpetuo opprobrio magis apud Islandos, quŕm alias nationes,
+occasionem meritň prćbere debeat, candidis et bonis animis iudi candum
+relinquo.
+
+Porrň quod de gentis nostrć proprijs et consuetis alimentis multi obijcere
+solent, potissimum de carne, piscibus, butyro, absque sale inueteratis,
+Item de lacticinijs, frumenti inopia, potu aquć, &c. et reliquis: id nos in
+plurimis Islandić locis (nam sunt multi quoque nostratium, qui Danorum et
+Germanorum more, quantum quidem castis et temperatis animis ad
+mediocritatem sufficere debet, licet magna condimentorum varietate, vt et
+ipsis Pharmacopolijs, destituimur, mensam instruere et frugaliter viuere
+sustineant) ita se habere haud multis refragabimur, videlicet prćdicta
+victus genera, passim sine salis condimento vsitata esse. Et insuper
+addemus, hćc ipsa cibaria, quć extranei quidam vel nominare horrent, ipsos
+tamen extraneos apud nos, non sine voluptate, manducare solitos. [Sidenote:
+Ratio conseruandos cibos sine sale.] Nam etsi frumenti aut farris penč
+nihil vulgň habeamus, nec sal, gulć irritamentum, ad cibaria condienda,
+omnibus suppetit: docuit tamen Deus opt. max. etiam nostros homines
+rationem tractandi et conseruandi, quć ad vitam sustentandam spectant, vt
+appareat, Deum in alendis Islandis non esse ad panem vel salem alligatum.
+Quňd verň sua omnia extranei iucundiora et salubriora clamant; negamus
+tamen satis causć esse, cur nostra nobis exprobrent: Nec nos DEVM gulć
+nostrć debitorem reputamus; quin potius toto pectore gratias agimus, quod
+sine opiparis illis delicijs et lautitijs, quć tam iucundć et salubres
+putantur, etiam nostrć gentis hominibus, annos et ćtatem bonam, tum
+valetudinem etiam firmissimam, robur ac vires validas (quć omnia statimus
+boni et conuenientis alimenti, [Greek: kai tes euchrasias] esse indicia)
+concedere dignetur, cum ingenio etiam non prorsus tam crasso ac sterili,
+quŕm huic nostro aëri et alimentis assignare Philosophi videntur, quod re
+libentius, quŕm verbis multi fortasse nostratium comprobare poterant.
+
+     Ni nos (vt inquit ille) paupertas inuidia deprimeret.
+
+Sed hic vulgi iudicium, vt in alijs sćpč, etiam eos qui sapere volunt (iam
+omnes bonos et cordatos excipio) nimis apertč decipit: Videlicet hoc ipso,
+quňd omnia, quć illorum vsus non admittit, aut quć non viderunt, aut
+experti sunt antea, continuň damnent. Veluti, si quis, qui mare nunquam
+vidit, mare mediterraneum esse aliquod, non possit adduci vt credat: Sic
+illi sensu suć experientić omnia metiuntur, vt nihil sit bonum, nihil
+conductibile, nisi quo illi soli viuunt: At profectň nos, eň dementić non
+processimus, vt eos qui locustis vescuntur, quod tum de alijs, tum Ćthiopić
+quibusdam populis, ideo (autore Diodoro) Acridophagis appellatis, et Indić,
+gente, cui Mandrorum nomen Clytharcus et Magestanes dederunt, teste
+Agatarchide, didicimus; aut ranis, aut cancris mannis, aut squillis gibbis,
+quć res hodič nota est, vulgi propterea ludibrijs exponere prćsumamus, a
+quibus tamen edulijs, in totum nostra consuetudo abhorret.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE FIFTEENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: The ninth reproch.] Wee will heere rehearse the ninth reproch,
+which that slanderous hogge hath drawen from the maner of liuing, and
+specially from the meat and drinke of the Islanders, and that not in one or
+a few wordes, but in a large inuectiue: namely, that they eate olde and
+vnsauoury meates, and that, without the vse of bread. Also that they eate
+diuers kinds of fishes which are vnknowen to strangers: and that they
+mingle water and whey together for drinke. All which this venemous
+pasquill, with eloquent railing and wittie slaunder hath set out at the
+full.
+
+And albeit we doe scarse vouchsafe to stand longer about answering of him,
+yet in regard of others, who at this day partly woonder at the matter, and
+partly obiect it to our nation, we thought good to adde some few things in
+this place.
+
+First therefore we will diuide this our nation into two parts: into
+beggers, and those that susteine both themselues, and amongst others,
+beggers also. As touching all kinds of meats wherewith beggers and other
+poore men satisfie their hunger, it is no easie matter to rehearse and
+examine them; neither, because extreame necessity hath at some times
+compelled them to eate this or that, therefore it is meet to prescribe
+certeine kindes and number of meats to the rest of the nation. For we haue
+also a law among the canons apostolicall, which forbiddeth to eat things
+strangled: in the obseruing of which canons, antiquity hath seemed to be
+very deuout.
+
+Moreouer, we will make a distinction of times also, that it may seeme no
+strange accident in the time of famine, though many things are, and haue
+bene vsed by a great number of men to satisfie their hunger, which at other
+times are scarse meat for dogges. As very lately in the yeere 1590 we heard
+concerning the citizens of Paris, being enuironed with the most streite
+siege of Henrie the fourth, King of Nauarre, suffering (as Petrus
+Lindebergius speaketh) the famine of Saguntum; insomuch that they did not
+onely eate their horses, but also taking the flesh of dead men, and beating
+their bones to powder in a morter, they mingle therewith a bandfull or two
+of meale, esteeming it dainties. And it is well knowen also of other
+nations who in the like vrgent necessities haue liued by eating of mise,
+cats and dogs. In like maner sometimes are we Islanders constrained to doe,
+not being besieged by our enemies (although hitherto we haue abstained from
+mans flesh, yea, and to our knowledge, from dogs, mise, and cats) for
+whereas we prouide things necessary for food out of the land and sea, and
+no sustenance, or very little is brought vnto vs by strangers: so often as
+God withholdeth his gifts of land and sea, then must follow and ensue a
+dreadfull scarsity of victuals, whereupon the inhabitants are sometimes
+vexed with grieuous famine. And therefore it is likely that they amongst vs
+which vsed to liue from hand to mouth, and had not some prouision of former
+yeeres remaining, haue beene driuen to great extremities, so often as need
+hath enforced them thereunto. But whether this thing ought woorthily to
+minister occasion to a publike and perpetuall reproch against the
+Islanders, more then other nations, I referre it to the iudgement of
+indifferent and honest mindes.
+
+Moreouer, whereas diuers vse to obiect concerning the proper and accustomed
+fare of our country, especially of flesh, fish, butter being long time kept
+without salt, also concerning white-meats, want of corne, drinking of
+water, and such like: in most places of Island (for there be many of our
+countrimen also, who, after the maner of the Danes and Germans so farre
+foorth as ought in a meane to suffice chast and temperate minds, although
+we haue not any great variety of sauce, being destitute of Apothecaries
+shops, are of ability to furnish their table, and to liue moderately) we
+confesse it to be euen so: [Sidenote: Want of salt in Island.] namely that
+the foresaid kind of victuals are vsed in most places without the seasoning
+of salt. And I wil further adde, that the very same meats, which certaine
+strangers abhorre so much as to name, yet strangers themselues, when they
+are among vs do vse to eat them with delight. [Sidenote: The Islanders
+meanes of preseruing their meates without salt.] For albeit for the most
+part we haue no corne, nor meale, nor yet salt the prouocation of gluttony,
+for the seasoning of our victuals, is common to vs all, yet notwithstanding
+almighty God of his goodnesse hath taught our men also the wauy how they
+should handle, and keepe in store those things which belong to the
+sustentation of life, to the end it may appeare, that God in nourishing and
+susteining of vs Islanders, is not tyed to bread and salt.
+
+But whereas strangers boast that all their victuals are more pleasant and
+wholesome: yet we denie that to be a sufficient reason, why they should
+vpbraid vs in regard of ours: neither do we thinke God to be a debter vnto
+our deinty mouthes: but rather we giue him thanks with our whole hearts,
+that he vouchsafeth without this delicate and nice fare, which is esteemed
+to be so pleasant and wholesome, to grant euen vnto the men of our countrey
+many yeeres, and a good age as also constant health, and flourishing
+strength of body; all which we account to be signes of wholesome and
+conuenient nourishment and of a perfect constitution. Besides, our wits are
+not altogether so grosse and barren, as the philosophers seeme to assigne
+vnto this our aier, and these nourishments, which perhaps many of our
+countreymen could much rather verifie in deeds then in words, if (as the
+Poet sayth) enuious pouerty did not holde vs downe.
+
+But here the iudgement of the common people, as often in other matters,
+doth too plainly deceiue (I except all good and well experienced men) some
+of them which would seeme to be wise, namely, that whatsoeuer their vse
+doth admit, or that they haue not seene, nor had trial of beforetime, they
+presently condemne. As for example, he that neuer saw the sea will not be
+persuaded that there is a mediterrane sea; so doe they measure all things
+by their owne experience and conceit, as though there were nothing good and
+profitable, but that onely wherewith they mainteine their liues. But we are
+not growen to that pitch of folly, that because we haue heard of certaine
+people of Aethiopia, which are fed with locusts, being therefore called by
+Diodorus, Acridophagi, and of a certaine nation of India also, whom
+Clitarchus and Megasthenes haue named Mandri, as Agatarchides witnesseth,
+or of others that liue vpon frogs or sea-crabs, or round shrimps, which
+thing is at this day commonly knowen, that (I say) we should therefore
+presume to make them a laughing stocke to the common people, because we are
+not accustomed to such sustenance.
+
+
+SECTIO DECIMASEXTA.
+
+[Sidenote: 10. Conuicium.] Decimo. Hospitalitatem nostris hominibus
+inhumanissimus porcus obijcit. Marsupium inquit, non cirumferunt, nec
+hospitiari aut conuiuari gratis pudor est. Nam si quis aliquid haberet,
+quod cum alijs communicaret, id faceret sane in primis ac libenter. His
+quoque annectamus, quod templa, seu sacras ćdiculas domi proprić ŕ multis
+Islandorum extructas velut pudendum quiddam commemorat: quodque eas primům
+omnium de manč oraturi petant, nec ŕ quoquam prius interpellari patiantur.
+Hćc ille velut insigne quoddam dedecus in Islandis notauit.
+
+Scilicet, quia nihil cum Amaricino, sui:
+
+Nec porci diuina vnquam amarunt: quod sanč metuo ne nimis verč de hoc
+conuiciatore dicatur, id quod vel ex his vltimis duabus obiectionibus
+constare poterit.
+
+Verům enimuerň cům ipse suarum virtutum sit testis locupletissimus, nos
+Lectorem eius rei cupidum ad ipsius hoc opus Poëticum remittimus, quod is
+de Islandia composuit, et nos tam aliquot proximis distinctionibus
+examinauimus: cuius maledicentić et foeditatis nos hic pro ipso puduit;
+ita, vt quć is Satyrica, at quid Satyrica? Sathanica, inquam, mordacitate
+et maledicentia in nostram gentem scribere non erubuit, nos tamen referre
+pigeat: Tanta eius est et tam abominanda petulantia, tam atrox calumnia.
+DEVS BONE: Hoc conuiciorum plaustrum (paucissima namque attigimus: Nolui
+enim laterem lauare, et stulto, vt inquit ille sapientissimus, secundum
+stultitiam suam respondere, cum in ipsius Rhythmis verbum non sit quod
+conuicio careat) qui viderit, nonne iudicabit pasquilli istius autorem
+hominem fuisse pessimum, imň fćcem hominum, cum virtutis ac veritatis
+contemptorem, sine pietate, sine humanitate?
+
+Sed hîc meritň dubitauerim, peiusne horum conuiciorum autor de Islandis
+meritus sit, an verň Typographus ille Ioachimus Leo (et quicunque sunt
+alij, qui in suis editionibus, nec suum nec vrbis suć nomen profiteri ausi
+sunt) qui illa iam bis, si non sćpius Typis suis Hamburgi euulgauit.
+Hoccine impunč fieri sinitis, ô senatus populusque Hamburgensis? Hanccine
+statuistis gratiam deberi Islandić, quć vrbi vestrć iam plurimos annos,
+exportatis affatim nostratium quibusuis commodis, pecudum, pecorumque
+carnibus butyro et piscium copia quotannis, penč immodica, qućdam quasi
+cella penuaria fuit? [Sidenote: Vrbes Anglić commercia olim in Islandia
+excercentes.] Sensere huius Insulć commoda etiam Hollandić olim et Anglić
+vrbes aliquot: Prćterea Danis, Bremensibus, et Lubecensibus cum Islandis
+commercia diu fuerunt. Sed a nullis vnquam tale encomium, talem gratiam
+reportarunt, qualis hćc est Gregoriana calumnia: In vestrâ, vestrâ inquam
+vrbe, nata, edita, iterata, si non tertiata: quć alias nationes, quibus
+Islandia vix, ac ne vix quidem, nomine tenus, alioqui innotuerat, ad huius
+gentis opprobrium et contemptum armauit: quam ŕ ciue vestro acceptam
+iniuriam, iam 30. annos, et plus eň, Islandia sustinet. Sed etiam, inscio
+magistratu, eiusmodi multa sćpč fiunt: Neque; enim dubitamus, quin viri
+boni eiusmodi scripta famosa indignč ferant, et ne edantur, diligenter
+caueant: cum tales editiones pugnent cum iure naturali: Ne alteri facias,
+quod tibi factum non velis: Et Cćsareo, de libellis famosis: in quo
+irrogatur poena grauissima ijs, qui tales libellos componunt, scribunt,
+proferunt, emi vendiue curant, aut non statim repertos discerpunt.
+
+Cćterum iam tandem receptui canamus: Nosque ad te, Islandia parens
+carissima, quŕm nec paupertas, nec frigora, nec id genus incommoda alia,
+quamdiu Chnsto hospitia cupidč et libenter exhibere non desistis, inuisam
+fecient conuertamus: Vbi te primům ad id quod modň diximus, nempč serium et
+ardens studium ac amorem DEI, et diuinć scientić, nobis in Christo
+patefactć, totis viribus hortamur: vt vni huic cuncta posthabeas, doctrinć
+et verbi cupiditate flagres: Sacrum ministerium et ministros, non parum
+cures, non contemnas aut odio prosequeris: sed reuerearis, foueas, ames.
+Contra facientes, pro impijs et profanis habeas: vt omnia ad pietatis et
+honestatis prćscriptum geras, in vita priuata et communi, vt huic status et
+ordines Ecclesiastici et Politici, in vniversum obtemperent: In vtroque
+vitć genere ab illi amussi seu norma ćqui et boni dependeas, et cćteros qui
+pertinacia ac impietate ab ea deflectunt, auersens, quos ćquum est poenis
+condignis affici, id quod magistratur curć futurum non diffidimus. In
+pritmis verň nullos nisi spectatć fidei et probitatis viros, quique ad
+istas virtutes, reliquas huc pertinentes coniungant, ad gubernacula
+admittas, qua ratione reliquis incommodis ritč occurritur Res ista enim, si
+probe curetur, vt videlicet, qui munus publicum gerunt, ex bonis omnibus
+optimi quique deligantur, improbi et huic rei inepti, procul inde
+arceantur, subditorum conditio, longč erit optatissima: vita et mores tantň
+magis laudabiles sequentur: pietas et honestas tantň erunt illustriores. At
+verň si secus fiat. si Pastores Ecclesiarum suo muneri, vel vita vel
+doctrina non respondeant, si ad administrationem politicam promiscuč
+admittantur, quicunque eň propria leuitate, ambitione vel auaritia et
+contentione honoris, ruunt: si ijdem criminum aut improbitatis, vel
+suspecti vel conuicti sint, aut suspectorum et conuictorum protectores, vel
+ijsdem illicite indulgentes, quis tuus qućso demum futurus est status? quć
+facies? quć conditio? Certe longe omnium miserrima. Nec enim alio pacto
+citius ad ruinam et interitum tuum appropinquabis, quŕm si istis te
+regendam commiseris, qui quod in ijs est, licet sint et ipsi ex tuis,
+iugulum tuum, propter emolumenta priuata, et odia latentia, quotidič petere
+contendunt/ Quamobrem (ne ista pluribus agam) quanti intersit, vt hćc probč
+curentur, facile, ô Patria, intelligis.
+
+Sed dum hćc tuis auribus ŕ me occinuntur, utinam gemitus meos altissimos,
+qui sub hac ad te Apostrophe latent, Serenis simć Regić Maiestatis aures
+exaudiant, apud quam ego pro te ita deploro damna publica, quć ea de causa
+exoriuntur maximč, quňd patria nostra ŕ regia sede, et conspectu, tantň
+interuallo sit remota, vt multi propterea tantň sibi maiorem sumant
+licentiam, et impunitatem securius promittant. Cćterum ista numini
+iustissimo, quod ćquis omnia oculis aspicit, committenda ducimus.
+
+Reliquum est, ô patria, vt studium in te nostrum, eo quo speramus animo i.
+comi et benigno, suscipias: quod quamuis minimč tale est, quale optaremus,
+tamen cum VELLE SIT INSTAR OMNIVM, nolui idcirco desistere, quod pro tuo
+nomine, tua dignitate, tua innocentia pugnare me satis strenuč diffiderem.
+Quin potius, quicquid id est si modň quicquam est et quantulumcunque
+tandem, quod ad tui patrocinium pro mea tenui parte afterre possem,
+nequaquam supprimendum putaui nec enim illos laudare soleo,
+
+     Qui, quod desperent inuicti membra Glyconis,
+     Nodosa nolunt corpus prohibere Chiragra.
+
+Me sanč, si hćc commentatiuncula non erit tibi aut mihi dedecori, operć
+nequaquam poenitebit. Quod si ad laudem vel aliquale patrocinium tui
+aliquid faciat, operam perdidisse haud videbor. Sin verň alios alumnos,
+meos conterraneos, arte et industria superiores, ad causam tuam, vel nunc,
+vel in posterum suscipiendam, hoc conatu tenello excitauero, quid est cur
+operć precium non fecisse dicar? quibus scribentibus, licet mea fama in
+obscuro futura est, tamen prćstantia illorum, qui nomini officient meo, me
+consolabor: Nam etsi famć et nominis cura surnma esse debett maior tamen
+patrić; cuius dignitate salua et incolumni, nos quoque saluos et incolumes
+reputabimus.
+
+Scripsi Holis Hialtćdalensium in Islandia, Ćrć Christianć Anno 1592. 17.
+Kalendas Maias.
+
+The same in English.
+
+THE SIXTEENTH SECTION.
+
+[Sidenote: The tenth reproch.] Tenthly, that vnciuill beast casteth our men
+in the teeth with their good hospitality. They do not (sayth he) carry
+about money with them in their purses, neither is it any shame to be
+enterteined in a strange place, and to haue meat and drinke bestowed of
+free cost. For if they had any thing which they might impart with others,
+they would very gladly. Moreouer, he maketh mention of certeine churches or
+holy chappels (as of a base thing) which many of the Islanders haue built
+in their owne houses: and that first of all in the morning, they haue
+recourse thither, to make their prayers, neither do they suffer any man
+before they haue done their deuotion to interrupt them. These be the things
+which he hath set downe as some notable disgrace vnto the Islanders. And no
+maruell:
+
+     For filthy swine detest all cleanly ones,
+     And hogs vncleane regarde not precious stones.
+
+Which I feare, least it may be too truely affirmed of this slanderer, as it
+is manifest out of these two last obiections.
+
+Howbeit, sithens he himselfe is a most sufficient witnesse of his owne
+vertues, we will referre the reader, who is desirous to know more of him
+vnto his booke of rimes against Island, which we haue now examined in our
+former sections at whose railing and filthy speeches we haue bene ashamed
+on his behalfe: insomuch that those things which he with satyrical,
+satyrical? nay sathanicall biting and reuiling of our nation, hath not
+blushed to write, are irksome for vs to repeat: so great and abominable is
+his insolency and his reproches so heinous. Good God! whosoeuer shall view
+this cartlode of slanders (for we haue mentioned the least part thereof,
+because I was loth to lose my labour, or, as the wise man sayth, to answere
+a foole according to his foolishnesse, whereas in his rimes there is not
+one word without a reproch) will he not iudge the authour of this pasquill
+to haue bene a most lewde man, yea the very drosse of mankinde, without
+pietie, without humanitie?
+
+But here I haue iust occasion to doubt whether the authour of these
+reuilings hath bene the more iniurious to Islanders, or the Printer thereof
+Ioachimus Leo (and whatsoeuer else they be who in their editions dare
+neither professe their own name, nor the name of their Citie) which Leo
+hath nowe twise, if not oftener, published the saide pamphlet at Hamburg.
+Doe you suffer this to goe vnpunished, O ye counsell and commons of
+Hamburg? What? [Sidenote: The commodities of Island.] Haue you determined
+to gratifie Island in this sort, which these many yeeres, by reason of your
+aboundant traffique with vs, and your transporting home of all our
+commodities, of our beeues and muttons, and of an incredible deale of
+butter and fishes, hath bene vnto your Citie in stead of a storehouse.
+[Sidenote: The ancient traffique of England with Island.] In times past
+also, certaine Cities of England and of Holland haue reaped the commodities
+of this Isle. Moreouer, there hath bene ancient traffique of Denmarke,
+Breme, and Lubeck with the Islanders. But they neuer gained by any of their
+chapmen such commendations, and such thanks, as are contained in this
+libell: It hath in your, in your Citie (I say) bene bred, brought foorth,
+iterated, if not the thirde time published: which I hath armed other people
+vnto whom the name of Island was otherwise scarce knowne, to the disdaine
+and contempt of this our Nation: and this iniurie offered by a Citizen of
+yours, hath Island susteined these 30. yeeres and more, and doeth as yet
+susteine. But many such accidents often come to passe without the knowledge
+of the magistrate, neither do we doubt but that good men are grieued at
+such infamous libels, and do take diligent heed that they be not published:
+for such editions are contrary to the lawe of nature: Doe not that to
+another which thou wouldest not haue done vnto thy selfe: [Sidenote: Lawes
+against libels.] and to the laws Emperial of infamous libels: wherein is
+enioyned a most grieuous penaltie vnto those who inuent, write, ytter, or
+cause such libels to be bought or sold, or do not presently vpon the
+finding thereof teare them in pieces.
+
+But now time bids vs to sound a retreat: and to returne home vnto thee,
+Island (our most deare mother) whom neither pouertie, nor colde, nor any
+other such inconueniences shall make ircksome vnto vs, so long as thou
+ceasest not to giue heartie and willing entertainment vnto Christ: where,
+first we doe earnestly exhort thee to the serious and ardent affection, and
+loue of God, and of the heauenly knowledge reueiled vnto vs in Christ: that
+thou wouldest preferre this before all things, being enflamed with desire
+of doctrine, and of the worde: that thou wouldest not lightly esteeme,
+contemne or hate the holy ministerie and ministers, but reuerence, cherish
+and loue them. Accompting those that practise the contrary as wicked and
+prophane: and managing all thine affaires both priuate and publique,
+according to the prescript rule of pietie and honestie, that vnto this, thy
+states and orders Ecclesiasticall and politique may in all things be
+conformed; and so in either kinde of life relying thy selfe vpon that
+leuell and line of equitie and iustice, and auoyding others, who vpon
+stubbernesse and impietie swerue therefrom. That thou wouldest also inflict
+iust punishments vpon offenders: All which we doubt not but the Magistrate
+will haue respect vnto. But especially that thou admittest none to be
+Magistrates, but men of approued fidelitie and honestie, and such as may
+adioyne vnto these vertues others hereto belonging, by which meanes
+inconueniences may fitly be preuented. For if this matter be well handled,
+namely that they which are the best of all good men be chosen to beare
+publicke authoritie, wicked and vnfit men being altogether reiected; the
+condition of the subiects shalbe most prosperous: the hues and maners of
+all men shal proue by so much the more commendable; godlinesse also and
+honestie shal become the more glorious. But on the contrary, if pastours of
+Churches be not answerable to their function, either in life or doctrine;
+if all men without respect or difference be admitted to the gouernment of
+the common wealth, who aspire thereunto by their owne rashnesse, ambition,
+or auarice, and desire of honour, yea though they be suspected or conuicted
+of crimes and dishonestie, or be protectours or vniust fauourers of such
+persons as are suspected and conuicted; then what will be thy state, oh
+Island? What wil be thy outward show or condition? Doubtlesse most
+miserable. Neither shalt thou by any other meanes more suddenly approch to
+thy ruine and destruction, then if thou committest thy selfe to the
+gouernment of such men, who to the vttermost of their power, although they
+be of thine owne brood, dayly seeke thine ouerthrow for their owne priuate
+aduantage and secret malice. Wherefore (to be short) let these be to
+aduertise my deare Countrey, how behouefull it is that the matters
+aforesaid be put in practise.
+
+But whilest I am speaking these things vnto thee (my Countrey) oh that my
+deepe and dolefull sighes, which lie hid in the former speach, might pierce
+the eares of our Kings most excellent Maiestie, before whom, on thy behalfe
+I doe bewaile the publique miseries, which in this respect especially doe
+arise, because wee are so farre distant from the seate and royall presence
+of our King, that many therefore take more libertie, and promise more
+securitie of offending vnto themselues. But we will commit all these
+matters to the most iust Judge of heauen and earth who beholdeth all things
+in equitie.
+
+Nowe it remaineth (my beloued Countrey) that thou wouldest take in good
+part these my labours employed in thy seruice, and accept them with that
+fauourable and courteous minde which I haue expected. And although they be
+not of such worth as I could wish, yet sith a willing minde is worth all, I
+would not therefore giue ouer because I mistrusted my selfe as one
+insufficient to contend for thine innocencie, for thy reputation, and thine
+honour, my deare Countrey. But rather whatsoeuer it be (if it be ought) and
+how mickle soeuer which for my slender abilitie I was able to afford in thy
+defence, I thought good not to suppresse it: for I esteeme not those men
+worthy of commendation, who despairing
+
+     To ouergrow the limmes of Lyco stoute,
+     Neglect to cure their bodies of the goute:
+
+And in very deed, it doeth no whit repent me of my labour, if this little
+treatise shall tend neither to thine, nor to mine owne disgrace. But if it
+shall any thing auaile to thine honour or defence, I will thinke my
+trauaile right well bestowed. Yea, if by this my slender attempt, I may but
+onely excite other of thy children, and my natiue Countreymen, being farre
+my superiours both in learning and industrie to take thy cause in hand,
+either nowe or hereafter what reason is there why any man should say that
+it is not worth my labour? Nowe, if they addresse themselues to write,
+howsoeuer my fame shalbe obscured, yet wil I comfort my selfe with their
+excellencie, who are like to impaire my credite: for albeit a man ought to
+haue speciall regard of his name and fame, yet he is to haue more of his
+Countrey, whose dignitie being safe and sound, we also must needes esteeme
+our selues to be in safetie.
+
+Written at Holen Hialtedale in Island, the yeere of our Lord 1592. the 17.
+of the Kalends of May.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A letter written by the graue and learned Gudbrandus Thorlacius Bishop of
+  Holen in Island, concerning the ancient state of Island and Gronland, &c.
+
+Reuerendissimo viro, eruditione et virtute conspicuo, D. Hugoni Branham,
+  Ecclesić Hareuicensis in Anglia pastori vigilantissimo, fratri et
+  symmystć obseruando.
+
+Mirabar equidem (vt conijcis, reuerende domine pastor) primo literarum
+tuarum intuitu, ignotum me, ab ignoto, scriptis salutari. Cćterům, cum
+vlterius progrederer, comperi me, si non aliter, certč nomine tenůs, tibi
+(quć tua est humanitas) innotuisse: Simúlque quňd te nominis Islandorum
+studiosum experirer, ex animo gauisus sum. Vnde etiam faciam, vt tua
+pietas, tuúmque nomen, de Euangelio Iesu Christi nobis congratulantis,
+dčque gente nostra tŕm benignč támque honorificč sentientis, et scribentis
+apud nos ignotum esse desinat.
+
+[Sidenote: Commentarius breuis de Islandia: per Arngrimum Ionam Islandum
+editus, 1593.] Quňd verň ad antiquitatis monimenta attinet, quć hic extare
+creduntur, nihil sanč est (prćter illa, quorum in Commentario isto de
+Islandia, quem vidisse te scribis, fit mentio) de hac nostra insula lectu
+scriptuuŕ dignum, quod cum humanitate tua communicem. De vicinis itidem
+terris pauca, prćter historiam Regum Noruegić, seu veriůs eiusdem historić
+fragmenta; quć alijs alitčr descripta sunt: sunt tamen talia, quć Krantzius
+non attigerit, aut eorum certč pauca. De vicina quoque Gronlandia, id
+veterum opinione habemus, eam magno circuitu ab extrema Noruegia, vbi
+Biarmlandia [Marginal note: Biarmia.] nuncupatur, et ŕ qua haud vasto
+interuallo sita sit, circum quasi Islandiam exporrigi. Illic nostrates
+aliquando commercia exetcuisse, et eam terram tempore Pontificiorum suos
+Episcopos habuisse annales nostri testantur. Cćtera nobis incognita.
+[Sidenote: Gronlandia olim suos habuit Episcopos.] At hodie fama est,
+vestris Brittannis (quos ego propč maris dominos appellarim) quotannis csse
+in Gronlandia negotmiones de qua re, si me certiorem feceris, non erit
+iniucundum. Euam velim qućcunque noua erunt de rebus vestratium aut
+vicinorum regnorum, ea non omittas.
+
+Vale foeliciter (reuerende Dom. pastor) Deo musis, et commissio gregi quŕm
+diuttssime superstes, Amen. Ex Islindij in festo visitationis D. Marić Anni
+1595.
+
+Human. tuć studiosus Gudbrandus Thorlacius Episcopus Holensis in Islandia.
+
+The same in English.
+
+To the reuerend, learned, and vertuous, Master Hugh Branham minister of the
+  Church of Harewich in England, his brother and felow pastour, &c.
+
+I much marueiled (euen as you your selfe, reuerend sir coniectured that I
+would) at the first sight of your letters, that being a stranger I should
+be saluted in writing by one altogether vnknown vnto mee. Howbeit, reading
+a little further I found my selfe, if not otherwise, yet by name at least
+(which procedeth of your courtesie) knowne vnto you: And also, for that I
+sawe you desirous of the credite and honest report of vs Islanders, I
+greatly reioyced. Wherefore I my selfe will be a meane, that your vertue
+and good name (because you congratulate with vs for the gospel of Christ
+here published, and doe thinke and write so louingly and honourably of our
+nation) may sease hereafter to be vnknown amongst vs.
+
+[Sidenote: This is the brief Commentarie of Ionas Arngrimus immediatly
+going before.] As touching the monuments of antiquitie which are here
+thought to be extant, there is, in very deede nothing (except those
+particulars, whereof mention is made in the Commentary of Island which you
+write vnto me that you haue seene) worthy to be read or written, which I
+may communicate with you. And as concerning our neighbor Countreys we haue
+litle to shewe, besides the history of the Kings of Norway, (or rather some
+fragments of the same history) which others haue otherwise described:
+howbeit they are all in a maner such things as Crantzius neuer mentioned:
+vnlesse it be some fewe relations. Moreouer, as touching Grondland, we
+holde this from the opinion of our ancestours, that, from the extreeme part
+of Norway, which is called Biarmlandia [Marginal note: Biarmia.] and from
+whence the saide Gronland is not farre distant, it fetcheth about the
+Northren coast of Island with an huge circuit in maner of an halfe Moone.
+[Sidenote: Gronland in old time had Christian Bishops.] Our Chronicles
+likewise doe testifue that our owne countreymen in times past resorted
+thither for traffique, and also that the very same countrey of Gronland had
+certaine Bishops in the dayes of Poperie. More then this we cannot auouch.
+But now it is reported that your Englishmen (whom I may almost call the
+lordes of the Ocean sea) make yeerely voyages vnto Gronland: concerning
+which matter if you please to giue me further aduertisement, you shall doe
+me an especial fauour. Moreouer, whatsoeuer newes you heare concerning the
+the affaires of England or of other Countreys thereabout, I pray you make
+vs acquainted therewith. Thus (reuerend sir) wishing you long life, for the
+seruice of God, for the increase of learning, and the benefit of the people
+committed to your charge, I bid you farewel. From Island vpon the feast of
+the visitation of the blessed Virgine Mary, Anno Dom. 1595.
+
+Yours Gudbrandus Thorlacius Bishop of Hola in Island.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX.
+
+_Where the same Document is given in Latin and English the reference is
+to the English Version._
+
+NB--The large print indicates that the _whole_ section refers to the
+subject mentioned.
+
+ADAMS, Clement, mentioned
+AFFRICA, daughter of Fergus of Galway, marries Olavus
+AFRICA, a peninsula
+  --Circumnavigated
+  --Portuguese trade with
+AGATHA marries Edward Atheling
+AGINCOURT, battle of
+ALCOCK, Thomas his voyage
+ALEPPO, Elizabeths communications with
+ALEXANDER (the Great), mentioned
+ALEXANDRIA (Egypt), mentioned
+ALFRED mentioned
+ALGESIRAS or Algezar, mentioned
+ALGIERS, English at
+AMERICA, discovered
+ANGLES, mentioned
+ANGLESEY, conquered
+  --CONQUEST OF BY EDMUND
+ANTIOCH, taken
+AQUITAINE, mentioned
+ARABIA, Felix, mentioned
+ARABIAN Gulf, mentioned
+ARDOK (River), visited by Jenkinson
+ARDOVIL, mentioned
+ARGYLE, mentioned
+ARISTOTLE, quoted
+ARMADA, The Great
+ARMENIA, English in
+ARSACES, mentioned
+ARTHUR, King, mentioned
+  --THE CONQUESTS OF
+  --Buried at Glastonbury
+  --Alluded to (_ note_)
+ASAFI, English at
+ASCHILIUS, King, submits to Arthur
+ASTRAKHAN, English at
+ATHELSTAN, mentioned
+ATHELWOLD, Bishop, mentioned (_note_)
+ATLANTIS, mentioned
+AUGUSTINE, Archbishop of Britain
+AUGUSTUS, mentioned
+AUSTRO HUNGARIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION, mentioned (_note_)
+AZORES, mentioned
+
+BAATU, mentioned
+BABYLON, Elizabeth's communications with
+BALE, mentioned
+BALSARA, Elizabeth's communications with
+BALTIC, mentioned
+  --Described
+BARBAROSSA Frederick, HIS TREATY WITH HENRY II
+  --Biographical Notice (_note_)
+BARENTZ, mentioned (_note_)
+BARGENLAND (_see Borhalme_)
+BEDE, Venerable, quoted
+  --HIS ACCOUNT OF THE CONQUEST OF ANGLESEY AND MAN
+  --THE VOYAGE OF BERTUS
+  --HIS TESTIMONY TO THE IMPORTANCE OF LONDON VNDER THE SAXONS
+BEDFORD, John, Duke of, defeats the French
+  --Defeats Genoese
+BENGORION, Joseph, quoted
+BENIN, English in
+BERGEN, mentioned
+BERTUS, mentioned
+  --Account of his voyage into Ireland
+BIARMIA described
+  --Mentioned
+BLEKINGIE, mentioned
+BOATS, limited to three iron nails
+BOKHARA or Boghar, mentioned
+  --Visited by Jenkinson
+BONA SPERANZA (Cape of), Englishmen double
+BORHOLME, mentioned
+BORIS, Emperor, mentioned
+BORISTHENES, mentioned
+BOSTON (Lincolnshire), mentioned
+BOWES, Jerome, mentioned
+BRABANT, mentioned
+BRACTON, Henry, quoted
+BRAZIL, first English trade to
+BREMEN, mentioned
+BRISTOL, mentioned
+  --Its trade with Norway and Ireland
+BRITTANY, mentioned
+BRUNSWICK, mentioned
+BURLEIGH, Lord, mentioned
+BURROUGH, Hubert defeats the Welsh
+BURROUGH, Stephen, mentioned
+BURROUGH, William, assists Hakluyt
+  --His voyage
+BUTE, mentioned
+
+CABOT, John, patent granted by Henry VII. to
+CABOT, Sebastian, created Grand Pilot
+CADIZ, Expedition to, mentioned
+CAIRO, mentioned
+CALAIS, mentioned
+CAMDEN, eulogised
+  --His eulogy of Hakluyt.
+  --His CHRONICLES OF THE KINGS OF MAN
+CANARY ISLES, mentioned
+CANDISH, Thomas, mentioned
+CANUTE obtains privileges at Rome
+  --Mentioned
+CAPE VERDE Islands, English in
+CARDANUS, quoted
+CARPINI, Joannes de Piano, his journey
+CASBEN, mentioned
+CASPIAN (Sea), mentioned
+  --Visited fourteen times
+CATALONIA, mentioned
+CAZAN, mentioned
+CHANCELLOR, Richard, doubles North Cape
+  --Arrives in Russia
+CHARLEMAGNE, concludes treaty with Offa
+  --Mentioned
+CHARLES V. founds lecture on navigation
+CHAUCER, Geoffrey, mentioned
+  --Quoted
+CHAUEZ, Alonso de, quoted
+CHAUEZ, Hieronymo de, quoted
+CHAUL, Englishmen at
+CHERRILLAND, mentioned
+CHESTER, Rainulf de, quoted
+CHILI, Englishmen in
+CHINA, traffic with
+  --Sends Embassy to Rome
+  --Mentioned
+CHRISTIAN IV, dedication of Commentary on Iceland to
+CHRISTINA, daughter of Edward Atheling
+CINQUE (Ports), mentioned
+  --HISTORY OF, FROM EDWARD THE CONFESSOR TO EDWARD I.
+CNOYEN, James, quoted
+COG, The, mentioned
+COLBY, (River), mentioned
+COLGOIEVE (Gulf of), mentioned
+COLMOGRO, mentioned
+COLOGNE, mentioned
+COLUMBUS, Christopher, mentioned
+  --Discovers America
+COMETS
+COMMERCE, HISTORY OF
+CONDORA, visited
+CONRAD, Emperor, confers privileges on Canute
+CONSTANTINOPLE, mentioned
+COPE, William, his collection of curiosities
+CORELIA, coasted
+CORNWALL, Richard, Earl of, King of the Romans
+COURCY, John de, conquers Ulster
+  --Taken prisoner
+  --Invades Man
+COURLAND, mentioned
+CROUAlN, Godred, mentioned
+CRUZES burnt by Drake
+CUMBERLAND, Earl of, sends Expedition to South West
+CYRUS, mentioned
+
+DANTZIG, mentioned
+DARIEN, (Isthmus of), crossed by Oxnam
+DAVIS, John, mentioned
+DEAL, mentioned
+DEDICATION To First Edition
+  --To Second Edition
+DEE, Doctor, mentioned
+  --His Testimony Touching Nicholas de Lenna
+  --Biographical notice
+DENMARK, submits to Arthur
+  --Conquered by Malgo
+  --Mentioned
+DENMARK (Sound of), [_See Baltic_]
+DEPTFORD, Guild of Navigation founded at
+DERBENT, visited by Jenkinson
+  --Mentioned
+DERBY, Henry, Earl of, his journey
+DIODURUS, quoted
+DOLDAVIUS, King, submits to Arthur
+DONALD, usurps kingdom of Man
+DOOMSDAY Book, quoted
+DOUGLAS (Man), mentioned
+DOVER, one of Cinque Ports
+  --Mentioned
+DRAKE Sir Francis, mentioned
+DUBLIN, mentioned
+  --Taken by Gadred Cronan
+DUGALD, son of Sumerled, becomes King of Man
+DWINA (River), English on
+  --Mentioned
+  --Visited
+  --Description of
+DYER or Dier, Edward, assists Hakluyt
+
+EASTERLINGS, mentioned
+EASTLAND (_See Lithunia_)
+EASTMEERE, mentioned
+EST(Sea) (_See Baltic_)
+ECFRID, mentioned
+  --Sends army into Ireland
+EDEN, Richard, mentioned
+EDGAR, Atheling, mentioned
+EDGAR, King, mentioned
+  --His navigation
+  --Surnamed Pacificus--Buried at
+Glastonbury
+EDMUND, Prince, mentioned
+  --His Voyage into Hungary
+EDRIC, mentioned
+EDWARD, Atheling, mentioned
+  --His voyage into Hungary
+EDWARD the Conftssor, mentioned
+EDWRD I, confers privileges on Cologne, Lubeck, and Hanse Towns
+  --Grants the Great Charter
+  --Grants Charter to Cinque Ports
+EDWARD II, corresponds with Haco
+  --Decree of Staple
+EDWARD III, his fleet against Calais
+EDWARD IV, trade under
+KDWARD VI, names Sebastian Cabot, Grand Pilot of England
+EDWIN, King, conquers Man and Anglesey
+ELAND, mentioned
+ELIZABETH, Queen, portrait
+ELSENBORG, mentioned
+ELY, Foundation Charter of Cathedral
+EMDEN, mentioned
+ENNIUS, Father, mentioned
+EPISTLE to Cupid, quoted
+  --Its authorship
+ESSEX, Earl of, his expedition against Cadiz
+  --Geoffrey Fitz-Peter, Earl of
+EUDOXUS, mentioned
+EUPHRATES (River), Englishmen on
+EUROPE, Map of Northern
+EUXINE (Sea), mentioned
+
+FABIAN, Robert, quoted
+FALSTER, mentioned
+FARAON, taken by Howard
+FAROE Islands, mentioned
+FAVERSHAM, mentioned
+FEMELAND, mentioned
+FENTON, Edward, mentioned
+FERNELIUS, John, quoted
+FINGAL, King of Man
+FINMARK, visited
+  --Mentioned
+FINONS, described
+  --Pay tribute to Biarmes
+FLANDERS, mentioned
+FLETCHER, Doctor, mentioned
+FLORENCE, mentioned
+FLORES Historiarum, quoted
+FLORIDA, discovered by Cabot
+FLORUS, Lucius, quoted
+FOLKESTONE, mentioned
+FONTANAS, mentioned
+FOX, mentioned
+FRANCE, mentioned
+FRANZ-JOSEF Land, discovered
+FREDERICK SAXO, mentioned
+FREDERIC III, changes constitution of Norway
+FRISIUS, mentioned
+  --Confuted
+FROBISHER, mentioned
+FRUSO, mentioned
+
+GADES (_see Gibraltar_)
+GALWY, subdued by Magnus
+GAMA, Vasco de, doubles Cape of Good Hope
+GARGANUS (Mount), mentioned
+GARTH or Garthe, Richard, his collection of curiosities
+GENOA, mentioned
+GERMANY, a Charter for Merchants of
+  --Mentioned
+GEORGIA, English in
+GIBRALTAR (Straits of), mentioned
+GILBERT, Sir Humphrey, mentioned
+GILLAN (Persia), English in
+GIRALDUS CAMBRIENSIS, quoted
+GLASTONBURY, Invocation to
+GOA, Englishmen at
+GODRED, his voyage to Norway
+  --Mentioned
+GODRED, son of Olavus
+  --Murdered
+GODRED. (_See Cronan_)
+GOLETTA, English at
+GOROPIUS, Joannes, quoted
+GOSPATRICIUS, usurps Man
+GOTHLAND, submits to Arthur
+  --Mentioned
+  --Conquered by Malgo
+GRANADA, mentioned
+GREENLAND, mentioned
+GRESHAM COLLEGE, founded
+GRESHAM, Sir John, mentioned
+GRESHAM, Sir Richard, mentioned
+GRESHAM, Sir Thomas, founds lectures
+  --Biographical sketch (_note_.)
+GUILLAUMURIUS, King, sends Ambassadors to Arthur
+GUINEA, English in
+GUNFACIUS, King, submits to Arthur
+
+HACO takes possession of the Islands
+HACO HUSBAC invades the Islands
+HACO IV., his treaties with Henry III.
+  --HIS CORRESPONDENCE WITH HENRY III.
+  --His expedition to Scotland
+HAINAULT, mentioned
+HAKLUYT, Edmund, tutor to Lord William Howard
+HAKLUYT, Richard, of Middle Temple
+  --Assists his cousin
+HAKLUYT, Richard, preacher, biographical notice
+  --Greek eulogy of
+  --Latin eulogy by Richard Mukaster
+  --Anonymous eulogy
+  --Latin eulogy by Camden
+  --Italian eulogy by M. A. Pigafeta
+  --Eulogy by Oldys
+  --Eulogy by Zouch
+HAMBURG, mentioned
+HANNO, mentioned
+HANSE towns, treat with Edward I.
+  --With Henry IV.
+HARFLEUR, mentioned
+HAROLD, daughter of, marries Jeruslaus
+HAROLD Harfager, mentioned
+HAROLD, son of Godred Crouan
+HAROLD, son of Godwin, mentioned
+HAROLD, son of Olave, King of Man, mentioned
+  --Regains his kingdom
+HAROLD (the Black), mentioned
+HASTINGS, mentioned
+HAWKINS, Sir John, his voyage
+  --Assists Hakluyt
+HEBRIDES, mentioned
+  --Conquered by Edwin
+HECLA, mentioned
+HELGAFEL (Mount) mentioned
+HELIGOLAND, mentioned
+HENRY, Emperor of Germany, mentioned
+HENRY II., his treaty with Frederick Barbarossa
+  --His charter quoted
+  --Mentioned
+HENRY III, his treaties with Haco
+  --His CORRESPONDENCE WITH HACO
+  --His PRIVILEGES TO LUBECK
+HENRY IV his treaties with the Great Masters of Prussia
+     His CHARTER TO ENGLISH MERCHANTS
+HENRY V, mentioned
+  --His FLEET
+HENRY VI, trade under
+HENRY VII, offer made by Columbus to
+HENRY VIII employs Knevett
+  --Supports explorations
+  --Founds Guilds of Navigation
+HERDLE-VOER, mentioned
+HERODOTUS, quoted
+  --Mentioned
+HETHA, mentioned
+HINGE, King of Norway
+HIREAN, mentioned
+HISPANIA, Nova, Englishmen in
+HISPANIOLA, visited by Hawkins
+HODSON, Christopher, mentioned
+HORSEY, HIEROME, his journey
+HOVEDEN, Roger de, mentioned
+HOWARD, Lord Charles, mentioned
+  --Dedication of Second Edition to
+  --Biographical notice
+  --Accompanies Essex
+HOWARD, Lord William, mentioned
+HUGO, Earls, taken and slain
+HUMBER (River), mentioned
+HUNGARY, mentioned
+HUNGERFORD, Earl of, mentioned
+HY, Isle of, mentioned
+HYRCAMlA, English in
+HYTHE, mentioned
+
+ICELAND, true state of
+  --Conquered by Arthur
+  --Sends Ambassadors
+  --Mentioned
+  --Conquered by Malgo
+  --A COMMENTARY OF, BY ARNGRIMUS JONAS
+  --Map of
+  --Longitude and latitude
+  --Mean Temperature
+  --Size
+  --Barrenness
+  --Mountains and volcanoes
+  --Volcanic eruptions
+  --Gysers
+  --Brimstone mines
+  --Abundance of fish
+  --Reindeer
+  --Fauna
+  --Conversion to Christianity
+  --Oldest chronicles
+  --Bishops of Schalholt
+  --Bishops of Holen
+  --The houses are built of fishes' bones
+  --Men and beasts all live in one house
+  --The habits of the inhabitants
+  --Their morals
+  --A yearly governor sent from Denmark
+  --Community of property
+  --Their want of love for their children
+  --The status of the bishops
+  --Food
+  --Ancient trade with England
+ICELANDIC clergy, defended
+IERUSLAUS. (_See Jeruslaus_)
+ILSING, mentioned
+INDIAN (Ocean), discovered by Portuguese
+INDIES (West) first visited by Englishmen
+  --Mentioned
+  --Described by Plato
+INDUS (River), mentioned
+INGEMUNDUS lands in Lewes
+  --Sent to Man
+INGULPH colonizes Iceland
+INNOCENTIUS IV, mentioned
+IONA, mentioned
+IOUGHORIA, mentioned
+IPSWICH, mentioned
+IRELAND, invaded by Bertus
+  --Invaded by Magnus
+  --Conquered by John
+  --By Arthur
+  --Sends Ambassadors
+  --Mentioned
+  --Conquered by Malgo
+ISOCRATES, quoted
+IUNGINGEN, Conrad de, mentioned
+IUNGINGEN, Ulrich de, mentioned
+
+JACKMAN, Charles, mentioned
+JAMES, Doctor, assists Hakluyt
+JAPAN, mentioned
+JAPANESE in England
+JAVA, treaties with
+JENKINSON, Anthony, mentioned
+  --Assists Hakluyt
+  --His narrative
+JERUSALEM, Britains at Siege of
+JERUSLAUS, marries Harold's daughter
+JOHN, King, confers privileges on foreigners
+  --Conquers
+Ireland
+  --Mentioned
+JOHN, Pope, confers privileges on Canute
+JOHNSON, Richard, mentioned
+JONAS, Arngrimus, HIS COMMENTARIE OF ICELAND
+  --Biographical notice
+JOSEPH of Arimathea, buried at Glastonbury
+JUSTUS, Bishop
+JUTLAND, mentioned
+
+KENT, mentioned
+KERWARY, Isle of, mentioned
+KINGSTON-UPON-HULL, Guild of Navigation founded at
+  --Mentioned
+KIRKWALL, Haco buried at
+KNEVETT, Sir Henry, Agent for Henry VIII
+KRANTZIUS, mentioned
+  --Confuted
+
+LACY, Hugo de, invades Ulster
+LACY, Walter de, defeats De Courcy
+LAGMAN, mentioned
+LAMBERT'S [Greek: Archaionomia] quoted
+  --His Perambulations of
+Kent quoted
+  --The History of the Cinque Ports
+LANGLAND, mentioned
+LAPLAND coasted
+  --Mentioned
+LATHYRUS, mentioned
+LAYLAND, mentioned
+LEINSTER, mentioned
+LEO, Joachim, criticised
+LETTO, King of, conquered
+LEWES, Isle of, conquered
+  --Mentioned
+LIBEL, Law of, in Iceland
+LIEFLAND, visited by Horsey
+  --Mentioned
+LINNA, Nicholas de, mentioned
+  --ACCOUNT OF HIS
+VOYAGES TO THE NORTH
+LISTER, Christopher, mentioned
+LITHUANIA, mentioned
+  --Described
+LIVERE DE REIS DE ENGLETERRE, MS., quoted
+LOGLEN, Deputy in Man
+LOMBARDS, mentioned
+LOMBARDY, mentioned
+LONDON, famous for Commerce
+  --Its importance
+under the Saxons
+  --Under Stephen
+LOT, King, submits to Arthur
+LUMLEY, Lord, his Library
+LUZONES, Englishmen landing on
+LYNN (Norfolk), mentioned
+MACMARRAS, slain
+MADEIRA, mentioned
+MćLSTROM, described
+MAGELLAN, Straits of, Englishmen passing through
+MAGNUS, King of Norway
+  --Opens coffin of St Olave
+MALCOLM, King of Scotland, dies
+MALGO, mentioned
+  --THE CONQUESTS OF
+MALMESBURY, William of, quoted
+  --His ACCOUNT OF THE TREATY BETWEEN CHARLEMAGNE AND OFFA
+  --HIS ACCOUNT OF LONDON UNDER STEPHEN
+MALTA, English at
+MALVASIUS, King, sends Ambassadors to Arthur
+MAN, Isle of, conquered
+  --Chronicles of, mentioned
+  --CONQUEST OF, BY EDWIN
+  --CHRONICLE OF THE KINGS OF
+  --Transferred to Scotland
+MANCHESTER, mentioned
+MANGUCAN, Emperor of Tartary
+MANGUSLA, mentioned
+MARE'S Milk
+MARGARET of Scotland, mentioned
+MARY, Queen, grants patent to Muscovy Company
+MEDIA, English in
+MEDITERRANEAN, mentioned
+MEERE, mentioned
+MELLITUS, Bishop of East Saxons
+MERCATOR, mentioned
+  --Quoted
+MERCHANTS, raised in rank for thrice crossing the sea
+  --Ancient customs of
+  --Arrested by Haco
+MEXICO, English in
+MEXICO, Gulf of, visited by Hawkins
+MICHćL, Bishop of the Isles
+MOLLINEUX, his map mentioned
+MOLUCCAS, Treaties with
+  --Sir Francis Drake visits
+MONMOUTH, Geoffrey de, quoted
+  --His ACCOUNT OF ARTHUR
+  --HIS ACCOUNT OF MALGO
+MOROCCO, English in
+MORSES
+MOSCOW, English at
+MOSKOWA (River), mentioned
+MULCASTER, Richard, Eulogy of Hakluyts Collection
+MUNCH, P. A., quoted
+MUNSTER, mentioned
+  --Confuted
+MUSCOVY Company, mentioned
+  --Receives patent from Queen Mary
+
+NADDODR, mentioned
+NAVARRE, mentioned
+NAVIGATION, Lecture on, suggested
+  --Founded by Charles V.
+NECO, King of Egypt, mentioned
+NEPOS, Cornelius, mentioned
+NERO, mentioned
+NETHERLANDS Company formed
+NEWCASTLE-UPON TYNE, Guild of Navigation founded at
+  --Mentioned
+NIALUS, mentioned
+NICHOLAS, Bishop of the Isles
+NOBLE (coin)
+NOMBRE DE BIOS, visited by Drake
+NORTHBERN, mentioned
+NORTH CAPE, doubled
+NORTHUMBERLAND, mentioned
+NORTH WEST PASSAGE
+NORWAY, mentioned
+  --Submits to Arthur
+  --Conquered by Malgo
+  --Described
+NOVA ZEMBLA, mentioned
+NOVGOROD, mentioned
+
+OBDOLOWCAN, King of Hircan, mentioned
+OBI (River), mentioned
+O'BRIEN, Murecardus, King of Ireland
+  --Forced to carry
+shoes of Magnus
+OCCA (River), mentioned
+OCCLEVE, Thomas, THE EPISTLE OF CUPID attributed to
+OCTHER, mentioned
+  --His VOYAGE TO THE NORTH EAST
+  --HIS VOVAGE INTO THE SOUND Of DENMARK
+OFFA, TREATY WITH CHARLEMAGNE
+O'FOGOLT, Viscount of Man
+OLAVE, mentioned
+  --His coffin opened
+  --Appears to Magnus
+OLAVUS MAGNUS, mentioned
+  --Confuted
+OLAVUS, son of Godred Crouan
+  --King of Man
+  --Detailed biography
+OLDYS, quoted
+ONEGA (River) mentioned
+ORKNEYS, conquered by Magnus
+  --Submit to Arthur
+  --Conquered by Malgo
+  --Mentioned
+ORMOND, Earl of, mentioned
+ORMUZ, Englishmen at
+ORTELIUS, quoted
+  --Mentioned
+OSEP NAPEA, Russian Ambassador
+OSMAN, Basha, mentioned
+OSWALD, Bishop, mentioned
+OTHOR, Earl, slain
+OTTO Frisingensas, quoted
+OVID, quoted
+OXNAM, John, crosses Isthmus of Darien
+OXUS (River), visited by Jenkinson
+
+PACIFIC, first visited by English
+PAGORELLA, Pheodata, Russian Ambassador
+PAULINUS, converts Northumbrians
+PAY, Henry, defeats the French
+PECHORA (Gulf), mentioned
+PEEL (Man), mentioned
+PEMBROKE, Richard, Earl of, invades Ireland
+PEROSLAF, English at
+PERSIA, Elizabeth's communications with
+PERSIAN GULF, Englishmen on
+PERU, Englishmen in
+PETT, Arthur, mentioned
+PETZORA. (_See Pechora_).
+PEUCER, Casper, mentioned
+  --Quoted
+PEVENSEY, mentioned
+PHOENICIANS, circumnavigate Africa
+PHEODOR, Emperor of Russia
+PHILLIPPINES, inhabitants at, in England
+  --Mentioned
+PHISEMSKI, Pheodor, Russian Ambassador
+PIGAFETTA, Marco Antonio, his eulogy of Hakluyt
+PLATE (River), Englishmen at
+PLATO, quoted
+PLINY, quoted
+  --Mentioned
+PLUTARCH, quoted
+  --Mentioned
+POLAND, mentioned
+POLICY, THE PROCESS OF THE LIBEL OF
+  --Eulogised
+  --Quoted
+POLITIA, (_See Policy_)
+POMERANIA, mentioned
+POMERLAND, (_See Pomtrenia_)
+PONTANUS, quoted
+POPILINIERE, quoted
+PORTO SANTO, mentioned
+PORTUGAL, mentioned
+PREFACE, Editors
+  --To first edition, To second edition
+PRISAGE
+PROPERTIUS, quoted
+PROUENCE, mentioned
+PRUSSIA, mentioned
+  --Grand Masters of
+PTOLOMY, quoted
+
+QUENELAND, mentioned
+
+RADEVIEUS Frisingensis, quoted
+RALEIGH, Sir Walter, assists in compiling this Collection
+  --Plants colonies in Virginia
+RAMSEY (Man), taken by Godred Crouan
+  --Conspiracy at
+  --Battle of
+RANDOLPH, Ambassador to Russia
+REGINALD, Bishop of the Isles
+REGINALD, Son of Eacmarcat, invades Man
+REGINALD, Son of Olavus, usurps Kingdom of Man
+  --King of Man
+  --Detailed biogragraphy
+REIN-DEER
+RHINFRIN, or RENFREW, mentioned
+RICHARD, Bishop of Sodor
+RICHARD II, his treaties with the Great Masters of Prussia
+RICHMOND (Yorkshire), mentioned
+RIGA, visited by Horsey
+ROCHESTER, mentioned
+ROE, mentioncd
+ROGNOLPWAHT (_See Peel_)
+ROMNEY
+ROMULUS, mentioned
+ROSTOFF, English at
+ROSTOK, visited by Horsey
+  --Mentioned
+ROYAL Exchange, founded
+RUBRIEIS, William de, his journey
+RUDULPH, King, confers pnvileges on Canute
+RUSHEN or Russin, Abbey of, founded
+  --Grant of land to
+  --Removed to Douglas
+RUSSIA, mentioned, 11, 17, 24
+RYE
+
+SAINT DUNSTAN, mentioned
+SAINT HELENA, English at
+  --Mentioned
+SAINT JAMES, Legend of
+SAINT LOUIS, mentioned
+SAINT MARY'S, Abbey of, founded
+SAINT NICHOLAS (Bay), mentioned
+SAINT PATRICK (Armagh), burial place of Magnus
+SAINT PATRICK, Isle of, taken by Magnus
+SAINT THOMAS, Isle of, mentioned
+SALOMON, a mistake for _Stephen_, King of Hungary
+SALT, scarcity of, in Iceland
+SAMOEDIA, mentioned
+SAMOGITIA, mentioned
+SANDERSON, William, mentioned
+SANDWICH, mentioned
+SANTA CRUZ, English at
+SANTWAT (Man), battle of
+SARTACH, Duke of Tartary
+SAXO GRAMMATIEUS, mentioned
+  --HIS ACCOUNT OF THE
+MARRIAGE OF HAROLD'S DAUGHTER TO JERUSLAUS
+  --Confuted
+SAXONS, cross the seas
+  --Mentioned
+SCACAFELL (Man)
+SCARBOROUGH, mentioned
+SCIPIO AFRICANUS, mentioned
+SCIPIO (the Elder), quoted
+SCIRINGS HALI, mentioned
+SCONIE, mentioned
+SCOTLAND, mentioned
+SEALS, Capture of, in Iceland
+SEMELAND, mentioned
+SENECCA, quoted
+SENEGAL, English in
+SEVILLE, Lecture on Navigation at
+SHAHRAM, visited by Jenkinson
+SHALLY MURZEY, mentioned
+SHAMAKY, visited by Jenkinson
+SHEFFIELD, Lady, mentioned
+SHELISUR, mentioned
+SIDNEY, Sir Philip, fellow-student of Hakluyt
+SIGISMUND, Emperor
+SILLAND, mentioned
+SMOLENSK, visited by Alcock
+SOLIMUS, mentioned
+SOUTHAM, mentioned
+SOUTHAMPTON, mentioned
+SPAIN, mentioned
+SPARKE, mentioned
+STAFFORD, Sir Edward, mentioned
+STAMFORD BRIDGE, Battle of
+STAPER, Richard, assists Hakluyt
+STAPLE ordained for wool
+STEPHEN, trade under
+STEPHEN the Holy
+STILYARD, the, mentioned
+STRABO, quoted
+  --Mentioned
+SUETONIUS, mentioned
+SUEZ, Isthmus of, mentioned
+SUMERLED, his wars with Godred
+  --Marries his daughter
+  --His sons quarrel
+SUN, eclipsed
+SWEDEN, mentioned
+SWERRO, mentioned
+SYRRIE, mentioned
+
+TACITUS, quoted
+TARTARS take an Englishman prisoner
+  --Visited by two friars
+TAURICA CHERSONESUS, mentioned
+TENERIFFE, mentioned
+THAMAS, Shah, mumoned
+THEOPHRASTUS, quoted
+THORLACIUS GUDBRANDUS, Introduction to Arngrinus Jonas's Commentary on
+  Iceland
+  --A LETTER TO THE REV HUGH BRANCHAIN
+THULE, identical with Iceland
+TINGUALLA, (_See Tynwald Mount_)
+TIRIVIL, mentioned
+TITUS, mentioned
+TONESBERG, mentioned
+TOSTI mentioned
+TOULOUSE, mentioned
+TRIPOLIS, Elizabeth's communications with
+TRUSCO, mentioned
+TUERDICO, Stephen, Russian Ambassador
+TUNIS, English at
+TURBEVILLE, George, mentioned
+TURKEY, Elizabeths communications with
+  --Mentioned
+TYCHO BRAHE, mentioned
+TYNE (River)
+TYNEMOUTH CASTLE, mentioned
+TYNWALD MOUNT, Battle of
+
+URGENCE, mentioned
+URRY, quoted,
+
+VAIGATZ, Isles of, mentioned
+VANDALS, mentioned
+VENICE, mentioned
+VESPASIAN, mentioned
+VESUVIUS, mentioned
+VIRGIL, quoted
+VIRGINIA, English colonies in
+VIVIANUS, marries Godred to Rhingola
+VOBSKO, visited by Horsey
+VOLGA, English on the
+VOLOGDA, English at
+VORTIPORIUS, mentioned
+
+WALES, Princce of, voyage to North West
+WALPOLE, Horace mentioned
+WALSINGHAM, Sir Francis, portrait
+  --Dedication to Biographical Notice
+  --Mentioned
+WALSINGHAM, Thomas quoted
+  --HIS ROLE OF THE FLEET OF EDWARD III
+  --Biographical Notice
+  --THE VOYAGE OF HENRY, EARL OF DERBY
+  --VOYAGE OF THOMAS OF WOODSTOCK
+WARD, Luke, mentioned
+WENFDLAND, (_See Prussia_)
+WESTMINSTER ABBEY mentioned
+WESTMINSTER, Matthew of quoted
+WEXEL or WIXEL (River) mentioned
+WEXELMOUTH or WIXELMOUTH
+WEYMOUTH, mentioned
+WHALES, Hunting of
+  --In Iceland
+WHITTINGTON, Richard
+WILLIAM I, mentioned
+WILLIAM II, mentioned
+WILNA, taken
+WILLOUGHBY, Sir Hugh, mentioned
+WlLLOLGHBY'S LAND, visited
+WINCHELSEA
+WINDLAND, mentioned
+WIRELND, mentioned
+WISMER, mentioned
+WITHRINGTON, Robert, mentioned
+WITLAND, mentioned
+WOLSIAN, HIS NAVIGATION
+  --Mentioned
+WOODSTOCK, Thomas of, his journey
+WOOL, Staple for
+WORCESTER, Foundation Charter of Cathedral quoted
+WORCESTER, Florence of, quoted
+  --HIS ACCOUNT OF THE VOYAGE OF THE SONS OF EDMUND IRONSIDE
+
+YARMOUTH, mentioned
+YAVATE, mentioned
+YELL or YLE (Island), mentioned
+YENO, Abbot of Furness
+YEROSLAV, English at
+YORK, taken by Harold and Tosti
+
+ZAMORANO, Rodengo, mentioned
+ZEELAND, mentioned
+ZIEGLER, J., mentioned
+  --Confuted
+  --Map of Northern Europe from his _Schndta_
+ZOLNER, Conrad de, mentioned
+ZOUCH'S eulogy of Hakluyt
+
+
+LIST OF PLATES AND MAPS
+
+1. MAP OF NORTHERN EUROPE FROM J. ZIEGLER's _Schodia_, 1532
+2. PORTRAIT Of QUEEN ELIZABETH after WHITE--_Facsimile_
+3. PORTRAIT OF SIR FRANCIS WALSIGHAM, after VIRTUE
+4. MAP OF ICELAND
+
+
+TABLE OF CONTENTS
+
+I. Editor's Preface
+II. Facsimile Title-Page
+III. Dedication to First Edition
+IV. Preface to First Edition
+V. Dedication to Second Edition
+VI. Preface to Second Edition
+VII. [Greek: Eis Apodaemias Brettanon ponaema Richardon tou Haklitou]
+VIII. In Nauales Richardi Hakluyti Commentarios, R. Mulcaster
+IX. Ejusdem in eundem
+X. In eximium opus R. Hakluyti Gulielmi Camdeni Hexastichon
+XI. Marco Antonio Pigafeta ad Hakluytum
+XII. Extract from Oldys's Librarian, 1738.
+XIII. Extract from Zouch's Life of Sir Philip Sidney
+
+
+1. The Conquests of Arthur, from Geoffrey of Monmouth
+
+2. A Testimonie of the Right and Appendances of the Crowne of the Kingdome
+   of Britaine, taken out of Mr. Lambard, his [Greek: Archaionomia]
+
+3. A Testimonie concerning the Conquests of Malgo, King of England, from
+   Geofrrey of Monmouth
+
+4. The Conquest of the Isles of Anglesey and Man, by Edwin, King of
+   Northumberland, from Bede's Ecclesiastical History
+
+5. Another Testimonie by Bede to the same purpose
+
+6. The Voyage of Bertus, Generall of an Armie sent into Ireland by
+   Ecfridus, King of Northumberland, from Bede's Ecclesiastical History
+
+7. The Voyage of Octher, made to the North-East parts beyond Norway,
+   reported by himselfe unto Alfred
+
+8. The Voyage of Octher out of his countrey of Halgoland into the Sound of
+   Denmarke
+
+9. Wolstan's Navigation in the East Sea (Baltic), from Hetha to Trusco,
+   which is about Dantzig
+
+10. The Navigation of King Edgar, from Florence of Worcester, Hoveden, and
+    Dr. Dee
+
+11. The Voyage of Edmund and Edward, the Sonnes of King Edmund Ironside,
+    into Hungarie, from Florence of Worcester
+
+12. A Chronicle of the Kings of Man from Camden's Chorographia
+
+13. The Marriage of the Daughter of Harold to Jeruslaus, Duke of Russia,
+    from Saxo Grammaticus
+
+14. The State of the Shipping of the Cinque Ports from Edward the
+    Confessour and William the Conqueror, and so downe to Edward I., from
+    Lambert's Perambulations of Kent
+
+    15. The roll of the huge Fleete of Edward III. before Calice, from
+        Thomas Walsingham
+
+    16. The Voyage of Nicholas de Linna, a Franciscan Frier, and an
+        excellent Mathetician, of Oxford, to all the regions situate under
+        the North Pole, in the yeere 1360
+
+    17. A Testimonie of the learned Mathematician Master John Dee, touching
+        the foresaid Voyage of Nicholas de Linna
+
+    18. The Voyage of Henry, Earle of Derbie, after Duke of Hereford, and
+        lastly King of England, by the name of Henry IV., into Prussia and
+        Lettowe, against the Infidels, from Thomas of Walsmgham
+
+    19. The Voyage of Thomas of Woodstocke, Duke of Gloucester, into
+        Prussia, written by Thomas Walsingham
+
+    20. The verses of Geoffrey Chaucer, showing that the English Knights
+        were wont in his time to travaile into Prussia and other heathen
+        lands
+
+The original proceedings and successe of the northren, domestical, and
+  forren trades and traffiques of this Isle of Britain, from the time of
+  Nero the Emperor, who deceased in the yeere of our Lord 70, under the
+  Romans, Britons, Saxons, and Danes, till the Conquest; and from the
+  Conquest untill this present time, gathered out of the most authenticall
+  histories and records of this Nation, viz.:
+
+    21. A Testimonie out of Cornelius Tacitus, proving London to have bene
+        a famous Mart Town in the Reigne of Nero the Enperour
+
+    22. A Testimome out of Venerable Beda, proving London to have bene a
+        citie of great Trafficke, not long after the beginning of the
+        Saxons Reigne
+
+    23. The League betweene Carolus Magnus and Offa, concerning safe trade
+        of English Merchants
+
+    24. An ancient Testimonie as to the rank of Merchants, from Lambert's
+        Perambulation of Kent
+
+    25. A Testimonie of certaine privileges obtained for English and Danish
+        Merchants, of Conrad the Emperor, and John, Bishop of Rome, by
+        Canutus the Kinmg, extracted out of a Letter of his
+
+    26. The flourishing state of the citie of London, in the Reigne of King
+        Stephen, from William of Malmsbury
+
+    27. The Traffike of Bristow with Norway and Ireland, from William of
+        Malmsbury
+
+    28. The League betwecne Henry II., and Frederick Barbarossa, from
+        Radevicus and Otto Frisingenses
+
+    29. A generall safe-conduct granted to all forreine Marchants by King
+        John, from the Records of the Tower
+
+    30. The Letters of King Henry III., unto Haquinus, King of Norway,
+        concerning a Treaty of Peace
+
+    31. A Mandate for the King of Norway, his ship called The Cog
+
+    31. A charter granted to the Merchants of Colen, by Edward I.
+
+    33. The Charter of Lubeck, graunted by Henry III.
+
+    34. A Charter for the Marchants of Almaine, graunted by Edward I.
+
+    35. A Mandate of King Edward I., concerning outlandish Marchants
+
+    36. The Great Charter granted unto forreine Marchants by Edward I.
+
+    37. The Letters of Edward II., unto Haquinus, King of Norway,
+        concerning the English Marchants arrested in Germany
+
+    38. An Ordinance of the Staple to be holden at one certaine place
+
+    39. A Charter of King Henry IV., to English Merchants resident in
+        Prussia, Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Germany
+
+    40. A note touching the mighty ships of King Henry V., from a Chronicle
+        in the Trinity Church of Winchester
+
+    41. A branch of a Statute made in the Reigne of Henry VI., for the
+        trade to Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and Finmark
+
+    42. Another branch of a Statute made in the Reigne of Henry VI.,
+        concerning the English Marchants in Denmark
+
+43. The Process or the Libel of English Policie, exhorting all England to
+    Keepe the Sea
+
+44. A brief Commentarie of Island: wherein the errors of such as have
+    written concerning this island are detected, and the Slanders and
+    Reproches of certaine strangers, which they have used over boldly
+    against the People of Island are confuted by Arngrimus Ionas
+
+  BOOK I.
+
+  SECTION 1.
+
+    The Isle of Island, being severed from other countries, an infinite
+      distance standeth farre into the ocean, etc.
+
+  SECTION 2.
+
+    In this Island at the Summer Solstitum there is no night, etc.
+
+  SECTION 3.
+
+    It is named of the ice, which continually cleaveth unto the north part
+      thereof.
+
+  SECTION 4.
+
+    The Island is so great that it containeth many people, etc.
+
+  SECTION 5.
+
+    The Island, the most part thereof, is mountainous and untilled.
+
+  SECTION 6.
+
+    There be in this Island mountaines lift up to the skies, whose tops
+      being white with perpetual snowe, their roots boile with everlasting
+      fire, etc.
+
+  SECTION 7.
+
+    The flame of Mount Hecla will not burne towe, neither is it quenched
+      with water.... This place is thought by some to be the prison of
+      uncleane soules, etc.
+
+  SECTION 8.
+
+    Neare unto the mountaines there be three vast holes, the depth thereof
+      cannot be discerned by any man; but there appeare to the beholders
+      thereof certaine men at that instant plunged in, who answere their
+      friends, exhorting them, with deepe sighs, to returne home, and, with
+      that, they suddenly vanish away
+
+  SECTION 9.
+
+    But round about the Island there floateth ice. The inhabitants are of
+      opinion that in Mount Hecla and in the ice there are places wherein
+      the soules of their countrymen are tormented,
+
+  SECTION 10.
+
+    If any man shall take a great quantity of this ice, and shall keepe it
+      never so warily in a coffer or vessel, it wil, at the time when the
+      ice thaweth about the Island, utterly vanish away, etc.
+
+  SECTION 11.
+
+    Not far from the Mountains there be four fountaines of a most contrary
+      nature betweene themselves. The first converteth into a stoen any
+      body cast into it. The second is extremely cold. The third is sweeter
+      than honey. The fourth is altogether deadly, etc.
+
+  SECTION 12.
+
+    There are so great store of Fishes in this Island that they are laid
+      forth on piles to be sold in the open air, as high as the tops of
+      houses
+
+  SECTION 13.
+
+    They have most swift horses, which will run without ceasing a continual
+      course, for the space of thirty leagues
+
+  SECTION 14.
+
+    There be seen neare unto Island huge whales.... It sometimes falleth
+      out that Mariners thinking these whales to be Islands, and casting
+      out upon their backs, are often in danger of drowning, etc.
+
+  BOOK II.
+
+  Introduction
+
+  SECTION 1.
+
+    Adalbert, Metropolitanate of Hamburg, saw the Islanders converted unto
+      Christianity.... At their humble request he appointed a certaine holy
+      man named Islief to be thsir first Bishop
+
+Chronology of the Bishops of Schalholt
+
+Chronology of the Bishops of Holen
+
+  SECTION 2.
+
+    They inhabit caves.... and have many houses built with the bones of
+      fishes, etc.
+
+  SECTION 3.
+
+    They and their cattell use all one house, etc.
+
+  SECTION 4.
+
+    The customs of the inhabitants
+
+  SECTION 5.
+
+    The King of Denmarke and Norway sendeth every year a Lieutenant into
+      the country
+
+  SECTION 6.
+
+    All things are common among them, except their wives
+
+  SECTION 7.
+
+    They make all one reckoning of their whelpes and of their children,
+    etc.
+
+  SECTION 8.
+
+    They honour their Bishop as their King, etc.
+
+  SECTION 9.
+
+    They live there for the most part upon fishes, etc.
+
+  SECTION 10.
+
+    The inhabitants do celebrate the acts of their ancestors.... with
+      songs, and they grave them in rocks.... There be divers found among
+      them that be minstrels, etc.
+
+  SECTION 11.
+
+    Joachim Leo and his slanders on Iceland,
+
+  SECTION 12.
+
+    Adulteries and Whoredoms arc not only public and common vices.... but
+      are not accounted by them for vices
+
+  SECTION 13.
+
+    The treachery of the inhabitants
+
+  SECTION 14.
+
+    The good wife of the house reacheth to every one a Chamber-pot.... at
+      Banquets.... Ten persons, men and women, lie together in one bed,
+      etc.,
+
+  SECTION 15.
+
+    The food of the inhabitants
+
+  SECTION 16.
+
+    The simple manners of the inhabitants, and their Commerce, etc.
+
+45. A Letter written by Gudbrandus Thorlacius, Bishop of Holen in Island,
+    concerning the Ancient State of Island and Gronland,
+
+Index
+
+List of Plates and Maps
+
+Table of Contents
+
+END OF VOL. 1
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Principal Navigations, Voyages,
+Traffiques and Discoveries of the English Nation, v. 1, by Richard Hakluyt
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRINCIPAL NAVIGATION ***
+
+This file should be named 7182-8.txt or 7182-8.zip
+
+Produced by Karl Hagen, Juliet Sutherland,
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+https://gutenberg.org or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/7182-8.zip b/7182-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..642ee9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7182-8.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75286e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #7182 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/7182)